PDF DOWNLOAD John Deere 200D & 200DLC Excavator Operation & Test Manual TM10076

Page 1

200D and 200DLC Excavator Operation and Test

OPERATION & TEST TECHNICAL MANUAL 200D and 200DLC Excavator TM10076 20AUG19

(ENGLISH)

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.


Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.

Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.

Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly.

Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. DX,TMIFC -19-15APR14-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Introduction

Technical Information Feedback Form We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements. SEND TO:

John Deere Dubuque Works 18600 South John Deere Road Attn: Publications, Dept. 324 Dubuque, IA 52004-0538 USA

FAX NUMBER: 1-563-589-5800 (USA) Publication Number: Page Number: Ideas, Comments:

Name: Phone: Email Address: THANK YOU! TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=3


Introduction

TM10076 (20AUG19)

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=4


Contents Section 9000—General Information

Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Group 01—Safety

Section 9001—Diagnostics Group 10—Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30—Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40—Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50—Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Section 9005—Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure

Section 9010—Engine Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9015—Electrical System Group 05—System Information Group 10—System Diagrams Group 15—Sub-System Diagnostics Group 16—Monitor Operation Group 20—References

Section 9020—Power Train Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information

Section 9025—Hydraulic System Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9031—Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9050—Reference Material Group 05—Terminology Cross Reference Chart

Section 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2019 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018

TM10076 (20AUG19)

i

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

ii

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Contents

Section 9000 General Information

Page

Group 01—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 9000-01-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 9000-01-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 9000-01-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 9000-01-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 9000-01-2 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 9000-01-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 9000-01-3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 9000-01-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 9000-01-4 Beware of Exhaust Fumes ........................ 9000-01-4 Prevent Fires ............................................. 9000-01-5 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 9000-01-5 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 9000-01-5 Dispose of Waste Properly ........................ 9000-01-6 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 9000-01-6 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 9000-01-6 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 9000-01-6 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 9000-01-7 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement.............................................. 9000-01-7 Avoid Worksite Hazards ............................ 9000-01-8 Keep Riders Off Machine .......................... 9000-01-8 Avoid Backover Accidents ......................... 9000-01-9 Avoid Machine Tip Over ............................ 9000-01-9 Use Special Care When Lifting Objects ................................................ 9000-01-10 Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 9000-01-10 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 9000-01-10 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 9000-01-11 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 9000-01-11 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 9000-01-11 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 9000-01-12

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 01

Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13

This is the safety alert symbol. When this symbol is noticed on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

T133588 —19—28AUG00

On the machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

TX03679,00016CC -19-03JAN07-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions T133556 —UN—24AUG00

Read the safety messages in this manual and on the machine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully. Review them frequently. Be sure all operators of this machine understand every safety message. Replace operator's manual and safety labels immediately if missing or damaged.

TX03679,00016F9 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction. Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and

machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site. TX03679,00016FA -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=9


Safety

Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

TS206 —UN—15APR13

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.

TX03679,00016D0 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or

reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. AM40430,00000A9 -19-01JUL15-1/1

Special work situations or machine attachments may create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, doing demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer, or working in a wooded area, for example, may require added guarding to protect the operator. FOPS (falling object protective structures) and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects may enter or damage the machine. Contact your authorized dealer for information on devices intended to provide protection in special work situations.

T133733 —UN—15SEP00

Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses

TX03679,00016CE -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=10


Safety

Inspect Machine Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting. T6607AQ —UN—15APR13

Inspect and Clean the Polycarbonate Windows. See Inspect and Clean Polycarbonate Windows. (Section 4-1.) Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

TX03679,0001734 -19-17DEC14-1/1

T133592 —UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving Parts Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

TX03679,00016D2 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage. Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts. Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar

with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.

DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=11


Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.

T133840 —UN—20SEP00

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509 —UN—15APR13

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX03679,00016D3 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If you must operate in an enclosed space, provide adequate ventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows to bring outside air into the area.

T133546 —UN—24AUG00

Beware of Exhaust Fumes

TX03679,00016D4 -19-03NOV08-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=12


Safety

T133552 —UN—15APR13

Prevent Fires Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.

T133553 —UN—07SEP00

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.

T133554 —UN—07SEP00

TX03679,00016F5 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery.

TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

TX03679,000174A -19-03NOV08-1/1

Handle Chemical Products Safely

If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemical products, contact your authorized dealer for a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or go to internet website http://www.jdmsds.com. The MSDS describes physical and health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergency response techniques for chemical substances. Follow

T133580 —UN—25AUG00

Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants, paints and adhesives used with this machine may be hazardous.

MSDS recommendations to handle chemical products safely. TX03679,00016D7 -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=13


Safety

Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment. Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with this machine may be harmful if not disposed of properly. Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere. Government regulations may require using a certified service center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.

T133567 —UN—25AUG00

Dispose of Waste Properly

If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your local environmental or recycling center or your authorized dealer for more information. TX03679,0001733 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291 —UN—15APR13

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

TX03679,000174B -19-03JAN07-1/1

Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

T133468 —UN—15APR13

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

TX03679,00016F2 -19-24APR13-1/1

Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

T133715 —UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's Seat

TX03679,0001799 -19-22APR10-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=14


Safety

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly.

T133716 —19—17APR13

Use and Maintain Seat Belt

The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every 3 years, regardless of appearance. TX03679,00016DD -19-03NOV08-1/1

Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when co-workers are present. Pull pilot control shutoff lever to locked position during work interruptions. Pull pilot control shutoff lever to locked position and stop engine before allowing anyone to approach machine. Always lower work equipment to the ground and pull pilot control shutoff lever to locked position before standing up or leaving the operator's seat. Stop engine before exiting.

T216779 —UN—22NOV05

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

DW90712,00002C0 -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=15


Safety

Avoid Worksite Hazards T192984 —UN—26AUG03

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. Prepare worksite properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move machine closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires.

T141904 —UN—15MAY01

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during

snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.

AM40430,0000098 -19-15JUN10-1/1

Keep Riders Off Machine Only allow operator on machine.

T7273AH —UN—08JUN90

Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine, be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair the ability to operate machine safely.

Keep Riders Off Machine TX03679,0001726 -19-30JUN16-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=16


Safety

Avoid Backover Accidents T133548 —UN—24AUG00

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of both travel and swing paths. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain travel alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate.

TX03679,00016F3 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Avoid Machine Tip Over T133716 —19—17APR13

Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. Operator will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush the operator. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Avoid trucks with steel beds because tracks slip more easily on steel.

Use Seat Belt

Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Extending a heavy load or swinging it over side of undercarriage may cause machine to tip.

T133545 —UN—15SEP00

Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground. Machine may slip sideways in these conditions. When traveling up or down slopes, keep the bucket on uphill side and just above ground level.

Unloading Machine

T133803 —UN—27SEP00

Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.

Do Not Jump TX03679,00016DF -19-30JUN16-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=17


Safety

Use Special Care When Lifting Objects T133839 —UN—27SEP00

Never use this machine to lift people. Never lift a load above another person. Keep bystanders clear of all areas where a load might fall if it breaks free. Do not leave the seat when there is a raised load. Do not exceed lift capacity limits posted on machine and in this manual. Extending heavy loads too far or swinging over undercarriage side may cause machine to tip over.

Use Special Care When Lifting Objects

Use proper rigging to attach and stabilize loads. Be sure slings or chains have adequate capacity and are in good condition. Use tether lines to guide loads and prearranged hand signals to communicate with co-workers. TX03679,00016E1 -19-08JUL15-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments may affect machine stability or reliability and may create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX03679,00016F0 -19-12FEB07-1/1

Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. and attachments to the ground.

• Place pilot shutoff lever in “lock” position. Stop engine and remove key.

• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.

T133332 —19—17APR13

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment

• Do not support machine with boom, arm, or other hydraulically actuated attachments.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or other Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88

devices that may slip out of place.

TX03679,00016E9 -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=18


Safety

Service Cooling System Safely Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TX,SURGE -19-19JAN11-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.

T133547 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch or disconnect positive battery cable. Separate harness connectors to engine and vehicle microprocessors.

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding. TX03679,00016D5 -19-25APR08-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=19


Safety

Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

T133738 —UN—15APR13

Drive Metal Pins Safely

TX03679,0001745 -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9000-01-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=20


Section 9001 Diagnostics Contents Page Page

Group 10—Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 9001-10-1 11000.02 — Abnormal EEPROM......................................................9001-10-1 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.........................................................9001-10-1 11001.02 — Abnormal RAM......................9001-10-1 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.........................................................9001-10-1 11002.02 — Abnormal A/D Conversion ............................................9001-10-2 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.........................................................9001-10-2 11003.03 — Abnormal Sensor Voltage ..................................................9001-10-3 Abnormal Sensor Voltage Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-10-3 11004.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication .....................................9001-10-4 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...........................................9001-10-4 11100.02 — Abnormal Engine Speed..................................................9001-10-16 Engine Speed Diagnostics ......................9001-10-16 11101.03 — Engine Control Dial Voltage High........................................9001-10-16 Engine Speed Dial Diagnostics ...............9001-10-16 11101.04 — Engine Control Dial Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-18 Engine Speed Dial Diagnostics ...............9001-10-18 11200.03 — Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-20 Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-20 11200.04 — Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-22 Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-22 11202.03 — Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-24 Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-24 11202.04 — Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-26 Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-26 11206.03 — Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-28 Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-28

11206.04 — Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-30 Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-30 11208.03 — Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-32 Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-32 11208.04 — Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-34 Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-34 11301.03 — Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-36 Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-36 11301.04 — Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-38 Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-38 11302.03 — Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-40 Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-40 11302.04 — Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-42 Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-42 11303.03 — Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-44 Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-44 11303.04 — Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-46 Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-46 11304.03 — Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-48 Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-48 11304.04 — Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-50 Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-50 11307.03 — Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High.....................................................9001-10-51 Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics .............................9001-10-51

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

11307.04 — Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low......................................................9001-10-53 Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics .............................9001-10-53 11400.02 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal.............................................9001-10-55 Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-55 11400.03 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal.............................................9001-10-56 Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-56 11400.04 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Feedback Current Low......................................................9001-10-57 Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-57 11401.02 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal ...............9001-10-57 Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-57 11401.03 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current High .......................9001-10-58 Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-58 11401.04 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Low........................9001-10-59 Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-59 11402.02 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal ...............9001-10-60 Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-61 11402.03 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current High .......................9001-10-61 Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-61 11402.04 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Low........................9001-10-62 Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-62 11403.02 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal.............................................9001-10-63 Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-63 11403.03 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current High.....................................................9001-10-64 Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-64 11403.04 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Low......................................................9001-10-64

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-64 11404.02 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal ...............9001-10-65 Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-65 11404.03 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current High .......................9001-10-66 Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-66 11404.04 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current Low........................9001-10-67 Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-67 11405.02 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal ...............9001-10-67 Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-67 11405.03 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current High .......................9001-10-68 Travel Speed Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-68 11405.04 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current Low........................9001-10-69 Travel Speed Solenoid Diagnostics.......................................................9001-10-69 11901.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage High ...........................9001-10-70 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-70 11901.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage Low ............................9001-10-71 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Diagnostics..........................................9001-10-71 11910.02 — Actual Engine Speed Message Error.....................................9001-10-73 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-10-73 11911.02 — Security Signal Received from Monitor ........................................9001-10-74 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-10-74 11914.02 — Radiator Coolant Temperature Message Error ...............9001-10-86 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-10-86 11918.02 — Work Mode Received Message Error.....................................9001-10-87 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-10-87 11920.02 — Fuel Flow Rate Message Error ....................................................9001-10-99 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-10-99 20100.02 — Engine Coolant Overheat Message............................................9001-10-100

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Contents

Page

Page

Group 20—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-20-1 171.03 — Intake Air Temperature Sensor Out of Range High ....................9001-20-1 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Diagnostics............................................9001-20-1 171.04 — Intake Air Temperature Sensor Out of Range Low.....................9001-20-1 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Diagnostics............................................9001-20-1 647.05 — Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Driver Open............................9001-20-2 Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Diagnostics............................................9001-20-2 647.31 — Fan Manual Reverse Mode Input Active Too Long............................9001-20-3 Fan Manual Reverse Mode Input Diagnostics............................................9001-20-3 898.09 — Engine Speed Request Not Received or Timed Out .........................9001-20-3 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...........................................9001-20-3 1638.09 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Message Not Received or Timed Out ......................................................9001-20-15 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9001-20-15 Group 30—Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-30-1 14000.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication .....................................9001-30-1 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...........................................9001-30-1 14001.02 — ICF: Flash Memory: Read/Write Error .................................9001-30-12 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.......................................................9001-30-12 14002.02 — ICF: External RAM: Read/Write Error .................................9001-30-13 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.......................................................9001-30-13 14003.02 — ICF: EEPROM: Sum Check Error .........................................9001-30-14 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.......................................................9001-30-14 14006.02 — ICF: Satellite Communication Terminal: Communication Error ..........................9001-30-15 14008.02 — ICF: Abnormal Internal RAM ....................................................9001-30-15 Controller Hardware Diagnostics.......................................................9001-30-15

14100.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal EEPROM....................................................9001-30-15 14101.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal IB/OB Queue .................................................9001-30-15 14102.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal Local Loop Back ....................................................9001-30-16 14103.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: The Satellite is not found ...................................................9001-30-16 14104.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Fail 1 of Remote Loop Back ....................................................9001-30-16 14105.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Tail 2 of Remote Loop Back ....................................................9001-30-16 14106.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Sending and Receiving Data are Mismatched ..........................9001-30-16 Group 40—Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-40-1 21 — Mix Door Open Circuit......................9001-40-1 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-1 -21 — Mix Door Short Circuit.....................9001-40-1 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-1 22 — Mode Encoder Open Circuit ....................................................9001-40-2 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-2 23 — In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit..............................9001-40-3 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-3 -23 — In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit ..............................9001-40-3 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-3 24 — Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit..............................9001-40-3 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-4 -24 — Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit ..............................9001-40-4 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-4 25 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Open Circuit ..........................................9001-40-4 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-4 -25 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Short Circuit ..........................................9001-40-5 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-5 26 — Solar Radiation Sensor Open Circuit ....................................................9001-40-5 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-5 -26 — Solar Radiation Sensor Short Circuit ....................................................9001-40-6 Harness Diagnostics..................................9001-40-6

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=3


Contents

Page

Group 50—Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-50-1 13303.02 — Abnormal Thermister Temperature ..........................................9001-50-1 Monitor Temperature Diagnostics.........................................................9001-50-1 13304.02 — Abnormal REG Input H Level......................................................9001-50-1 Alternator Output Diagnostics....................9001-50-1 13306.02 — Abnormal EEPROM......................................................9001-50-2 Information Controller Diagnostics.........................................................9001-50-2 13308.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication .....................................9001-50-2 Controller Area Network Diagnostics............................................9001-50-3 13310.02 — Shorted Circuit in Coolant Temperature Sensor..............................9001-50-3 13311.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Short Circuit ....................................................9001-50-3 Fuel Level Sensor Diagnostics ..................9001-50-3 13311.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit ....................................................9001-50-4 Fuel Level Sensor Diagnostics ..................9001-50-4 13334.2 — Radiator Coolant Error ......................................................9001-50-5 20105.2 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Alarm...................................9001-50-5 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Alarm Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-50-5 20106.2 — Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm.....................................................9001-50-6 Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm Diagnostics............................................9001-50-6

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=4


Group 10

Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With SERVICE

For additional information on the main controller circuit.See Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

Main controller diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be displayed on the monitor, connection with Service Advisor, or by connection with WinDr. LD30992,000016A -19-12MAY10-1/1

11000.02 — Abnormal EEPROM LD30992,000016B -19-22JAN07-1/4

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,000016B -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is DTC 11000.02-Abnormal EEPROM still present?

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable. Go to Machine Function Check. NO: Main controller (MCF) is OK. LD30992,000016B -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the main controller (MCF) be replaced. NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,000016B -19-22JAN07-4/4

11001.02 — Abnormal RAM LD30992,000016C -19-22JAN07-1/4

Controller Hardware Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-1

LD30992,000016C -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=25


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is DTC 11001.02-Abnormal RAM still present?

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable. Go to Machine Function Check. NO: Main controller (MCF) is OK. LD30992,000016C -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the main controller (MCF) be replaced. NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,000016C -19-22JAN07-4/4

11002.02 — Abnormal A/D Conversion LD30992,000016D -19-22JAN07-1/4

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,000016D -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is DTC 11002.02-Abnormal A/D Conversion still present?

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable. Go to Machine Function Check. NO: Main controller (MCF) is OK.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-2

LD30992,000016D -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=26


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the main controller (MCF) be replaced. NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,000016D -19-22JAN07-4/4

11003.03 — Abnormal Sensor Voltage Individual sensor or component diagnostic trouble code (DTC) may also be present within this code. Engine speed dial may not function correctly when this code is present. LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-1/6

Abnormal Sensor Voltage Diagnostic Procedure LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-2/6

• 1

Voltage Check

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Disconnect all 5-volt sensors. See Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Turn key switch to ON position. Monitor engine speed dial (R15) voltage while moving the engine speed dial from low idle to high idle. See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Sensor Check.

Does voltage increase steadily as engine speed dial is moved to high idle?

NO: Go to Machine Harness Check. LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-3/6

• 2

Sensor Check

Perform the following:

• Turn key switch to OFF position. • Connect one 5-volt sensor at a time. • Turn key switch to ON position. • Monitor engine speed dial (R15) voltage while moving engine speed dial from low idle YES: Repeat these steps to high idle. See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

Does voltage increase steadily as engine speed dial is moved to high idle?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-3

for each remaining sensor. NO: Replace last sensor that was connected. LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=27


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Machine Harness Check

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Disconnect cab harness-to-machine harness 52-pin connector (X3). Turn key switch to ON position and monitor engine speed dial voltage.

YES: Short circuit in machine harness between main controller and one of the 5-volt sensors. Repair or replace harness. See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Does voltage reading steadily increase as engine speed dial (R15) is moved from low idle to high idle?

NO: Go to Cab Harness Check. LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-5/6

• 4

Cab Harness Check

Disconnect cab harness-to-machine harness 52-pin connector (X3) and cab harness-to-main controller 16-pin connector D (X31). Check for continuity between cab harness-to-main controller 16-pin connector D (X31) pin 1 and ground and between cab harness-to-main controller 16-pin connector D (X31) pin 6 and ground.

YES: Short to ground in cab harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,000016E -19-24JUL14-6/6

11004.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-2/30

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 11004.02 still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-4

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-3/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=28


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-4/30

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-5

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-5/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=29


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-6/30

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-6

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-7/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=30


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-8/30

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-7

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-9/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=31


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-10/30

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-8

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-11/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=32


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-12/30

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-9

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-13/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=33


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-14/30

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-10

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-15/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=34


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-16/30

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-11

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-17/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=35


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-18/30

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-12

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-19/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=36


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-20/30

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-13

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-21/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=37


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-23/30

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11004.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-14

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-25/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=38


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11004.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-27/30

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11004.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-15

LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-29/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=39


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11004.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,000016F -19-12MAY10-30/30

11100.02 — Abnormal Engine Speed LD30992,0000170 -19-12MAY10-1/3

Engine Speed Diagnostics Engine speed is 4000 rpm or faster. NOTE: The main controller (MCF) receives engine speed via CAN from the engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,0000170 -19-12MAY10-2/3

• 1

Engine Speed Check

Verify engine speed with Service ADVISOR.

See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.) For information on engine speeds, see Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.)

YES: Check CAN wiring between controllers. See 11004.02-Abnormal CAN Communication. (Group 9001-10.)

Is engine speed within specification?

NO: Verify engine speed using optical tachometer of crankshaft belt pulley. LD30992,0000170 -19-12MAY10-3/3

11101.03 — Engine Control Dial Voltage High LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-1/8

Engine Speed Dial Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-16

LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=40


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Engine Speed Dial Resistance Check

Disconnect harness connector from switch panel.

Check resistance between pins 1 and 2.

YES: Go to Engine Speed Dial Voltage Diagnostics Check.

Is resistance between 4.5—5.5 kΩ?

NO: Engine speed dial malfunction. Replace engine speed dial. See Switch Panel Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-3/8

• 2

Engine Speed Dial Voltage Check

Connect harness connector to switch panel.

With switch panel connected to harness, measure voltage at pin 3 of connector. Turn the engine speed dial and note voltage. Is engine speed dial voltage within specifications? Engine Speed Dial Position

YES: Go to Sensor Circuit Voltage Check. NO: Engine speed dial malfunction.

Voltage

Slow Idle

0.3 to 1.0 Volts

Fast Idle

4.0 to 4.7 Volts

Replace engine speed dial. See Switch Panel Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-4/8

• 3

Sensor Circuit Voltage Disconnect connector to switch panel. Check

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness connector. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-5/8

• 4

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to switch panel.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C1 and switch panel connector (X27) pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-17

LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-6/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=41


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to switch panel.

Check continuity between switch panel connector (X27) pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-7/8

• 6

Harness Voltage Check

NOTE: Key Switch: On

Disconnect connector to switch panel. Check voltage between switch panel connector (X27) pin 1 and machine ground.

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and engine speed dial pin 3.

Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and engine speed dial pin 1. LD30992,0000171 -19-12MAY10-8/8

11101.04 — Engine Control Dial Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-1/8

Engine Speed Dial Diagnostics LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-2/8

• 1

Engine Speed Dial Resistance Check

Disconnect harness connector from switch panel.

Check resistance between pins 1 and 2.

YES: Go to Engine Speed Dial Voltage Diagnostics Check.

Is resistance between 4.5—5.5 kΩ?

NO: Engine speed dial malfunction. Replace engine speed dial. See Switch Panel Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-18

LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-3/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=42


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Engine Speed Dial Voltage Check

Connect harness connector to switch panel.

With switch panel connected to harness, measure voltage at pin 3 of connector. Turn the engine speed dial and note voltage. Is engine speed dial voltage within specifications? Engine Speed Dial Position

YES: Go to Sensor Circuit Voltage Check. NO: Engine speed dial malfunction.

Voltage

Slow Idle

0.3 to 1.0 Volts

Fast Idle

4.0 to 4.7 Volts

Replace engine speed dial. See Switch Panel Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-4/8

• 3

Sensor Circuit Voltage Disconnect connector to switch panel. Check

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness connector. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-5/8

• 4

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to switch panel.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C1 and switch panel connector (X27) pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-6/8

• 5

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to switch panel.

Check continuity between switch panel connector (X27) pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-19

LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-7/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=43


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

Harness Voltage Check

NOTE: Key Switch: On

Disconnect connector to switch panel. Check voltage between switch panel connector (X27) pin 1 and machine ground.

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and engine speed dial pin 3.

Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and engine speed dial pin 1. LD30992,0000172 -19-12MAY10-8/8

11200.03 — Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 1 delivery pressure sensor voltage 4.5 volts or higher. LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 1 delivery pressure sensor with pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow delivery pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-20

LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=44


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D10 and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 1 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-21

LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=45


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 1 delivery pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 1 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000173 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11200.04 — Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 1 delivery pressure sensor voltage 0.5 volts or less. LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 1 delivery pressure sensor with pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow delivery pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5-5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-22

LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=46


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D10 and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 1 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-23

LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=47


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 1 delivery pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 1 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 delivery pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000174 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11202.03 — Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 2 delivery pressure sensor voltage 4.5 volts or higher. LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 2 delivery pressure sensor with pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow delivery pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-24

LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=48


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D4 and pump 2 YES: Go to Short Circuit delivery pressure sensor pin 2. Check. Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 2 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-25

LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=49


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 2 delivery pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 2 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000175 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11202.04 — Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 2 delivery pressure sensor voltage 0.5 volts or less. LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 2 delivery pressure sensor with pump 1 delivery pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow delivery pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-26

LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=50


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D4 and pump 2 YES: Go to Short Circuit delivery pressure sensor pin 2. Check. Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 2 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-27

LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=51


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 2 delivery pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 2 delivery pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000176 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11206.03 — Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 1 control pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 1 control pressure sensor with pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow control pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-28

LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=52


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D11 and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 1 control pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-29

LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=53


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 1 control pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 1 control pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000177 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11206.04 — Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 1 control pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 1 control pressure sensor with pump 2 control sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow control pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-30

LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=54


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D11 and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 1 control pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-31

LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=55


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 1 control pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 1 control pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000178 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11208.03 — Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 2 control pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 2 control pressure sensor with pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow control pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-32

LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=56


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D14 and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 2 control pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-33

LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=57


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 2 control pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 2 control pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000179 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11208.04 — Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-1/7

Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Pump 2 control pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch pump 2 control pressure sensor with pump 1 control pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Faulty pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Does DTC follow control pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-34

LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=58


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect connector to pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D14 and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from main controller (MCF) and pump 2 control pressure sensor.

Check continuity between pump 2 control pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between pin 2 and power and ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-35

LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=59


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect pump 2 control pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between pump 2 control pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and pump 2 control pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017A -19-22JAN07-7/7

11301.03 — Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-1/7

Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Swing pilot pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch swing pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Swing pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow swing pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of swing pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-36

LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=60


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from swing pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C13.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from swing pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-37

LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=61


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect swing pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and swing pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and swing pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017B -19-22JAN07-7/7

11301.04 — Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-1/7

Swing Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Swing pilot pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch swing pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Swing pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow swing pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of swing pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-38

LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=62


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from swing pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C13.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from swing pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram andSee Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-39

LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=63


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect swing pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between swing pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and swing pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and swing pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017C -19-22JAN07-7/7

11302.03 — Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-1/7

Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Boom up pilot pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch boom up pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Boom up pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow boom up pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of boom up pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-40

LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=64


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from boom up pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D15.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from boom up pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-41

LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=65


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect boom up pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and boom up pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and boom up pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017D -19-22JAN07-7/7

11302.04 — Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-1/7

Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Boom up pilot pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch boom up pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Boom up pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow boom up pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of boom up pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-42

LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=66


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from boom up pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin D15.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from boom up pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-43

LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=67


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect boom up pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between boom up pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and boom up pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and boom up pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017E -19-22JAN07-7/7

11303.03 — Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-1/7

Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Arm in pilot pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch arm in pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Arm in pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow arm in pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of arm in pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-44

LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=68


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from arm in pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C3.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from arm in pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-45

LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=69


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect arm in pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and arm in pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and arm in pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000017F -19-22JAN07-7/7

11303.04 — Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Arm in pilot pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch arm in pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Arm in pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow arm in pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of arm in pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-46

LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=70


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from arm in pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C3.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from arm in pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-47

LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=71


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect arm in pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between arm in pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and arm in pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and arm in pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000180 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11304.03 — Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Travel pilot pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch travel pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Travel pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow travel pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of travel pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-48

LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=72


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from travel pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from travel pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-6/7

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect travel pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and travel pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and travel pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000181 -19-22JAN07-7/7

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-49

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=73


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11304.04 — Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Travel Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Travel pilot pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch travel pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Travel pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow travel pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of travel pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-4/7

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from travel pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C2.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-50

LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-5/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=74


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from travel pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-6/7

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect travel pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between travel pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and travel pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and travel pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000182 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11307.03 — Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage High LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Front attachment pilot pressure sensor voltage 4.75 volts or higher. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-51

LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-2/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=75


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch front attachment pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Front attachment pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow front attachment pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of front attachment pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-4/7

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from front attachment pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF). Check continuity between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C12.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from front attachment pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF). Check continuity between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-52

LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=76


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect front attachment pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and front attachment pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and front attachment pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000183 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11307.04 — Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-1/7

Front Attachment Pilot Pressure Sensor Diagnostics Front attachment pilot pressure sensor voltage 0.25 volts or less. LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-2/7

• 1

Sensor Check

Switch front attachment pilot pressure sensor with another pilot pressure sensor.

Clear DTCs and re-check DTCs.

YES: Front attachment pilot pressure sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Does DTC follow front attachment pilot pressure sensor?

NO: Go to Sensor Circuit Check. LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-3/7

• 2

Sensor Circuit Check

Disconnect connector of front attachment pilot pressure sensor.

Check voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of harness. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Go to Harness Voltage Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-53

LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=77


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from front attachment pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF). Check continuity between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector C (X30) pin C12.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between the pins?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from front attachment pilot pressure sensor and main controller (MCF). Check continuity between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 2 and power and ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity to power or ground?

NO: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-54

LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=78


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Harness Voltage Check

Disconnect front attachment pilot pressure sensor from harness.

Check voltage between front attachment pilot pressure sensor connector pin 1 and machine ground. Is voltage between 4.5—5.5 volts?

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and front attachment pilot pressure sensor pin 3. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) and front attachment pilot pressure sensor pin 1. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000184 -19-22JAN07-7/7

11400.02 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal LD30992,0000185 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. LD30992,0000185 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A22. Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A16.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram,See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-55

LD30992,0000185 -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=79


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and torque control solenoid.

Clear DTCs and re-check for DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11400.02-Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal display for the torque control solenoid valve?

NO: Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000185 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11400.03 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal LD30992,0000186 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics Pump 2 Flow rate limit solenoid current 920 mA or higher. LD30992,0000186 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A22. Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A16.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000186 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and torque control solenoid.

Clear DTCs and re-check for DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11400.03-Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Current Feedback Abnormal display for the torque control solenoid valve?

NO: Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000186 -19-22JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-56

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=80


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11400.04 — Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Feedback Current Low LD30992,0000187 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Diagnostics Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. LD30992,0000187 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A22. Check continuity between pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A16.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000187 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid and torque control solenoid.

Clear DTCs and re-check for DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11400.04-Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Feedback Current Low display for the torque control solenoid valve?

NO: Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000187 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11401.02 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal LD30992,0000188 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics Torque control solenoid feedback current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-57

LD30992,0000188 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=81


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from torque control solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between torque control solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A30. Check continuity between torque control solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A19.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000188 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of torque control solenoid and pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid.

Clear DTCs and re-check for DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11401.02-Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal display for pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid?

NO: Torque control solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000188 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11401.03 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current High LD30992,0000189 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics Torque control solenoid feedback current 920 mA or higher. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-58

LD30992,0000189 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=82


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from torque control solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between torque control solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A30. Check continuity between torque control solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A19.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000189 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of torque control solenoid and pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid.

Clear DTCs and re-check for DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11401.03-Torque control solenoid feedback current high display for pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid?

NO: Torque control solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000189 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11401.04 — Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Low TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-1/7

Torque Control Solenoid Diagnostics Torque control solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-2/7

• 1

Connector Check

Check all connections between torque control solenoid (ST) (Y21) and main controller (MCF) (A3). Are connectors clean and free of debris?

YES: Go to Component Check.

Are pins straight and do they make good contact when connected?

NO: Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, see Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and see Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-59

TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=83


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Component Check

NOTE: Return connectors to appropriate sensors after check is complete.

Key switch in OFF position. Disconnect torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21). Disconnect pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid (marked SB) (Y20). Connect torque control solenoid connector to pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid. Clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and operate machine. Check for DTCs.

YES: Go to Voltage Check.

Is DTC 11401.04—Torque Control Solenoid Feedback Current Low active?

NO: Torque control solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-4/7

• 3

Voltage Check

Key switch in OFF position.

Disconnect torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21) connector. Turn key switch to ON position. Check for voltage between pins 1 and 2 of torque control solenoid connector.

YES: Torque control solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Is 24 volts present?

NO: Go to Short Circuit Check. TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-5/7

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Key switch in OFF position.

Disconnect torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21). Disconnect machine harness-to-main controller 32-pin connector A (X28). Check for continuity between:

• Pin 1 of torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21) connector to machine ground. • Pin 19 of machine harness-to-main controller 32-pin connector A (X28) to machine ground.

Is continuity indicated?

YES: Short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate harness. NO: Go to Solenoid Check. TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-6/7

• 5

Solenoid Check

Key switch in OFF position.

Disconnect torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21). Test torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21) and compare to specification. See Proportional Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21) within specification?

NO: Torque control solenoid (marked ST) (Y21) malfunction. Replace solenoid. TP97644,00004D4 -19-20JUL16-7/7

11402.02 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-60

LD30992,000018B -19-22JAN07-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=84


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. LD30992,000018B -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from dig regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A10. Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller YES: Go to DTC Check. (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A6. Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000018B -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of dig regenerative solenoid (SF) with another solenoid in manifold.

Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11402.02-Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current abnormal still display? NO: Dig regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,000018B -19-22JAN07-4/4

11402.03 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current High LD30992,000018C -19-22JAN07-1/4

Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current 920 mA or higher. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-61

LD30992,000018C -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=85


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from dig regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A10. Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller YES: Go to DTC Check. (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A6. Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10). LD30992,000018C -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of dig regenerative solenoid (SF) with another solenoid in manifold.

Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11402.03-Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current high still display?

NO: Dig regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,000018C -19-22JAN07-4/4

11402.04 — Dig Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Low LD30992,000018D -19-22JAN07-1/4

Dig Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. LD30992,000018D -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from dig regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A10. Check continuity between dig regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller YES: Go to DTC Check. (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A6. Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-62

LD30992,000018D -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=86


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of dig regenerative solenoid (SF) with another solenoid in manifold.

Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11402.04-Dig regenerative solenoid feedback current low still display?

NO: Dig regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,000018D -19-22JAN07-4/4

11403.02 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal LD30992,000018E -19-22JAN07-1/4

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Arm regenerative solenoid feedback current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. LD30992,000018E -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from arm regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 32. Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 29.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000018E -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of arm regenerative solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11403.02-Arm regenerative solenoid current feedback abnormal still display? NO: Arm regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,000018E -19-22JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-63

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=87


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11403.03 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current High LD30992,000018F -19-22JAN07-1/4

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Arm regenerative solenoid feedback current above 920 mA. LD30992,000018F -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from arm regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 32. Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 29.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000018F -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of arm regenerative solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11403.03-Arm regenerative solenoid current feedback current high still display?

NO: Arm regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,000018F -19-22JAN07-4/4

11403.04 — Arm Regenerative Solenoid Feedback Current Low LD30992,0000190 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Diagnostics Arm regenerative solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-64

LD30992,0000190 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=88


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from arm regenerative solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 32. Check continuity between arm regenerative solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin 29.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000190 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of arm regenerative solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11403.04-Arm regenerative solenoid feedback current low still display?

NO: Arm regenerative solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000190 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11404.02 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal LD30992,0000191 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics Power dig solenoid feedback current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. LD30992,0000191 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from power dig solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A11. Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A17.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-65

LD30992,0000191 -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=89


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of power dig solenoid (SG) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11404.02-Power dig solenoid current feedback abnormal still display?

NO: Power dig solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000191 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11404.03 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current High LD30992,0000192 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics Power dig solenoid feedback current above 920 mA. LD30992,0000192 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from power dig solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A11. Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A17.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000192 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of power dig solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11404.03-Power dig solenoid current feedback current high still display?

NO: Power dig solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000192 -19-22JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-66

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=90


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11404.04 — Power Dig Solenoid Feedback Current Low LD30992,0000193 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics Power dig solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. LD30992,0000193 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from power dig solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A11. Check continuity between power dig solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A17.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000193 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of power dig solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11404.04-Power dig solenoid feedback current low still display?

NO: Power dig solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000193 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11405.02 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current Abnormal LD30992,0000194 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Power Dig Solenoid Diagnostics Travel speed solenoid feedback current above 920 mA or below 60 mA. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-67

LD30992,0000194 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=91


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from travel speed solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A31. Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A5.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000194 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of travel speed (SI) solenoid with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11405.02-Travel speed solenoid current feedback abnormal still display?

NO: Travel speed solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000194 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11405.03 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current High LD30992,0000195 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Travel Speed Solenoid Diagnostics Travel speed solenoid feedback current above 920 mA. LD30992,0000195 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from travel speed solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A31. Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A5.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-68

LD30992,0000195 -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=92


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of travel speed solenoid (SC) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11405.03-Travel speed solenoid feedback current high still display?

NO: Travel speed solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000195 -19-22JAN07-4/4

11405.04 — Travel Speed Solenoid Feedback Current Low LD30992,0000196 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Travel Speed Solenoid Diagnostics Travel speed solenoid feedback current below 56 mA. LD30992,0000196 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from travel speed solenoid and main controller (MCF).

Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 1 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A31. Check continuity between travel speed solenoid connector pin 2 and main controller (MCF) connector A (X28) pin A5.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is there continuity between solenoid and main controller (MCF)?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000196 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

DTC Check

Switch connectors of travel speed solenoid (SI) with another solenoid in solenoid valve manifold. Clear and re-check DTCs.

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller (MCF). See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does DTC 11405.04-Travel speed solenoid feedback current low still display?

NO: Travel speed solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid. LD30992,0000196 -19-22JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-69

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=93


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11901.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage High LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-1/6

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Diagnostics Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 4.52 volts or higher. LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connections to hydraulic oil temperature sensor, main controller (MCF) and between harness. Are connectors clean and free from debris?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Check.

Are pins straight and make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector. LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-3/6

• 2

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Check

Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor from harness.

Check resistance of sensor. See Temperature Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Continuity Check.

Is sensor within specifications?

NO: Hydraulic oil temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-4/6

• 3

Continuity Check

Connect pin 1 and pin 2 of hydraulic oil temperature sensor harness connector.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and pin 6.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and pin 6?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-70

LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-5/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=94


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Open Circuit Check

Connect main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 6 to machine ground.

Check continuity between hydraulic oil temperature sensor harness connector pin 2 and ground.

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector pin 1. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between main controller (MCF) connector and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector?

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 6 and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector pin 2. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019A -19-22JAN07-6/6

11901.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Voltage Low LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-1/6

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Diagnostics Hydraulic oil temperature sensor 0.23 volts or less. LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connections to hydraulic oil temperature sensor, main controller (MCF) and between harness. Are connectors clean and free from debris?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Check.

Are pins straight and make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-71

LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-3/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=95


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Check

Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor from harness.

Check resistance of sensor. See Temperature Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Continuity Check.

Is sensor within specifications?

NO: Hydraulic oil temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-4/6

• 3

Continuity Check

Connect pin 1 and pin 2 of hydraulic oil temperature sensor harness connector.

Check continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and pin 6.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Is there continuity between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and pin 6?

NO: Open in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-5/6

• 4

Open Circuit Check

Connect main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 6 to machine ground.

Check continuity between hydraulic oil temperature sensor harness connector pin 2 and ground.

YES: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 2 and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector pin 1. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between main controller (MCF) connector and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector?

NO: Open circuit in harness between main controller (MCF) connector D (X31) pin 6 and hydraulic oil temperature sensor connector pin 2. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019B -19-22JAN07-6/6

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-72

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=96


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11910.02 — Actual Engine Speed Message Error

NOTE: Engine speed is determined by the engine control unit (ECU) and sent over CAN. LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-1/6

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-2/6

• 1

CAN Voltage and Resistance Check

Access the Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1).

Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D.

YES: Go to Controller Power Check.

Is the CAN circuit resistance within specification?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance..................................................................................55—65 Ω Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-3/6

• 2

Controller Power Check

Check schematics and wiring diagrams in this section to determine where power and ground is supplied to the controller that is not communicating. Check the appropriate pins for unswitched power, switched power, and ground.

YES: Controller malfunction. Replace controller that is not communicating.

Is power and ground indicated in the correct locations?

NO: Repair or replace harness. LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-4/6

• 3

CAN Terminating Resistor Check

Switched power OFF.

Remove and measure the resistance of the serviceable CAN terminating resistor. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

YES: Install resistor and go to Controller Check.

Is the resistance within specification?

NO: Replace resistor.

Specification CAN Terminating Resistor—Resistance....................................................... 110—130 Ω Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-73

LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-5/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=97


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Controller Check

Switched power OFF.

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible controller and circuit damage. Never disconnect or connect a controller with key switch ON. NOTE: Only one controller at a time should be disconnected to perform this check. The controller should be reconnected after this check has been completed. Disconnect one of the controllers on the CAN circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground. Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D. NOTE: If the disconnected controller contains one of the terminating resistors, resistance YES: Disconnected in the CAN circuit should be within the specification for 1 terminating resistor. controller has malfunctioned. Replace controller. Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts and is the circuit resistance within specification? Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance (1 terminating resistor)......................................................................................................... 110—130 Ω Resistance (2 terminating resistors) ................................................................55—65 Ω

NO: Reconnect the controller and repeat this check with a different controller disconnected. If this check has been completed for each controller, repair or replace harness. LD30992,0000324 -19-16MAR17-6/6

11911.02 — Security Signal Received from Monitor

NOTE: Security signal is sent from the monitor to the main controller (MCF) via CAN. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-2/30

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 11911.02-Security Signal Received from Monitor still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-74

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-3/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=98


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-4/30

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-75

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-5/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=99


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-6/30

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-76

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-7/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=100


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-8/30

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-77

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-9/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=101


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-10/30

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-78

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-11/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=102


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-12/30

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information contCheck for continuity between information YES: CAN circuit short to controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.roller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2. power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-79

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-13/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=103


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-14/30

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-80

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-15/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=104


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-16/30

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-81

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-17/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=105


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-18/30

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-82

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-19/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=106


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-20/30

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-83

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-21/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=107


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-23/30

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11911.02-Security Signal Received from Monitor still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-84

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-25/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=108


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11911.02-Security Signal Received from Monitor still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-27/30

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11911.02-Security Signal Received from Monitor still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-85

LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-29/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=109


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11911.02-Security Signal Received from Monitor still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,000019D -19-05AUG10-30/30

11914.02 — Radiator Coolant Temperature Message Error

NOTE: Radiator coolant temperature is determined by the engine control unit (ECU) and sent over CAN. LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-1/6

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-2/6

• 1

CAN Voltage and Resistance Check

Access the Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1).

Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D.

YES: Go to Controller Power Check.

Is the CAN circuit resistance within specification?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance..................................................................................55—65 Ω Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-3/6

• 2

Controller Power Check

Check schematics and wiring diagrams in this section to determine where power and ground is supplied to the controller that is not communicating. Check the appropriate pins for unswitched power, switched power, and ground.

YES: Controller malfunction. Replace controller that is not communicating.

Is power and ground indicated in the correct locations?

NO: Repair or replace harness.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-86

LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=110


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

CAN Terminating Resistor Check

Switched power OFF.

Remove and measure the resistance of the serviceable CAN terminating resistor. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

YES: Install resistor and go to Controller Check.

Is the resistance within specification?

NO: Replace resistor.

Specification CAN Terminating Resistor—Resistance....................................................... 110—130 Ω LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-5/6

• 4

Controller Check

Switched power OFF.

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible controller and circuit damage. Never disconnect or connect a controller with key switch ON. NOTE: Only one controller at a time should be disconnected to perform this check. The controller should be reconnected after this check has been completed. Disconnect one of the controllers on the CAN circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground. Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D. NOTE: If the disconnected controller contains one of the terminating resistors, resistance YES: Disconnected in the CAN circuit should be within the specification for 1 terminating resistor. controller has malfunctioned. Replace controller. Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts and is the circuit resistance within specification? Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance (1 terminating resistor)......................................................................................................... 110—130 Ω Resistance (2 terminating resistors) ................................................................55—65 Ω

NO: Reconnect the controller and repeat this check with a different controller disconnected. If this check has been completed for each controller, repair or replace harness. LD30992,0000326 -19-16MAR17-6/6

11918.02 — Work Mode Received Message Error

NOTE: Work mode is selected in monitor controller and sent over CAN. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-87

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-2/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=111


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 11918.02-Work Mode Received Message Error still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-3/30

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-4/30

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-88

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-5/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=112


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-6/30

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-89

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-7/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=113


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-8/30

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-90

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-9/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=114


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-10/30

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-91

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-11/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=115


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-12/30

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-92

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-13/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=116


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-14/30

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-93

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-15/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=117


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-16/30

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-94

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-17/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=118


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-18/30

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-95

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-19/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=119


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-20/30

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-96

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-21/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=120


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-23/30

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11918.02-Work Mode Received Message Error still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-97

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-25/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=121


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11918.02-Work Mode Received Message Error still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-27/30

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11918.02-Work Mode Received Message Error still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-98

LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-29/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=122


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 11918.02-Work Mode Received Message Error still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,000019F -19-05AUG10-30/30

11920.02 — Fuel Flow Rate Message Error LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-1/6

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-2/6

• 1

CAN Voltage and Resistance Check

Access the Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1).

Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D.

YES: Go to Controller Power Check.

Is the CAN circuit resistance within specification?

NO: Go to CAN Terminating Resistor Check.

Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance..................................................................................55—65 Ω Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-3/6

• 2

Controller Power Check

Check schematics and wiring diagrams in this section to determine where power and ground is supplied to the controller that is not communicating. Check the appropriate pins for unswitched power, switched power, and ground.

YES: Controller malfunction. Replace controller that is not communicating.

Is power and ground indicated in the correct locations?

NO: Repair or replace harness.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-99

LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=123


Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

CAN Terminating Resistor Check

Switched power OFF.

Remove and measure the resistance of the serviceable CAN terminating resistor. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

YES: Install resistor and go to Controller Check.

Is the resistance within specification?

NO: Replace resistor.

Specification CAN Terminating Resistor—Resistance....................................................... 110—130 Ω LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-5/6

• 4

Controller Check

Switched power OFF.

IMPORTANT: Avoid possible controller and circuit damage. Never disconnect or connect a controller with key switch ON. NOTE: Only one controller at a time should be disconnected to perform this check. The controller should be reconnected after this check has been completed. Disconnect one of the controllers on the CAN circuit. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Switched power ON. IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors without using spare mating terminal or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit can damage harness. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D to battery ground. Switched power OFF. Measure the resistance between Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) pins C and D. NOTE: If the disconnected controller contains one of the terminating resistors, resistance YES: Disconnected in the CAN circuit should be within the specification for 1 terminating resistor. controller has malfunctioned. Replace controller. Is the combined voltage on the two wires approximately 5.0 volts and is the circuit resistance within specification? Specification CAN Circuit—Resistance (1 terminating resistor)......................................................................................................... 110—130 Ω Resistance (2 terminating resistors) ................................................................55—65 Ω

NO: Reconnect the controller and repeat this check with a different controller disconnected. If this check has been completed for each controller, repair or replace harness. LD30992,0000328 -19-09DEC16-6/6

20100.02 — Engine Coolant Overheat Message

NOTE: If any engine coolant-related engine control unit (ECU) codes are active, they should be diagnosed along with this code.

Engine coolant temperature is at least 105°C (221°F). MB00333,000035E -19-16DEC16-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-10-100

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=124


Group 20

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor

Engine control unit diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be displayed on the monitor, connection with Service Advisor, or by connection with WinDr.

See Trouble Code Diagnostics and Tests for engine diagnostic trouble code information. (CTM502.)

Display. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service

ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A2 -19-12MAY10-1/1

171.03 — Intake Air Temperature Sensor Out of Range High

Intake air temperature sensor open circuit. LD30992,00002EE -19-22JAN07-1/5

Intake Air Temperature Sensor Diagnostics LD30992,00002EE -19-22JAN07-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to intake air temperature sensor, engine control unit and between harnesses.

YES: Go to Temperature Sensor Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00002EE -19-22JAN07-3/5

• 2

Temperature Sensor Check

Disconnect harness from intake air temperature sensor. Check sensor to specification. See Temperature Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Is intake air temperature sensor within specification?

NO: Intake air temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00002EE -19-22JAN07-4/5

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from intake air temperature sensor and engine control unit. Check continuity between intake air temperature sensor pin A and engine control unit connector X15 (J2) pin G4. Check continuity between intake air temperature sensor pin B and engine control unit connector X14 (J1) pin D2.

YES: Engine control unit malfunction. Reprogram engine control unit.

Is there continuity between the appropriate pin between intake air temperature sensor and engine control unit?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00002EE -19-22JAN07-5/5

171.04 — Intake Air Temperature Sensor Out of Range Low

Intake air temperature sensor signal short to ground. LD30992,00002EF -19-22JAN07-1/5

Intake Air Temperature Sensor Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-1

LD30992,00002EF -19-22JAN07-2/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=125


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to intake air temperature sensor, engine control unit and between harnesses.

YES: Go to Temperature Sensor Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00002EF -19-22JAN07-3/5

• 2

Temperature Sensor Check

Disconnect harness from intake air temperature sensor. Check sensor to specification. See Temperature Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

NO: Intake air temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00002EF -19-22JAN07-4/5

• 3

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from intake air temperature sensor and engine control unit. Check for continuity between intake air temperature sensor pin A and machine ground.

YES: Short circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between intake air temperature sensor pin A and machine ground?

NO: Engine control unit malfunction. Reprogram engine control unit. LD30992,00002EF -19-22JAN07-5/5

647.05 — Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Driver Open LD30992,00002F0 -19-22JAN07-1/5

Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Diagnostics LD30992,00002F0 -19-22JAN07-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to intake air temperature sensor, engine control unit and between harnesses.

YES: Go to Solenoid Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00002F0 -19-22JAN07-3/5

• 2

Solenoid Check

Disconnect harness from fan speed solenoid. See Proportional Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Is fan speed solenoid within specification.

NO: Solenoid malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-2

LD30992,00002F0 -19-22JAN07-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=126


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Harness Check

Disconnect harness from fan speed solenoid and engine control unit. Check continuity between solenoid connector pin 1 and engine control unit connector X15 (J2) pin J4.

YES: Engine control unit malfunction. Reprogram engine control unit.

Is there continuity between fan speed solenoid and engine control unit?

NO: Open circuit in harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00002F0 -19-22JAN07-5/5

647.31 — Fan Manual Reverse Mode Input Active Too Long

Fan reversing switch held in manual mode for 160 seconds or more or input short to power. LD30992,00002F1 -19-23JAN07-1/4

Fan Manual Reverse Mode Input Diagnostics LD30992,00002F1 -19-23JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to intake air temperature sensor, engine control unit and between harnesses.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00002F1 -19-23JAN07-3/4

• 2

Short to Power Check

Remove 12 volt power outlet 10 A fuse (F6). Clear and recheck diagnostic trouble codes. YES: Harness shorted to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, see Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, see Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram, and see Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10) Is diagnostic trouble code 647.31 still present?

NO: Fan reversing switch malfunction. Replace fan reversing switch. LD30992,00002F1 -19-23JAN07-4/4

898.09 — Engine Speed Request Not Received or Timed Out

request from main controller to engine control unit is communicated via controller area network.

Engine speed request from main controller to engine control unit is missing or timed out. Engine speed LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-3

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-2/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=127


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 898.09 still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-3/30

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-4/30

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-4

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-5/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=128


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-6/30

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-5

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-7/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=129


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-8/30

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-6

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-9/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=130


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-10/30

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-7

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-11/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=131


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-12/30

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-8

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-13/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=132


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-14/30

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-9

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-15/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=133


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-16/30

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-10

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-17/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=134


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-18/30

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-11

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-19/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=135


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-20/30

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-12

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-21/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=136


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-23/30

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 898.09-engine speed request not received or timed out still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-13

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-25/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=137


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 898.09-engine speed request not received or timed out still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-27/30

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 898.09-engine speed request not received or timed out still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-14

LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-29/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=138


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 898.09-engine speed request not received or timed out still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,00002F2 -19-12MAY10-30/30

1638.09 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Message Not Received or Timed Out

Hydraulic oil temperature message is communicated from the main controller to engine control unit via controller area network.

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor message from main controller to engine control unit not received or timed out. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-2/30

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 1638.09 still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-3/30

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-15

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-4/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=139


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-5/30

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-16

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-6/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=140


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-7/30

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-17

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-8/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=141


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-9/30

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-18

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-10/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=142


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-11/30

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-19

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-12/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=143


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-13/30

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-20

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-14/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=144


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-15/30

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-21

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-16/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=145


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-17/30

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-22

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-18/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=146


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-19/30

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-23

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-20/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=147


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-21/30

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-24

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-23/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=148


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 1638.09-hydraulic oil temperature message not received or timed out still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-25/30

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 1638.09-hydraulic oil temperature message not received or timed out still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-25

LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-27/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=149


Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 1638.09-hydraulic oil temperature message not received or timed out still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-29/30

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 1638.09-hydraulic oil temperature message not received or timed out still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,00002F3 -19-12MAY10-30/30

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-20-26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=150


Group 30

Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With SERVICE ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor

For additional information on the information controller circuit. See Information Controller (ICF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

Display. (Group 9015-20.)

Information controller diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be displayed on the monitor, connection with Service ADVISOR, or by connection with WinDr. LD30992,00001A3 -19-12MAY10-1/1

14000.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-1/30

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-2/30

• 1

CAN Harness Check

Check harness connections to controllers and between harness.

Clear codes and re-check DTCs.

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ICF.

Is DTC 14000.02 still present?

NO: Main controller (MCF) and harness are OK. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-3/30

• 2

Continuity Check MCF and ICF

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and information controller (ICF) pin C5.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and information controller (ICF) pin C11. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and ECU.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and information controller (ICF). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-1

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-4/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=151


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and engine control unit and ECU (ECU) pin A1 (X15).

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15). Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to Continuity Check MCF and Monitor Unit.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and engine control unit (ECU). Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-5/30

• 4

Continuity Check MCF Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and monitor controller pin B7. and Monitor Unit

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and monitor controller pin B6. Is there continuity between the connectors?

YES: Go to MCF Short to Ground Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Open circuit in CAN between main controller (MCF) and monitor controller. Repair or replace harnesses. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-2

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-6/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=152


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

MCF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU) and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 an main controller (MCF) pins A2, A13, B8, and B18. Is there continuity between the CAN circuit and ground circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-7/30

• 6

ECU Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pins L2 (X15), YES: CAN circuit short to L3 (X15), and M2 (X15). ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-3

NO: Go to ICF Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-8/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=153


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 7

ICF Short to Ground Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C14 and C15. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C14 and C15. YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Ground Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-9/30

• 8

Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Short to Ground Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and pin B11. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and pin B11.

YES: CAN circuit short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and ground circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-4

NO: Go to MCF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-10/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=154


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 9

MCF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and pins A1, A12, B7, and B17.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to ECU Short to Power Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-11/30

10 ECU Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 and pins L1 (X15), L4 (X15), M1 (X15), and M4 (X15).

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-5

NO: Go to ICF Short to Power Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-12/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=155


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

11 ICF Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and pins C1 and C2. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and pins C1 and C2.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Power Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-13/30

12 Monitor Controller Short to Power Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A16. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A16.

YES: CAN circuit short to power. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is there continuity between CAN circuit and power circuit?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-6

NO: Go to MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-14/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=156


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

13 MCF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C4 and B16. Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pin C15 and B16. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-15/30

14 ECU Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin A1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pin B1 (X15) and pin B2 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-7

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-16/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=157


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

15 ICF Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C5 and C7. Check for continuity between information controller (ICF) pin C11 and C7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-17/30

16 Monitor Controller Short to Key Switch Signal Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B7 and A7. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin B6 and A7. Is there continuity between CAN circuit and key switch signal circuit?

YES: CAN circuit short to key switch signal. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-8

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-18/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=158


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

17 MCF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between main controller (MCF) pins C4 and C15. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-19/30

18 ECU CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check

Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between engine control unit (ECU) pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-9

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-20/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=159


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

19 ICF CAN High and Low Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine Side Continuity Check control unit (ECU), and monitor controller.

Check for continuity between ICF pins C5 and C11. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN High and Low Side Continuity Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-21/30

20 Monitor Controller Disconnect all connectors to main controller (MCF), information controller (ICF), engine CAN High and Low control unit (ECU), and monitor controller. Side Continuity Check

Check for continuity between monitor controller pins B6 and B7. Is there continuity between CAN high and low side wires?

YES: CAN wires short circuit. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, See Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram, and see Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to MCF CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-22/30

21 MCF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except main controller (MCF) connector C (X30).

Check resistance between pin C4 and C15. Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to ICF CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-10

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-23/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=160


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

22 DTC Check

Connect connector to main controller (MCF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 14000.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Main controller (MCF) malfunction. Replace main controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to main controller (MCF). LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-24/30

23 ICF CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except ICF connector C (X34).

Check resistance between pin C5 and C11.

YES: Go to DTC Check.

Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

NO: Go to ECU CAN Resistance Check. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-25/30

24 DTC Check

Connect connector to information controller (ICF).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 14000.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to information controller (ICF). LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-26/30

25 ECU CAN Resistance Check

Connect all connectors except engine control unit (ECU) connector J2 (X15).

Check resistance between pins A1 (X15) and B1 (X15). Is resistance between 50—70 Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Go to Monitor Controller CAN Resistance Check. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-11

LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-27/30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=161


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

26 DTC Check

Connect connector to engine control unit (ECU).

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 14000.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Engine control unit (ECU) malfunction. Replace engine control unit (ECU). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check harness connection to engine control unit (ECU). LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-28/30

27 Monitor Controller Connect all connectors except monitor controller connector B (X20). CAN Resistance Check

Check resistance between pins B6 and B7. Is resistance between 110—130Ω?

YES: Go to DTC Check.

NOTE: Key Switch: Off

NO: Check CAN bus terminator resistor (R10). See CAN Bus Terminator Check. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-29/30

28 DTC Check

Connect connector to monitor controller.

Clear DTC and re-check for DTCs. Is DTC 14000.02-Abnormal CAN Communication still present?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Key Switch: On

NO: Check the connection to monitor controller. LD30992,00001A4 -19-14SEP06-30/30

14001.02 — ICF: Flash Memory: Read/Write Error LD30992,00001A5 -19-09SEP13-1/5

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,00001A5 -19-09SEP13-2/5

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present go to Initialize Information Controller (ICF) Check.

Is DTC 14001.02—ICF: Flash Memory: Read / Write Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-12

LD30992,00001A5 -19-09SEP13-3/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=162


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Initialize Information Initialize information controller (ICF) using procedure in Hitachi Technical Controller (ICF) Check Manual—Troubleshooting. See Troubleshooting/ ICF and perform 1.1 Select Information Controller procedure.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable, go to Machine Function Check.

Is DTC 14001.02—ICF: Flash Memory: Read / Write Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A5 -19-09SEP13-4/5

• 3

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the information controller (ICF) be replaced. NO: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A5 -19-09SEP13-5/5

14002.02 — ICF: External RAM: Read/Write Error LD30992,00001A6 -19-09SEP13-1/5

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,00001A6 -19-09SEP13-2/5

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present go to Initialize Information Controller (ICF) Check.

Is DTC 14002.02—External RAM: Read - Write Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A6 -19-09SEP13-3/5

• 2

Initialize Information Initialize information controller (ICF) using procedure in Hitachi Technical Controller (ICF) Check Manual—Troubleshooting. See Troubleshooting/ ICF and perform 1.1 Select Information Controller procedure.

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable, go to Machine Function Check.

Is DTC 14002.02—External RAM: Read - Write Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

9001-30-13

LD30992,00001A6 -19-09SEP13-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=163


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the information controller (ICF) be replaced. NO: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A6 -19-09SEP13-5/5

14003.02 — ICF: EEPROM: Sum Check Error LD30992,00001A7 -19-09SEP13-1/5

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,00001A7 -19-09SEP13-2/5

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present go to Initialize Information Controller (ICF) Check.

Is DTC 14003.02—EEPROM: Sum Check Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A7 -19-09SEP13-3/5

• 2

Initialize Information Initialize information controller (ICF) using procedure in Hitachi Technical Controller (ICF) Check Manual—Troubleshooting. See Troubleshooting/ ICF and perform 1.1 Select Information Controller procedure.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable, go to Machine Function Check.

Is DTC 14003.02—EEPROM: Sum Check Error still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A7 -19-09SEP13-4/5

• 3

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the information controller (ICF) be replaced. NO: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A7 -19-09SEP13-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=164


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14006.02 — ICF: Satellite Communication Terminal: Communication Error

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001A8 -19-14SEP06-1/1

14008.02 — ICF: Abnormal Internal RAM LD30992,00001A9 -19-09SEP13-1/5

Controller Hardware Diagnostics LD30992,00001A9 -19-09SEP13-2/5

• 1

Code Check

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present go to Initialize Information Controller (ICF) Check.

Is DTC 14008.02—Abnormal Internal RAM still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A9 -19-09SEP13-3/5

• 2

Initialize Information Initialize information controller (ICF) using procedure in Hitachi Technical Controller (ICF) Check Manual—Troubleshooting. See Troubleshooting/ ICF and perform 1.1 Select Information Controller procedure.

YES: Code is still present and machine does not operate. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Clear and re-check diagnostic trouble codes.

YES: Code is still present but machine is still operable, go to Machine Function Check.

Is DTC 14008.02—Abnormal Internal RAM still present?

NO: Information controller (ICF) is OK. LD30992,00001A9 -19-09SEP13-4/5

• 3

Machine Function Check

Is operation of machine normal? See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-05.)

YES: Machine may be operated but it is recommended that the information controller (ICF) be replaced. NO: Information controller (ICF) malfunction. Replace information controller (ICF). See Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001A9 -19-09SEP13-5/5

14100.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal EEPROM

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AA -19-14SEP06-1/1

14101.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal IB/OB Queue

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AB -19-14SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=165


Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

14102.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Abnormal Local Loop Back

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AC -19-14SEP06-1/1

14103.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: The Satellite is not found

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AD -19-14SEP06-1/1

14104.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Fail 1 of Remote Loop Back

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AE -19-14SEP06-1/1

14105.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Tail 2 of Remote Loop Back

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001AF -19-14SEP06-1/1

14106.02 — Satellite Communication Terminal: Sending and Receiving Data are Mismatched

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001B0 -19-14SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-30-16

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=166


Group 40 Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

controller. See Heater and Air Conditioner Diagnostic Trouble Code Check to access codes. (Group 9031-15.)

Air conditioner controller (ACF) diagnostic trouble codes are read by accessing the diagnostic menu in the LD30992,00001B1 -19-14SEP06-1/1

21 — Mix Door Open Circuit Wiring to heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor has an open circuit. LD30992,00001B2 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B2 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B2 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check continuity between pins on controller and servomotor connector. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

YES: Air conditioner heater servomotor malfunction. Replace servomotor.

IMPORTANT: Some wires between air conditioner controller and air conditioner servomotor are spliced with other control, power, and ground circuits. Use caution when checking and testing wires.

NO: Repair or replace wiring harness. LD30992,00001B2 -19-22JAN07-4/4

-21 — Mix Door Short Circuit Wiring to heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor has a short circuit. LD30992,00001B3 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B3 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free from debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-1

LD30992,00001B3 -19-22JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=167


Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from heater and air conditioner mixer servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller. Connect to appropriate pin from air conditioner controller to machine ground and check continuity. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

YES: Harness has a short to ground. Repair or replace harness.

IMPORTANT: Some wires between air conditioner controller and air conditioner servomotor are spliced with other control, power, and ground circuits. Use caution when checking and testing wires.

NO: Air conditioner heater and heater mixer servomotor malfunction. Replace servomotor. LD30992,00001B3 -19-22JAN07-4/4

22 — Mode Encoder Open Circuit Air conditioner heater blower port change servomotor has an open circuit. LD30992,00001B4 -19-22JAN07-1/5

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B4 -19-22JAN07-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to air conditioner heater blower port change servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are Connections clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B4 -19-22JAN07-3/5

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from air conditioner heater blower port change servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check continuity between pins on controller and servomotor connector. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

YES: Go to Continuity Check.

IMPORTANT: Some wires between air conditioner controller and air conditioner servomotor are spliced with other control, power, and ground circuits. Use caution when checking and testing wires.

NO: Repair or replace harness. LD30992,00001B4 -19-22JAN07-4/5

• 3

Continuity Check

Disconnect harness from heater and air conditioner blower port change servomotor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check for continuity between pins on harness connectors and machine ground. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity on any of the pins?

YES: Harness has a short. Repair or replace harness.

IMPORTANT: Some wires between air conditioner controller and air conditioner servomotor are spliced with other control, power, and ground circuits. Use caution when checking and testing wires.

NO: Air conditioner heater blower port change servomotor malfunction. Replace servomotor. LD30992,00001B4 -19-22JAN07-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=168


Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

23 — In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit

Cab air temperature sensor has an open circuit. LD30992,00001B5 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B5 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to cab air temperature sensor and air conditioner heater controller.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B5 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from cab air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check for continuity between pins on controller and temperature sensor connector. See YES: Cab air temperature Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

NO: Repair or replace wiring harness. LD30992,00001B5 -19-22JAN07-4/4

-23 — In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit

Cab air temperature sensor has a short circuit. LD30992,00001B6 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B6 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to cab air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner YES: Go to Short Circuit controller. Check. Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B6 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from cab air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check wires between controller and cab air temperature sensor connector for continuity YES: Repair or replace to ground. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) wiring harness. Is there continuity on any of the wires?

NO: Cab air temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00001B6 -19-22JAN07-4/4

24 — Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor Open Circuit

Ambient air temperature sensor has an open circuit. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-3

LD30992,00001B7 -19-22JAN07-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=169


Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B7 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to ambient air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B7 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from ambient air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. YES: Ambient air Check for continuity between pins on controller and ambient air temperature sensor connector. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring temperature sensor Diagram and See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) malfunction. Replace sensor. Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

NO: Repair or replace wiring harness. LD30992,00001B7 -19-22JAN07-4/4

-24 — Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor Short Circuit

Ambient air temperature sensor has a short circuit. LD30992,00001B8 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001B8 -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to ambient temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B8 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from ambient air temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check wires between controller and ambient air temperature sensor connector for continuity to ground. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram and See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Repair or replace wiring harness.

Is there continuity on any of the wires?

NO: Ambient temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00001B8 -19-22JAN07-4/4

25 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Open Circuit

Coolant temperature sensor has an open circuit. LD30992,00001B9 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-4

LD30992,00001B9 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=170


Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to coolant temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner YES: Go to Open Circuit controller. Check. Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001B9 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from coolant temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check for continuity between pins on controller and coolant temperature sensor connector. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Coolant temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

NO: Repair or replace wiring harness. LD30992,00001B9 -19-22JAN07-4/4

-25 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Short Circuit

Coolant temperature sensor has a short circuit. LD30992,00001BA -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001BA -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to coolant temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner YES: Go to Short Circuit controller. Check. Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001BA -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from coolant temperature sensor and heater and air conditioner controller. Check wires between controller and coolant temperature sensor connector for continuity YES: Repair or replace to ground. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) wiring harness. Is there continuity on any of the pins?

NO: Coolant temperature sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00001BA -19-22JAN07-4/4

26 — Solar Radiation Sensor Open Circuit Solar sensor has an open circuit.

NOTE: When solar radiation is shaded, the solar radiation sensor indicates the fault code of open circuit. LD30992,00001BB -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-5

LD30992,00001BB -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=171


Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to solar sensor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001BB -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from heater and air conditioner controller and solar sensor.

Check for continuity between pins on controller and solar radiation sensor connector. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, and See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Solar sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Is there continuity on the appropriate pins?

NO: Repair or replace wiring harness. LD30992,00001BB -19-22JAN07-4/4

-26 — Solar Radiation Sensor Short Circuit Solar sensor has a short circuit. LD30992,00001BC -19-22JAN07-1/4

Harness Diagnostics LD30992,00001BC -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Check harness connection to solar sensor and heater and air conditioner controller.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Are connectors clean and free of debris? Are pins straight and do they make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace connector or pins. LD30992,00001BC -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Short Circuit Check

Disconnect harness from heater and air conditioner controller and solar sensor.

Check wires between controller and solar radiation sensor connector for continuity to ground. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram, and See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Repair or replace wiring harness.

Is there continuity on any of the pins?

NO: Solar sensor malfunction. Replace sensor. LD30992,00001BC -19-22JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-40-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=172


Group 50

Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The monitor controller (MON) diagnostic trouble codes may be viewed on the monitor, by using WinDr., or by using SERVICE ADVISOR™. See the following procedures for viewing the information controller diagnostic trouble codes.

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service

ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LD30992,00001BD -19-14SEP06-1/1

13303.02 — Abnormal Thermister Temperature LD30992,00001BE -19-22JAN07-1/4

Monitor Temperature Diagnostics Temperature in or around monitor controller is above 85°C (185°F). LD30992,00001BE -19-22JAN07-2/4

• 1

Temperature Check

Check temperature around monitor controller.

YES: Go to Screen Check.

Is temperature high?

NO: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001BE -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Screen Check

Cool monitor controller and observe monitor screen.

YES: Monitor and monitor controller are OK.

Does monitor screen return to normal as monitor is cooled?

NO: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001BE -19-22JAN07-4/4

13304.02 — Abnormal REG Input H Level LD30992,00001BF -19-22JAN07-1/4

Alternator Output Diagnostics Alternator output above 33.5 volts. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-1

LD30992,00001BF -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=173


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Alternator Output Check

Measure alternator output. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Is voltage below 33.5 volts?

NO: Alternator malfunction. Repair or replace alternator. LD30992,00001BF -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Harness Check

Disconnect monitor controller connector C (X21) and check voltage on pin 7.

Is voltage below 33.5 volts?

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

NOTE: Engine: Running

NO: Open circuit in harness between alternator and monitor controller. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00001BF -19-22JAN07-4/4

13306.02 — Abnormal EEPROM LD30992,00001C0 -19-14SEP06-1/3

Information Controller Diagnostics Abnormal EEPROM in monitor controller. LD30992,00001C0 -19-14SEP06-2/3

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Re-check

Clear codes and check for code again.

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 13306.02-Abnormal EEPROM still present?

NO: Monitor controller is OK. LD30992,00001C0 -19-14SEP06-3/3

13308.02 — Abnormal CAN Communication Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-2

LD30992,00001C1 -19-22JAN07-1/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=174


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Controller Area Network Diagnostics Controller Area Network (CAN) communication error. LD30992,00001C1 -19-22JAN07-2/5

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Re-check

Clear codes and check for code again.

YES: Go to Harness Connector Check.

Is diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 13308.02-Abnormal CAN communication error still present?

NO: Harness and monitor controller are OK. LD30992,00001C1 -19-22JAN07-3/5

• 2

Harness Connector Check

Check harness connection to monitor controller, information controller (ICF) and between cab harness and monitor harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Are harness connections clean? Are pins straight and make a good connection?

NO: Repair or replace damaged connector or pins. LD30992,00001C1 -19-22JAN07-4/5

• 3

Harness Check

Check CAN wires between monitor controller and information controller (ICF).

See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram and See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Repair or replace damaged harness.

Is there continuity on wires between controllers? Is the circuit either open, shorted to power, or shorted to ground?

NO: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001C1 -19-22JAN07-5/5

13310.02 — Shorted Circuit in Coolant Temperature Sensor

NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS MACHINE LD30992,00001C2 -19-14SEP06-1/1

13311.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Short Circuit LD30992,00001C3 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Fuel Level Sensor Diagnostics Fuel level sensor shorted to ground. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-3

LD30992,00001C3 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=175


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Resistance Check

Disconnect fuel level sensor and check sensor resistance.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

YES: Go to Continuity Check.

Fuel Level Sensor Float Position

Resistance (Ohms)

Upper Limit (FULL)

6-10

3/4

26

1/2

33-43

1/4

53

Alarm Level

82-88

Lower Limit (EMPTY)

90-100

NO: Fuel level sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

LD30992,00001C3 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Continuity Check

Disconnect fuel level sensor from harness and check for continuity between monitor pin YES: Short circuit in C2 and machine ground. harness between monitor controller and sensor. Check wiring. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram, See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, andSee Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is there continuity between monitor and machine ground?

NO: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001C3 -19-22JAN07-4/4

13311.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit LD30992,00001C4 -19-22JAN07-1/4

Fuel Level Sensor Diagnostics Fuel level sensor open circuit Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-4

LD30992,00001C4 -19-22JAN07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=176


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Resistance Check

Disconnect fuel level sensor and check sensor resistance.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

YES: Go to Continuity Check. NO: Fuel level sensor malfunction. Replace sensor.

Fuel Level Sensor Float Position

Resistance (Ohms)

Upper Limit (FULL)

6-10

3/4

26

1/2

33-43

1/4

53

Alarm Level

82-88

Lower Limit (EMPTY)

90-100 LD30992,00001C4 -19-22JAN07-3/4

• 2

Continuity Check

Disconnect fuel level sensor from harness. Connect pin 1 of fuel level sensor harness connector to ground. Check for continuity between monitor controller pin C2 and machine ground.

YES: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is there continuity between monitor and machine ground?

NO: Open circuit in harness between monitor controller and sensor. Check wires. See Short circuit in harness between monitor controller and sensor. Check wiring. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram,See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram, and See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,00001C4 -19-22JAN07-4/4

13334.2 — Radiator Coolant Error

• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble

Diagnose the diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) in the engine control unit (ECU), then clear codes and re-check DTCs.

• See 13308.02 - Abnormal CAN Communication. (Group

Codes. (Group 9001-20.)

9001-50.)

MB00333,0000251 -19-14JAN15-1/1

20105.2 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Alarm MB00333,00001A4 -19-09JUL13-1/5

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Alarm Diagnostic Procedure MB00333,00001A4 -19-09JUL13-2/5

• 1

Filter Check

Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter. (Operator’s Manual.) YES: Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Check. Is DTC 20105.2 still present?

NO: Checks complete. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-5

MB00333,00001A4 -19-09JUL13-3/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=177


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Check

Key switch in OFF position.

Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B27). See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between terminals of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch.

YES: Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch malfunction. Replace switch.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Circuit Check. MB00333,00001A4 -19-09JUL13-4/5

• 3

Circuit Check

Key switch in OFF position.

Disconnect monitor controller 20-pin connector B (X20) and hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B27). Check for continuity between pin 15 on monitor controller 20-pin connector B (X20) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate harness.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Monitor controller malfunction. Replace monitor controller. See Monitor Controller Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) MB00333,00001A4 -19-09JUL13-5/5

20106.2 — Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm MB00333,00001BD -19-20AUG13-1/4

Air Cleaner Restriction Alarm Diagnostics MB00333,00001BD -19-20AUG13-2/4

• 1

Sensor Check

Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B16).

See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Connect Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Circuit Check.

Is diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 20106.2 still present?

NO: Replace air filter restriction switch (B16).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-6

MB00333,00001BD -19-20AUG13-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=178


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Circuit Check

Disconnect monitor controller (A4) connector X20 and air filter restriction switch (B16).

See Monitor Harness (W3) Component Location and see Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between connector X20 pin 4 and ground.

YES: Short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity present?

NO: Monitor controller (A4) malfunction. Replace monitor controller. MB00333,00001BD -19-20AUG13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=179


Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9001-50-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=180


Contents

Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure

Page

Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout................................ 9005-10-1 Diagnostic Trouble Codes Check ....................................................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks ................................9005-10-1 Operational Checks—Key Switch On, Engine Off Checks ................................9005-10-3 Operational Checks—Key Switch On, Engine On Checks ................................9005-10-9

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 10

Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout This procedure is used to check operation of the machine. It is designed so you can do a walk around inspection, check machine operation, and perform specific checks from the operator's seat. If there is a problem with the machine, diagnostic information in this checkout will help determine the probable cause. This information may allow you to perform a simple adjustment to correct the problem. Use the table of contents to help find adjustment procedures.

Complete the usual necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring) prior to doing the checkout. The machine must be at operating temperature for many of the checks. Read each check completely before performing. If no problem is found, you will be instructed to go to the next check. If a problem is indicated, you will be referred to a procedure for adjustment, repair, or replacement.

A location will be required which is level and has adequate space to complete the checks. No tools are needed to perform the checkout.

The monitor can be used to perform diagnostic and operational checks. The monitor can display engine speed, pressures, and Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-1/46

Diagnostic Trouble Codes Check JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-2/46

Display and Clear Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the Diagnostic Trouble Codes operational checkout. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using several methods:

• Monitor Controller • With Service Advisor • With WinDr

YES: Correct all diagnostic trouble codes before proceeding. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?

NO: Proceed with operational checkout. JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-3/46

Operational Checks—Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-1

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-4/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=183


Operational Checkout Procedure Horn Circuit Check

1

TX1093717 —UN—29JUN11

Horn Button 1— Horn Button Key switch OFF.

YES: Go to next check.

Push horn button (1) on top of left pilot control lever.

NO: Check horn 10 A fuse (F17) (Marked HORN). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LISTEN: Does horn sound?

NO: Check horn wiring harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-2

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-5/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=184


Operational Checkout Procedure Hour Meter and Fuel Gauge Check

1

14

TX1005661 —UN—31MAR06

Monitor, Hour Meter and Fuel Gauge 1— Hour Meter 14— Hour Meter Button Press and hold hour meter button (14) until default screen appears.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does hour meter (1) display machine hours?

NO: Check controller key signal switch 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does fuel gauge display a fuel level?

NO: Check wiring See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) or see Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-6/46

Operational Checks—Key Switch On, Engine Off Checks Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-3

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-7/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=185


Operational Checkout Procedure Monitor Start Up Check

System Starting... 1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

TX1005660 —UN—06APR06

Monitor, System Starting Screen

1

TX1005657 —UN—03APR06

Monitor, System Default Screen 1— Alternator Alarm Indicator Turn key switch to ON position. LOOK: Does monitor display system starting screen? LOOK: Does default screen with hour meter appear after system starting screen disappears?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does alternator alarm indicator (1) appear on default screen?

NO: Check controller key signal switch 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-4

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-8/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=186


Operational Checkout Procedure Monitor, Gauges, and Battery Relay Checks

1

2

3

4

5

6

A.I.

7777.7 h F1 F2

H

F

F3

8

F4

E

17.3 L/h

C

8:01

7

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

TX1005659 —UN—31MAR06

Monitor, Gauges 1— Work Mode Indicator 2— Auto-Idle Indicator 3— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 4— F1 Function Button Indicator 5— Fuel Gauge 6— Hour Meter 7— Alarm Indicator Light 8— Alternator Alarm Indicator NOTE: If engine coolant temperature is below 30°C (86°F) engine temperature gauge needle may not move. Turn key switch to ON. LISTEN: Does battery relay click? LOOK: Does auto-idle indicator (2), when turned on, display flash then remain on? LOOK: Does alarm indicator light (7) come on?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does alternator alarm indicator (8) come on?

NO: Monitor does not come ON. Check monitor controller key switch signal 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does engine coolant temperature gauge (3) display an engine coolant temperature?

NO: Check wiring. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) or see Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does fuel gauge (5) display a fuel level?

NO: Check key switch. See Key Switch Check. (Group 9015-20.) Check battery relay. See Battery Relay Check. (Group 9015-20.) Check wiring. See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-5

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-9/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=187


Operational Checkout Procedure LOOK: Does hour meter (6) display machine hours?

NO: Neither engine coolant temperature gauge nor fuel gauge moves. Check gauge sensor and wiring. See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does work mode indicator (1) display (dig or attachment) work mode?

NO: Other than normal indicator lights remain on. Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display (Group 9015-20.) or see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application (Group 9015-20.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-10/46

Travel Lever and Pedal Neutral Checks

1

2

TX1093760 —UN—31AUG11

Travel Levers and Pedals 1— Forward 2— Rearward Push both travel levers and pedals forward (1), then release. Pull both travel levers and pedals rearward (2), then release. FEEL: Do levers and pedals require equal effort to operate in forward and reverse?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do levers and pedals return to neutral at the same time when released?

NO: Inspect, repair or replace travel pilot control valve. See Travel Pilot Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-6

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-11/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=188


Operational Checkout Procedure Light Circuit Checks

6 0FF

5 INT

OFF 1 2

ON

TX1095488 —UN—23AUG11

Switch Panel 5— Work Light Switch 6— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Turn work light switch (5) to first position. LOOK: Are monitor panel back lights and drive lights on?

YES: Go to next check.

Turn light switch to second position.

NO: Check work and drive lights 20 A fuse (F1) (Marked LAMP) and controller key switch signal 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Do monitor panel back lights and drive lights remain on and boom work lights come on?

NO: Check wiring harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-7

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-12/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=189


Operational Checkout Procedure Windshield Wiper Controls Check

6 0FF

5 INT

OFF 1 2

ON

TX1095488 —UN—23AUG11

Switch Panel 5— Work Light Switch 6— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch NOTE: Front window must be fully closed and latched for this check. Turn wiper switch (6) to first INT position. LOOK: Does wiper operate intermittently? Turn wiper switch to second INT position. LOOK: Does wiper operate intermittently, but faster than when in first position? Turn wiper switch to third INT position. LOOK: Does wiper operate intermittently, but faster than when in second position?

YES: Go to next check.

Turn wiper switch to ON position.

NO: Check that front window is fully latched and switch contacts make good connection.

LOOK: Does wiper operate continuously?

NO: Check windshield wiper and washer 10 A fuse (F2) (Marked WIPER). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Move wiper switch to OFF position.

NO: Check Wiring See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does wiper arm stop in park position at left side of windshield?

NO: See Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) for additional information

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-8

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-13/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=190


Operational Checkout Procedure Windshield Washer and Wiper Circuit Check

IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank. NOTE: The washer can operate with the upper front window open. The wiper cannot operate with the upper front window open. When closing window, check that window upper left corner makes good contact with the cab.

6 0FF

5 INT

OFF 1 2

ON

TX1095488 —UN—23AUG11

Switch Panel 5— Work Light Switch 6— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch NOTE: Front window should be fully closed and latched for this check.

YES: Go to next check.

Push washer switch (6).

NO: Check washer fluid level. See Check Windshield Washer Fluid. (Operator's Manual.)

LOOK: Is washer fluid supplied to windshield?

NO: Check that the window upper left corner is making good contact with the cab.

Turn windshield wiper (6) ON.

NO: Check windshield wiper and washer 10 A fuse (F2) (Marked WIPER). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LISTEN: Does wiper circuit click?

NO: Check wiring harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does windshield wiper operate?

NO: Check washer pump. See Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-14/46

Operational Checks—Key Switch On, Engine On Checks Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-9

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-15/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=191


Operational Checkout Procedure Monitor and Gauge Circuit Checks

1

2

3

7777.7 h F1

5

F2

H

F

F3

6

F4

E

C

4

8:01

7

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

TX1005662 —UN—31MAR06

Monitor, Gauges 1— Work Mode Indicator 2— Hour Meter 3— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 4— Fuel Gauge 5— Alarm Indicator 6— Alarm Indicator 7— Alarm Indicator Light IMPORTANT: Stop the engine immediately if alarm Indicator light (7) or any alarm indicators come on after engine starts. Start engine. LOOK: Do all alarm indicators go off and remain off after engine starts? LOOK: Does engine coolant temperature gauge (3) display an engine coolant temperature?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does fuel gauge (4) display a fuel level?

NO: Other alarms are seen on display. See Alarm Occurrence Screen. (Operator's Manual.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-10

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-16/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=192


Operational Checkout Procedure Pilot Control Shutoff Circuit Check

1

TX1093762 —UN—28JUN13

Engine Speed Dial

TX1093763 —UN—19JUL11

Locked 1— Engine Speed Dial CAUTION: Machine may move during this check. Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all machine functions. Turn engine speed dial (1) to L (slow idle) position.

YES: Check wiring. See Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Pull pilot shutoff lever into LOCKED (rearward) position.

YES: See Diagnose Pilot Circuit Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)

Slowly actuate dig and travel functions.

YES: see Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) for additional information.

LOOK: Do dig and travel functions operate?

NO: Continue check.

TX1093764 —UN—19JUL11

Unlocked Push pilot shutoff lever into UNLOCKED (forward) position.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-11

YES: Go to next check.

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-17/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=193


Operational Checkout Procedure Slowly actuate dig and travel functions.

NO: Check wiring. See Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) or see Diagnose Pilot Circuit Malfunctions (Group 9025-15.)

LOOK: Do dig and travel functions operate?

NO: See Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) for additional information.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-12

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-18/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=194


Operational Checkout Procedure Fan Reversing System—If Equipped

TX1005672 —UN—31MAR06

Left Console Switch Location 1— Travel Alarm and Travel Alarm Cancel Switch 2— Not Used 3— Not Used 4— Not Used 5— Not Used 6— Right Enable Switch (Optional) 7— Not Used 8— Not Used 9— Reversing Cooling Fan Switch (Optional)

TX1015264A —UN—09JAN07

Fan Reversing Switch

1

TX1093762 —UN—28JUN13

Engine Speed Dial 1— Engine Speed Dial 9— Fan Reversing Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast-idle). Turn (auto-idle) A/I OFF. Push air conditioner switch OFF. Press reversing cooling fan switch to MANUAL position. LISTEN: Does fan speed slow down? LOOK/LISTEN: After approximately 20 seconds, does the fan speed increase and rotate in reverse direction for approximately one minute?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-13

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-19/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=195


Operational Checkout Procedure LISTEN/LOOK: Does the fan speed slow for approximately 20 seconds? Does fan direction return to normal?

YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN: Does fan speed increase?

NO: See Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram (Group 9015-10.) and see Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Component Location (Group 9015-10.) and see Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-20/46

Engine Speed Dial Check

1

TX1093762 —UN—28JUN13

Engine Speed Dial

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn (auto-idle) switch (2) to A/I OFF. Pull pilot shutoff lever into LOCKED (rearward) position. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle).

YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN: Does engine speed increase?

NO: Check controller key signal switch 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Turn engine speed dial (1) to L (slow idle).

IF OK: Check engine speed dial on monitor display. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Controller Circuit Theory of Operation for additional information. (Group 9015-15.)

LISTEN: Does engine speed decrease?

IF OK: Check wiring harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-14

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-21/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=196


Operational Checkout Procedure E (Economy) Mode and P (Power) Mode Check

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Turn (auto-idle) switch (2) to A/I OFF. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to E (economy) mode. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed decrease? Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed increase?

NO: See Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.) for additional information on engine speed and power mode

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-15

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-22/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=197


Operational Checkout Procedure HP (High Power) Mode Check

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Turn (auto-idle) switch (2) to A/I OFF. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position.

YES: Go to next check.

Turn power mode switch (3) to HP (high power) mode.

NO: Check controller key signal switch 5 A fuse (F16) (Marked POW ON). See Fuse and Relay Specifications (Group 9015-10.) and see Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.)

Actuate arm in function over relief.

NO: Check wiring. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed increase as function goes over relief?

NO: See Diagnose Dig Circuit Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-16

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-23/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=198


Operational Checkout Procedure Auto-Idle Circuit Check

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Engine Speed Dial 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch

1

2

3

4

5

6

A.I.

7777.7 h F1 F2

H

F

F3 F4

E

17.3 L/h

C

8:01 1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

TX1005666 —UN—31MAR06

Monitor, Auto Idle Indicator 1— Work Mode Indicator 2— Auto-Idle Indicator 3— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 4— F1 Function Button Indicator 5— Fuel Gauge 6— Hour Meter Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to HP (high power) mode. Push pilot shutoff lever into UNLOCKED (forward) position. Turn (auto-idle) switch (2) to A/I ON. LOOK/LISTEN: Does (auto-idle) indicator (2) illuminate? Does engine speed decrease after 4—6 seconds? Slowly actuate dig function.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to fast idle?

NO: Check solenoid 10 A fuse (F4) (Marked SOLENOID). See Fuse and Relay Specifications (Group 9015-10.) and see Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-17

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-24/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=199


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel Alarm Check

1

3 2

TX1095490 —UN—29AUG11

Operator's Station 1— Forward 2— Rearward 3— Pilot Shutoff Lever CAUTION: Machine will move during this check. Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate the machine. Push pilot shutoff lever (3) into UNLOCKED (forward) position. Slowly push travel pedals or levers forward (1). LISTEN: Does travel alarm sound?

YES: Go to next check.

Slowly pull travel levers and pedals rearward (2).

NO: Check travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) (Marked OPT. 1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LISTEN: Does travel alarm sound?

NO: Check wiring. See Travel Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-18

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-25/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=200


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Circuit Check

1

TX1095494 —UN—24AUG11

Travel Alarm Cancel Switch

1

TX1095509 —UN—09AUG11

Travel Alarm Cancel Switch 1— Travel Alarm Cancel Switch CAUTION: Machine will move during this check. Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate the machine. NOTE: Travel alarm must operate for this check. Push pilot shutoff lever (1) into UNLOCKED (forward) position. Push travel pedals or levers forward and allow travel alarm to operate for a minimum of 12 seconds. LISTEN: Does travel alarm sound? While continuing travel, push travel alarm cancel switch (1). LISTEN: Does travel alarm stop sounding?

YES: Go to next check.

Pull travel pedals or levers rearward.

NO: Check travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) (Marked OPT. 1). See Fuse and Relay Specifications (Group 9015-20.)

LISTEN: Does travel alarm start sounding again?

NO: Check wiring. See Travel Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-19

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-26/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=201


Operational Checkout Procedure Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressurization Check

1

2 TX1093766 —UN—28JUN13

Hydraulic Oil Tank Cover 1— Hydraulic Oil Tank Pressure Release Button 2— Hydraulic Oil Tank Cover Raise boom to full height, then lower boom to ground. Slowly depress pressure release button on hydraulic oil tank cover. LISTEN: Is air heard escaping from the pressure release button on hydraulic oil tank cover?

YES: Go to next check.

IMPORTANT: The pressurized oil tank creates pressure at the inlet to the hydraulic pumps. If tank cover does not seal, hydraulic pumps could cavitate and be damaged.

NO: Replace hydraulic oil tank cover.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-20

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-27/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=202


Operational Checkout Procedure Swing Dynamic Braking Check

45˚

90˚

TX1095482 —UN—28JUN13

Swing Dynamic Braking

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to swing extended arm and bucket. Machine must be on level ground. Position upperstructure with boom to the front. Move arm to the extended position, bucket to the retracted position, and bucket-to-arm pivot pin at same level as boom-to-frame pivot pin. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Fully actuate swing function. Swing right 90 degrees and then release lever. LOOK: Does upperstructure stop within 45 degrees (1/8 turn) or less after releasing lever? Position upperstructure with boom to the front.

YES: Go to next check.

Fully actuate swing function. Swing left 90 degrees and then release lever.

NO: Perform Swing Motor Leakage Test (Group 9025-25.) and perform Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

LOOK: Does upperstructure stop within 45 degrees (1/8 turn) or less after releasing lever?

NO: Check swing valve spool and spring. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-21

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-28/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=203


Operational Checkout Procedure Swing Park Brake and Circuit Drift Check

TX1093770 —UN—28JUN13

Machine Position

1

TX1093762 —UN—28JUN13

Engine Speed Dial 1— Engine Speed Dial Fill the bucket with dirt. Position machine on a hillside with a slope of approximately 25%. If a hill is not available, raise one side of machine approximately 300 mm (1 ft) with the boom and then put a block under the track. Move arm to the fully extended position. Raise boom so arm-to-bucket pivot pin are the same height as boom-to-frame pivot pin. Position upperstructure with cab over travel motors, perpendicular to tracks. Turn engine speed dial (1) to L (slow idle) position. Wait approximately 5 minutes with all functions in neutral. NOTE: Function does not need to be fully actuated to disengage the swing park brake. Slowly actuate bucket load function to disengage the swing park brake. Do not hold the function over relief for more than 10 seconds. LOOK: Does upperstructure hold position when swing park brake is engaged? LOOK: Does upperstructure move only slightly when swing park brake is disengaged? Swing upperstructure 180 degrees left and repeat procedure. Turn engine speed dial (1) to L (slow idle) position. Wait approximately 5 minutes with all functions in neutral.

YES: Go to next check.

Slowly actuate bucket load function to disengage the swing park brake. Do not hold the NO: Upperstructure moves function over relief for more than 10 seconds. when all functions are in neutral and park brake is engaged. Check for pilot oil pressure to swing park brake. See Upperstructure Drift With Swing Valve In Neutral. (Group 9025-15.) LOOK: Does upperstructure hold position when swing park brake is engaged?

NO: Upperstructure movement is excessive when park brake is disengaged. See Swing Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

LOOK: Does upperstructure move only slightly when swing park brake is disengaged? NO: Check swing spool in the control valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-22

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-29/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=204


Operational Checkout Procedure Swing Power Check

TX1093770 —UN—28JUN13

Machine Position

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Fill the bucket with dirt. Position machine on a hillside with a slope of approximately 25%. If a hill is not available, raise one side of machine approximately 300 mm (1 ft) with the boom and then put a block under the track. Move arm to the fully extended position. Raise boom so arm-to-bucket pivot pin is the same height as boom-to-frame pivot pin. Swing upperstructure right so it is 90 degrees to the slope. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to HP (high power) mode Actuate the swing function to swing uphill. LOOK: Does upperstructure swing uphill? Swing upperstructure 180 degrees left and repeat procedure.

YES: Go to next check.

Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position.

NO: See Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Power mode switch (3) in HP (high power) mode.

NO: Check swing motor leakage. See Swing Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

Actuate the swing function to swing uphill.

NO: See Diagnose Swing Circuit Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)

LOOK: Does upperstructure swing uphill?

NO: Check swing spool in control valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-23

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-30/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=205


Operational Checkout Procedure Dig Function Drift Check

TX1095487 —UN—28JUN13

Dig Function Drift Fill the bucket with dirt. Position bucket at maximum reach with bucket pivot pin at the same height as boom pivot pin. Retract arm cylinder, then extend about 2 inches Extend bucket cylinder, then retract about 2 inches. Stop engine. Measure amount cylinders extend or retract in 5 minutes. Measure distance from bottom of bucket to ground. YES: Go to next check.

Compare measurements to specifications. Dig Function Drift Specifications—Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift.............................................................................................. 5 mm 0.2 in. Arm Cylinder—Drift............................................................................................... 10 mm 0.4 in. Bucket Cylinder—Drift........................................................................................... 15 mm 0.6 in. Bottom Of Bucket-To-Ground—Drift................................................................... 100 mm 3.94 in. LOOK: Is cylinder drift within specification?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-24

NO: See Diagnose Dig Circuit Malfunctions (Group 9025-15.) and see Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket. (Group 9025-25.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-31/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=206


Operational Checkout Procedure Swing Priority Circuit Check

CAUTION: Perform check in an open area away from other machinery or personnel.

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

T6290AF —UN—19OCT88

Switch Panel

Swing Priority Check 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Position machine as shown. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode.

Operate swing function and record time required for three complete revolutions. Divide that time by three to get an average time for one revolution. Specification Swing Function—Time—One Revolution........................................................................................ 4.17—4.83 seconds IMPORTANT: Position machine as shown. Operate swing and arm in slowly a few times before attempting to perform check to ensure bucket does not contact machine or ground. Position machine as shown, arm extended, bucket curled, and upper structure 90 degrees to tracks. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Raise boom high enough so bucket does not contact the machine or ground during arm in and swing combined operation. Operate swing function and slowly actuate arm in function when upperstructure is in line with tracks. Record time required for one complete revolution. NOTE: Swing speed should not slow when actuating arm in.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does swing speed remain unchanged when actuating arm in?

NO: Check arm 1 flow rate pilot valve. See Diagnose Swing Circuit Malfunctions (Group 9025-15.) and see Pilot Signal Manifold Operation (Group 9025-05.) and see Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-25

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-32/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=207


Operational Checkout Procedure Control Valve Lift Check Test

1

T6292AZ —UN—19OCT88

TX1093762 —UN—28JUN13

Control Valve Lift

Engine Speed Dial

1— Engine Speed Dial Turn engine speed dial (1) to L (slow idle) position. Position machine as shown. Slowly lower boom, extend arm (retract cylinder), and dump bucket (retract cylinder).

YES: See Load Falls When Control Valve Is Actuated To Raise Load With Engine Running At Slow Idle. (Group 9025-15.)

LOOK: Do functions move in opposite direction as pilot control levers are first moved, then change direction as levers are moved farther?

NO: Go to next check. JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-33/46

Boom Up, Arm In, and Bucket Combined Function Operation Check

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Actuate boom up function, arm in function, and then bucket function in combination.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does boom continue to move at approximately the same speed after bucket function is actuated?

NO: If boom speed slows excessively, inspect bucket flow rate control valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-26

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-34/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=208


Operational Checkout Procedure Boom Regenerative Valve Operation Check

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Raise boom and extend the arm to full extension.

YES: Go to next check.

Actuate the boom down, then arm in and boom up functions in combined operation.

NO: Check pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors (B35 and B37) and boom up pressure sensor (B30). See Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does the boom move smoothly through the complete cycle down and up and not hesitate when it goes past the vertical position?

NO: Check boom regenerative valve. See Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation (Group 9025-05.) and see Control Valve Remove and Install (Group 3360.) and see Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-27

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-35/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=209


Operational Checkout Procedure Arm Regenerative Valve Operation Check

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode.

YES: Go to next check.

Extend the arm to full extension and then lower boom so bucket is on the ground.

NO: Check pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure sensors (B35 and B37), arm in pressure sensor (B31), and boom up pressure sensor (B30). See Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

Actuate the boom up and arm in functions in combined operation.

NO: Check arm regenerative solenoid valve. See Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

LOOK: Does the arm move smoothly through the complete cycle and not hesitate when it goes through the vertical position?

IF OK: Check arm regenerative valve. See Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-36/46

Bucket Regenerative Valve Operation Check

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (power) mode. Actuate boom up, arm out and bucket dump functions. Actuate boom down function, arm in function, and then the bucket curl function.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does the bucket move smoothly through the complete cycle and not hesitate when it goes to the curl position?

NO: Check bucket regenerative valve. See Bucket Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-28

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-37/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=210


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel Speed Selection Check

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn travel speed switch (4) to slow speed (turtle) mode. Actuate travel function to full speed. Turn travel speed switch (4) to fast speed (rabbit) mode. LOOK: Does machine travel speed increase? Actuate a dig function and then return to neutral. LOOK: Does machine travel speed decrease and then increase as dig function is actuated and then released? Turn travel speed switch (4) to slow speed (turtle) mode.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does machine travel speed decrease?

NO: Check travel pressure sensor (B34) and travel speed switch (S11). See Pressure Sensor Test (Group 9015-20.) and see Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-29

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-38/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=211


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel System Tracking Check

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from the area before operating machine. Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

9

TX1120783 —UN—20AUG12

Machine Position 9— Bucket Height Fully extend arm cylinder and bucket cylinder. Position boom so bucket height (9) is approximately 400 mm (16 in.) above ground.

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn auto-idle switch (2) to A/I OFF position. Turn power mode switch (3) to P (standard) mode. Turn travel speed switch (4) to fast speed (rabbit) mode.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-30

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-39/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=212


Operational Checkout Procedure

6

8

7 5

6 TX1120481 —UN—17AUG12

Tracking Check 5— Distance of Mistrack 6— Acceleration and Deceleration Zone (approximate): 3—5 m (10—16 ft.) 7— Test Line (distance): 20 m (66 ft.) 8— Track Print Operate machine at full travel forward speed on a flat and level surface approximately 30 m (99 ft.). NOTE: When machine mistracks right, hydraulic pump 1 circuit oil flow may be less than specification. When machine mistracks left, hydraulic pump 2 circuit oil flow may be less than specification. Observe direction of mistrack. Create a straight test line 20 m (66 ft.) (7) long between two points on track print (8). Measure and record greatest distance of mistrack (5) between inside edge of track print and test line.

YES: Go to next check.

Repeat procedure in reverse travel.

NO: Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator’s Manual.)

LOOK: Does machine mistrack less than 200 mm (7.87 in.)?

NO: Perform Travel Motor Leakage Test or perform Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-31

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-40/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=213


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel System Tracking Checks While Operating a Dig Function

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch NOTE: Machine will slow down during this test. Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn travel speed switch (4) to fast speed (rabbit) mode. Operate machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface. After machine is moving, actuate arm out from neutral to full actuation and extend the arm.

YES: See Diagnose Dig Circuit Malfunctions (Group 9025-15.) and see Diagnose Travel Circuit Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)

LOOK: Does machine mistrack excessively when the arm is extended?

NO: Go to next check.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-32

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-41/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=214


Operational Checkout Procedure Travel System Maneuverability Check

1 2 3 4

TX1095511 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch 4— Travel Speed Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn travel speed switch (4) to fast speed (rabbit) mode. Drive machine at full speed forward down a slope. Turn in each direction. LOOK: Does each track slow down in response to pedal or lever movement in order to turn? Repeat the procedure in reverse travel. Turn travel speed switch (4) in fast speed (rabbit) mode. Drive machine at full speed in reverse down a slope. Turn in each direction.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does each track slow down in response to pedal or lever movement in order to NO: See Diagnose Travel turn? Circuit Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-33

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-42/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=215


Operational Checkout Procedure Cycle Times Check CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from the area before operating machine. NOTE: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.

1 2 3 TX1095508 —UN—10AUG11

Switch Panel 1— Engine Speed Dial 2— Auto-Idle Switch 3— Power Mode Switch Turn engine speed dial (1) to H (fast idle) position. Turn (auto-idle) switch (2) to A/I OFF.

TX1095475 —UN—11AUG11

Boom

TX1095499 —UN—28JUN13

Arm, Bucket, Swing Move machine to position shown for each test. Record cycle time for each function.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-34

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-43/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=216


Operational Checkout Procedure Specification Boom Raise (Cylinder Extend)—Cycle Time............................................................................................................ 2.8—3.4 sec. Boom Lower (Cylinder Retract)—Cycle Time............................................................................................................ 1.9—2.5 sec. Arm In (Cylinder Extend)—Cycle Time....................................................... 2.9—3.5 sec. Arm Out (Cylinder Retract)—Cycle Time..................................................... 2.2—2.8 sec. Bucket Load (Cylinder Extend)—Cycle Time............................................................................................................ 2.7—3.3 sec. Bucket Dump (Cylinder Retract)—Cycle Time............................................................................................................ 1.7—2.3 sec. Swing Left or Right, 3 Revolutions From a Running Start—Cycle Time................................................................. 12.5—14.5 sec. Drive 20 m (65 ft) From A Running Start (Check In Forward And Reverse With Travel Speed Switch In FAST Position)—Cycle Time............................................................................ 12.6—13.8 sec. Drive 20 m (65 ft) From A Running Start (Check In Forward And Reverse With Travel Speed Switch In SLOW Position)—Cycle Time............................................................................ 19.4—21.4 sec. Track Raised For 3 Revolutions From A Running Start (Check In Forward And Reverse With Travel Mode Switch In FAST Position)—Cycle Time (200 D)..................................................... 16.2—18.2 sec. Cycle Time (200 DLC)............................................................................ 17.3—19.3 sec. Track Raised For 3 Revolutions From A Running Start (Check In Forward And Reverse With Travel Mode Switch In SLOW Position)—Cycle Time (200 D).................................................... 24.7—28.7 sec. Cycle Time (200 DLC)............................................................................ 26.4—30.4 sec.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does machine perform within specifications?

NO: See Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-35

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-44/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=217


Operational Checkout Procedure Heater And Air Conditioner Circuit Check And Controls Check (Automatic Temperature Control)

1

2

9

8

3

7

6

4

5

TX1095437 —UN—23AUG11

Heater and Air Conditioner Controls 1— Fan Speed Switches 2— Monitor Display 3— Air Conditioner ON and OFF Switch (A/C) 4— Automatic Operation Switch (AUTO) 5— Heater and Air Conditioner OFF Switch (OFF) 6— Temperature Control Switches (TEMP) 7— Recirculating Air Switch 8— Fresh Air Switch 9— Front, Rear, and Defroster Vent Control Switch (Mode) NOTE: The air conditioner and heater controller automatically adjusts vent position, fan speed, and intake air source to achieve any temperature set by the operator. Key ON, press OFF switch (1). Start engine. Run engine until normal operating temperature is reached. Start engine and warm to normal operating temperature. Press temperature control switch to maximum heat position. FEEL: Does warm air come from the vents? Press temperature control switch to maximum cold position. LISTEN: Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “click”? FEEL: Does cool air come from the vents? Press AUTO switch (4). LISTEN: Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “click”? LOOK: Does indicator light above A/C and AUTO switches illuminate? LOOK: Does monitor display illuminate and display vent position, fan speed, and temperature setting? Press temperature control switch to maximum heat position. FEEL/LISTEN: Does vent position change? LOOK: Does fan speed change to maximum and temperature setting increase? LOOK: Does full heat (FH) appear in the temperature setting area? FEEL: Does warm air come from the vents? Press temperature control switch to maximum cold position. FEEL/LISTEN: Does vent position change? LOOK: Does fan speed change to maximum and temperature setting decrease? LOOK: Does full cool (FC) appear in the temperature setting area? FEEL: Does cool air come from the vents? Press A/C switch. LISTEN: Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “click”? (Heater is ON in manual mode.) LOOK: Do indicator lights above A/C and AUTO switches go OFF? Press temperature control switch to maximum heat position. FEEL/LISTEN: Does vent position change? LOOK: Does fan speed change to maximum and temperature setting increase? LOOK: Does full heat (FH) appear in the temperature setting area? Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-36

JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-45/46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=218


Operational Checkout Procedure FEEL: Does warm air come from the vents? Press A/C switch. LISTEN: Does air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “click”? (Air conditioner and heater are ON in manual mode.) Press temperature control switch to maximum cold position. FEEL/LISTEN: Does vent position change? LOOK: Does fan speed change to maximum and temperature setting decrease? LOOK: Does full cool (FC) appear in the temperature setting area? FEEL: Does cool air come from the vents?

YES: Check complete.

Press OFF switch.

NO: Heater fan does not blow air. Check air conditioner and heater 20 A fuse (F3) (Marked HEATER). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Are air conditioner and heater OFF? (Push AUTO to start A/C and heater).

NO: Check system operation. See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.)

Press AUTO switch (4).

NO: Check wiring harness. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) JD29379,000003D -19-19NOV12-46/46

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-37

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=219


Operational Checkout Procedure

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9005-10-38

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=220


Section 9010 Engine Contents Page

Group 05—Theory of Operation Engine Fuel System Component Location ................................................. 9010-05-1 Engine Cooling System Component Location ............................. 9010-05-3 Cold Weather Starting Aid ......................... 9010-05-4 Engine Speed Control System Operation............................................... 9010-05-5 Group 15—Diagnostic Information PowerTech Plus™ 4.5 L and 6.8 L (4045 and 6068) John Deere Engines.................................................. 9010-15-1 Group 25—Tests Radiator Temperature Differential Check .................................................... 9010-25-1 Engine Power Test Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure................ 9010-25-3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 05

Theory of Operation Engine Fuel System Component Location 14 17 5

6 6 8

1

9

2 10 2

12 3

4

16

13

TX1015728 —UN—09JAN07

12 3

TX1015728 Fuel System Component Location—Left Side of Engine 1— High Pressure Fuel Pump 4— High Pressure Common Rail 2— High Pressure Fuel 5— Fuel Cooler Pump-to-Fuel Cooler Return 6— Fuel Cooler-to-Fuel Tank Line Return Line 3— Secondary Fuel Filter-to-High 8— Secondary Fuel Filter Pressure Fuel Pump Supply 9— Primary Fuel Filter Line 10— Fuel Transfer Pump-toSecondary Fuel Filter Supply Line

12— Primary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Transfer Pump Supply Line 13— Fuel Tank-to-Primary Fuel Filter Supply Line 14— Fuel Tank 15— Fuel Transfer Pump

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-05-1

16— Fuel Injection Nozzle 17— High Pressure Fuel Line

GD61784,0000083 -19-27NOV06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=223


Theory of Operation

9

15

8

14

10

3

10

12 12

5 6

13

TX1015727 —UN—05JAN07

2

TX1015727 Fuel System Component Location—Right Side of Engine 1— High Pressure Fuel Pump 4— High Pressure Common Rail 2— High Pressure Fuel 5— Fuel Cooler Pump-to-Fuel Cooler Return 6— Fuel Cooler-to-Fuel Tank Line Return Line 3— Secondary Fuel Filter-to-High 8— Secondary Fuel Filter Pressure Fuel Pump Supply 9— Primary Fuel Filter Line 10— Fuel Transfer Pump-toSecondary Fuel Filter Supply Line

12— Primary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Transfer Pump Supply Line 13— Fuel Tank-to-Primary Fuel Filter Supply Line 14— Fuel Tank 15— Fuel Transfer Pump

16— Fuel Injection Nozzle 17— High Pressure Fuel Line

GD61784,0000083 -19-27NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-05-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=224


Theory of Operation

Engine Cooling System Component Location

5

2 1

4

3 6 TX1015097 —UN—08JAN07

7

TX1015097 Engine Left Side 1— Radiator 2— Upper Radiator Hose

3— Coolant Pump 4— Thermostat Housing

5— Cylinder Head 6— Cylinder Block Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-05-3

7— Lower Radiator Hose LD30992,000052F -19-14NOV06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=225


Theory of Operation

2 8

9 10 13

12

TX1015096 —UN—08JAN07

11

7

TX1015096 Engine Right Side 2— Upper Radiator Hose 7— Lower Radiator Hose

8— Surge Tank 9— Radiator Housing 10— Cooling Fan Shroud

11— Cooling Fan 13— Return Heater Coolant Hose 12— Supply Heater Coolant Hose LD30992,000052F -19-14NOV06-2/2

Cold Weather Starting Aid IMPORTANT: Excess starting fluid could damage engine; push ether start aid switch only when engine is cold and cranking. Starting aid fluid is being injected into engine as long as you push and hold switch. Start aid switch (S17) is momentary switch that energizes start aid relay (K15). Start aid relay then energizes start aid solenoid (Y19) to spray starting fluid into engine intake manifold. Releasing start aid switch will stop flow of starting fluid. TX1015170 —UN—08JAN07

If engine is operated without starting fluid canister, the dust seal must be properly installed to prevent engine damage.

Cold Weather Starting Aid GD61784,000005D -19-14DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-05-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=226


Theory of Operation

Engine Speed Control System Operation Engine Speed Specifications Item

Measurement

Specification

Slow Idle

Speed

750—850 rpm

Fast Idle—HP Mode (arm in over relief)

Speed

1950—2050 rpm

Fast Idle—P Mode

Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Fast Idle—E Mode (no load)

Speed

1600—1700 rpm

Travel HP

Speed

1950—2050 rpm

Auto-Idle

Speed

1150—1250 rpm

Fast Idle Speed Heater Control

Speed

1950—2050 rpm

Auto-Warming Up Control

Speed

1300—1500 rpm

Idle Speed-Up

Speed

850—950 rpm

Engine Speeds

The engine speed is controlled by the following items: • Engine Speed Dial (R15) • Auto-Idle Control (S8) • Power Mode Switch (S12) - HP (high power) Mode - P (standard) Mode - E (economy) Mode Engine Speed Dial The purpose of the engine speed dial is to control the engine rpm via operator input. The main controller (MCF) uses these input signals to determine appropriate engine speed:

TX1000033 —UN—16DEC05

• Engine Speed Dial (R15) • Auto-Idle Switch (S8) • Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30) • Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31) • Swing Pressure Sensor (B33) • Travel Pressure Sensor (B34) • Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (B32) The MCF then sends a signal via controller area network (CAN) to the engine control module (ECM), and the ECM then sets engine rpm. HP (high power) Mode 1950—2050 rpm The purpose of the HP mode is to increase engine speed while performing certain dig functions.

Switch Panel

The MCF sends a signal to the engine control module ECM via CAN communication to raise engine rpm when the following conditions are met:

• Power mode switch is turned to the HP mode position. • Engine speed dial set at fast idle. • Arm in, boom up, or a combination of both functions

actuated. • Pump delivery pressure high.

R15— Engine Speed Dial S8— Auto-Idle Switch S9— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch

P (standard) Mode 1750—1850 rpm Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

S10— Work Light Switch S11— Travel Speed Switch S12— Power Mode Switch

9010-05-5

GD61784,000005B -19-26JUN08-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=227


Theory of Operation

The function of P mode is to control the engine speed from slow idle to fast idle in response to the position of the engine speed dial. E (economy) Mode (no load) 1600—1700 rpm The purpose of E mode is to lower engine speed to reduce fuel consumption and noise level. In E mode the engine will run at programmed engine speed. The MCF looks at the hydraulic pump control pressure and average pump delivery pressure to determine if engine speed must be increased. The engine speed will increase back to P mode speed only when the control pressure is high and the average pump delivery pressure is low. The MCF sends a signal to the ECM via CAN communication to reduce engine rpm when the following conditions are met:

• Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (B32) Auto-idle is activated when the following conditions are met: • Auto-idle switch is on. • No functions activated for approximately 4 seconds. • Engine speed is above 1200 rpm. Auto-idle control is deactivated when the following conditions are met: • Auto-idle control switch turned to OFF. • A hydraulic function is actuated. • Power mode switch is turned from E to P or P to E. • Engine speed dial is turned to change engine speed. When auto-idle is deactivated, the engine rpm increases to the setting of the engine speed dial. Auto-Warming Up Control 1300—1500 rpm

• Engine speed is 1650 rpm or higher. • Power mode switch in E mode.

The purpose of Auto-Warming Up Control is to increase engine speed is to warm the hydraulic system faster.

Travel HP (high power) Mode Control 1950—2050 rpm

For 12 minutes after the engine starts or when the hydraulic oil is below 0°C (32°F). The MCF then sends a signal via CAN communication to the ECM to command target engine speed to be higher for warming of the hydraulic system.

The purpose of Travel HP mode is to increase engine speed for faster travel. The MCF uses these input signals from the travel right, travel left pressure sensors, and engine speed dial to determine appropriate engine speed. The MCF then sends a signal via CAN communication to the ECM to increase engine speed when the following conditions are met:

• Engine speed dial set at fast idle. • Travel function is operated.

(5 bar), (73 psi).

The purpose of auto-idle control is to lower engine speed to reduce fuel consumption and noise levels while engine is running and no hydraulic function actuated.

• Engine Speed Dial (R15) • Auto-Idle Switch (S8) • Swing Pressure Sensor (B33) • Travel Left Pressure Sensor (B34)

The purpose of Fast Idle Speed Heater Control is to increase temperature of the engine coolant at a faster rate by rasing engine speed.

• Engine Coolant temperature less than 5°C (41°F). • Pumps 1 and 2 control pressure 0.5 MPa (500 kPa),

Auto-Idle Control 1150—1250 rpm

The MCF uses these input signals to determine appropriate engine speed:

Fast Idle Speed Heater Control 1950—2050 rpm

Idle Speed Up Control 850—950 rpm The purpose of Idle Speed Up Control is to prevent the engine from hunting when running at slow speed. When travel or front attachment is operated while the engine is running at a speed between slow idle and idle speed up. The ECM then commands engine speed to be raised to idle speed up speed. GD61784,000005B -19-26JUN08-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-05-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=228


Group 15

Diagnostic Information PowerTech Plus™ 4.5 L and 6.8 L (4045 and 6068) John Deere Engines For more information on John Deere engines and components, see the following Component Technical Manuals:

• PowerTech Plus 4.5 L and 6.8 L Diesel Engines Base Engine. (CTM104.)

• PowerTech Plus 6.8 L Diesel Engines Level 16

Electronic Fuel System With Denso HPCR. (CTM502.) GD61784,0000059 -19-30NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-15-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=229


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-15-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=230


Group 25

Tests Radiator Temperature Differential Check

3. Run machine at specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature (at full load)

94°C 200°F

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed Dial Position

Fast Idle

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

HP (high power)

Auto-Idle Switch Position

Off

Specification Engine Speed Dial—Position............................................................................. Fast Idle Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position............................................................ HP (high power) Auto-Idle Switch—Position................................................................................. Off

Top to Bottom of Radiator 4.4—6.7°C Temperature Differential (typical at 8—12°F 1950 rpm fan speed)

4. Hold arm-in function at relief to keep a full load on engine. Temperature readings must be taken with full load on engine.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

NOTE: Coolant enters radiator through upper radiator hose, travels through the radiator, then exits radiator through lower radiator hose.

JT107253 Noncontact Temperature Measuring Gun JT05800 Digital Thermometer

NOTE: Test will be more accurate at higher ambient temperatures. 1. Before performing this test, check the following to determine these are not the cause of the overheating:

• Correct coolant is in engine and at the proper level. • Radiator and any screens are clean of any dirt or debris.

• Fan blades not damaged and fan is installed correctly.

NOTE: If using JT05800 Digital Thermometer, place electrodes on metal surface of inlet and outlet of radiator. 5. Measure the temperature differential between the top and bottom of radiator using JT107253 Noncontact Temperature Measuring Gun or JT05800 Digital Thermometer. Repeat test three times. See Engine Cooling System Component Location. (Group 9010-05.)

• Make sure proportional fan speed solenoid is

See JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation. (Group 9025-25.)

functioning properly. • All shields, guards, shrouds, baffles, and hoods are in place and properly fastened. • Check all foam baffles and seals. Make sure they are in place and in good condition.

6. Average readings and compare to specification. Specification Top to Bottom of Radiator—Temperature Differential (typical at 1950 rpm fan speed................................................................4.4—6.7°C 8—12°F

NOTE: Engine must be warmed to specification and readings must be taken when engine is under full load to allow thermostats to open fully. Allow heat to transfer throughout engine components. 2. Warm engine coolant and hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

7. A higher temperature differential than specification indicates low coolant flow.

Specification Engine Coolant—Temperature (at full load)........................................................................ 94°C 200°F Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

A lower temperature differential than specification indicates low air flow. See 4.5L/6.8L - C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal (CTM104) for diagnosing problems.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-25-1

GD61784,000005A -19-09AUG12-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=231


TX1014925A —UN—05DEC06

Tests

TX1014926A —UN—05DEC06

Radiator Top Test Position

Radiator Bottom Test Position 1— Top Test Position

2— Bottom Test Position GD61784,000005A -19-09AUG12-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-25-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=232


Tests

Engine Power Test Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure 94°C 200°F

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Power Mode Switch Position

HP (high power)

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

90—117 kPa 0.9—1.2 bar 13—17 psi

TX1016087A —UN—20DEC06

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature (at full load)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

JT07248 Turbo Boost Test Kit 1— Pressure Gauge 2— Hose

242 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength)

NOTE: This procedure must only be used as a guide to determine engine condition. One technician can perform this test if the JT07248 Turbo Boost Test Kit is used.

8. Compare highest reading to specifications. Specification Turbocharger Boost—Pressure..................................................................90—117 kPa 0.9—1.2 bar 13—17 psi

1. Remove hose and install barbed fitting. 2. Install hose (2), adapter (3), and pressure gauge (1) from JT07248 Turbo Boost Test Kit. 3. Warm engine and hydraulic oil to normal operating temperature. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Engine Coolant—Temperature (at full load)........................................................................ 94°C 200°F Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

IMPORTANT: Pressure gauge accuracy is very critical for this test. Do not make adjustments to injection pump fuel delivery on the machine to raise or lower boost pressure. New engine may not develop specified boost pressure. Check after 50 hours of operation. 9. If turbocharger boost pressure is low, check the following:

• Wrong fuel. • Restricted air filter elements. See Air Cleaner

4. Turn engine rpm dial to fast idle.

Remove and Install. (Group 0520.)

5. Turn work mode switch to HP position.

• Restricted fuel filter elements. See Final Fuel Filter Remove and Install. (Group 0560.)

Specification Power Mode Switch—Position............................................................ HP (high power)

• Restricted muffler. Remove muffler and repeat test. • Exhaust manifold leaks. • Intake manifold leaks. • Faulty fuel pump. See Remove and Install High

NOTE: Diagnostic display unit for engine throttle percent must be at 100% to obtain accurate turbo boost pressure reading. Engine throttle will only go to 100% when the work mode switch is in HP mode and the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.

Pressure Fuel Pump. (CTM502.)

• Low compression pressure. See Test Engine Compression Pressure. (CTM104.)

• Cam lobe wear (valve clearance). See Check and Adjust Valve Clearance. (CTM104.)

6. Slowly actuate arm in function over relief and hold until engine rpm stabilizes at highest reading. Repeat this step at least six times. NOTE: If using the JT07248 Turbo Boost Kit, a check valve at the pressure gauge inlet traps the highest reading for boost pressure and does not decrease as the pressure decreases. 7. Record the highest pressure reading.

• Faulty fuel injectors. See Engine Test Instructions Cylinder Cutout Test. (CTM502.)

• Carbon build up in turbocharger. • Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing housing.

10. Remove gauge and fittings. 11. Apply PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) to plug. Tighten plug. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

3— Adapter

9010-25-3

GD61784,000008A -19-28AUG12-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=233


Tests LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Loctite Corp. GD61784,000008A -19-28AUG12-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9010-25-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=234


Section 9015 Electrical System Contents Page Page

Group 05—System Information Electrical Diagram Information .................. 9015-05-1 Group 10—System Diagrams Explanation of Wire Markings.................... 9015-10-1 Fuse and Relay Specifications .................. 9015-10-1 System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend ........................ 9015-10-5 System Functional Schematic ................. 9015-10-11 Cab Harness (W1) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-47 Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-51 Machine Harness (W2) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-67 Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-79 Monitor Harness (W3) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-102 Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-103 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-110 Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-119 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-135 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-142 Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-146 Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-151 Pump Harness (W8) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-158 Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-159 Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-162 Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-165 Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-168 Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-169 Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Component Location............... 9015-10-172 Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-174 Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-175

Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-176 Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-178 Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-179 Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-181 Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-181 Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Component Location............... 9015-10-181 Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-182 Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-183 Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-183 Attachment Harness (W20) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-185 Attachment Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-189 2-Speed Harness (W21) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-191 2-Speed Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-192 Alternator Harness (W22) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-193 Alternator Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-194 Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-195 Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-195 Starter Harness (W27) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-196 Starter Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-199 Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-206 Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-208 JDLink™ System Harnesses Component Location—MIG/GTT .............. 9015-10-209 JDLink™ System Harnesses Component Location—MTG/SAT.............. 9015-10-214 JDLink™ System Wiring Diagrams—MIG/GTT......................... 9015-10-215

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

JDLink™ System Wiring Diagrams—MTG/SAT ........................ 9015-10-231

Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install.............................. 9015-20-26 Monitor Controller Remove and Install ................................................... 9015-20-27 Key Switch Remove and Install ............... 9015-20-28 Switch Panel Remove and Install ............ 9015-20-29 Travel Alarm Remove and Install ............ 9015-20-30 Left Console Switch Remove and Install ................................................... 9015-20-30 Disconnect Tab Retainer Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-30 Disconnecting Spring Wire Clip Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-31 Replace DEUTSCH ™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-31 Replace DEUTSCH™ Rectangular or Triangular Connectors ..................... 9015-20-32 Install DEUTSCH ™ Contact................... 9015-20-33 Replace WEATHER PACK ™Connector ........................................ 9015-20-35 Install WEATHER PACK ™Contact............................................. 9015-20-36 Replace (Pull Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-37 Replace (Push Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-38 Replace CINCH™ Connectors ................ 9015-20-38 Install CINCH™ Contact.......................... 9015-20-40 Repair 32 and 48 Way CINCH™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-41 Remove Connector Body from Blade Terminals ................................... 9015-20-43

Group 15—Sub-System Diagnostics Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation............................... 9015-15-1 Starting and Charging Circuit Theory of Operation............................... 9015-15-4 Monitor Controller Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-15-10 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-15-18 Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-15-26 Information Controller (ICF) Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-15-36 Travel Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-15-39 Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation ................. 9015-15-42 Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-15-46 Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation......................................... 9015-15-49 JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped ....................... 9015-15-53 Group 16—Monitor Operation Monitor Menu Operation............................ 9015-16-1 Monitor Service Menu Operation............... 9015-16-1 Group 20—References Monitor Data Items .................................... 9015-20-1 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display.............................. 9015-20-2 JDLink™ System Identification.................. 9015-20-4 JDLink™ Connection Procedure—If Equipped ........................ 9015-20-7 Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application ............................................. 9015-20-7 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure .............................................. 9015-20-8 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application ........................... 9015-20-9 Fuse Test ................................................. 9015-20-11 Relay Test................................................ 9015-20-14 Pressure Sensor Test .............................. 9015-20-15 Solenoid Test ........................................... 9015-20-15 Proportional Solenoid Test....................... 9015-20-16 Temperature Sensor Test ........................ 9015-20-16 Alternator Test ......................................... 9015-20-17 Electrical Component Checks ................. 9015-20-19 Component Checks .................................9015-20-19 Battery Remove and Install ..................... 9015-20-24 Rear Cover Remove and Install .............. 9015-20-25 Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install ............................................ 9015-20-25 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install ............................................ 9015-20-26 TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 05

System Information Electrical Diagram Information

Explanation of Wire Markings System Functional Schematic Diagram

TX1077066 —UN—02FEB11

NOTE: All System Functional Schematics, Circuit Schematics, and Wiring Diagrams are shown with key switch in the OFF position.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-1

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-1/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=237


System Information

System Functional Schematic Example 1— Continuity Chart 2— Power Wires 3— Routing Location Information 4— Wire Identification 5— Ground Wires 7— Section Number

8— Component Name 9— Component Identification Number 10— Component Schematic Symbol 11— Connector Identification Number 12— Connector

13— Connector Pin Information F21— Battery Power 40 Amp Fusible Link F22— Alternator Power 60 Amp Fusible Link G1—Battery

The System Functional Schematic is made up of equal sections to simplify searching the schematic. Each section of the System Functional Schematic is assigned a number (7). The System Functional Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown near the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) near the bottom. The schematic may contain some harness or connector information. When connector information is shown, it will be displayed as a double chevron (12) with a component identification number (11) corresponding to the connector identification number. Connector pin information (13) will be displayed in a text size smaller than that of the connector identification number. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component

identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (Schematics, Wiring Diagrams, and Component Location). Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component identification number are given in the first line of information and any pin information for the component is given in parenthesis in the second line. In this example, power is going TO section 23, component B14 on pin C4.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

G2—Battery K14— Battery Relay S1— Key Switch W5—Battery To Frame Ground W6—Engine To Frame Ground

9015-05-2

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=238


System Information

TX1001167 —UN—02FEB11

Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram Example

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-3

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-3/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=239


System Information 1— Wire Number 2— Wire Color 3— Wire End #1 Termination Location 4— Wire End #2 Termination Location

5— Wiring Diagram Wire Legend 6— Component Identification Number 7— Connector End View

Each harness on the machine is drawn showing components, connectors, and wires. Harnesses are identified by a “W” component identification number and description (W6 ENGINE HARNESS, Etc.). A component or connector identification number (6) identifies each component on the harness. Each harness branch (14) is terminated by an end view of the connector (7). The connector end view show pin (9) and wire number (8) information which corresponds to the component or connector wire table.

8— Wire Number 9— Connector Pin Number 10— Connector Pin Number 11— Wire Number 12— Wire Color

13— Wire Termination Location 14— Wire Harness

A wire legend (5) is provided for each harness. All wires in the harness are listed in the wire legend. The wire legend contains a wire number (1), End #1 (2), wire color (3), and End #2 (4) information for each wire. The wire number and color are unique to each harness and may not match other wire numbers and colors on other harnesses. The component identification numbers or wire numbers listed in the End #1 and End #2 columns indicate where the wire terminates within the harness.

The wire table displays the component or connector pin number (10), the wire number (11), the wire color (12), and the location where the wire terminates (13). Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-4

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-4/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=240


System Information

T195714 —UN—30OCT03

Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-5

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-5/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=241


System Information 1— Component Identification Number 2— Connector 3— Connector End View

4— Wire Harness 5— Wire Number 6— Wire Splice 7— Wire End #1 Termination Location

8— Wire Number 9— Wire Color 10— Wire End #2 Termination Location

In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire.

Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, Etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches.

Component Location Diagram

A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The harness branch (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated.

The Component Location Diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram.

An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from.

Connector End View Diagram

A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire.

The Connector End View Diagram is a pictorial end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-6

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-6/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=242


System Information

Electrical Schematic Symbols T143000 —UN—21JUN01

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-7/8

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=243


System Information 1— Battery 2— Wire Splice 3— Fuse 4— Circuit Breaker 5— Fusible Link 6— Power Outlet 7— Alternator 8— Air Conditioner Compressor 9— Compressor 10— Liquid Pump 11— Antenna 12— Diode 13— Zener Diode 14— Capacitor 15— Magnet 16— Flasher 17— Buzzer 18— Horn 19— Alarm 20— Clock 21— Internal Ground 22— Single Point Ground 23— External Ground 24— Sensor 25— Sensor with Normally Open Switch 26— Speed Sensor 27— Rotary Sensor 28— Single Element Bulb 29— Dual Element Bulb

30— Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve With Suppression Diode 31— Solenoid Normally Open 32— Solenoid Normally Closed 33— Starter Motor 34— Starter Motor 35— DC Motor 36— DC Stepping Motor 37— Wiper Motor 38— Blower Motor 39— Servo Motor 40— Speedometer 41— Tachometer 42— Temperature Gauge 43— Liquid Level Gauge 44— Gauge 45— Hourmeter 46— Resistor 47— Variable Resistor 48— Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor 49— Multi-Pin Connector 50— Single Pin Connector

51— Connector 52— 4 Pin Relay 53— 5 Pin Relay 54— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Suppression Diode 55— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Suppression Resistor 56— Key Switch 57— Temperature Switch Normally Open 58— Temperature Switch Normally Closed 59— Pressure Switch Normally Open 60— Pressure Switch Normally Closed 61— Liquid Level Switch Normally Open 62— Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed 63— Momentary Switch Normally Open 64— Momentary Switch Normally Closed 65— Toggle Switch Normally Open

66— Toggle Switch Normally Closed 67— 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Open 68— 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Closed 69— Manual Switch Operation 70— Push Switch Operation 71— Pull Switch Operation 72— Turn Switch Operation 73— Toggle Switch Operation 74— Pedal Switch Operation 75— Key Switch Operation 76— Detent Switch Operation 77— Temperature Sensor 78— Solar Sensor 79— Pressure Sensor 80— Liquid Level Sensor

LD30992,0000534 -19-02FEB07-8/8

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-05-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=244


Group 10

System Diagrams Explanation of Wire Markings Electrical harness wires are identified by color, with no number stamped on wire. Wire numbers are used on some connector drawings simply as reference numbers, useful in tracing wires through the harness. Some wires are solid wire colors. These would be identified by one color name such as RED or BLK or GRN. Other wire colors are identified with two color names. These are solid wires with a narrow stripe. For example, a wire identified as RED/WHT would be a primarily RED wire, with a WHT stripe. A wire identified as WHT/RED would be a primarily WHT wire with a RED stripe. Following is a listing of wire color abbreviations used on drawings.

• BLU—Blue • BRN—Brown • GRN—Green • GRY—Grey • LTGRN—Light Green • ORG—Orange • PNK—Pink • PUR—Purple • RED—Red • VLT—Violet • WHT—White • YEL—Yellow Not all wire colors are not available at time of first production. In those cases the wire is identified by a number only. Wire color will be added as soon as it is available.

• BLK—Black LD30992,0000535 -19-22SEP06-1/1

Fuse and Relay Specifications

2 TX1001022

3

TX1001022 —UN—03DEC05

1

Relay and Fuse Block Component Location 1— Relay Block

2— Fuse Block 1

3— Fuse Block 2

Relay block (1), fuse block 1 (2) and fuse block 2 (3) are located behind the seat. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-1

LD30992,0000536 -19-20JUL11-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=245


System Diagrams

TX1000782 —UN—29NOV05

Fuse Block 1

Fuse Block 1 F1— Work and Drive Lights 20 A F7— Start Aid 20 A Fuse (marked F12— Lighter 10 A Fuse (marked F18— Service Advisor Fuse (marked LAMP) START AID) (not used) (field LIGHTER) Diagnostic Connector F2— Windshield Wiper and option) F13— Cab Auxiliary Power Power 5 A Fuse (marked Washer 10 A Fuse (marked F8— Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector 1 10 A Fuse DIAG) WIPER) 20 A Fuse (marked ECM) (marked AUX.) F19— Controller 5 A Fuse F3— Heater and Air Conditioner F9— Radio Backup 10 A Fuse F14— Not Used (marked SW. BOX) 20 A Fuse (marked HEATER) (marked BACK UP) F15— Heater and Air Conditioner F20— Optional Equipment 5 F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (marked F10— Information Controller and 5 A Fuse (marked AIRCON) A Fuse (marked OPT. 3 SOLENOID) Main Controller Battery F16— Controller Key Switch [BATT]) F5— Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse Power 5 A Fuse (marked Signal 5 A Fuse (marked (marked OPT. 1 [ALT]) CONTROLLER) POWER ON) F6— 12 Volt Power Outlet 10 A F11— Radio and Dome Light 5 A F17— Horn 10 A Fuse (marked Fuse (marked OPT. 2 [ALT]) Fuse (marked RADIO) HORN) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-2

LD30992,0000536 -19-20JUL11-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=246


System Diagrams

TX1000660 —UN—29NOV05

Fuse Block 2

Fuse Block 2 F21— Air Suspension Seat 10 F25— IMOBI 5 A Fuse (marked A Fuse (marked SEAT IMOBI) HEATER) F26— Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse F22— Front Cab Light 1 10 A (marked QUICK HITCH) Fuse (marked CAB LAMP F27— Cab Auxiliary Power FRONT) Connector 3 5 A Fuse F23— Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse (marked AUX. 3) (marked CAB LAMP REAR) F28— Not Used F24— 12 Volt Power Unit 10 A F29— Not Used Fuse (marked 12V UNIT) F30— Not Used

F31— Seat Compressor 10 A Fuse (marked SEAT COMPR) F32— Front Cab Light 2 10 A Fuse (marked CAB LAMP FRONT +2) F33— Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse (marked WARNING LAMP) F34— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 10 A Fuse (marked AUX. 2)

Additional fuses located under cover behind radiator door: • F40—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7 A Fuse (if equipped) • F41—JDLink™ Switched Power 3 A Fuse (if equipped) • F42—JDLink™ Run Signal 3 A Fuse (if equipped) • F43—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) • F60—Fusible Link 65 A

F35— Not Used F36— Not Used F37— Not Used F38— Not Used F39— Not Used F40— Not Used

• F61—Fusible Link 45 A • F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped)

• F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) • F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped)

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-3

LD30992,0000536 -19-20JUL11-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=247


System Diagrams

TX1001020 —UN—16MAR06

Relay Block

Relay Block K1—Load Dump Relay K6—Windshield Wiper Relay K2—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay K7—Drive Light Relay K3—Security Alarm Relay K8—Boom Work Light Relay K4—Starter Relay K9—Windshield Washer Relay K5—Security Relay

Battery Relay (K19) is located under cover behind radiator door. Additional relays located under the rear cover: • K15—Start Aid Relay (if equipped) • K20—Seat Heater Relay (if equipped)

K10— Horn Relay K11— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay K12— Blower Motor (low speed) and Main Power Relay

K13— Blower Motor (high speed) Relay K14— Alternator Relay

• K30—Right Solenoid Relay A (if equipped) • K31—Right Solenoid Relay B (if equipped) • K32—Left Solenoid Relay A (if equipped) • K33—Left Solenoid Relay B (if equipped) LD30992,0000536 -19-20JUL11-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=248


System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend

• B46—Arm Out Pressure Sensor (SE9) (W21) • B47—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Sensor (SE24)

• A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (SE10, SE11, SE12,

• B80—Seat Temperature Switch 1 (SE18) • B81—Seat Temperature Switch 2 (SE18) • E1—Drive Light (SE14) (W2) • E2—Boom Work Light (SE15) (W2) • E3—Cab Dome Light (SE17) (W1) • E5—Switch Panel Back Light (SE7) • F1—Work and Drive Lights 20 A Fuse (marked LAMP)

SE13) (W4)

• A3—Main Controller (MCF) (SE8, SE9) (W1) • A4—Monitor Controller (SE5, SE6) (W3) • A5—Information Controller (ICF) (SE4) (W1) • A6—Radio (SE17) (W7) • A7—Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) (SE20, SE23) (W7)

(W7)

(SE14) (W1)

• A8—12-Volt Power Converter (SE15) (W1) • A9—Switch Panel (SE7) • A10—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Controller (if

• F2—Windshield Wiper and Washer 10 A Fuse (marked

• A11—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller (if

• F4—Solenoid 10 A Fuse (marked SOLENOID) (SE8)

• A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) (if

• F5—Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse (marked OPT. 1 [ALT])

• A6001—GPS and Cellular Antenna (if equipped)

• F6—12-Volt Power Outlet 10 A Fuse (marked OPT. 2

• A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module (if equipped) • A6003—Satellite Antenna (if equipped) • B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W4) • B2—Camshaft Position Sensor (SE10) (W4) • B4—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE11) (W4) • B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor (SE11) (W4) • B7—Intake Air Temperature Sensor (SE11) (W5) • B9—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor (SE11) (W4) • B11—Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (SE10) (W4) • B12—Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (SE10) (W4) • B13—Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor (SE10)

• F7—Start Aid 20 A Fuse (marked START AID) (not

equipped) (SE26) (W50)

HEATER) (SE19, SE22) (W1)

equipped) (SE26) (W51)

(W1)

equipped) (SE13) (W6002)

(SE10) (W1)

(SE13) (W6002)

[ALT]) (SE15) (W1)

used) (field option) (SE1) (W1)

• F8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A Fuse (marked ECM) (SE12) (W1)

• F9—Radio Backup 10 A Fuse (marked BACK UP) (SE6) (W1)

• F10—Information Controller and Main Controller Battery Power 5 A Fuse (marked CONTROLLER) (SE4) (W1)

• F11—Radio and Dome Light 5 A Fuse (marked RADIO) (SE17) (W1)

• F12—Lighter 10 A Fuse (marked LIGHTER) (SE19)

(W5)

• B16—Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE6) (W2) • B17—Water-in-Fuel Sensor (SE11) (W5) • B18—Fuel Level Sensor (SE5) (W2 • B20—Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch (SE19, SE22) (W2)

• B21—Solar Sensor (SE21, SE24) (W3) • B22—Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (SE21, SE24)

WIPER) (SE14) (W1)

• F3—Heater and Air Conditioner 20 A Fuse (marked

(W1)

• F13—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 1 10 A Fuse (marked AUX.) (SE17) (W1)

• F14—Not Used • F15—Heater and Air Conditioner 5 A Fuse (marked AIRCON) (SE19, SE22) (W1)

• F16—Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (marked

(W2) • B23—High Note Horn (SE19) (W2) • B24—Low Note Horn (SE19) (W2) • B25—Right Speaker (SE17) (W1) • B26—Left Speaker (SE17) (W1) • B27—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (if equipped) (SE5) (W2) • B30—Boom Up Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W2) • B31—Arm In Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W2) • B32—Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W2) • B33—Swing Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W2) • B34—Travel Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W2) • B35—Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor (SE8) (W8) • B36—Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor (SE9) (W8) • B37—Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor (SE9) (W8) • B38—Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (SE9) (W8) • B40—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE9) (W2) • B41—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE19) (W7) • B42—Cab Air Temperature Sensor (SE21, SE24) (W7) • B43—Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE21, SE24) (W7) • B45—Attachment Pressure Sensor (SE9) (W20)

POWER ON) (SE3) (W1)

• F17—Horn 10 A Fuse (marked HORN) (SE19) (W1) • F18—Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector Power 5 A Fuse (marked DIAG) (SE13) (W1)

• F19—Controller 5 A Fuse (marked SW. BOX) (SE5) (W1)

• F20—Optional Equipment 5 A Fuse (marked OPT. 3 [BATT]) (SE15) (W1)

• F21—Air Suspension Seat 10 A Fuse (marked SEAT HEATER) (SE18) (W9)

• F22—Front Cab Light 1 10 A Fuse (marked CAB LAMP FRONT) (SE18) (W9)

• F23—Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse (marked CAB LAMP REAR) (SE17) (W9)

• F24—12-Volt Power Unit 10 A Fuse (marked 12V UNIT) (SE17) (W9)

• F25—IMOBI 5 A Fuse (marked IMOBI) (SE17) (W9) • F26—Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse (marked QUICK HITCH) (SE17) (W9)

• F27—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 5 A Fuse (marked AUX. 3) (W9)

• F31—Seat Compressor 10 A Fuse (marked SEAT COMPR) (SE18) (W9)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-5

LD30992,0000537 -19-23FEB17-1/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=249


System Diagrams

• F32—Front Cab Light 2 10 A Fuse (marked CAB LAMP

FRONT+2) (SE18) (W9) • F33—Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse (marked WARNING LAMP) (SE18) (W9) • F34—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 10 A Fuse (marked AUX. 2) (SE18) (W9) • F40—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7 Amp Fuse (if equipped) (SE25) (W53) • F41—JDLink™ Switched Power 3 Amp Fuse (if equipped) (SE25) (W53) • F42—JDLink™ Alternator Run Signal 3 Amp Fuse (if equipped) (SE25) (W53) • F43—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 Amp Fuse (if equipped) (SE25) (W53) • F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) (SE13) (W6002) • F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) (SE13) (W6002) • F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) (SE13) (W6002) • F45—Starter In-Line 30 A Fuse (SE2) (W27) • F60—Fusible Link 65 A (SE1) (W2) • F61—Fusible Link 45 A (SE1) (W2) • F62—Wiper Motor Assembly Circuit Breaker (SE13) • G1—Battery (SE1) • G2—Battery (SE1) • G3—Alternator (SE3) (W2) • G5—12-Volt Power Outlet (SE15) (W1) • H2—Security Alarm (SE6) (W1) • H3—Monitor Warning Alarm (SE5) (W1) • H4—Travel Alarm (SE10) (W2 • K1—Load Dump Relay (SE3) (W1) • K2—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay (SE2) (W1 • K3—Security Alarm Relay (SE6) (W1) • K4—Starter Relay (S.N. —511090) (SE1) (W1) • K4—Starter Cut Relay (S.N. 511091— ) (SE2) (W1) • K5—Security Relay (SE2) (W1) • K6—Windshield Wiper Relay (SE14) (W1) • K7—Drive Light Relay (SE14) (W1) • K8—Boom Work Light Relay (SE15) (W1) • K9—Windshield Washer Relay (SE14) (W1) • K10—Horn Relay (SE19) (W1) • K11—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay (SE19, SE22) (W1) • K12—Blower Motor (low speed) and Main Power Relay (SE20, SE23) (W1) • K13—Blower Motor (high speed) Relay (SE20, SE23) (W1) • K14—Alternator Relay (SE3) (W1) • K15—Start Aid Relay (SE1) (W1) • K19—Battery Relay (SE1) (W2) • K20—Seat Heater Relay (SE18) (W12) • K30—Right Solenoid Relay B (SE16) (W14) • K31—Right Solenoid Relay A (SE16) (W14) • K32—Left Solenoid Relay B (SE16) (W14) • K33—Left Solenoid Relay A (SE16) (W14) • K34—Starter Relay (S.N. 511091— )(SE2) (W27) • K35—Starter Protection Relay (S.N. 511091— )(SE2) (W2) • M1—Starter Motor (S.N. —511090) (SE1) (W2) • M1—Starter Motor (S.N. 511091— ) (SE2) (W2) • M5—Windshield Wiper Motor (SE14) (W1)

• M6—Windshield Washer Motor (SE14) (W2) • M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor (SE20, SE23) (W7)

• M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Internal and External Servomotor (SE21, SE24) (W7)

• M10—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Port Change Servomotor (SE21, SE24) (W7)

• M11—Air Conditioner and Heater Mixer Servomotor (SE21, SE24) (W7)

• M12—Seat Air Compressor Motor (SE18) (W12) • R9—Lighter (SE19) (W1) • R10—CAN Termination Resistor 1 (SE13) (W4) • R12—JDLink™ CAN Termination Resistor 3-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W52)

• R15—Engine Speed Dial (SE7) (W1) • R16—Blower Motor Resistor and Thermofuse (SE20, SE23) (W7)

• R17—Blower Motor Resistor (low speed) (SE20, SE23) (W7)

• R18—Seat Heater (SE18) (W12) • S1—Key Switch (SE1) (W7) • S2—Cab Dome Light Switch (SE17) (W1) • S3—Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 (SE3) (W11) • S4—Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 (SE3) (W11) • S5—Horn Switch (SE19) (W1) • S7—Power Dig Switch (SE9) (W7) • S8—Auto-Idle Switch (SE7) (W1) • S9—Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (SE7) (W1) • S10—Work Light Switch (SE7) (W1) • S11—Travel Speed Switch (SE7) (W1) • S12—Power Mode Switch (SE7) (W1) • S13—Travel Alarm Cancel Switch (SE10) (W15) • S15—Fan Reversing Switch (SE12) (W16) • S17—Start Aid Switch (SE1) • S23—Seat Heater Switch (SE18) (W13) • S24—Seat Compressor Switch (SE18) (W13) • S30—Right Pilot Control Lever Switch B (SE16) (W14) • S31—Right Pilot Control Lever Switch A (SE16) (W14) • S32—Left Pilot Control Lever Switch B (SE16) (W14) • S33—Left Pilot Control Lever Switch A (SE16) (W14) • S34—Right Enable Switch (SE16) (W14) • S35—Left Enable Switch (SE16) (W14) • S40—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (if equipped) (SE5) (W2)

• V1—Battery Relay Diode (SE1) (W1) • V2—Alternator Excitation Diode (SE3) (W1) • V3—Load Dump Relay Diode (SE3) (W1) • V4—Security Relay Diode (SE2) (W1) • V5—Starter Relay Diode (SE3) (W1) • V6—Auxiliary Power Connector Diode (SE16) (W1) • V7—Start Aid Diode(W1) • V8—Pilot Shutoff Diode (SE3) (W11) • V30—Right Solenoid Diode B (SE16) (W61) • V31—Right Solenoid Diode A (SE16) (W61) • V32—Left Solenoid Diode B (SE16) (W61) • V33—Left Solenoid Diode A (SE16) (W61) • V40—Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Diode (SE9) (W20) • V41—Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Diode (SE9) (W20)

• V42—Accumulator Solenoid Valve Diode (SE9) (W20) • V43—2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Diode (SE9) (W21)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-6

LD30992,0000537 -19-23FEB17-2/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=250


System Diagrams

• V44—Starter Relay Diode (S.N. 511091— )(SE2) (W27) • W1—Cab Harness (W1) • W2—Machine Harness (W2) • W3—Monitor Harness (W3) • W4—Engine Harness (W4) • W5—Engine Interface Harness (W5) • W7—Right Console Harness (W7) • W8—Pump Harness (W8) • W9—Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) • W11—Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) • W12—Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) • W13—Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) • W14—Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) • W15—Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) • W16—Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) • W17—Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) • W20—Attachment Harness (W20) • W21—2-Speed Harness (W21) • W22—Alternator Harness (W22) • W23—Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) • W27—Starter Harness (W27) • W29—Radio Antenna (SE17) • W30—Engine Harness Ground (SE12) (W4) • W34—Air Conditioner Harness Ground (W7) • W35—Cab Harness Ground 1 (W1) • W36—Cab Harness Ground 2 (SE4) (W1) • W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 (SE1) (W1) • W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 (SE10, SE17) (W1) • W40—Alternator Ground (SE3) (W2) • W41—Battery-to-Frame Ground (SE13) (W52) • W50—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness (if equipped) (W50)

• X11—Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Harness Connector (W1), (W17)

• X12—Cab Harness-to-Fan Reversing Switch Harness Connector (W1), (W16)

• X14—Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 (J1) (W4)

• X15—Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Harness Connector 2 (J2) (W4)

• X17—Engine Harness-to-Injector Harness Connector (W4)

• X18—Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness 4-Pin Connector (not used) (W3)

• X19—Monitor 16-Pin Connector A (W3) • X20—Monitor 20-Pin Connector B (W3) • X21—Monitor 12-Pin Connector C (W3) • X22—Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector A (white) (W1), (W3)

• X23—Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector B (black) (W1), (W3)

• X24—Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (brown) (W1), (W3)

• X25—Cab Harness Auxiliary Power Connector 1 (SE17) (W1)

• X26—Optional Connector (SE15) (W1), (W14) • X27—Cab Harness-to-Switch Panel Connector (SE7) (W1)

• X28—Cab Harness-to-Main Controller 32-Pin Connector A (W1)

• X29—Cab Harness-to-Main Controller 25-Pin Connector B (W1)

• X30—Cab Harness-to-Main Controller 31-Pin Connector C (W1)

• W51—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness (if

• X31—Cab Harness-to-Main Controller 16-Pin

• W52—JDLink™ CAN Harness (if equipped) (W52) • W53—JDLink™ Power Harness (if equipped) (W53) • W54—JDLink™ Jumper Harness (if equipped) (W54) • W55—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller

• X32—Cab Harness-to-Information Controller 31-Pin

equipped) (W51)

Connector D (W1) Connector A (W1)

• X34—Cab Harness-to-Information Controller 17-Pin Connector C (W1)

Ground (if equipped) (SE26) (W51), (W53) • W56—JDLink™ Power Harness Ground (if equipped) (SE25) (W53) • W57—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Antenna (if equipped) (SE26) (W51) • W61—Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) • W6002—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) (W6002) • X1—Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector (SE13) (W2) • X2—Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector (SE4) (W1) • X3—Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector (W1), (W2) • X4—Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 32-Pin Connector (W1), (W2) • X5—Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector A (black) (W4), (W5) • X6—Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (gray) (W4), (W5) • X7—Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector (W2), (W5) • X8—Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector (W2), (W5)

• X36—Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (not used) (SE4) (W1)

• X37—Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (not used) (SE4) (W1)

• X38—Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 16-Pin

Connector (SE19, SE20, SE21, SE22, SE23, SE24) (W1), (W7) • X39—Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 4-Pin Connector (SE20, SE23) (W1), (W7) • X40—Pump Harness-to-Machine Harness Connector (W2), (W8) • X41—Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 (W1), (W2) • X42—Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 (W1), (W2) • X43—Auxiliary Fuse Box Connector (W1), (W9) • X44—Optional Light Connector (SE18) (W1), (W9) • X45—Option 2 12-Pin Connector (not used) (W1) • X46—Attachment Connector (not used) (W2), (W20) • X47—Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 6-Pin Connector (W1), (W7) • X48—Right Console Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Controller 20-Pin Connector (ACF) (SE20, SE23) (W7)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-7

LD30992,0000537 -19-23FEB17-3/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=251


System Diagrams

• X49—Right Console Harness-to-Air Conditioner and

Heater Controller 16-Pin Connector (ACF) (SE20, SE23) (W7) • X50—Cab Harness-to-Travel Alarm Cancel Switch (W1), (W15) • X51—Cab Harness 3-Pin Connector (not used) • X52—Monitor Harness Connector (not used) (W3) • X60—Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness 3-Pin Connector (SE18) (W9), (W12) • X61—Rear Cab Light Connector (SE17) (W9) • X62—12-Volt Power Unit Connector (SE17) (W9) • X63—IMOBI Connector (SE17) (W9) • X64—Quick Hitch Connector (SE17) (W9) • X65—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 (SE17) (W9) • X66—Front Cab Light 2 Connector (SE18) (W9) • X67—Warning Lamp Connector (SE18) (W9) • X68—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 (SE18) (W9) • X69—Front Cab Light 1 Connector (SE18) (W9) • X70—Cab Harness-to-Start Aid Switch Harness Connector (W1) • X72—Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness Connector (W1), (W11) • X76—Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Heated Seat Switch Harness 3-Pin Connector (W12), (W13) • X79—Machine Harness Auxiliary Power Connector (W2) • X80—Machine Harness-to-Start Aid Solenoid Connector (W2) • X87—Attachment Harness-to-2-Speed Harness Connector (W20), (W21) • X90—Machine Harness-to-Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch Connector (SE5) (W2) • X100—Cab Ground Splice Connector (W1) • X101—Machine Harness Splice Connector (W2) • X102—Pump Harness Splice Connector (W8) • X103 —SHLD BLK Splice (W4) • X104—G01 BLK Splice (W4) • X105—P01 RED Splice (W4) • X111—R99 BLK Splice (W4) • X112—P99 RED Splice (W4) • X115—G04 BLK Splice (W4) • X116—M12 YEL Splice (W4) • X117—M13 LT GRN Splice (W4) • X118—R02 BLK Splice (W4) • X120—G01 BLK Splice (W5) • X121—R99 BLK Splice (W5) • X127—Machine Harness-to-Starter Harness Connector (W2), (W27) • X128—Engine Harness-to-Starter Harness Connector (W4), (W27) • X135—Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 1 (W11) • X136—Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 2 (W11) • X137—Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 3 (W11) • X138—Machine Harness-to-Alternator Harness Connector (W2), (W22) • X140—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-JDLink™ Power Harness 4-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W50) • X141—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness 10-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE26) (W50), (W51)

• X142—Machine Information Gateway (MIG)

Harness-to-GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness 4-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W50), (W51) • X143—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-JDLink™ CAN Harness 8-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W50) • X144—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin (L1-Y3) Connector (if equipped) (SE26) (W50) • X145—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin (A1-K3) Connector (if equipped) (SE26) (W50) • X146—Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Ethernet Diagnostic 4-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W50) • X147—2-Pin Connector (not used) (if equipped) (SE26) (W50) • X148—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) 70-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE26) (W51) • X149—JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-JDLink™ Power Harness Connector (if equipped) (W54) • X150— GT Config Tool Adapter 6-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W51) • X151—JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-Alternator Connector (if equipped) (W54) • X152—JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-Machine Harness Connector (if equipped) (W54) • X160—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Shield Splice (W51) • X161—Machine Harness-to-JDLink™ CAN Harness 3-Pin Connector (if equipped) (SE25) (W52) • X164—M16 PUR Splice (W54) • X165—M09 YEL Splice (W52) • X166—M10 GRN Splice (W52) • X167—R01 BLK Splice (W52) • X199—Machine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector (W2) (W5) (S.N. XXXXXX— ) • X200—Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector (W4) (W5) (S.N. XXXXXX— ) • X315—P21 RED Splice (W27) • X316—E03 WHT Splice (W27) • X399—G01 BLK Splice (W27) • X534—Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SR/H) (SE16) (W14), (W61) • X535—Left Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SL/H) (SE16) (W14), (W61) • X5000—Splice G01 BLK (W6002) • X5001—Splice M12 YEL (W6002) • X5002—Splice M13 LT GRN (W6002) • X5003—Splice P01 RED (W6002) • X6001—GPS Antenna RED Connector • X6002—Cellular Antenna BLK Connector • X6005—Satellite Antenna Connector • X6007—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Frame Ground Connector (W6002) • X6008—JDLink™ Switched Power Connector (W6002) • X6011—JDLink™ Ground Connector (W6002) • X6012—JDLink™ Unswitched Power Connector (W6002) • X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connector (W6002) • X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Connector (W6002) • X6016—JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite Harness 6-Pin Connector (W6002) • Y1—Electronic Injector #1 (SE11)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-8

LD30992,0000537 -19-23FEB17-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=252


System Diagrams

• Y2—Electronic Injector #2 (SE11) • Y3—Electronic Injector #3 (SE11) • Y4—Electronic Injector #4 (SE11) • Y5—Electronic Injector #5 (SE11) • Y6—Electronic Injector #6 (SE12) • Y7—Fuel Pump Control Valve Solenoid (SE10) (W4) • Y8—Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid (SE12) (W5) • Y9—Fan Reversing Solenoid (SE12) (W5) • Y10—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid (SE2) (W17) • Y11—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch (SE19, SE22) (W2)

• Y19—Start Aid Solenoid (SE1) • Y20—Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid (SB) (SE8) (W8)

• Y21—Torque Control Solenoid (ST) (SE8) (W8) • Y22—Dig Regenerative Solenoid (SF) (SE8) (W2) • Y23—Arm Regenerative Solenoid (SC) (SE8) (W2) • Y24—Power Dig Solenoid (SG) (SE9) (W2) • Y25—Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) (SE9) (W2) • Y34—Right Solenoid (SE16) (W61) • Y35—Left Solenoid (SE16) (W61) • Y40—Selector Valve Solenoid Valve (SE9) (W20) • Y41—Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve (SE9) (W20) • Y42—Accumulator Solenoid Valve (SE9) (W20) • Y43—2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve (SE9) (W21) • Y44—Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve (not used) (SE9) (W21)

GlobalTRACS is a trademark of the Qualcomm Corporation Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company LD30992,0000537 -19-23FEB17-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=253


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=254


System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic TX1234593 —UN—20FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3) (1 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=255

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-1/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=256


System Diagrams

F7— Start Aid 20 A Fuse (marked START AID) (not used, field option) F16— Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (marked POWER ON) F45— Starter In-Line 30 A Fuse F60— Fusible Link 65A F61— Fusible Link 45A G1—Battery G2—Battery G3—Alternator K1—Load Dump Relay

K2—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay K35— Starter Protection Relay V4— Security Relay Diode K4—Starter Relay (S.N. —511090) (S.N. 511869—) V5— Starter Relay Diode K4—Starter Cut Relay (S.N. M1—Starter Motor (S.N. —511090) V7— Start Aid Diode 511091—) M1—Starter Motor (S.N. 511091—) V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode K5—Security Relay S1— Key Switch V44— Starter Relay Diode (S.N. K14— Alternator Relay S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 511091—) K15— Start Aid Relay S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 K19— Battery Relay S17— Start Aid Switch W40—Alternator Ground K34— Starter Relay (S.N. V1— Battery Relay Diode Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 511091—) V2— Alternator Excitation Diode Y19— Start Aid Solenoid K35— Starter Protection Relay V3— Load Dump Relay Diode (S.N. 511091—511868) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-13

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-2/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=257


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=258


System Diagrams

TX1234594 —UN—20FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6) (2 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=259

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-3/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-16

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=260


System Diagrams

A4—Monitor Controller A5—Information Controller (ICF) B16— Air Filter Restriction Switch B18— Fuel Level Sensor B27— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (if equipped) F9— Radio Backup 10 A Fuse (marked BACK UP)

F10— Information Controller and Main Controller Battery Power 5 A Fuse (marked CONTROLLER) F19— Controller 5 A Fuse (marked SW. BOX) H2—Security Alarm H3—Monitor Warning Alarm K3—Security Alarm Relay S40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (if equipped)

W36—Cab Harness Ground 2 X2— Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (brown) X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (not used)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-17

X37— Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (not used) X90— Machine Harness-toHydraulic Oil Temperature Switch Connector

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-4/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=261


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=262


System Diagrams

TX1234595 —UN—20FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9) (3 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-19

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=263

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-5/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-20

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=264


System Diagrams Y23— Arm Regenerative A3—Main Controller (MCF) B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature V40— Selector Valve Solenoid Solenoid (SC) A9—Switch Panel Sensor Valve Diode B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B45— Attachment Pressure V41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Sensor Valve Diode Y40— Selector Valve Solenoid B32— Front Attachment Pressure B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor V42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve Sensor E5— Switch Panel Back Light Valve Diode Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid B33— Swing Pressure Sensor F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (marked V43— 2-Speed Activation Valve B34— Travel Pressure Sensor SOLENOID) Solenoid Valve Diode Y42— Accumulator Solenoid B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure R15— Engine Speed Dial W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 Valve Sensor S7— Power Dig Switch W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 Y43— 2-Speed Activation B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure S8— Auto-Idle Switch X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch Solenoid Valve Sensor S9— Windshield Wiper and Panel Connector Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Washer Switch Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Valve (not used) Sensor S10— Work Light Switch Solenoid (SB) B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure S11— Travel Speed Switch Y21— Torque Control Solenoid Sensor S12— Power Mode Switch (ST) Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (SF) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-21

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-6/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=265


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-22

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=266


System Diagrams

TX1239979 —UN—06JUL17

System Functional Schematic (SE10—SE12) (4 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-23

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=267

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-7/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-24

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=268


System Diagrams

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) B13— Fuel Transfer Pump B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor Pressure Sensor B2—Camshaft Position Sensor B17— Water In Fuel Sensor B4—Engine Coolant Temperature F5— Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse Sensor (marked OPT. 1 [ALT]) B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor F8— Engine Control Unit (ECU) B7—Intake Air Temperature 20 A Fuse (marked ECM) Sensor F18— Service ADVISOR™ B9—Manifold Air Temperature Diagnostic Connector Sensor Power 5 A Fuse (marked B11— Engine Oil Pressure DIAG) Sensor H4—Travel Alarm B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

S13— Travel Alarm Cancel Switch S15— Fan Reversing Switch W30—Engine Harness Ground W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 W40—Alternator Ground X1— Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector X14— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 X15— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 2

Y1— Electronic Injector #1 Y2— Electronic Injector #2 Y3— Electronic Injector #3 Y4— Electronic Injector #4 Y5— Electronic Injector #5 Y6— Electronic Injector #6 Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve Solenoid Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-25

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-8/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=269


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=270


System Diagrams

TX1234598 —UN—20FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15) (5 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-27

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=271

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-9/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-28

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=272


System Diagrams A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) A6001—GPS and Cellular Antenna A8—12-Volt Power Converter E1— Drive Light E2— Boom Work Light F1— Work and Drive Lights 20 A Fuse (marked LAMP) F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped)

F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 A Fuse (if equipped) K7—Drive Light Relay K9—Windshield Washer Relay F2— Windshield Wiper and Washer 10 A Fuse (marked WIPER) F6— 12-Volt Power Outlet 10 A Fuse (marked OPT. 2 [ALT]) F20— Optional Equipment 5 A Fuse (marked (OPT. 3 [BATT]) F62— Wiper Motor Assembly Circuit Breaker G5—12-Volt Power Outlet

K6—Windshield Wiper Relay X161— Machine Harness-toK7—Drive Light Relay JDLink™ CAN Harness K8—Boom Work Light Relay 3-Pin Connector (if M5—Windshield Wiper Motor equipped) M6—Windshield Washer Motor X6001—GPS Antenna RED R10— CAN Termination Resistor Connector 1 X6002—Cellular Antenna BLK R12— JDLink™ CAN Termination Connector Resistor 3-Pin Connector X6014—Modular Telematics W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 Gateway (MTG) W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 Connector W41—Battery-to-Frame Ground X6016—JDLink™ Modular X26A— Optional Connector Telematics Gateway X26B— Optional Connector (MTG) Harness-toSatellite Harness 6-Pin Connector

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-29

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-10/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=273


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=274


System Diagrams

TX1233857 —UN—27FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18) (6 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-31

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=275

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-11/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-32

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=276


System Diagrams A6—Radio F27— Cab Auxiliary Power S30— Right Pilot Control Lever B25— Right Speaker Connector 3 5 A Fuse Switch B B26— Left Speaker (marked AUX. 3) S31— Right Pilot Control Lever B80— Seat Temperature Switch 1 F31— Seat Compressor 10 Switch A B81— Seat Temperature Switch 2 A Fuse (marked SEAT S32— Left Pilot Control Lever E3— Cab Dome Light COMPR) Switch B F11— Radio and Dome Light 5 A F32— Front Cab Light 2 10 A S33— Left Pilot Control Lever Fuse (marked RADIO) Fuse (marked CAB LAMP Switch A F13— Cab Auxiliary Power FRONT+2) S34— Right Enable Switch Connector 1 10 A Fuse F33— Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse S35— Left Enable Switch (marked AUX.) (marked WARNING LAMP) V6— Auxiliary Power Connector F21— Air Suspension Seat 10 F34— Cab Auxiliary Power Diode A Fuse (marked SEAT Connector 2 10 A Fuse V30— Right Solenoid Diode B HEATER) (marked AUX. 2) V31— Right Solenoid Diode A F22— Front Cab Light 1 10 A K20— Seat Heater Relay V32— Left Solenoid Diode B Fuse (marked CAB LAMP K30— Right Solenoid Relay B V33— Left Solenoid Diode A FRONT) K31— Right Solenoid Relay A W29—Radio Antenna F23— Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse K32— Left Solenoid Relay B W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 (marked CAB LAMP REAR) K33— Left Solenoid Relay A X25— Cab Harness Auxiliary F24— 12-Volt Power Unit 10 A M12— Seat Air Compressor Motor Power Connector 1 Fuse (marked 12V UNIT) R18— Seat Heater X44— Optional Light Connector F25— IMOBI 5 A Fuse (marked S2— Cab Dome Light Switch X60— Air Suspension Seat IMOBI) S23— Seat Heater Switch Harness-to-Auxiliary F26— Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse S24— Seat Compressor Switch Fuse Box Harness 3-Pin (marked QUICK HITCH) Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-33

X61— Rear Cab Light Connector X62— 12-Volt Power Unit Connector X63— IMOBI Connector X64— Quick Hitch Connector X65— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 X66— Front Cab Light 2 Connector X67— Warning Lamp Connector X68— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 X69— Front Cab Light 1 Connector X534— Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SR/H) X535— Left Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SL/H) Y34— Right Solenoid (marked SR/H) Y35— Left Solenoid (marked SL/H)

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-12/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=277


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-34

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=278


System Diagrams

TX1233858 —UN—22FEB17

System Functional Schematic (early design) (SE19—SE21) (7 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-35

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=279

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-13/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-36

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=280


System Diagrams

A7—Air Conditioner and Heater F12— Lighter 10 A Fuse (marked M10— Air Conditioner and Heater X48— Right Console Controller (ACF) LIGHTER) Blower Port Change Harness-to-Air Conditioner B20— Air Conditioner F15— Heater and Air Conditioner Servomotor and Heater Controller High/Low-Pressure Switch 5 A Fuse (marked AIRCON) M11— Air Conditioner and Heater (ACF) 20-Pin Connector B21— Solar Sensor F17— Horn 10 A Fuse (marked Mixer Servomotor X49— Right Console B22— Ambient Air Temperature HORN) R9—Lighter Harness-to-Air Conditioner Sensor K10— Horn Relay R16— Blower Motor Resistor and and Heater Controller B23— High Note Horn K11— Air Conditioner Thermofuse (ACF) 16-Pin Connector B24— Low Note Horn Compressor Clutch Relay R17— Blower Motor Resistor Y11— Air Conditioner B41— Air Conditioner Freeze K12— Blower Motor (low speed) (low speed) Compressor Clutch Control Switch and Main Power Relay S5— Horn Switch B42— Cab Air Temperature K13— Blower Motor (high speed) W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 Sensor Relay X38— Cab Harness-to-Right B43— Coolant Temperature M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Console Harness 16-Pin Sensor Blower Motor Connector F3— Heater and Air Conditioner M9—Air Conditioner and Heater X39— Cab Harness-to-Right 20 A Fuse (marked HEATER) Internal and External Console Harness 4-Pin Servomotor Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-37

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-14/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=281


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-38

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=282


System Diagrams

TX1233860 —UN—20FEB17

System Functional Schematic (late design) (SE22—SE24) (8 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-39

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=283

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-15/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-40

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=284


System Diagrams

A7—Air Conditioner and Heater F15— Heater and Air Conditioner M10— Air Conditioner and Heater X48— Right Console Controller (ACF) 5 A Fuse (marked AIRCON) Blower Port Change Harness-to-Air Conditioner B20— Air Conditioner K11— Air Conditioner Servomotor and Heater Controller High/Low-Pressure Switch Compressor Clutch Relay M11— Air Conditioner and Heater (ACF) 20-Pin Connector B21— Solar Sensor K12— Blower Motor (low speed) Mixer Servomotor X49— Right Console B22— Ambient Air Temperature and Main Power Relay R16— Blower Motor Resistor and Harness-to-Air Conditioner Sensor K13— Blower Motor (high speed) Thermofuse and Heater Controller B42— Cab Air Temperature Relay R17— Blower Motor Resistor (ACF) 16-Pin Connector Sensor M7—Air Conditioner and Heater (low speed) Y11— Air Conditioner B43— Coolant Temperature Blower Motor X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Compressor Clutch Sensor M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Console Harness 16-Pin B47— Air Conditioner Freeze Internal and External Connector Control Sensor Servomotor X39— Cab Harness-to-Right F3— Heater and Air Conditioner Console Harness 4-Pin 20 A Fuse (marked HEATER) Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-41

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-16/18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=285


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-42

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=286


System Diagrams

TX1233862 —UN—21FEB17

System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27) (9 of 9) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-43

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=287

LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-17/18


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-44

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=288


System Diagrams

A10— Machine Information W55—GlobalTRACS® Terminal X142— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Controller (GTT) Controller Ground (if Gateway (MIG) Harness(if equipped) equipped) to-GlobalTRACS® A11— GlobalTRACS® Terminal W56—JDLink™ Power Harness Terminal (GTT) Harness (GTT) Controller (if Ground (if equipped) 4-Pin Connector (if equipped) W57—GlobalTRACS® Terminal equipped) F40— JDLink™ Unswitched (GTT) Antenna (if X143— Machine Information Power 7 A Fuse (if equipped) Gateway (MIG) equipped) X140— Machine Information Harness-to-JDLink™ F41— JDLink™ Switched Power Gateway (MIG) CAN Harness 8-Pin 3 A Fuse (if equipped) Harness-to-JDLink™ Connector (if equipped) F42— JDLink™ Alternator Power Harness 4-Pin X144— Machine Information Run Signal 3 A Fuse (if Connector (if equipped) Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin equipped) X141— Machine Information (L1—Y3) Connector (if F43— JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Gateway (MIG) Harnessequipped) Fuse (if equipped) to-GlobalTRACS® X145— Machine Information R12— JDLink™ CAN Termination Terminal (GTT) Harness Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin Resistor (if equipped) 10-Pin Connector (if (A1—K3) Connector (if equipped) equipped) X146— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Ethernet Diagnostic 4-Pin Connector (if equipped)

X147— 2-Pin Connector (if equipped, not used) X148— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) 70-Pin Connector (if equipped) X150— GlobalTRACS® Configuration Tool Adapter 6-Pin Connector (if equipped) X161— Machine Harness-toJDLink™ CAN Harness 3-Pin Connector (if equipped)

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company GlobalTRACS is a registered trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated LD30992,0000538 -19-29JUN17-18/18

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-45

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=289


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=290


System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W1) Component Location TX1076041 —UN—21APR10

A8 K

H3

B25 H2 X4 X100 V5

V4 V1

S12 S11 A9 R15 S8

W36 X23 X24

X3

X42 X41

X22 H3

X29 X28

V2 X47

X45

X34

W37

X26

S10

M5

S9

X27

X38

F

V6

X37 X31

F

W37 A5

X39

X30

X36

E3,S2 X32

A3

V3

B26

X25 S15 V7

W16 R9 G5 X12

A5

S17

X2

X50 X72

W35

X43 X11

W23

S13 X12 X11

X44

W15

X70 S5

W38 W17 Y10

TX1076041 Cab Harness (W1) Component Location Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-47

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=291

LD30992,0000539 -19-07NOV06-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-48

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=292


System Diagrams

A3—Main Controller (MCF) A5—Information Controller (ICF) A8—12 Volt Power Converter A9—Switch Panel B25— Right Speaker B26— Left Speaker E3— Cab Dome Light F— Auxiliary Fuse Box G5—12 Volt Power Outlet H2—Security Alarm H3—Monitor Warning Alarm K—Relay Block M5—Windshield Wiper Motor R9—Lighter R15— Engine Speed Dial S2— Cab Dome Light Switch S5— Horn Switch S8— Auto-Idle Switch S9— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch S10— Work Light Switch S11— Travel Speed Switch S12— Power Mode Switch S13— Travel Alarm Cancel Switch S15— Fan Reversing Switch S17— Start Aid Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V2— Alternator Excitation Diode

V3— Load Dump Relay Diode X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor V4— Security Relay Diode Harness Connector B V5— Starter Relay Diode (Black) V6— Auxiliary Power Connector X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Diode Harness Connector C V7— Start Aid Diode (Brown) W15—Travel Alarm Cancel X25— Cab Harness Auxiliary Switch Harness Power Connector 1 W16—Fan Reversing Switch X26— Optional Connector Harness X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch W17—Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness Panel Connector W23—Start Aid Switch Harness X28— Cab Harness-to-Main W35—Cab Harness Ground 1 Controller 32-Pin W36—Cab Harness Ground 2 Connector A W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 X29— Cab Harness-to-Main W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 Controller 25-Pin X2— Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector Connector B X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine X30— Cab Harness-to-Main Harness 52-Pin Connector Controller 31-Pin X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector C Harness 32-Pin Connector X31— Cab Harness-to-Main X11— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Controller 16-Pin Shutoff Solenoid Valve Connector D Harness Connector X32— Cab Harness-toX12— Cab Harness-to-Fan Information Controller Reversing Switch Harness 31-Pin Connector A Connector X34— Cab Harness-toX22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Information Controller Harness Connector A 17-Pin Connector C (White) X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (Not Used) X37— Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (Not Used)

X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 16-Pin Connector X39— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 4-Pin Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 X43— Auxiliary Fuse Box Connector X44— Optional Light Connector X45— Option 2 12-Pin Connector (Not Used) X47— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 6-Pin Connector X50— Cab Harness-to-Travel Alarm Cancel Switch X72— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness Connector X100— Cab Ground Splice Connector Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid

LD30992,0000539 -19-07NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-49

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=293


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-50

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=294


System Diagrams

Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —512063) TX1076045 —UN—14APR10

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 26 34 35 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

RED RED BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED/WHT BLK/WHT WHT GRN YEL BLK BLK WHT/GRN BLU RED RED YEL/GRN ORG RED/GRN WHT/RED BLK/GRN BLK/RED GRN BLU BLK GRN/BLK BLU GRN/BLU GRN/WHT GRN/RED GRN GRN BLK RED/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL YEL GRN/YEL RED/GRN YEL/BLK YEL/RED GRN/YEL RED/BLK WHT WHT/GRN

X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X23 X29 X31 X31 X31 X31 (51) (53) X31 X31 X30 X31 X30 X30 X31

F4 (1) X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 W37 (12) X3 X3 X3 X4 X4 X4 X4 X4 X27 X27 X27 F10 W37 X38 (39) X45 X45 X45 X27 (48) (40) X3 (51) X3 (53) X27 X27 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X27 X3

68 69 70 71 72 78 81 88 103 138 139 141 202 203 205 206 207 223 228 229 230 235 250 400 401 402 501 502 503 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 517 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 527

WHT/BLU WHT/PUR YEL/BLK BLK/RED BLK/GRN RED BLU/YEL RED/BLK BLU GRN/BLK BLK WHT/YEL BLU/YEL YEL RED RED/BLK RED/WHT GRN/BLU GRN GRN/WHT BLU/BLK BRN WHT/BLU RED WHT GRN BLK BLK BLK BLK/WHT WHT BLK WHT BLK WHT RED BLK BLK BRN RED RED BLK BLU/WHT RED WHT PUR PUR/RED

X31 X31 X31 X30 X31 X30 X31 X29 X29 X4 X50 X4 X3 X3 X27 X27 X27 X3 X27 X27 X27 X3 X3 X4 X4 X12 X42 W35 X45 X3 X42 W38 X3 W37 V1 X41 W36 V1 K4 K1 K1 W37 X47 (532) K1 K5 K5

X4 X4 X3 X3 X4 X3 X3 (764) X45 X50 W38 (610) K14 V2 X23 X23 X23 X22 X23 X23 X23 X24 X22 X12 X12 (611) X100 X100 W37 K4 F1 X100 V3 X100 (508) X47 X100 W37 V4 (511) (511) K5 F15 K5 (508) K2 V4

528 529 530 531 532 533 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 550 560 561 562 566 568 569 570 571 572 573 583 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603

BRN PUR/WHT ORG PNK/WHT RED RED RED/BLU RED GRN BLK BLK PNK/GRN BRN/BLK RED/BLU RED/BLU WHT/PUR BRN/WHT PNK/BLU RED WHT BLK YEL/RED RED/YEL GRY WHT GRY/BLK WHT/BLK BLK WHT RED BLK BRN/YEL BLK BLK/YEL BLK/RED BLK BLK/RED BLK BLK/RED BLK/RED BLK/GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN WHT WHT

V5 X24 V5 K2 X11 K2 X3 X3 (524) K14 K3 K3 X3 K3 H2 S5 X3 V5 F10 X43 X43 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X3 X27 X27 X3 M5 M5 M5 M5 K6 K6 K9 K9 X3 K7 K7 K8 K8 K10 K10

(517) K2 X72 X11 (1) (532) K8 K7 K14 W37 W37 H2 K10 F9 (543) K10 K9 X24 (511) (506) X100 F11 (543) B25 B25 B26 B26 (501) K11 (537) W36 X38 K6 K6 F2 W38 (591) W37 (591) (591) X38 F1 (598) (598) (598) (603) F17

604 605 606 607 609 610 611 612 615 616 617 618 631 632 633 650 651 652 655 661 662 664 665 666 667 762 763 764 765 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789

BLK BLK BLU WHT RED/BLK WHT/YEL RED LTGRN/RED BLK RED RED/BLU RED/BLU YEL/RED BLU/YEL BLK BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK GRN BLK WHT/YEL WHT/YEL BLK GRN GRN BLU/YEL YEL YEL BLU BLU BLK BLK BLU/YEL BLU/BLK RED/WHT BLK RED RED/BLK BLK BLK/GRN BLK/BLU BLK/PNK BLK/WHT BLU GRN YEL

X72 S5 V3 X47 K11 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 (536) (566) R9 R9 X28 X28 X29 X29 X25 X25 X3 (610) (662) (661) X4 X22 X3 V2 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32

W38 W38 (522) F12 F3 F5 F6 F20 W38 (537) (536) X44 E3,S2 F12 W38 X4 X4 X4 X4 F13 W38 (610) X45 V6 V6 X23 K14 F16 (764) 39 39 W37 W37 (763) (764) X36 W37 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X36 X36 X37 X37

790 791 792 793 794 795 796 800 801 802 803 804 805 810 821 824 825 826 827 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 860 861 870 871 875 880 882 883 884 885 886 887 890 891 892 893 900 904 905 910 940

BLK BLU/YEL RED/BLK BLU BLK BLK BLK GRN BLU GRN BLU GRN BLU RED RED RED/BLK RED WHT BLK GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLK ORG WHT BLU/BLK BLU/BLK BLK WHT RED/BLK RED/BLU WHT/RED BLK/WHT BLK BLK/RED BLK RED/YEL BLK BLU ORG WHT/RED BRN/WHT WHT/YEL WHT/RED WHT/GRN

X32 X36 X36 X36 X36 X36 X36 X30 X30 (804) (805) X34 X34 X41 X72 X23 X24 X24 X51 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 H3 X23 X23 F18 X3 F7 K15 K15 X70 V7 V7 A8 A8 A8 A8 X47 X23 X23 K4 X38

X37 (763) (764) (39) W36 W36 W36 X4 X4 X24 X24 (800) (801) F8 X23 (764) x51 X51 W38 K7 K6 K3 V4 K8 K9 K1 H3 (870) F19 W36 X3 K15 K15 (900) X70 W38 (880) W38 (611) W38 G5 G5 K4 (63) (56) (900) F15

941 944 953 955 961 972 975 978 979 980 981 982 983 990 991 999

RED/BLK BRN/BLU BLK/GRN BRN/RED BRN/BLK BLU PNK BLK RED WHT/GRN WHT/GRN WHT/GRN BLK YEL/RED BLU/YEL GRN/WHT

K12 X38 X24 X38 X38 X39 X38 X39 X39 K11 K12 K13 K13 X24 X24 (851)

(609) X24 (597) K12 K13 K12 K11 W36 K13 (940) (940) (940) W37 X36 X36 X23

TX1076045 Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) (S.N. —512063) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-51

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=295

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-1/10


System Diagrams

TX1141923 —UN—09AUG13

X28 K1

K4

1 2

(519) (856)

RED ORG

(511) X22

1 2

(900) WHT/RED X47 (517) BRN V4

3

(520)

RED

(511)

3

(910) WHT/RED (900)

4 5

NOT USED (524) WHT

4 5

(505) BLK/WHT

(508)

K2 1 2

1 2

X3

NOT USED

K5 (533) RED (532) (529) PUR/WHT X24

1 2

(523) RED (532) (527) PUR/RED V4

6 7

(8)

BLK/WHT

X3

(18) YEL/GRN

X4

NOT USED

16

(41) GRN/BLK X38

6 7

NOT USED (48) GRN (39) BLU

17 18

X27 F10

19 NOT USED 20 NOT USED

24 NOT USED

8

(40)

W37

21

22 NOT USED 23 (652) BLU/BLK 24 NOT USED

BLU/BLK

X3

(17)

RED

X4

X3

11

(11)

YEL

X3

27 (651) YEL/BLK

X4

11

F3

12 13

(2) (13)

RED BLK

(1) (12)

28 29

(26) WHT/RED X4 (10) GRN X3

12 13

30 31

(5) BRN/WHT X3 (15) BLU X3

32

(9)

K2

3

(972)

X39

3

4 5

NOT USED (941) RED/BLK (609)

4 5

K3

BLU

WHT

NOT USED (609) RED/BLK

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

B26 4 2 1 955 981 5 941 3 972

1 2

4 2 1 975 980 5 609 3 583

4 2 1 517 505 900 5 3 910 K4

4 2 1 852 543 5 540 3 541 K3

4 2 1 855 595 5 546 3 596 K9

4 2 1 533 529 5 525 3 531 K2

4 2 1 854 601 5 536 3 600 K8

16

(4)

BLU/RED

X3

WHT

1 572

1 12 22

2 571

2 13

BLK

(43) GRN/BLU X45 (45) GRN/WHT X45 (34) BLK/GRN X27

(50)

GRN

25 (655) YEL/BLK

(40)

X27

X3 X3

3

(62) RED/BLK

X3

(72) BLK/GRN

X4

(800) GRN NOT USED

X4

19 NOT USED 20 NOT USED 21 NOT USED

3

4 5

4 5

(61) GRN/YEL X3 (69) WHT/PUR X4

6 7

NOT USED

22 NOT USED 23 NOT USED

6 7

(53) BLK/YEL

8

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

24 NOT USED 25 NOT USED 26 NOT USED

NOT USED 9 (68) WHT/BLU 10 (58) RED/GRN

11 NOT USED

27 NOT USED

11

19

41 48 39 40 43 45 34 35 47 88 42 50 38 652 655

NOT USED NOT USED

8

X4 X4

12 13

(78) RED (71) BLK/RED

14 NOT USED 15 (801) BLU 16 NOT USED

8 103

X3

BLK

(38)

1

11

1

25

(52) RED/YEL (51)

12 NOT USED 13 (54) BLK/YEL (53)

X4

30 NOT USED 31 NOT USED

14 15

(70) YEL/BLK (59) YEL/BLK

23

(570) (569)

WHT GRY

X38 X38

32

2 569

V2 A K

4 2 1 851 589 593 5 594 3 590 K6

(765) (203)

YEL YEL

1 2

(3) (5)

BLU/BLK X28 BRN/WHT X28

27 (505) BLK/WHT K4 28 (875) WHT F18

3

(21)

X28

19 NOT USED

3

(7)

RED/WHT X28

29 (546) BRN/RED

4 5

(655) YEL/BLK X29 (652) BLU/BLK X29

20 (762) 21 (400)

GRN RED

X23 X12

4 5

(9) (11)

6 7

NOT USED (18) YEL/GRN X28

22 (401) WHT 23 NOT USED

X12

6 7

(15) BLU X28 (64) WHT/GRN X31

32 33

8

(22) RED/GRN X28

(51) RED/YEL X31

34 NOT USED

(764) X3

M10

W35 1

ORG

(502)

BLK

X100

1 2

(60) YEL/RED X30 (59) YEL/BLK X31

9 (536) RED/BLU K8 10 (4) BLU/RED X28

35 (764) YEL F16 36 (202) BLU/YEL K14

5

11 NOT USED

27 NOT USED

11

(6)

37 (508)

10

12 13

(72) BLK/GRN X31 (69) WHT/PUR X31

28 (801) 29 (800)

X30 X30

12 13

(8) (10)

X28 X28

38 (203) YEL V2 39 (223) GRN/BLU X22

27

14 15

NOT USED NOT USED

30 NOT USED 31 (138) GRN/BLK X50

14 15

(14) WHT/GRN X28 (16) RED X28

40 (250) WHT/BLU X22 41 NOT USED

32

16

NOT USED

32 (141) GRY/BLK (610)

16

14 17 22

3 5 7 9 11 4 6 8 10 14 19 542 537 235 664 27 505 875 546 880 35 764 202 508 203 223 250 45 597 588 583

810 511 2 1

501 506

(506) (501)

K9

30 NOT USED 31 (880) RED/BLK K15

8

1

2

X28 X28

25 NOT USED 26 (26) WHT/RED X28

9 536

X42

502

WHT YEL

24 NOT USED

16

13 A K 765 203

17 (68) WHT/BLU X31 18 NOT USED

51 81 72 61 69 53 52 68 58 64 100 54 70 59 80

31

1 570

21 655 652 22 650 651 69 11 15 68 18 762 400 401 26 23 138 141 28 801 800 18 72

6

X28

BLU GRN

5

1

B25 1 2

X3 X3

16 NOT USED 800 801

17

1

(64) WHT/GRN X3

X3 (17) RED NOT USED

9 (650) BLU/WHT X28 10 (651) YEL/BLK X28

X4 X3

28 NOT USED 29 NOT USED

10

63 60 62 78 71

X3

X3 X3

1

16 8 18 7 11 4 14 6 21 3 17 650 651 26 10 5 15 9

25

4 2 1 856 519 5 524 3 520 K1

4 2 1 850 599 5 537 3 598 K7

(572) WHT/BLK X38 (571) GRY/BLK X38

(51) RED/YEL (81) BLU/YEL

(88) RED/BLK (764) (42) BLU (39)

NOT USED

(583)

W37

X45

1 2

4 5

(3)

1 2

1 2

(35) BLK/RED X27 (47) GRN/RED X45

3

22 23

X4

17 NOT USED 18 NOT USED

14 15

X4

X4

BLK

4 2 1 545 602 5 542 3 603 K10

GRN/WHT X3

(980) WHT/GRN (940) (975) PNK X38

(525) PUR NOT USED

4 2 1 527 525 523 5 3 521 K5

(6)

1 2

(521)

W37

X3

20 (21) ORG 21 NOT USED

(981) WHT/GRN (940) (955) BRN/RED X38

4 5

NOT USED (540) BLK

19

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

3

4 5

X4

NOT USED (16) RED

25 NOT USED 26 (650) BLU/WHT

NOT USED (525) PUR

(541) PNK/GRN H2

(22) RED/GRN

4 5

9 NOT USED 10 (7) RED/WHT X3

(531) PNK/WHT X11

3

NOT USED (103) BLU

8

4 5

(543) RED/BLU F9 (852) GRN/BLK X22

1 2

3

X31

(63) WHT X27 (60) YEL/RED X3

X30

F4 17 (14) WHT/GRN X3 W37 18 NOT USED

K11

3

1 2

RED BLK

K12 1 2

K5

X29

(1) (12)

1

WHT BLK

F1 X100

15 16 78 60

64 58

62 81

51 8 70 920 18 26 61 34 59 44 71 53 52

GRN/WHT X28 BLK GRN

(58) RED/GRN X31

42

(62) RED/BLK X30

43 44

(71) BLK/RED X30 NOT USED

19 NOT USED 20 (542) BRN/BLK K10

45 (597) BLK/GRN X38

21 (537)

RED

K7

BRN X24 22 (235) 23 (664) WHT/YEL (610) (78)

RED

X30

24

1 2

25 (61) GRN/YEL X31 26 NOT USED

RED RED

X47 F8

V3

17 (70) YEL/BLK X31 BLK X24 18 (920)

X41

(511) (810)

WHT

46 (588) BRN/YEL X38 47 (583) WHT K11 48 NOT USED 49 NOT USED 50 NOT USED 51 52

(81) BLU/YEL X31 (53) BLK/YEL X31

H3 1 2

(861) BLU/BLK (870) (860) WHT X22

861 860 1 2

K6 1 2 3

(590) BLK/YEL

M5

4 5

(589) (594)

M5 W37

BLK BLK

K7 1 2

4 2 1 539 202 5 763 3 538

(593) BLK/RED (519) (851) GRN/WHT X22

(599) (850)

GRN GRN

3

(598)

GRN

4 5

NOT USED (537) RED

4 2 1 961 982 5 979 3 983

K14

K13

1 2

1 2

(598) X22

(202) BLU/YEL X3 (539) BLK W37 GRN

(982) WHT/GRN (940) (961) BRN/BLK X38

F1

3

(538)

(524)

3

(983)

BLK

X3

4 5

NOT USED (763) BLU/YEL X22

4 5

NOT USED (979) RED

W36

8

1

W37 X39

10

790 789 788 9

16

786 991 787 777 990 20

1

796

791 793 792 795 794 11

1 2

(512) (587)

BLK

X100

BLK

X27

3

(794)

BLK

X36

4 5

(795) (796)

BLK

X36

BLK

X36

6

(871)

BLK

X23

7

(601) (854)

GRN RED

(598) X22

3

(600)

GRN

(598)

4 5

NOT USED (536) RED/BLU

X37

1 2

X3

K9

K10

1 2

(595) BLK/RED (591) (855) BLK X22

1 2

(602) WHT (603) (545) WHT/PUR S5

3

(596) BLK/RED (591)

3

(603)

4 5

NOT USED (546) BRN/RED

4 5

NOT USED (542) BRN/BLK

X3

WHT

F17

X36 YEL BLK

(788)

GRN

(789) (790)

3

NOT USED

10 NOT USED 11 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

6 7

NOT USED NOT USED

8

NOT USED

X32 X32

9

1 2

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED 16 NOT USED

X32

1 2

(792) RED/BLK (764) (793) BLU (39)

11 (794) 12 (795)

3

(791) BLU/YEL (763)

13 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

14 NOT USED 15 (796) BLK

TX1141923

X39

1

V3 A K

(606) (508)

BLU WHT

(522) X3

X39

541

(541) PNK/GRN K3 (544) RED/BLU (543)

W36 W36

W36

6 7

NOT USED NOT USED

16 NOT USED 17 NOT USED

8

NOT USED

18 (990) YEL/RED X24

9 (991) BLU/YEL X24 10 (786) BLK/WHT X32

X3

BLK BLK

BLK

606 508

H2

K8 1 2

(978)

A K

W36

19 (777) RED/WHT X34 20 (787) BLU X32

(972) (978)

BLU BLK

K12 W36

3

(979)

RED

K13

4

NOT USED

X38 1

7 854 855 856 763 16

1 2

(850) GRN K7 (851) GRN/WHT K6

9 (223) GRN/BLU 10 NOT USED

X3

3

(852) GRN/BLK

K3

11 (250) WHT/BLU

X3

4 5

(853) GRN/BLU (854) RED

V4 K8

6 7

(855)

BLK

K9

(856)

ORG

8

(860)

WHT

X23

1 7 229 230 228 49 206 905 904 999 821 762 824 870 205 207 871 8 16

7 944 529 990 991 953 920 550 16

1 2

(229) GRN/WHT X27 (230) BLU/BLK X27

9 (821) 10 (762)

X72 X4

1 2

(802) (825)

GRN RED

(804) X64

9 (826) WHT 10 NOT USED

3

(228)

X27

11 (824) RED/BLK (764)

3

(235)

BRN

X3

11 NOT USED

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

4 5

(49) GRN (48) (206) RED/BLK X27

12 (870) BLU/BLK F19 13 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED (944) BRN/BLU X38

12 (990) YEL/RED X36 13 (991) BLU/YEL X36

K1

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

6 7

(905) WHT/YEL (56) (904) BRN/WHT (63)

14 (205) RED X27 15 (207) RED/WHT X27

6 7

NOT USED (529) PUR/WHT K2

14 (953) BLK/GRN (597) BLK X3 15 (920)

H3

16 (763) BLU/YEL K14

8

(999) GRN/WHT (851)

16 (871)

8

(803)

16 (550) PNK/BLU

GRN

RED GRN

X24

1 802 825 235 803 826 8

BLK

W36

BLU

(805)

X64

X47

V5

2 7 1 41 569 570 566 944 961 955 573 571 572 568 940 597 588 975 8 16

972978 979 3 4

544

1 850 851 852 853 860 223 250 8

X22

1 2

4 607 522 5

2

6 900 511

3

1

1 2

(511) RED NOT USED

3

NOT USED

4 5

(607) WHT F12 (522) BLU/WHT F15

6

(900) WHT/RED

7 34 38 586 230 229 35 16

X41

1 587 56 63 55 48 207 206 205 228 8

9

(975)

PNK

K11

1 2

(955) BRN/RED K12 (961) BRN/BLK K13

3

(944) BRN/BLU X24

10 (588) BRN/YEL 11 (597) BLK/GRN

4 5

(566) YEL/RED F11 (570) WHT B25

12 (940) WHT/GRN F15 13 (568) RED/BLU (543)

6 7

(569) GRY B25 (41) GRN/BLK X29

14 (572) WHT/BLK B26

8

NOT USED

X3 X3

15 (571) GRY/BLK B26 16 (573) BLK (501)

X27 1 2

(55) YEL (51) (63) RED/BLK X3

3

(56) GRN/YEL (53)

4 5

(587) (586)

6 7

(38) GRN X29 (34) BLK/GRN X29

8

(228)

BLK RED

GRN

9

W36 12 (537) 13

X23

(205)

RED

X23

10 (206) RED/BLK X23 11 (207) RED/WHT X23 (48) GRN NOT USED

14 (35)

X29

BLK/RED X29

15 (229) GRN/WHT X23 16 (230) BLU/BLK X23

K4

Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) (S.N. —512063)

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-2/10

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-52

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=296


System Diagrams

B25— Right Speaker K13— Blower Motor (high speed) X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor B26— Left Speaker Relay Harness Connector C H2—Security Alarm K14— Alternator Relay (brown) H3—Monitor Warning Alarm V2— Alternator Excitation Diode X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch K1—Load Dump Relay V3— Load Dump Relay Diode Panel Connector K2—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay W35—Cab Harness Ground 1 X28— Cab Harness-to-Main K3—Security Alarm Relay W36—Cab Harness Ground 2 Controller 32-Pin K4—Starter Relay X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector A K5—Security Relay Harness 52-Pin Connector X29— Cab Harness-to-Main K6—Windshield Wiper Relay X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Controller 25-Pin K7—Drive Light Relay Harness 32-Pin Connector Connector B K8—Boom Work Light Relay X22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor X30— Cab Harness-to-Main K9—Windshield Washer Relay Harness Connector A Controller 31-Pin K10— Horn Relay (white) Connector C K11— Air Conditioner X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor X31— Cab Harness-to-Main Compressor Clutch Relay Harness Connector B Controller 16-Pin K12— Blower Motor (low speed) (black) Connector D and Main Power Relay X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (not used) X37— Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (not used) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-53

X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 16-Pin Connector X39— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 4-Pin Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 X47— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 6-Pin Connector

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-3/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=297


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-54

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=298


System Diagrams

TX1076047 —UN—13APR10

E3,S2 1

A8 2 1 3 528 530 550

V5 1 2

(528) (530)

BRN ORG

(517) X72

3

(550) PNK/BLU X24

(527) PUR/RED

631

1 2

(890) RED/YEL (611) (891) BLK W38

3

(892)

BLU

G5

1

(633)

4

(893)

ORG

G5

2

(632) BLU/YEL F12

R9

X51

2 V4 1 3 BRN K4 517 853 527 1 (517) 2 (853) GRN/BLU X22 3

(631) YEL/RED (566)

1 2

(825) (826)

RED WHT

X24 X24

3

(827)

BLK

W38

X11

1 890 891 2 3 892 893 4 532 531 2 1

1 3 825 826 827

K5

1 2

(662) (661 )

BLK GRN

W37 (508)

1 2

(507) (502)

BLK BLK

W38 W35

3 1 501 502 507

3

(501)

BLK

X42

4

(562)

BLK

X43

509 512 562 6 4

5

(512)

BLK

W36

6

(509)

BLK

W37

545 605 2 1

X+

AU

3

(589) BLK K6 (591) BLK/RED F2 (592) BLK W38

4

(590) BLK/YEL

4 2 1 884 883 5 880 3 882

1 2

(12)

BLK

X28

(40)

BLK

X29 1

1 6 1 771 772 6 777 804 7 776 775 12 805 13 17 773 774 13 17

(665) WHT/YEL (610)

3

(45) GRN/WHT X29

4 5

(47) GRN/RED X29 NOT USED

X34

NOT USED (43) GRN/BLU X29

1 2

(771) (772)

NOT USED

3

3

(503)

BLK

X45

4 5

(509)

BLK

X100

(513)

BLK

V1

6 7

6 7

(521)

BLK

K5

8

(539)

BLK

K14

8

(540)

BLK

K3

9 (103) BLU 10 NOT USED

(594)

9 10 (773)

BLK

K6

11 NOT USED

BLK

X34

12 (503)

11 (774)

BLK

X34

8

12 (779) 13 (983)

BLK

X32

BLK

K13

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

BLK

X29

W37

BLU BLU

(39) (39)

9 785 781 780 786 787 9 783 782 788 789 21 784 790 31

X32 NOT USED

NOT USED

4 5

(777) RED/WHT X36

3

(804)

6 7

NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

GRN

(800)

(776) BLU/BLK (764) (775) BLU/YEL (763)

BLU

6 7 8

(801)

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

17 (783) BLK/GRN 18 (782) BLK

NOT USED

X2 X2

(780)

X2

RED

(786) BLK/WHT X36 BLU BLK

X36 W37

20 (788) 21 (789)

GRN YEL

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

28 (784) BLK/BLU 29 NOT USED

16 NOT USED

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

30 NOT USED 31 (790) BLK

17 NOT USED

16 NOT USED

W37 W37

(887) BLK W38 (886) BLK/RED (880)

V6 A K

(666) (667)

BLK GRN

(662) (661)

1 2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-55

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=299

F5

(611)

F6

RED

1 2

(883) WHT/RED (900) (884) BLK/WHT S17

3

(882) RED/BLU

F7

4 5

NOT USED (880) RED/BLK

X3

(605) BLK W38 (545) WHT/PUR K10

3

X32 X32 X32

4 5

(785) BLK/PNK (782) BLK

X32 X32

6

(783) BLK/GRN X32

F9 543 F8 810 F7 882 F6 611 F5 610 F4 1

X2

F3 609 F2 591

X37

F1 598

5A

5A

560

5A

30A

5A

10A

10A

10A

5A 522

5A 10A

20A

(604)

BLK

W38

884 885 1 1 2 2

M5

4 5

(604) BLK

X72

(605) BLK

S5

6 7

(615) BLK

X26

X44

(633) BLK

R9

1

8

(662) BLK

X25

9 (827) BLK 10 (885) BLK

X51

11 (887) BLK

V7

12 (891) BLK

A8

(561) (562)

WHT BLK

(506) X100

(884) BLK/WHT K15 (885) BLK W38

W38 (592) BLK

1 2

(138) GRN/BLK X4 (139) BLK W38

X70

3

(618) RED/BLU (536)

X50

1 3 X12 400 401 402 1 (400) 2 (401) 3

(402)

RED WHT

X4 X4

GRN

(611)

X70

612 F20 870 F19 875 F18 603 F17 764 F16 940 F15

506 F14

20A 10A

5A

3

X100

W38

10A

V5 X23

X50

(615)

F10 39

ORG RED

(507) BLK

6

1 561 2 562

(530) (821)

(139) BLK

(616) RED (537) (617) RED/BLU (536)

X43

(780) RED (781) RED/BLK (784) BLK/BLU

1 2

1 2

4 5

BLK

X72

138 139 1 1 2 2

1

(612)LTGRN/RED F20

618

Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) (S.N. —512063) Continued on next page

(610) WHT/YEL

1 3 780 781 784 785 782 783 4 6

25 NOT USED 26 NOT USED 27 NOT USED

BLK BLK

X37 X37

22 NOT USED 23 NOT USED 24 NOT USED

11 NOT USED

14 (773) 15 (774)

X2 X2

19 NOT USED

(785) BLK/PNK (781) RED/BLK

9 (787) 10 (779)

A K

K15

3 X26

1 610 611 612 616 617 615 2 4 6 3

V7

A K 666 667

X2

1 2

11 (805)

TX1076047

1 1 10 779 22 22

1

A K 887 886

K6

589 591 592 590 1 4

1 2

1 2

1 3 530 821 604

503 12

NOT USED

A8 A8

X-

X45 W37

BLU ORG

AU

5

6

(892) (893)

S5 662

45 47 103

2 1 893 2

661

1 2

43

892 1

W38 F13

M5

1 665

632

X25

X100 BLK WHT

W38

G5 1 2

A K V1 513 510 A (513) K (510)

633 -

(531) PNK/WHT K2 (532) RED (1)

BLK

10A 607

10A 5A

661 F13 632 F12 566 F11

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-4/10


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-56

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=300


System Diagrams

A8—12 Volt Power Converter E3— Cab Dome Light G5—12 Volt Power Outlet K15— Start Aid Relay M6—Windshield Washer Motor R9—Lighter S2— Cab Dome Light Switch S5— Horn Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V4— Security Relay Diode V5— Starter Relay Diode V6— Auxiliary Power Connector Diode

V7— Start Aid Diode W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 X2— Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector X11— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Harness Connector X12— Cab Harness-to-Fan Reversing Switch Harness Connector X25— Cab Harness Auxiliary Power Connector 1

X26— Optional Connector X64— Quick Hitch Connector X32— Cab Harness-to-Machine X70— Cab Harness-to-Start Aid Information Center 31-Pin Switch Harness Connector Connector A X72— Cab Harness-to-Pilot X34— Cab Harness-to-Machine Shutoff Switch Harness Information Center 17-Pin Connector Connector C X100— Cab Ground Splice X43— Optional Fuse Connector Connector X44— Optional Light Connector X45— Option 2 12-Pin Connector (not used) X50— Cab Harness-to-Travel Alarm Cancel Switch

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-57

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-5/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=301


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-58

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=302


System Diagrams

(S.N 512064— ) TX1076042 —UN—13APR10

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1

END #2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 26 34 35 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

RED RED BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED/WHT BLK/WHT WHT GRN YEL BLK BLK WHT/GRN BLU RED RED YEL/GRN ORG RED/GRN WHT/RED BLK/GRN BLK/RED GRN BLU BLK GRN/BLK BLU GRN/BLU GRN/WHT GRN/RED GRN GRN BLK RED/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL YEL GRN/YEL RED/GRN YEL/BLK YEL/RED GRN/YEL RED/BLK WHT WHT/GRN

X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X28 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X29 X23 X29 X31 X31 X31 X31 (51) (53) X31 X31 X30 X31 X30 X30 X31

F4 (1) X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 W37 (12) X3 X3 X3 X4 X4 X4 X4 X4 X27 X27 X27 F10 W37 X38 (39) X45 X45 X45 X27 (48) (40) X3 (51) X3 (53) X27 X27 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X27 X3

68 69 70 71 72 78 81 88 103 138 139 141 202 203 205 206 207 223 228 229 230 235 250 400 401 402 501 502 503 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 517 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 527

WHT/BLU WHT/PUR YEL/BLK BLK/RED BLK/GRN RED BLU/YEL RED/BLK BLU GRN/BLK BLK WHT/YEL BLU/YEL YEL RED RED/BLK RED/WHT GRN/BLU GRN GRN/WHT BLU/BLK BRN WHT/BLU RED WHT GRN BLK BLK BLK BLK/WHT WHT BLK WHT BLK WHT RED BLK BLK BRN RED RED BLK BLU/WHT RED WHT PUR PUR/RED

X31 X31 X31 X30 X31 X30 X31 X29 X29 X4 X50 X4 X3 X3 X27 X27 X27 X3 X27 X27 X27 X3 X3 X4 X4 X12 X42 W35 X45 X3 X42 W38 X3 W37 V1 X41 W36 V1 K4 K1 K1 W37 X47 (532) K1 K5 K5

X4 X4 X3 X3 X4 X3 X3 (764) X45 X50 W38 (610) K14 V2 X23 X23 X23 X22 X23 X23 X23 X24 X22 X12 X12 (611) X100 X100 W37 K4 F1 X100 V3 X100 (508) X47 X100 W37 V4 (511) (511) K5 F15 K5 (508) K2 V4

528 529 530 531 532 533 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 550 560 561 562 566 568 569 570 571 572 573 583 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603

BRN PUR/WHT ORG PNK/WHT RED RED RED/BLU RED GRN BLK BLK PNK/GRN BRN/BLK RED/BLU RED/BLU WHT/PUR BRN/WHT PNK/BLU RED WHT BLK YEL/RED RED/YEL GRY WHT GRY/BLK WHT/BLK BLK WHT RED BLK BRN/YEL BLK BLK/YEL BLK/RED BLK BLK/RED BLK BLK/RED BLK/RED BLK/GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN WHT WHT

V5 X24 V5 K2 X11 K2 X3 X3 (524) K14 K3 K3 X3 K3 H2 S5 X3 V5 F10 X43 X43 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X38 X3 X27 X27 X3 M5 M5 M5 M5 K6 K6 K9 K9 X3 K7 K7 K8 K8 K10 K10

(517) K2 X72 X11 (1) (532) K8 K7 K14 W37 W37 H2 K10 F9 (543) K10 K9 X24 (511) (506) X100 F11 (543) B25 B25 B26 B26 (501) K11 (537) W36 X38 K6 K6 F2 W38 (591) W37 (591) (591) X38 F1 (598) (598) (598) (603) F17

604 605 606 607 609 610 611 612 615 616 617 618 631 632 633 650 651 652 655 661 662 664 665 666 667 762 763 764 765 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789

BLK BLK BLU WHT RED/BLK WHT/YEL RED LTGRN/RED BLK RED RED/BLU RED/BLU YEL/RED BLU/YEL BLK BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK GRN BLK WHT/YEL WHT/YEL BLK GRN GRN BLU/YEL YEL YEL BLU BLU BLK BLK BLU/YEL BLU/BLK RED/WHT BLK RED RED/BLK BLK BLK/GRN BLK/BLU BLK/PNK BLK/WHT BLU GRN YEL

X72 S5 V3 X47 K11 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 (536) (566) R9 R9 X28 X28 X29 X29 X25 X25 X3 (610) (662) (661) X4 X22 X3 V2 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X34 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32 X32

W38 W38 (522) F12 F3 F5 F6 F20 W38 (537) (536) X44 E3,S2 F12 W38 X4 X4 X4 X4 F13 W38 (610) X45 V6 V6 X23 K14 F16 (764) 39 39 W37 W37 (763) (764) X36 W37 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X36 X36 X37 X37

790 791 792 793 794 795 796 800 801 802 803 804 805 810 821 824 825 826 827 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 860 861 870 871 875 880 882 883 884 885 886 887 890 891 892 893 900 904 905 910 920

BLK BLU/YEL RED/BLK BLU BLK BLK BLK GRN BLU GRN BLU GRN BLU RED RED RED/BLK RED WHT BLK GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLK ORG WHT BLU/BLK BLU/BLK BLK WHT RED/BLK RED/BLU WHT/RED BLK/WHT BLK BLK/RED BLK RED/YEL BLK BLU ORG WHT/RED BRN/WHT WHT/YEL WHT/RED BLK

X32 X36 X36 X36 X36 X36 X36 X30 X30 (804) (805) X34 X34 X41 X72 X23 X24 X24 X64 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 H3 X23 X23 F18 X3 F7 K15 K15 X70 V7 V7 A8 A8 A8 A8 X47 X23 X23 K4 X3

X37 (763) (764) (39) W36 W36 W36 X4 X4 X24 X24 (800) (801) F8 X23 (764) X64 X64 W38 K7 K6 K3 V4 K8 K9 K1 H3 (870) F19 W36 X3 K15 K15 (900) X70 W38 (880) W38 (611) W38 G5 G5 K4 (63) (56) (900) X24

NUMBER 940 941 944 953 955 961 972 975 978 979 980 981 982 983 990 991 999

COLOR WHT/GRN RED/BLK BRN/BLU BLK/GRN BRN/RED BRN/BLK BLU PNK BLK RED WHT/GRN WHT/GRN WHT/GRN BLK YEL/RED BLU/YEL GRN/WHT

END #1 X38 K12 X38 X24 X38 X38 X39 X38 X39 X39 K11 K12 K13 K13 X24 X24 (851)

END #2 F15 (609) X24 (597) K12 K13 K12 K11 W36 K13 (940) (940) (940) W37 X36 X36 X23

TX1076042 Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) (S.N. 512064— ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-59

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=303

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-6/10


System Diagrams

TX1141932 —UN—09AUG13

X28 K1

K4

1 2

(519) (856)

RED ORG

(511) X22

1 2

(900) WHT/RED X47 (517) BRN V4

3

(520)

RED

(511)

3

(910) WHT/RED (900)

4 5

NOT USED (524) WHT

4 5

(505) BLK/WHT

(508)

K2 1 2

1 2

X3

NOT USED

K5 (533) RED (532) (529) PUR/WHT X24

1 2

(523) RED (532) (527) PUR/RED V4

6 7

(8)

BLK/WHT

X3

(18) YEL/GRN

X4

NOT USED

16

(41) GRN/BLK X38

6 7

NOT USED (48) GRN (39) BLU

17 18

X27 F10

19 NOT USED 20 NOT USED

24 NOT USED

8

(40)

W37

21

22 NOT USED 23 (652) BLU/BLK 24 NOT USED

BLU/BLK

X3

(17)

RED

X4

X3

11

(11)

YEL

X3

27 (651) YEL/BLK

X4

11

F3

12 13

(2) (13)

RED BLK

(1) (12)

28 29

(26) WHT/RED X4 (10) GRN X3

12 13

30 31

(5) BRN/WHT X3 (15) BLU X3

32

(9)

K2

3

(972)

X39

3

4 5

NOT USED (941) RED/BLK (609)

4 5

K3

BLU

WHT

NOT USED (609) RED/BLK

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

B26 4 2 1 955 981 5 941 3 972

1 2

4 2 1 975 980 5 609 3 583

4 2 1 517 505 900 5 3 910 K4

4 2 1 852 543 5 540 3 541 K3

4 2 1 855 595 5 546 3 596 K9

4 2 1 533 529 5 525 3 531 K2

4 2 1 854 601 5 536 3 600 K8

16

(4)

BLU/RED

X3

WHT

1 572

1 12 22

2 571

2 13

BLK

(43) GRN/BLU X45 (45) GRN/WHT X45 (34) BLK/GRN X27

(50)

GRN

25 (655) YEL/BLK

(40)

X27

X3 X3

3

(62) RED/BLK

X3

(72) BLK/GRN

X4

(800) GRN NOT USED

X4

19 NOT USED 20 NOT USED 21 NOT USED

3

4 5

4 5

(61) GRN/YEL X3 (69) WHT/PUR X4

6 7

NOT USED

22 NOT USED 23 NOT USED

6 7

(53) BLK/YEL

8

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

24 NOT USED 25 NOT USED 26 NOT USED

NOT USED 9 (68) WHT/BLU 10 (58) RED/GRN

11 NOT USED

27 NOT USED

11

19

41 48 39 40 43 45 34 35 47 88 42 50 38 652 655

NOT USED NOT USED

8

X4 X4

12 13

(78) RED (71) BLK/RED

14 NOT USED 15 (801) BLU

8 103

X3

BLK

(38)

1

11

1

(52) RED/YEL (51)

12 NOT USED 13 (54) BLK/YEL (53)

X4

30 NOT USED 31 NOT USED

14 15

(70) YEL/BLK (59) YEL/BLK

23

(570) (569)

WHT GRY

X38 X38

32

2 569

V2 A K

4 2 1 851 589 593 5 594 3 590 K6

(765) (203)

YEL YEL

1 2

(3) (5)

BLU/BLK X28 BRN/WHT X28

27 (505) BLK/WHT K4 28 (875) WHT F18

3

(21)

X28

19 NOT USED

3

(7)

RED/WHT X28

29 (546) BRN/RED

4 5

(655) YEL/BLK X29 (652) BLU/BLK X29

20 (762) 21 (400)

GRN RED

X23 X12

4 5

(9) (11)

6 7

NOT USED (18) YEL/GRN X28

22 (401) WHT 23 NOT USED

X12

6 7

(15) BLU X28 (64) WHT/GRN X31

32 33

8

(22) RED/GRN X28

(51) RED/YEL X31

34 NOT USED

(764) X3

M10

W35 1

ORG

(502)

BLK

X100

1 2

(60) YEL/RED X30 (59) YEL/BLK X31

9 (536) RED/BLU K8 10 (4) BLU/RED X28

35 (764) YEL F16 36 (202) BLU/YEL K14

5

11 NOT USED

27 NOT USED

11

(6)

37 (508)

10

12 13

(72) BLK/GRN X31 (69) WHT/PUR X31

28 (801) 29 (800)

X30 X30

12 13

(8) (10)

X28 X28

38 (203) YEL V2 39 (223) GRN/BLU X22

27

14 15

NOT USED NOT USED

30 NOT USED 31 (138) GRN/BLK X50

14 15

(14) WHT/GRN X28 (16) RED X28

40 (250) WHT/BLU X22 41 NOT USED

32

16

NOT USED

32 (141) WHT/YEL (610)

16

14 17 22

3 5 7 9 11 4 6 8 10 14 19 542 537 235 664 27 505 875 546 880 35 764 202 508 203 223 250 45 597 588 583

810 511 2 1

501 506

(506) (501)

K9

30 NOT USED 31 (880) RED/BLK K15

8

1

2

X28 X28

25 NOT USED 26 (26) WHT/RED X28

9 536

X42

502

WHT YEL

24 NOT USED

16

13 A K 765 203

17 (68) WHT/BLU X31 18 NOT USED

51 81 72 61 69 53 52 68 58 64 100 54 70 59 80

31

1 570

21 655 652 22 650 651 69 11 15 68 18 762 400 401 26 23 138 141 28 801 800 18 72

6

X28

BLU GRN

5

1

800 801

B25 1 2

X3 X3

16 NOT USED

10

17

1

(64) WHT/GRN X3

X3 (17) RED NOT USED

9 (650) BLU/WHT X28 10 (651) YEL/BLK X28

X4 X3

28 NOT USED 29 NOT USED

1 63 60 62 78 71

X3

X3 X3

16 NOT USED

25

16 8 18 7 11 4 14 6 21 3 17 650 651 26 10 5 15 9

25

4 2 1 856 519 5 524 3 520 K1

4 2 1 850 599 5 537 3 598 K7

(572) WHT/BLK X38 (571) GRY/BLK X38

(51) RED/YEL (81) BLU/YEL

(88) RED/BLK (764) (42) BLU (39)

NOT USED

(583)

W37

X45

1 2

4 5

(3)

1 2

1 2

(35) BLK/RED X27 (47) GRN/RED X45

3

22 23

X4

17 NOT USED 18 NOT USED

14 15

X4

X4

BLK

4 2 1 545 602 5 542 3 603 K10

GRN/WHT X3

(980) WHT/GRN (940) (975) PNK X38

(525) PUR NOT USED

4 2 1 527 525 523 5 3 521 K5

(6)

1 2

(521)

W37

X3

20 (21) ORG 21 NOT USED

(981) WHT/GRN (940) (955) BRN/RED X38

4 5

NOT USED (540) BLK

19

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

3

4 5

X4

NOT USED (16) RED

25 NOT USED 26 (650) BLU/WHT

NOT USED (525) PUR

(541) PNK/GRN H2

(22) RED/GRN

4 5

9 NOT USED 10 (7) RED/WHT X3

(531) PNK/WHT X11

3

NOT USED (103) BLU

8

4 5

(543) RED/BLU F9 (852) GRN/BLK X22

1 2

3

X31

(63) WHT X27 (60) YEL/RED X3

X30

F4 17 (14) WHT/GRN X3 W37 18 NOT USED

K11

3

1 2

RED BLK

K12 1 2

K5

X29

(1) (12)

1

WHT BLK

F1 X100

15 16 78 60

64 58

62 81

51 8 70 61 59 71 53 52

18 26 34 44

GRN/WHT X28 BLK GRN

(58) RED/GRN X31

42

(62) RED/BLK X30

43 44

(71) BLK/RED X30 NOT USED

19 NOT USED 20 (542) BRN/BLK K10

45 (597) BLK/GRN X38

21 (537)

RED

K7

BRN X24 22 (235) 23 (664) WHT/YEL (610) (78)

RED

X30

24

1 2

25 (61) GRN/YEL X31 26 NOT USED

RED RED

X47 F8

V3

17 (70) YEL/BLK X31 18 NOT USED

X41

(511) (810)

WHT

46 (588) BRN/YEL X38 47 (583) WHT K11 48 NOT USED 49 NOT USED 50 NOT USED 51 52

(81) BLU/YEL X31 (53) BLK/YEL X31

H3 1 2

(861) BLU/BLK (870) (860) WHT X22

861 860 1 2

K6 1 2 3

(590) BLK/YEL

M5

4 5

(589) (594)

M5 W37

BLK BLK

K7 1 2

4 2 1 539 202 5 763 3 538

(593) BLK/RED (519) (851) GRN/WHT X22

(599) (850)

GRN GRN

3

(598)

GRN

4 5

NOT USED (537) RED

4 2 1 961 982 5 979 3 983

K14

K13

1 2

1 2

(598) X22

(202) BLU/YEL X3 (539) BLK W37 GRN

(982) WHT/GRN (940) (961) BRN/BLK X38

F1

3

(538)

(524)

3

(983)

BLK

X3

4 5

NOT USED (763) BLU/YEL X22

4 5

NOT USED (979) RED

W36

8

1

W37 X39

10

790 789 788 9

16

786 991 787 777 990 20

1

796

791 793 792 795 794 11

1 2

(512) (587)

BLK

X100

BLK

X27

3

(794)

BLK

X36

4 5

(795) (796)

BLK

X36

BLK

X36

6

(871)

BLK

X23

7

(601) (854)

GRN RED

(598) X22

3

(600)

GRN

(598)

4 5

NOT USED (536) RED/BLU

X37

1 2

X3

K9

K10

1 2

(595) BLK/RED (591) (855) BLK X22

1 2

(602) WHT (603) (545) WHT/PUR S5

3

(596) BLK/RED (591)

3

(603)

4 5

NOT USED (546) BRN/RED

4 5

NOT USED (542) BRN/BLK

X3

WHT

F17

X36 YEL BLK

(788)

GRN

(789) (790)

3

NOT USED

10 NOT USED 11 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

6 7

NOT USED NOT USED

8

NOT USED

X32 X32

9

1 2

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED 16 NOT USED

X32

1 2

(792) RED/BLK (764) (793) BLU (39)

11 (794) 12 (795)

3

(791) BLU/YEL (763)

13 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

14 NOT USED 15 (796) BLK

TX1141932

X39

1

V3 A K

(606) (508)

BLU WHT

(522) X3

X39

541

(541) PNK/GRN K3 (544) RED/BLU (543)

W36 W36

W36

6 7

NOT USED NOT USED

16 NOT USED 17 NOT USED

8

NOT USED

18 (990) YEL/RED X24

9 (991) BLU/YEL X24 10 (786) BLK/WHT X32

X3

BLK BLK

BLK

606 508

H2

K8 1 2

(978)

A K

W36

19 (777) RED/WHT X34 20 (787) BLU X32

(972) (978)

BLU BLK

K12 W36

3

(979)

RED

K13

4

NOT USED

X38 1

7 854 855 856 763 16

1 2

(850) GRN K7 (851) GRN/WHT K6

9 (223) GRN/BLU 10 NOT USED

X3

3

(852) GRN/BLK

K3

11 (250) WHT/BLU

X3

4 5

(853) GRN/BLU (854) RED

V4 K8

6 7

(855)

BLK

K9

(856)

ORG

8

(860)

WHT

X23

1 7 229 230 228 49 206 905 904 999 821 762 824 870 205 207 871 8 16

944 990 991 953

7 529 550 16

1 2

(229) GRN/WHT X27 (230) BLU/BLK X27

9 (821) 10 (762)

X72 X4

1 2

(802) (825)

GRN RED

(804) X51

9 (826) WHT 10 NOT USED

3

(228)

X27

11 (824) RED/BLK (764)

3

(235)

BRN

X3

11 NOT USED

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

4 5

(49) GRN (48) (206) RED/BLK X27

12 (870) BLU/BLK F19 13 NOT USED

4 5

NOT USED (944) BRN/BLU X38

12 (990) YEL/RED X36 13 (991) BLU/YEL X36

K1

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

6 7

(905) WHT/YEL (56) (904) BRN/WHT (63)

14 (205) RED X27 15 (207) RED/WHT X27

6 7

NOT USED (529) PUR/WHT K2

14 (953) BLK/GRN (597) 15 NOT USED

H3

16 (763) BLU/YEL K14

8

(999) GRN/WHT (851)

16 (871)

8

(803)

16 (550) PNK/BLU

GRN

RED GRN

X24

1 802 825 235 803 826 8

BLK

W36

BLU

(805)

X51

X47

V5

2 7 1 41 569 570 566 944 961 955 573 571 572 568 940 597 588 975 8 16

972978 979 3 4

544

1 850 851 852 853 860 223 250 8

X22

1 2

4 607 522 5

2

6 900 511

3

1

1 2

(511) RED NOT USED

3

NOT USED

4 5

(607) WHT F12 (522) BLU/WHT F15

6

(900) WHT/RED

7 34 38 586 230 229 35 16

X41

1 587 56 63 55 48 207 206 205 228 8

9

(975)

PNK

K11

1 2

(955) BRN/RED K12 (961) BRN/BLK K13

3

(944) BRN/BLU X24

10 (588) BRN/YEL 11 (597) BLK/GRN

4 5

(566) YEL/RED F11 (570) WHT B25

12 (940) WHT/GRN F15 13 (568) RED/BLU (543)

6 7

(569) GRY B25 (41) GRN/BLK X29

14 (572) WHT/BLK B26

8

NOT USED

X3 X3

15 (571) GRY/BLK B26 16 (573) BLK (501)

X27 1 2

(55) YEL (51) (63) RED/BLK X3

3

(56) GRN/YEL (53)

4 5

(587) (586)

6 7

(38) GRN X29 (34) BLK/GRN X29

8

(228)

BLK RED

GRN

9

W36 12 (537) 13

X23

(205)

RED

X23

10 (206) RED/BLK X23 11 (207) RED/WHT X23 (48) GRN NOT USED

14 (35)

X29

BLK/RED X29

15 (229) GRN/WHT X23 16 (230) BLU/BLK X23

K4

Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) (S.N. 512064— )

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-7/10

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-60

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=304


System Diagrams

B25— Right Speaker K13— Blower Motor (high speed) X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor B26— Left Speaker Relay Harness Connector C H2—Security Alarm K14— Alternator Relay (brown) H3—Monitor Warning Alarm V2— Alternator Excitation Diode X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch K1—Load Dump Relay V3— Load Dump Relay Diode Panel Connector K2—Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay W35—Cab Harness Ground 1 X28— Cab Harness-to-Main K3—Security Alarm Relay W36—Cab Harness Ground 2 Controller 32-Pin K4—Starter Relay X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector A K5—Security Relay Harness 52-Pin Connector X29— Cab Harness-to-Main K6—Windshield Wiper Relay X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Controller 25-Pin K7—Drive Light Relay Harness 32-Pin Connector Connector B K8—Boom Work Light Relay X22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor X30— Cab Harness-to-Main K9—Windshield Washer Relay Harness Connector A Controller 31-Pin K10— Horn Relay (white) Connector C K11— Air Conditioner X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor X31— Cab Harness-to-Main Compressor Clutch Relay Harness Connector B Controller 16-Pin K12— Blower Motor (low speed) (black) Connector D and Main Power Relay X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (not used) X37— Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (not used) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-61

X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 16-Pin Connector X39— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 4-Pin Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 X47— Cab Harness-to-Right Console Harness 6-Pin Connector

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-8/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=305


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-62

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=306


System Diagrams

TX1076044 —UN—13APR10

E3,S2 1

A8 2 1 3 528 530 550

V5 1 2

(528) (530)

BRN ORG

(517) X72

3

(550) PNK/BLU X24

(527) PUR/RED

631

1 2

(890) RED/YEL (611) (891) BLK W38

3

(892)

BLU

G5

1

(633)

4

(893)

ORG

G5

2

(632) BLU/YEL F12

R9

X64

2 V4 1 3 BRN K4 517 853 527 1 (517) 2 (853) GRN/BLU X22 3

(631) YEL/RED (566)

1 2

(825) (826)

RED WHT

X24 X24

3

(827)

BLK

W38

X11

1 890 891 2 3 892 893 4 532 531 2 1

1 3 825 826 827

K5

1 2

(662) (661 )

BLK GRN

W37 (508)

1 2

(507) (502)

BLK BLK

W38 W35

3 1 501 502 507

3

(501)

BLK

X42

4

(562)

BLK

X43

509 512 562 6 4

5

(512)

BLK

W36

6

(509)

BLK

W37

545 605 2 1

X+

AU

3

(589) BLK K6 (591) BLK/RED F2 (592) BLK W38

4

(590) BLK/YEL

4 2 1 884 883 5 880 3 882

1

1 6 1 771 772 6 777 804 7 776 775 12 805 13 17 773 774 13 17

(665) WHT/YEL (610)

3

(45) GRN/WHT X29

4 5

NOT USED

X34

(47) GRN/RED X29

1

(509)

BLK

X100

2 3

(12) (40)

BLK BLK

X28 X29

6 7

NOT USED (43) GRN/BLU X29

1 2

(771) (772)

4 5

(503) (513)

BLK BLK

X45 V1

8

NOT USED

3

NOT USED

6

(521)

BLK

K5

9 (103) BLU 10 NOT USED

4 5

7

(539)

BLK

K14

11 NOT USED

8

(540)

BLK

K3

12 (503)

BLK

X29

W37

6 7 8

BLU BLU

9 785 781 780 786 787 9 783 782 788 789 21 784 790 31

X32 NOT USED

(777) RED/WHT X36

3

(804)

(800)

4 5

NOT USED NOT USED

(776) BLU/BLK (764)

6 7

GRN

NOT USED

BLK BLK

K6 X34

11 (774)

BLK

X34

9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED

12 (779)

BLK

X32

11 (805)

13 (983)

BLK

K13

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

(775) BLU/YEL (763)

BLU

8 (801)

17 (783) BLK/GRN 18 (782) BLK

NOT USED

(785) BLK/PNK (781) RED/BLK

X2 X2

(780)

X2

RED

(786) BLK/WHT X36

9 (787) 10 (779)

BLU BLK

X36 W37

20 (788) 21 (789)

GRN YEL

A K

(887) BLK W38 (886) BLK/RED (880)

V6 A K

(666) (667)

BLK GRN

(662) (661)

1 2

28 (784) BLK/BLU 29 NOT USED

16 NOT USED

14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED

30 NOT USED 31 (790) BLK

17 NOT USED

16 NOT USED

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-63

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=307

F5

(611)

F6

RED

(883) WHT/RED (900) (884) BLK/WHT X70

3

(882) RED/BLU

F7

4 5

NOT USED (880) RED/BLK

X3

4 5

(616) RED (537) (617) RED/BLU (536)

6

(615)

BLK

1

(618) RED/BLU (536)

X43

3

(780) RED (781) RED/BLK (784) BLK/BLU

X32 X32 X32

4 5

(785) BLK/PNK (782) BLK

X32 X32

6

(783) BLK/GRN X32

1 561 2 562 F10 39 F9 543 F8 810 F7 882 F6 611 F5 610 F4 1

X2

F3 609 F2 591

X37

F1 598

5A

5A

560

10A

5A

30A

5A

10A

10A

10A

5A 522

5A 10A

20A

(530) (821)

ORG RED

V5 X23

3

(604)

BLK

W38

X50 138 139 1 1 2 2

(138) GRN/BLK X4 (139) BLK W38

X70 884 885 1 1 2 2

(884) BLK/WHT K15 (885) BLK W38

1 2

(561) (562)

612 F20

WHT BLK

(506) X100

1

(507)

BLK

X100

2 3

(139) (592)

BLK BLK

X50 M5

4 5

(604) (605)

BLK BLK

X72 S5

6

(615)

BLK

X26

7

(633)

BLK

R9

8

(662)

BLK

X25

9 (827) 10 (885)

BLK BLK

X51 X70

11 (887)

BLK

V7

12 (891)

BLK

A8

1 3 X12 400 401 402 1 (400) 2 (401) 3

(402)

RED WHT

X4 X4

GRN

(611)

870 F19 875 F18 603 F17 764 F16 940 F15

506 F14

20A 10A

5A

1 2

W38

W38

618

X72

1

(612)LTGRN/RED F20

1 3 780 781 784 785 782 783 4 6

Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) (S.N. 512064— ) Continued on next page

(610) WHT/YEL

1 2

X44

25 NOT USED 26 NOT USED

12 NOT USED 13 NOT USED

W37 W37

X37 X37

22 NOT USED 23 NOT USED 24 NOT USED

27 NOT USED

BLK BLK

X2 X2

19 NOT USED

11 NOT USED

14 (773) 15 (774)

(605) BLK W38 (545) WHT/PUR K10

K15

3 X26

1 610 611 612 616 617 615 2 4 6 3

V7

A K 666 667

X2

1 2

9 (594) 10 (773)

TX1076044

(39) (39)

1 1 10 779 22 22

1

A K 887 886

K6

589 591 592 590 1 4

1 2

1 2

1 3 530 821 604

X45

W37

A8 A8

X-

503 12

NOT USED

BLU ORG

AU

5

6

(892) (893)

S5 662

45 47 103

2 1 893 2

661

1 2

43

892 1

W38 F13

M5

1 665

632

X25

X100 BLK WHT

W38

G5 1 2

A K V1 513 510 A (513) K (510)

633 -

(531) PNK/WHT K2 (532) RED (1)

BLK

10A 607

10A 5A

661 F13 632 F12 566 F11

LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-9/10


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-64

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=308


System Diagrams

A8—12 Volt Power Converter E3— Cab Dome Light G5—12 Volt Power Outlet K15— Start Aid Relay M6—Windshield Washer Motor R9—Lighter S2— Cab Dome Light Switch S5— Horn Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V4— Security Relay Diode V5— Starter Relay Diode V6— Auxiliary Power Connector Diode

V7— Start Aid Diode W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 W38—Cab Harness Ground 4 X2— Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector X11— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Harness Connector X12— Cab Harness-to-Fan Reversing Switch Harness Connector X25— Cab Harness Auxiliary Power Connector 1

X26— Optional Connector X64— Quick Hitch Connector X32— Cab Harness-to-Machine X70— Cab Harness-to-Start Aid Information Center 31-Pin Switch Harness Connector Connector A X72— Cab Harness-to-Pilot X34— Cab Harness-to-Machine Shutoff Switch Harness Information Center 17-Pin Connector Connector C X100— Cab Ground Splice X43— Optional Fuse Connector Connector X44— Optional Light Connector X45— Option 2 12-Pin Connector (not used) X50— Cab Harness-to-Travel Alarm Cancel Switch LD30992,000053A -19-20AUG13-10/10

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-65

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=309


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-66

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=310


System Diagrams

Machine Harness (W2) Component Location (S.N. —511090) TX1272135 —UN—07FEB19

B27 W22 S40 M1

B16 G3

Y25 Y22 Y23 Y24

B31

B18

Y11 X90

B40 H4

B33

X138 E2

X7

B32 E1

B20

B34 X79

B22

X40

B23

B30 X80 X46 X101

K19 X8 F61

B24

F60 X4 X3 X41

X42 X1 M6

TX1272135 Machine Harness (W2) Component Location (S.N. —511090) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-67

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=311

LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-1/6


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-68

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=312


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction E1— Drive Light Switch E2— Boom Work Light B18— Fuel Level Sensor F60— Fusible Link 65 A B20— Air Conditioner F61— Fusible Link 45 A High/Low-Pressure Switch G3—Alternator B22— Ambient Air Temperature H4—Travel Alarm Sensor K19— Battery Relay B23— High Note Horn M1—Starter Motor B24— Low Note Horn M6—Windshield Washer Motor B27— Hydraulic Oil Filter S40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Restriction Switch (if Switch (if equipped) equipped) W22—Alternator Harness B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Connector B32— Front Attachment Pressure X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Sensor Harness 52-Pin Connector B33— Swing Pressure Sensor X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine B34— Travel Pressure Sensor Harness 32-Pin Connector B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

X90— Machine Harness-toX7— Engine Interface Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness-to-Machine Switch Connector Harness 8-Pin Connector X101— Machine Harness Splice X8— Engine Interface Connector Harness-to-Machine X138— Machine Harness-toHarness 1-Pin Connector Alternator Harness X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness Connector Y11— Air Conditioner X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Compressor Clutch Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine (SF) Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 Y23— Arm Regenerative X46— Attachment Connector Solenoid (SC) X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Power Connector X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) Aid Solenoid Connector

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-69

LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-2/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=313


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-70

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=314


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511091—511846) TX1272136 —UN—07FEB19

B27

S40 B16 X127 G3

Y25 Y22 Y23 Y24

B31

W22

B18

Y11 X90

B40 H4

B33

X138 E2

X7

B32 E1

B20

B34 X79

B22

X40

B23

B30 X80 X46 X101

K19 X8 F61

B24

F60 X4 X3 X41

X42 X1 M6

TX1272136 Machine Harness (W2) Component Location (S.N. 511091—511846) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-71

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=315

LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-3/6


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-72

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=316


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction E1— Drive Light Switch E2— Boom Work Light B18— Fuel Level Sensor F60— Fusible Link 65 A B20— Air Conditioner F61— Fusible Link 45 A High/Low-Pressure Switch G3—Alternator B22— Ambient Air Temperature H4—Travel Alarm Sensor K19— Battery Relay B23— High Note Horn M6—Windshield Washer Motor B24— Low Note Horn S40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature B27— Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch (if equipped) Restriction Switch (if W22—Alternator Harness equipped) X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor Connector B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine B32— Front Attachment Pressure Harness 52-Pin Connector Sensor X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine B33— Swing Pressure Sensor Harness 32-Pin Connector B34— Travel Pressure Sensor X7— Engine Interface B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness-to-Machine Sensor Harness 8-Pin Connector

X8— Engine Interface X101— Machine Harness Splice Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 1-Pin Connector X127— Machine HarnessX40— Pump Harness-to-Machine to-Starter Harness Harness Connector Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X138— Machine Harness-toHarness 2-Pin Connector 1 Alternator Harness X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 Y11— Air Conditioner X46— Attachment Connector Compressor Clutch X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Power Connector (SF) X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Y23— Arm Regenerative Aid Solenoid Connector Solenoid (SC) X90— Machine Harness-toY24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) Switch Connector

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-73

LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=317


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-74

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=318


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511847—) TX1272137 —UN—07FEB19

B27

S40 B16 X127

G3

Y25 Y22 Y23 Y24

B31

W22

B18

Y11 X90

B40 H4

B33

X138 B32

E2

B22

X40

E1 B23

B20

X7

B34 X79

X199

B30 X80 X46 X101

K19 X8 F61

B24

F60 X4 X3 X41

X42 X1 M6

TX1272137 Machine Harness (W2) Component Location (S.N. 511847— ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-75

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=319

LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-5/6


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-76

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=320


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction E1— Drive Light Switch E2— Boom Work Light B18— Fuel Level Sensor F60— Fusible Link 65 A B20— Air Conditioner F61— Fusible Link 45 A High/Low-Pressure Switch G3—Alternator B22— Ambient Air Temperature H4—Travel Alarm Sensor K19— Battery Relay B23— High Note Horn M6—Windshield Washer Motor B24— Low Note Horn S40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature B27— Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch (if equipped) Restriction Switch (if W22—Alternator Harness equipped) X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor Connector B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine B32— Front Attachment Pressure Harness 52-Pin Connector Sensor X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine B33— Swing Pressure Sensor Harness 32-Pin Connector B34— Travel Pressure Sensor X7— Engine Interface B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness-to-Machine Sensor Harness 8-Pin Connector

X127— Machine HarnessX8— Engine Interface to-Starter Harness Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 1-Pin Connector X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine X138— Machine Harness-toAlternator Harness Harness Connector Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 X199— Machine Harness-toEngine Interface Harness X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 Y11— Air Conditioner X46— Attachment Connector Compressor Clutch X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Power Connector (SF) X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Y23— Arm Regenerative Aid Solenoid Connector Solenoid (SC) X90— Machine Harness-toHydraulic Oil Temperature Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) Switch Connector X101— Machine Harness Splice Connector LD30992,000053B -19-07FEB19-6/6

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-77

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=321


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-78

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=322


System Diagrams

Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511090) TX1139752 —UN—03JUL13

NUMBER

COLOR

END #1 END #2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 26 51 53 58 59 60 61 62 64 68 69 70 71 72 78 81 118 138 140 141 160 161 162 163 164 170 171 172

BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED/WHT BLK/WHT WHT GRN YEL WHT/GRN BLU RED RED YEL/GRN ORG RED/GRN WHT/RED RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/GRN BLK/BLU YEL/RED GRN/YEL RED/BLK WHT/GRN LT GRN/BLU RED/WHT YEL/BLK BLK/RED BLK/GRN RED BLU/YEL BLK/YEL GRN/BLK BLK WHT/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X46 X46 X4 X101 X101 X3 X3 B34 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X3 B33 X46 B32 B40 B40 X4 H4 X4 X101 X101 B32 B33 B34 X101 X101 B32

X40 X40 X40 X40 Y22 Y22 Y23 Y23 Y24 Y24 Y25 Y25 X4 X4 X4 X4 H4 X3 X3 X40 B30 X3 X40 B31 X40 X4 X4 X40 X3 X4 X3 X3 X101 H4 (501) H4 B30 B31 X101 X101 X101 B30 B31 X101

173

BLK/YEL

B33

X101

NUMBER 174 202 203 223 235 250 272 277 301 311 400 401 501 504 505 506 508 511 513 520 521 536 537 542 543 546 547 583 584 588 589 591 597 600 601 602 650 651 652 655 664 762 764 800 801

COLOR BLK/YEL BLU/YEL BLU GRN/BLU BRN WHT/BLU RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED WHT BLK WHT BLU/WHT WHT WHT RED RED BLK BLK RED/BLU RED RED/GRN RED/GRN VLT BLK WHT WHT/RED RED/WHT BLK BLK BLK/RED BLK RED WHT BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK BLU RED/WHT RED/BLK GRN BLU

END #1 END #2 B34 X101 X3 G3 X3 G3 X3 B16 B18 X3 X90 X3 X46 X101 X46 X101 X101 X40 X101 X40 X4 X7 X4 X7 X42 W40 F60 G3 X3 M1 X42 G3 X3 K19 X41 F61 X79 (511) X79 (501) K19 (501) E2 X3 E1 X3 B24 X3 B23 (542) X3 M6 M6 (501) X3 B20 B20 Y11 X3 B22 B18 (501) B16 (501) X3 B22 E1 (501) K19 F61 K19 F60 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X3 X4 X7 X3 X7 X4 X7 X4 X7

NUMBER 802 804 805 810 811 875 876 880 881

COLOR

END #1 END #2 X4 X7 X1 (800) X1 (801) X41 X8 (501) X7 X1 X3 (501) X1 X80 X3 X80 (501)

GRY GRN BLU RED BLK RED BLK BLK/RED BLK

X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

(17) RED NOT USED (21) ORG (655) YEL/BLK (652) BLU/BLK NOT USED (18) YEL/GRN (22) RED/GRN (650) BLU/WHT (651) YEL/BLK NOT USED (72) BLK/GRN (69) RED/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (68) LT GRN/BLU NOT USED NOT USED (762) RED/WHT (400) RED (401) WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (26) WHT/RED NOT USED (801) BLU (800) GRN (802) GRY (138) GRN/BLK (141) WHT/YEL

X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46

X46

X7 X7 X7

H4 X7 X7 X7 H4 H4

5

652 655 21

10

651 650 22 18

14

69

17 72

1

1 2

(511) (810)

RED RED

1 2

F61 X8

(506) (501)

WHT BLK

G3 G3

6 11

1

15

511 810

17

68

22

401 400 762

18

27

26

23

32

X42

X41

X4

2

1

2

506 501

141 138 802 800 801 28

X3 1

(3)

2

(5)

3

(7)

4

(9)

5

(11)

6

(15)

7

(64)

8

(51)

9

(536)

10

(4)

11

(6)

12

(8)

13

(10)

14

(14)

15

(16)

16

(58)

BLU/BLK BRN/WHT RED/WHT WHT YEL BLU WHT/GRN RED/YEL RED/BLU BLU/RED GRN/WHT BLK/WHT GRN WHT/GRN RED RED/GRN YEL/BLK

X40

X3

X40 Y22

8

51 64

15

11

9

7

5

3

1

Y23

18

70 58

16

14 10

8

6

4

61

78 664 235 537

542

19

34

59

60 880

875 505

27

44

71 62

250 223 203 508 202 764

35

52

53 81

583 588 597

BLK/WHT M1 RED X1

40

(250)

41

NOT USED

M6

42

(62)

43

(71)

9

536

Y24 Y25 X40 X101 E2 X40

546

45

X40 Y22 Y23 Y24

27

(505)

Y25

28

(875)

X40

29

(546)

X40

30 NOT USED

VLT

17

(70)

18

NOT USED

31

(880)

BLK/RED X80

44

NOT USED

19

NOT USED

32

(60)

45

(597)

20

(542)

(59)

YEL/RED B34 BLK/BLU B30

46

(588)

21

(537)

22

(235)

23

(664)

24

(78)

25

(61)

26

NOT USED

RED/GRN RED

B24

33

E1

34 NOT USED

BRN BLU

B18

35

(764)

X46

36

RED GRN/YEL

B32

37

X40

38

(203)

39

(223)

47

(583)

X7

48

NOT USED

(202)

RED/BLK BLU/YEL

G3

49

NOT USED

(508)

WHT

K19

50

NOT USED

G3 BLU GRN/BLU B16

51

(81)

52

(53)

WHT/BLU X90 RED/BLK B31 BLK/RED B33 BLK/RED B22 RED/WHT B22 B20 WHT

BLU/YEL B40 BLK/YEL X101

TX1139752 Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) (S.N. —511090) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-79

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=323

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-1/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-80

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=324


System Diagrams

X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 32-Pin Connector

X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 Harness 2-Pin Connector 2

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-81

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-2/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=325


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-82

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=326


System Diagrams

TX1138155 —UN—20JUN13

Y24

1

(11) (14)

1 2

YEL WHT/GRN

11

1 2

1

(15) (16)

X3 X3

BLU RED

3

1 2 3

SG

14

160

Y25

B30

2 1

X3 X3

59

170

2 15

X40 (160) (59) (170)

SI

16

1

1 2

(7) (8)

X3 X3

RED/WHT BLK/WHT

X3 X3

WHT GRN

11 12

(21)

8

13

(22)

655 11

14

(664)

2 3

SF

8

1

(9) (10)

X4 RED/WHT (68) LT GRN/BLU X4 BLK/GRN (72) X4 (272) RED/YEL X101 (277) BLK/YEL X101 RED (17) X4 YEL/GRN (18) X4 BLU/BLK (652) X4 (650) BLU/WHT X4 (651) X4 YEL/BLK (655) X4 YEL/BLK

4

Y23 1 2

1

2 7

2 9

5

SC

10

6 7

B31

8

1 2 3

9

(161) (62) (171)

RED/YEL RED/BLK BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

B33

X46 161

62

171

1

2

3

10

RED/YEL BLK/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

72

3

1 (164) 2 (60) 3 (174)

18

7

B34

1 (163) 2 (71) 3 (173)

X101 X31 X101

10

RED/YEL YEL/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

68 17

69

651 650 652

14 664

22

1

277 272

21

4

(69)

ORG RED/GRN BLU

X4 X4 X3

1 163 1

71

173

164

2

3

1

60

174

2

3

51

301 160 161 162 163 164 272

53

311 118 170 171 172 173 174 277

13

RED/BLU

X3

(162) RED/YEL X101 (78) X3 RED (172) BLK/YEL X101

1 2 3

1

B32

162

78

172

1

2

3 1 81

X79 1 2

(520) BLK (513) RED

1 2

(600) (537)

BLK RED

2

1

2

1

589 235

4

3

24

2

880

881

20

17

M1 X101 A

202

203

501

W40

26

141

138

140

1 2 3 4

3

4

1 2

(880) (881)

BLK/RED BLK

X3 (501)

1 (81) 2 (118)

15 16

(118) (170)

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

B40 B30

A

(876)

B

(875)

RED

X3

17

(171)

BLK/YEL

B31

C

(804)

(800)

18

(172)

BLK/YEL

B32

D

(805)

GRN BLU

19

(173)

BLK/YEL

B33

E

NOT USED

20

(174)

BLK/YEL

B34

F

NOT USED

21

(277)

BLK/YEL

X46

G

NOT USED

22

NOT USED

H

NOT USED

23

NOT USED

J

NOT USED

24

NOT USED

TX1138155

X3 (501)

B (504)

WHT

F60

B (506)

WHT

X42

E (501)

BLK

X42

VLT BLK

D C

9015-10-83

875

PN=327

811

5

1

764

800

801

802

4

(141) WHT/YEL X4 (26) WHT/RED X4 (140) BLK (501) (138) GRN/BLK X4

A

B16

223

591

A B

X3 (501)

511

F61

601

1 2

(591) BLK (501) (223) GRN/BLU X3

(511) (601)

RED RED

X41 K19

1 2

(504) (602)

WHT WHT

G3 K19

2

1

B22

597

588

1

2

547 546

F60

602

508 805

876 A

521

K19

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019

762

B

602

BLK

(501)

(801)

1 (588) RED/WHT X3 2 (597) BLK/RED X3

B20

601

583 584

X3 1 (583) WHT 2 (584) WHT/RED Y11

K19 A B E S

(601) (602) (521) (508)

RED WHT BLK WHT

Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) (S.N. —511090)

TM10076 (20AUG19)

400

804

B

Continued on next page

401

584

504

X1

8

1 (584) WHT/RED B20

M6 L (546) LB (547)

X3 X4 X4 X4 (501) X4 X4 X4

Y11

H4

1

X1

BRN BLK

G3

504 506

X40

(235) (589)

X3 X40 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 X46

X41

RED/BLK GRN BLU GRY BLK RED/WHT RED WHT

(764) (800) (801) (802) (811) (762) (400) (401)

A (203) X3 BLU B (202) BLU/YEL X3

X101

BLK/YEL

1 2

BLK/WHT X3

G3 B

(311)

B18

1 (505)

505

14

BLU/YEL X3 BLK/YEL X101

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X80 RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL

RED

X7

311

B40

X3

(501) (511)

(501) X3

5

X3

(250) WHT/BLU

118

E1

6

2

1

1 (810)

301

BLK/YEL

1

2

64

(53)

RED/GRN (542)

X90

250

70

13

(543)

1

58

NOT USED NOT USED

B23 543

(311)

61

11 12

(542) RED/GRN X3

1

B32

(301)

X8

1 810

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3

(51) (301) (160) (161) (162) (163) (164) (272) NOT USED NOT USED

B24 542

WHT/GRN YEL/BLK RED/GRN GRN/YEL BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED RED/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED BLK/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

E2 (536)

4

(64) (70) (58) (61) (3) (4) (5) (6)

12

X101

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

X46 P1I

Y22

RED/YEL BLK/BLU BLK/YEL

F61 F60 (501) X3

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-3/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-84

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=328


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction E1— Drive Light Switch E2— Boom Work Light B18— Fuel Level Sensor F60— Fusible Link 65A B20— Air Conditioner High/Low F61— Fusible Link 45A Pressure Switch G3—Alternator B22— Ambient Air Temperature H4—Travel Alarm Sensor K19— Battery Relay B23— High Note Horn M1—Starter B24— Low Note Horn M6—Windshield Washer Motor B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Connector B32— Front Attachment Pressure X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Sensor Harness 52-Pin Connector B33— Swing Pressure Sensor X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine B34— Travel Pressure Sensor Harness 32-Pin Connector B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X7— Engine Interface Sensor Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X90— Machine Harness-toX8— Engine Interface Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness-to-Machine Switch Connector Harness 1-Pin Connector X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine X101— Machine Harness Splice Connector Harness Connector X138— Machine Harness-toX41— Cab Harness-to-Machine Alternator Harness Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 Connector X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 Y11— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch X46— Attachment Connector Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (not used) (SF) X68— Cab Auxiliary Power Y23— Arm Regenerative Connector 2 Solenoid (SC) X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Power Connector X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) Aid Solenoid Connector

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-85

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-4/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=329


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-86

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=330


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511091—511846) TX1140015 —UN—09JUL13

NUMBER

COLOR

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 26 51 53 58 59 60 61 62 64 68 69 70 71 72 78 81 118 138 140 141 160 161 162 163 164 170 171 172

BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED/WHT BLK/WHT WHT GRN YEL WHT/GRN BLU RED RED YEL/GRN ORG RED/GRN WHT/RED RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/GRN BLK/BLU YEL/RED GRN/YEL RED/BLK WHT/GRN LT GRN/BLU RED/WHT YEL/BLK BLK/RED BLK/GRN RED BLU/YEL BLK/YEL GRN/BLK BLK WHT/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

END #1 END #2

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X46 X46 X4 X101 X101 X3 X3 B34 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X3 B33 X46 B32 B40 B40 X4 H4 X4 X101 X101 B32 B33 B34 X101 X101 B32

X40 X40 X40 X40 Y22 Y22 Y23 Y23 Y24 Y24 Y25 Y25 X4 X4 X4 X4 H4 X3 X3 X40 B30 X3 X40 B31 X40 X4 X4 X40 X3 X4 X3 X3 X101 H4 (501) H4 B30 B31 X101 X101 X101 B30 B31 X101

173

BLK/YEL

B33

X101

NUMBER 174 202 203 223 235 250 272 277 301 311 400 401 501 504 505 506 508 511 513 520 521 536 537 542 543 546 547 583 584 588 589 591 597 600 601 602 650 651 652 655 664 762 764 800 801

COLOR BLK/YEL BLU/YEL BLU GRN/BLU BRN WHT/BLU RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED WHT BLK WHT BLU/WHT WHT WHT RED RED BLK BLK RED/BLU RED RED/GRN RED/GRN VLT BLK WHT WHT/RED RED/WHT BLK BLK BLK/RED BLK RED WHT BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK BLU RED/WHT RED/BLK GRN BLU

END #1 END #2 B34 X101 X3 X138 X3 X138 X3 B16 B18 X3 X90 X3 X46 X101 X46 X101 X101 X40 X101 X40 X4 X7 X4 X7 X42 W40 F60 G3 X3 X127 X42 G3 X3 K19 X41 F61 X79 (511) X79 (501) K19 (501) E2 X3 E1 X3 B24 X3 B23 (542) X3 M6 M6 (501) X3 B20 B20 Y11 X3 B22 B18 (501) B16 (501) X3 B22 E1 (501) K19 F61 K19 F60 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X3 X4 X7 X3 X7 X4 X7 X4 X7

NUMBER 802 804 805 810 811 875 876 880 881

COLOR

END #1 END #2 X4 X7 X1 (800) X1 (801) X41 X8 (501) X7 X1 X3 (501) X1 X80 X3 X80 (501)

GRY GRN BLU RED BLK RED BLK BLK/RED BLK

X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

(17) RED NOT USED (21) ORG (655) YEL/BLK (652) BLU/BLK NOT USED (18) YEL/GRN (22) RED/GRN (650) BLU/WHT (651) YEL/BLK NOT USED (72) BLK/GRN (69) RED/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (68) LT GRN/BLU NOT USED NOT USED (762) RED/WHT (400) RED (401) WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (26) WHT/RED NOT USED (801) BLU (800) GRN (802) GRY (138) GRN/BLK (141) WHT/YEL

X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46

X46

X7 X7 X7

H4 X7 X7 X7 H4 H4

5

652 655 21

10

651 650 22 18

14

69

17 72

1

1 2

(511) (810)

RED RED

1 2

F61 X8

(506) (501)

WHT BLK

G3 G3

6 11

1

15

511 810

17

68

22

401 400 762

18

27

26

23

32

X42

X41

X4

2

1

2

506 501

141 138 802 800 801 28

X3 1

(3)

2

(5)

3

(7)

BLU/BLK BRN/WHT RED/WHT

X40

X3

X40 Y22

8

51 64

15

11

9

7

5

3

1

Y23

18

70 58

16

14 10

8

6

4

61

78 664 235 537

542

19

34

59

60 880

875 505

27

44

71 62

250 223 203 508 202 764

35

52

53 81

583 588 597

BLK/WHT X127 RED X1

40

(250)

41

NOT USED

M6

42

(62)

43

(71)

4

(9)

5

(11)

6

(15)

7

(64)

8

(51)

9

(536)

10

(4)

11

(6)

12

(8)

13

(10)

14

(14)

15

(16)

16

(58)

17

(70)

18

NOT USED

31

(880)

BLK/RED X80

44

NOT USED

19

NOT USED

32

(60)

45

(597)

20

(542)

(59)

YEL/RED B34 BLK/BLU B30

46

(588)

21

(537)

22

(235)

23

(664)

24

(78)

25

(61)

26

NOT USED

WHT YEL BLU WHT/GRN RED/YEL RED/BLU BLU/RED GRN/WHT BLK/WHT GRN WHT/GRN RED RED/GRN YEL/BLK

9

536

Y24 Y25 X40 X101 E2 X40

546

45

X40 Y22 Y23 Y24

27

(505)

Y25

28

(875)

X40

29

(546)

X40

30 NOT USED

RED/GRN RED

B24

33

E1

34 NOT USED

BRN BLU

B18

35

(764)

X46

36

(202)

RED GRN/YEL

B32

37

(508)

X40

38

(203)

39

(223)

VLT

RED/BLK X7 BLU/YEL X138

47

(583)

48

NOT USED

49

NOT USED

K19

50

NOT USED

X138 BLU GRN/BLU B16

51

(81)

52

(53)

WHT

WHT/BLU X90 RED/BLK B31 BLK/RED B33 BLK/RED B22 RED/WHT B22 B20 WHT

BLU/YEL B40 BLK/YEL X101

TX1140015 Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) (S.N. 511091—511846) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-87

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=331

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-5/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-88

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=332


System Diagrams

X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 32-Pin Connector

X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 Harness 2-Pin Connector 2

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-89

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-6/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=333


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-90

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=334


System Diagrams

TX1138157 —UN—20JUN13

Y24

1 (11) (14)

1 2

YEL WHT/GRN

X3 X3

1 (15) (16)

X3 X3

BLU RED

B30

3

1

SG

1 2 3

160 59 170

Y25 1 2

2

11 14 2

X40 (160) (59) (170)

SI

15 16

1

1 2

(7) (8)

X3 X3

RED/WHT BLK/WHT

X3 X3

WHT GRN

3 72 68 69 1

11

7 18 17 277 272 4

12

(21)

10 651 650 652 8 14 664 22 21 655 11

13

(22)

14

(664)

2 3

SF

8

1 (9) (10)

X4 RED/WHT (68) LT GRN/BLU X4 BLK/GRN (72) X4 (272) RED/YEL X101 (277) BLK/YEL X101 RED (17) X4 YEL/GRN (18) X4 BLU/BLK (652) X4 (650) BLU/WHT X4 (651) X4 YEL/BLK (655) X4 YEL/BLK

4

Y23 1 2

1

2 7

2 9

5

SC

10

6 7 8

B31 1 2 3

(161) (62) (171)

RED/YEL RED/BLK BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

X46

10

B34

1 (163) 2 (71) 3 (173)

RED/YEL BLK/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

9

161 62 171

1 2 3 B33

1 (164) 2 (60) 3 (174)

X101 X31 X101

RED/YEL YEL/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

(69)

ORG RED/GRN BLU

X4 X4 X3

1

1

2 3

1

2 3

13

(536)

RED/BLU

X3

B24

542 (162) RED/YEL X101 (78) X3 RED (172) BLK/YEL X101

B32

2

(543)

1

1

(600) (537)

BLK RED

2

1

2

1

589 235

4

5

2

880

881

20

17

X27 1 (505)

B

A

202

203

G3 504 506

138

140

1 2 3 4

3

4

RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL

X3 X40 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 X46

1 2

(880) (881)

BLK/RED BLK

X3 (501)

L (546) LB (547)

875 B

876 A

E (501)

BLK

X42

(141) WHT/YEL X4 (26) WHT/RED X4 (140) BLK (501) (138) GRN/BLK X4

X3 (501)

584 B

A

B16

223

591

A B

X40

X1

1 (81) 2 (118)

A

(876)

B

(875)

RED

X3

17

(171)

BLK/YEL

B31

C

(804)

(800)

18

(172)

BLK/YEL

B32

D

(805)

GRN BLU

19

(173)

BLK/YEL

B33

E

NOT USED

20

(174)

BLK/YEL

B34

F

NOT USED

21

(277)

BLK/YEL

X46

G

NOT USED

22

NOT USED

H

NOT USED

23

NOT USED

J

NOT USED

24

NOT USED

F61

601

1 2

504

F60

602

(591) BLK (501) (223) GRN/BLU X3

(511) (601)

RED RED

X41 K19

1 2

(504) (602)

WHT WHT

G3 K19

2

1

B22

597

588

1

2

601

Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) (S.N. 511091— 511846)

PN=335

511

602

X3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019

764 800 801 802 4

546

K19

Continued on next page

401 400 762 811 5

1

1 (584) WHT/RED B20

547

521

B40 B30

9015-10-91

X42

8

D 805 C 804

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

X3 (501)

WHT

508

BLK/YEL

BRN BLK

VLT BLK

X1

(118) (170)

(235) (589)

B (506)

M6

(311)

1 2

F60

H4

1 141

WHT

X3 X4 X4 X4 (501) X4 X4 X4

Y11 G3

501 W40

26

B (504)

RED/BLK GRN BLU GRY BLK RED/WHT RED WHT

(764) (800) (801) (802) (811) (762) (400) (401)

A (203) X3 BLU B (202) BLU/YEL X3

X101

15 16

B18

X138

X138

X101

14

BLU/YEL X3 BLK/YEL X101

BLK/WHT X3

505

B40

X3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

311

X80

(51) (301) (160) (161) (162) (163) (164) (272) NOT USED NOT USED

X41

X7

2 1

RED

3

BLK/YEL

(250) WHT/BLU

TX1138157

TM10076 (20AUG19)

6

1 (810)

301

(53)

1

(501) (511)

(501) X3

70 64

13

250

2

61 58

810

NOT USED NOT USED

81 118

(520) BLK (513) RED

(311)

X8

1

11 12

X90

E1 1 2

RED/GRN (542)

1

3

X79 1 2

B23

543

162 78 172 1

(542) RED/GRN X3

1

B32 1 2 3

(301)

24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

E2

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3

WHT/GRN YEL/BLK RED/GRN GRN/YEL BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED RED/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED BLK/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

12

X101

1

4 (64) (70) (58) (61) (3) (4) (5) (6)

51 301160 161 162 163 164 272 53 311 118 170 171 172 173 174 277

164 60 174

163 71 173

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

X46 P1I

Y22

RED/YEL BLK/BLU BLK/YEL

BLK

(501)

(801)

583 584

1 (588) RED/WHT X3 2 (597) BLK/RED X3

B20 X3 1 (583) WHT 2 (584) WHT/RED Y11

K19 A B E S

(601) (602) (521) (508)

RED WHT BLK WHT

F61 F60 (501) X3

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-7/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-92

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=336


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction E2— Boom Work Light Switch F60— Fusible Link 65A B18— Fuel Level Sensor F61— Fusible Link 45A B20— Air Conditioner High/Low G3—Alternator Pressure Switch H4—Travel Alarm B22— Ambient Air Temperature K19— Battery Relay Sensor M6—Windshield Washer Motor B23— High Note Horn X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B24— Low Note Horn Connector B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Harness 52-Pin Connector B32— Front Attachment Pressure X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Sensor Harness 32-Pin Connector B33— Swing Pressure Sensor X7— Engine Interface B34— Travel Pressure Sensor Harness-to-Machine B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Harness 8-Pin Connector Sensor X8— Engine Interface E1— Drive Light Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector

X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine X101— Machine Harness Splice Harness Connector Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X127— Machine HarnessHarness 2-Pin Connector 1 to-Starter Harness X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 X138— Machine Harness-toX46— Attachment Connector Alternator Harness (not used) Connector X68— Cab Auxiliary Power Y11— Air Conditioner Connector 2 Compressor Clutch X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Power Connector (SF) X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Y23— Arm Regenerative Aid Solenoid Connector Solenoid (SC) X90— Machine Harness-toY24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) Switch Connector

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-93

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-8/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=337


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-94

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=338


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511847—) TX1140023 —UN—09JUL13

NUMBER

COLOR

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 26 51 53 58 59 60 61 62 64 68 69 70 71 72 78 81 118 138 140 141 160 161 162 163 164 170 171 172

BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED/WHT BLK/WHT WHT GRN YEL WHT/GRN BLU RED RED YEL/GRN ORG RED/GRN WHT/RED RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/GRN BLK/BLU YEL/RED GRN/YEL RED/BLK WHT/GRN LT GRN/BLU RED/WHT YEL/BLK BLK/RED BLK/GRN RED BLU/YEL BLK/YEL GRN/BLK BLK WHT/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

END #1 END #2

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X46 X46 X4 X101 X101 X3 X3 B34 X3 X3 X3 X46 X46 X3 B33 X46 B32 B40 B40 X4 H4 X4 X101 X101 B32 B33 B34 X101 X101 B32

X40 X40 X40 X40 Y22 Y22 Y23 Y23 Y24 Y24 Y25 Y25 X4 X4 X4 X4 H4 X3 X3 X40 B30 X3 X40 B31 X40 X4 X4 X40 X3 X4 X3 X3 X101 H4 (501) H4 B30 B31 X101 X101 X101 B30 B31 X101

173

BLK/YEL

B33

X101

NUMBER 174 202 203 223 235 250 272 277 301 311 400 401 501 504 505 506 508 511 513 520 521 536 537 542 543 546 547 583 584 588 589 591 597 600 601 602 650 651 652 655 664 762 764 800 801

COLOR BLK/YEL BLU/YEL BLU GRN/BLU BRN WHT/BLU RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED/YEL BLK/YEL RED WHT BLK WHT BLU/WHT WHT WHT RED RED BLK BLK RED/BLU RED RED/GRN RED/GRN VLT BLK WHT WHT/RED RED/WHT BLK BLK BLK/RED BLK RED WHT BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK BLU RED/WHT RED/BLK GRN BLU

END #1 END #2 B34 X101 X3 X138 X3 X138 X3 B16 B18 X3 X90 X3 X46 X101 X46 X101 X101 X40 X101 X40 X4 X7 X4 X7 X42 W40 F60 G3 X3 X127 X42 G3 X3 K19 X41 F61 X79 (511) X79 (501) K19 (501) E2 X3 E1 X3 B24 X3 B23 (542) X3 M6 M6 (501) X3 B20 B20 Y11 X3 B22 B18 (501) B16 (501) X3 B22 E1 (501) K19 F61 K19 F60 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X4 X46 X3 X4 X7 X3 X7 X4 X7 X4 X7

NUMBER 802 804 805 810 811 875 876 880 881 920

COLOR

END #1 END #2 X4 X7 X1 (800) X1 (801) X41 X8 (501) X7 X1 X3 (501) X1 X80 X3 X80 (501) X3 X199

GRY GRN BLU RED BLK RED BLK BLK/RED BLK BLK

X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

(17) RED NOT USED (21) ORG (655) YEL/BLK (652) BLU/BLK NOT USED (18) YEL/GRN (22) RED/GRN (650) BLU/WHT (651) YEL/BLK NOT USED (72) BLK/GRN (69) RED/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (68) LT GRN/BLU NOT USED NOT USED (762) RED/WHT (400) RED (401) WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (26) WHT/RED NOT USED (801) BLU (800) GRN (802) GRY (138) GRN/BLK (141) WHT/YEL

X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46

X46

X7 X7 X7

H4 X7 X7 X7 H4 H4

5

652 655 21

10

651 650 22 18

14

69

17 72

1

1 2

(511) (810)

RED RED

1 2

F61 X8

(506) (501)

WHT BLK

G3 G3

6 11

1

15

511 810

17

68

22

401 400 762

18

27

26

23

32

X42

X41

X4

2

1

2

506 501

141 138 802 800 801 28

X3 1

(3)

2

(5)

3

(7)

BLU/BLK BRN/WHT RED/WHT

4

(9)

5

(11)

6

(15)

7

(64)

8

(51)

9

(536)

10

(4)

11

(6)

12

(8)

13

(10)

14

(14)

15

(16)

16

(58)

17

(70)

RED RED/GRN YEL/BLK

18

(920)

BLK

19

NOT USED

20

(542)

21

(537)

22

(235)

23

(664)

24

(78)

25

(61)

26

NOT USED

WHT YEL BLU WHT/GRN RED/YEL RED/BLU BLU/RED GRN/WHT BLK/WHT GRN WHT/GRN

X40

X3

X40 Y22

8

51 64

15

11

9

7

5

3

Y23

18

920 70 58

16

14 10

8

6

4

1 9

536

Y24 61

78 664 235 537

542

19

34

59

60 880

875 505

27

44

71 62

250 223 203 508 202 764

35

52

53 81

583 588 597

BLK/WHT X127 RED X1

40

(250)

41

NOT USED

M6

42

(62)

43

(71)

Y25 X40 X101 E2 X40

546

45

X40 Y22 Y23 Y24

27

(505)

Y25

28

(875)

X40

29

(546)

X40 X199

30 NOT USED

VLT

31

(880)

BLK/RED X80

44

NOT USED

32

(60)

45

(597)

(59)

YEL/RED B34 BLK/BLU B30

46

(588)

RED/GRN RED

B24

33

E1

34 NOT USED

BRN BLU

B18

35

(764)

X46

36

(202)

RED GRN/YEL

B32

37

(508)

X40

38

(203)

39

(223)

RED/BLK X7 BLU/YEL X138

47

(583)

48

NOT USED

49

NOT USED

K19

50

NOT USED

X138 BLU GRN/BLU B16

51

(81)

52

(53)

WHT

WHT/BLU X90 RED/BLK B31 BLK/RED B33 BLK/RED B22 RED/WHT B22 B20 WHT

BLU/YEL B40 BLK/YEL X101

TX1140023 Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) (S.N. 511847— ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-95

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=339

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-9/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-96

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=340


System Diagrams

X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 32-Pin Connector

X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 2-Pin Connector 1 Harness 2-Pin Connector 2

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-97

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-10/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=341


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-98

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=342


System Diagrams

TX1138158 —UN—20JUN13

Y24

1 (11) (14)

1 2

YEL WHT/GRN

X3 X3

11 14 1

(15) (16)

X3 X3

BLU RED

3

1

SG

B30 1 2 3

160 59 170

Y25 1 2

2

2

(160) (59) (170)

SI

15 16

1

1 2

(7) (8)

RED/WHT BLK/WHT

X3 X3

(9) (10)

WHT GRN

X3 X3

Y23 1 2

1

2 7

SF

8

1

2 9

SC

10

B31 1 2 3

(161) (62) (171)

RED/YEL RED/BLK BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

X46

B34

1 (163) 2 (71) 3 (173)

RED/YEL BLK/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

1 (164) 2 (60) 3 (174)

X101 X31 X101

RED/YEL YEL/RED BLK/YEL

X101 X3 X101

RED/WHT (68) LT GRN/BLU BLK/GRN (72)

X4

2 3

(69)

4

(272)

RED/YEL

X101

5

(277)

X101

6

(17)

BLK/YEL RED

7

(18)

YEL/GRN BLU/BLK BLU/WHT YEL/BLK YEL/BLK ORG RED/GRN BLU

X4

8

(652)

9

(650)

10

(651)

3 72 68 69 1

11

(655)

7 18 17 277 272 4

12

(21)

10 651 650 652 8 14 664 22 21 655 11

13

(22)

14

(664)

161 62 171

1 2 3 B33

RED/YEL BLK/BLU BLK/YEL

X4 X4

X4 X4 X4 X4 X4 X4 X4 X3

1

RED/BLU

2 3

X3

542 (162) RED/YEL X101 (78) X3 RED (172) BLK/YEL X101

1 2 3

13

881

24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

B32

162 78 172 1

2

(543)

1

(600) (537)

BLK RED

1

2

3

X7

17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

311 20

X27 1 (505)

BLK/WHT X3

505

X138

X138

X101

B

A

202

203

RED

X41

RED/BLK GRN BLU GRY BLK RED/WHT RED WHT

(764) (800) (801) (802) (811) (762) (400) (401)

A (203) X3 BLU B (202) BLU/YEL X3

X3 X4 X4 X4 (501) X4 X4 X4

8

401 400 762 811 5

1

764 800 801 802 4

G3

X101 504 506

B (504)

WHT

F60

B (506)

WHT

X42

E (501)

BLK

X42

Y11 1 (584) WHT/RED B20

G3

501 W40

584

1

589 235

26

141

138

140

1 2 3 4

3

4

RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL RED/YEL

X3 X40 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 X46

1 2

(880) (881)

BLK/RED BLK

X3 (501)

L (546) LB (547)

875 B

876 A

X40

X1

1 (81) 2 (118)

B40 B30

A

(876)

B

(875)

RED

X3

17

(171)

BLK/YEL

B31

C

(804)

(800)

18

(172)

BLK/YEL

B32

D

(805)

GRN BLU

19

(173)

BLK/YEL

B33

E

NOT USED

20

(174)

BLK/YEL

B34

F

NOT USED

21

(277)

BLK/YEL

X46

G

NOT USED

22

NOT USED

H

NOT USED

23

NOT USED

J

NOT USED

24

NOT USED

547

601

1 2

504

F60

602

BLK

(501)

(801)

X3

(591) BLK (501) (223) GRN/BLU X3

RED RED

X41 K19

1 2

(504) (602)

WHT WHT

G3 K19

2

1

B22

597

588

1

2

601

Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) (S.N. 511847— )

PN=343

F61

602

X3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019

511

BLK

(511) (601)

546

K19

Continued on next page

9015-10-99

X3 (501)

521

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL

X3 (501)

A B

C 804

BLK/YEL

BRN BLK

B16

591

508

(118) (170)

(235) (589)

A

223

D 805

(311)

1 2

VLT BLK

X1

15 16

B18

B

M6

14

BLU/YEL X3 BLK/YEL X101

1 (920)

(141) WHT/YEL X4 (26) WHT/RED X4 (140) BLK (501) (138) GRN/BLK X4

X80

(51) (301) (160) (161) (162) (163) (164) (272) NOT USED NOT USED

B40

X3

X199

H4

1

BLK/YEL

(250) WHT/BLU

TX1138158

TM10076 (20AUG19)

4

5

301

(53)

1 2

2

6

1 (810) 810

13

250

(501) (511)

(501) X3

70 64

NOT USED NOT USED

81 118

(520) BLK (513) RED

61 58

11 12

X90

E1 1 2

RED/GRN (542)

1

3

X79 1 2

B23 1

X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3 X3

1

2

880

(542) RED/GRN X3

1

543

(311)

2

B24

B32

(301)

1

E2 (536)

WHT/GRN YEL/BLK RED/GRN GRN/YEL BLU/BLK BLU/RED BRN/WHT GRN/WHT NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED RED/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED BLK/YEL NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

12

X101

1

(64) (70) (58) (61) (3) (4) (5) (6)

51 301160 161 162 163 164 272 53 311 118 170 171 172 173 174 277

164 60 174

2 3

1

4

920 1

163 71 173

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

X46 P1I

Y22

X8

X40

583 584

1 (588) RED/WHT X3 2 (597) BLK/RED X3

B20 X3 1 (583) WHT 2 (584) WHT/RED Y11

K19 A B E S

(601) (602) (521) (508)

RED WHT BLK WHT

F61 F60 (501) X3

LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-11/12


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-100

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=344


System Diagrams B16— Air Filter Restriction F60— Fusible Link 65A Switch F61— Fusible Link 45A B18— Fuel Level Sensor G3—Alternator B20— Air Conditioner High/Low H4—Travel Alarm Pressure Switch K19— Battery Relay B22— Ambient Air Temperature M6—Windshield Washer Motor Sensor X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic B23— High Note Horn Connector B24— Low Note Horn X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor Harness 52-Pin Connector B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine B32— Front Attachment Pressure Harness 32-Pin Connector Sensor X7— Engine Interface B33— Swing Pressure Sensor Harness-to-Machine B34— Travel Pressure Sensor Harness 8-Pin Connector B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature X8— Engine Interface Sensor Harness-to-Machine E1— Drive Light Harness 1-Pin Connector E2— Boom Work Light

X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine X101— Machine Harness Splice Harness Connector Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Machine X127— Machine HarnessHarness 2-Pin Connector 1 to-Starter Harness X42— Cab Harness-to-Machine Connector Harness 2-Pin Connector 2 X138— Machine Harness-toX46— Attachment Connector Alternator Harness (not used) Connector X68— Cab Auxiliary Power X199— Machine Harness-toConnector 2 Engine Interface Harness X79— Machine Harness Auxiliary Connector Power Connector Y11— Air Conditioner X80— Machine Harness-to-Start Compressor Clutch Aid Solenoid Connector Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid X90— Machine Harness-to(SF) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Y23— Arm Regenerative Switch Connector Solenoid (SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) LD30992,000053C -19-17SEP14-12/12

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-101

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=345


System Diagrams

Monitor Harness (W3) Component Location

A4

X19

X22

X23

B21

X24 X18

X21 X52

TX1014379 —UN—27NOV06

X20

TX1014379 Monitor Harness (W3) Component Location A4—Monitor Controller B21— Solar Sensor X18— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness 4-Pin Connector (Not Used)

X19— Monitor 16-Pin Connector A X20— Monitor 20-Pin Connector B X21— Monitor 12-Pin Connector C X22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector A (White)

X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector B (Black) X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (Brown)

X52— Monitor Harness Connector (Not Used)

LD30992,000053D -19-02NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-102

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=346


System Diagrams

Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511900) TX1138933 —UN—18JUN13

NUMBER 49 202 205 206 207 222 223 228 229 230 234 235 250 254 529 550 760 762 802 803 820 821 824 825 826 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 860 870 871 872 880 881 904 905 944 953 990 991 993 995

COLOR GRN BLU/YEL RED RED/BLK RED/WHT RED/BLU GRN/BLU GRN GRN/WHT BLU/BLK WHT/BLK BRN WHT/BLU WHT/RED GRN/BLK GRY WHT/YEL GRN GRN BLU GRN/YEL RED RED/BLK RED WHT GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLK ORG WHT BLU/BLK BLK WHT/BLK YEL/BLU BLK/BLU BRN/WHT WHT/YEL BRN/BLU RED/BLK YEL/RED BLU/YEL GRN/RED RED

END #1 END #2 X20 X23 X21 X22 X21 X23 X21 X23 X21 X23 X20 X22 X20 X22 X20 X23 X20 X23 X19 X23 X21 X24 X21 X24 X20 X22 X20 X22 X20 X24 X20 X24 X21 X22 X20 X23 X20 X24 X20 X24 X20 X22 X20 X23 X19 X23 X20 X24 X20 X24 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X23 X20 X23 X21 X23 X20 X52 X52 (871) X21 X23 X21 X23 B21 X24 B21 X24 X20 X24 X21 X24 X20 X24 X19 X18

NUMBER 996 997 998 999

COLOR BLK BLK WHT GRN/WHT

END #1 END #2 X19 X18 X19 X18 X19 X18 X19 X23

X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

X18 1 2 3 4

(995) (996) (998) (997)

RED BLK WHT BLK

4

X19 X19 X19 X19 1

997 998 996 995

X19 (802) GRN (825) RED (235) BRN NOT USED (944) BRN/BLU (993) GRN/RED (529) GRN/BLK (803) BLU (826) WHT (234) WHT/BLK NOT USED (990) YEL/RED (991) BLU/YEL (953) RED/BLK NOT USED (550) GRY

7 550

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B21 X20 X20 X20 X20 X21 X20 X21 B21 X20 1

529 993 944

1

X20 X20 X21

953 991 990

GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLU/BLK RED/BLK RED WHT BLK GRN/WHT ORG BLK BLK WHT BLU/BLK

X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X23 X23 X18 X22 X22 X23 X22 X18 X18 X18 X23

8

235 825 802 234 826 803

16

(850) (851) (852) (853) (854) (230) (824) (995) (860) (855) (999) (856) (996) (997) (998) (870)

8

1

995 824 230 854 853 852 851 850 870 998 997 996 856 999 855 860 16

9 10

X52 1 2

(880) (881)

YEL/BLU BLK/BLU

1

762 826 825 802 803 222 223 228 529 993

X20 (871)

229 821 49 820 254 250 880 990 550 871 20

11

X20

7

1

856 855 854 202 820

853 852 851 850 760 254 250 222 223 860

16

8

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7

16

X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X20 X20 X20 X20 X21 X20 X21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

760 905 207 234 202

953 944 1 2

12

B21 (229) (230) (228) (49) (206) (905) (904) (999) (821) (762) (824) (870) (872) (205) (207) (871)

GRN/WHT BLU/BLK GRN GRN RED/BLK WHT/YEL BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED GRN RED/BLK BLU/BLK WHT/BLK RED RED/WHT BLK

X20 X19 X20 X20 X21 X21 X21 X19 X21 X20 X19 X19 X21 X21 X21 X20

1

205 991 904 206 235 872

8

X23 (850) GRN (851) GRN/WHT (852) GRN/BLK (853) GRN/BLU (854) RED (855) BLK (856) ORG (860) WHT (223) GRN/BLU (222) RED/BLU (250) WHT/BLU (254) WHT/RED (760) WHT/YEL NOT USED (820) GRN/YEL (202) BLU/YEL

6

1

904 905 206 49 228 230 229 871 207 205 872 870 824 762 821 999

1 2

7

X21 (944) (953)

BRN/BLU RED/BLK

X24 X24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

(872) WHT/BLK (235) BRN (206) RED/BLK (904) BRN/WHT (991) BLU/YEL (205) RED (202) BLU/YEL (234) WHT/BLK (207) RED/WHT (905) WHT/YEL (760) WHT/YEL NOT USED

X23 X24 X23 X23 X24 X23 X22 X24 X23 X23 X22

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

(993) (529) (228) (223) (222) (803) (802) (825) (826) (762) (871) (550) (990) (880) (250) (254) (820) (49) (821) (229)

GRN/RED GRN/BLK GRN GRN/BLU RED/BLU BLU GRN RED WHT GRN BLK GRY YEL/RED YEL/BLU WHT/BLU WHT/RED GRN/YEL GRN RED GRN/WHT

X24 X24 X23 X22 X22 X24 X24 X24 X24 X23 X23 X24 X24 X52 X22 X22 X22 X23 X23 X23

TX1138933 Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511900) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-103

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=347

LD30992,000053E -19-20JUN13-1/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-104

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=348


System Diagrams

B21— Solar Sensor X18— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness 4-Pin Connector X19— Monitor 16-Pin Connector A

X20— Monitor 20-Pin Connector B X21— Monitor 12-Pin Connector C X22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector A (White)

X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector B (Black) X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (Brown)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-105

X52— Monitor Harness Connector (Not Used)

LD30992,000053E -19-20JUN13-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=349


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-106

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=350


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511901—) TX1076051 —UN—21APR10

NUMBER 49 202 205 206 207 222 223 228 229 230 234 235 250 254 529 550 760 762 802 803 820 821 824 825 826 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 860 870 871 872 880 881 904 905 920 944 953 990 991 993

COLOR GRN BLU/YEL RED RED/BLK RED/WHT RED/BLU GRN/BLU GRN GRN/WHT BLU/BLK WHT/BLK BRN WHT/BLU WHT/RED GRN/BLK GRY WHT/YEL GRN GRN BLU GRN/YEL RED RED/BLK RED WHT GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLK ORG WHT BLU/BLK BLK WHT/BLK YEL/BLU BLK/BLU BRN/WHT WHT/YEL BLK BRN/BLU RED/BLK YEL/RED BLU/YEL GRN/RED

END #1 END #2 X20 X23 X21 X22 X21 X23 X21 X23 X21 X23 X20 X22 X20 X22 X20 X23 X20 X23 X19 X23 X21 X24 X21 X24 X20 X22 X20 X22 X20 X24 X20 X24 X21 X22 X20 X23 X20 X24 X20 X24 X20 X22 X20 X23 X19 X23 X20 X24 X20 X24 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X22 X19 X23 X20 X23 X21 X23 X20 X52 X52 (871) X21 X23 X21 X23 X21 X24 B21 X24 B21 X24 X20 X24 X21 X24 X20 X24

NUMBER 995 996 997 998 999

COLOR RED BLK BLK WHT GRN/WHT

END #1 END #2 X19 X18 X19 X18 X19 X18 X19 X18 X19 X23

X24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

X18 1 2 3 4

(995) (996) (998) (997)

RED BLK WHT BLK

4

X19 X19 X19 X19 1

997 998 996 995

X19 (802) GRN (825) RED (235) BRN NOT USED (944) BRN/BLU (993) GRN/RED (529) GRN/BLK (803) BLU (826) WHT (234) WHT/BLK NOT USED (990) YEL/RED (991) BLU/YEL (953) RED/BLK (920) BLK (550) GRN

7

X20 X20 X21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

B21 X20 X20 X20 X20 X21 X20 X21 B21 X21 X20 1

1

529 993 944 550 920 953 991 990

2

16

(850) (851) (852) (853) (854) (230) (824) (995) (860) (855) (999) (856) (996) (997) (998) (870)

GRN GRN/WHT GRN/BLK GRN/BLU RED BLU/BLK RED/BLK RED WHT BLK GRN/WHT ORG BLK BLK WHT BLU/BLK

X22 X22 X22 X22 X22 X23 X23 X18 X22 X22 X23 X22 X18 X18 X18 X23

8

235 825 802 234 826 803 8

1

995 824 230 854 853 852 851 850 870 998 997 996 856 999 855 860 16

9 10

X52 1 2

(880) (881)

YEL/BLU BLK/BLU

1

762 826 825 802 803 222 223 228 529 993

X20 (871)

229 821 49 820 254 250 880 990 550 871 20

11

X20

7

1

856 855 854 202 820

853 852 851 850 760 254 250 222 223 860

16

8

X22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7 904 905 206 49 16

X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X19 X20 X20 X20 X20 X21 X20 X21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

953 944 2 1

8

12

B21 (229) (230) (228) (49) (206) (905) (904) (999) (821) (762) (824) (870) (872) (205) (207) (871)

GRN/WHT BLU/BLK GRN GRN RED/BLK WHT/YEL BRN/WHT GRN/WHT RED GRN RED/BLK BLU/BLK WHT/BLK RED RED/WHT BLK

X20 X19 X20 X20 X21 X21 X21 X19 X21 X20 X19 X19 X21 X21 X21 X20

1 2

1

205 991 904 206 235 872 920 760 905 207 234 202

228 230 229

871 207 205 872 870 824 762 821 999

X23 (850) GRN (851) GRN/WHT (852) GRN/BLK (853) GRN/BLU (854) RED (855) BLK (856) ORG (860) WHT (223) GRN/BLU (222) RED/BLU (250) WHT/BLU (254) WHT/RED (760) WHT/YEL NOT USED (820) GRN/YEL (202) BLU/YEL

6

1

7

X21 (944) (953)

BRN/BLU RED/BLK

X24 X24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

(872) (235) (206) (904) (991) (205) (202) (234) (207) (905) (760) (920)

WHT/BLK BRN RED/BLK BRN/WHT BLU/YEL RED BLU/YEL WHT/BLK RED/WHT WHT/YEL WHT/YEL BLK

X23 X24 X23 X23 X24 X23 X22 X24 X23 X23 X22 X24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

(993) (529) (228) (223) (222) (803) (802) (825) (826) (762) (871) (550) (990) (880) (250) (254) (820) (49) (821) (229)

GRN/RED GRN/BLK GRN GRN/BLU RED/BLU BLU GRN RED WHT GRN BLK GRY YEL/RED YEL/BLU WHT/BLU WHT/RED GRN/YEL GRN RED GRN/WHT

X24 X24 X23 X22 X22 X24 X24 X24 X24 X23 X23 X24 X24 X52 X22 X22 X22 X23 X23 X23

TX1076051 Monitor Harness (W3) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511901—) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-107

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=351

LD30992,000053E -19-20JUN13-3/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-108

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=352


System Diagrams

B21— Solar Sensor W3—Monitor Harness X19— Monitor 16-Pin Connector A X20— Monitor 20-Pin Connector B

X21— Monitor 12-Pin Connector C X22— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector A (White) X23— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector B (Black)

X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (Brown) X51— Monitor Harness 4-Pin Connector (Not Used)

X52— Monitor Harness Connector (Not Used)

LD30992,000053E -19-20JUN13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-109

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=353


System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (S.N. —511090)

X17

B9

X14

R10

X15

A1

W30

TX1076056 —UN—21APR10

X5

X6

TX1076056 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (right side) (S.N. —511090) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-110

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-1/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=354


System Diagrams A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) W30—Engine Harness Ground B9—Manifold Air Temperature X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine Sensor Interface Harness 8-Pin R10— CAN Termination Resistor Connector A (black) 1 (machines without X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine JDLink™ only) Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (gray)

X14— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 (J1) X15— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Harness Connector 2 (J2)

X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector Harness Connector

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-111

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-2/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=355


System Diagrams

B4

Y7 B12 B2

B5

TX1015336 —UN—11JAN07

B11

B1

TX1015336 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (left side) (S.N. —511090) B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor B4—Engine Coolant Temperature B11— Engine Oil Pressure Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve B2—Camshaft Position Sensor Sensor Sensor Solenoid B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-112

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-3/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=356


System Diagrams (S.N. 511091—511791)

X17

B9

X14

R10

X15

A1

W30

X128

TX1076057 —UN—21APR10

X5

X6

TX1076057 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (right side) (S.N. 511091—511791)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-113

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-4/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=357


System Diagrams X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Interface Harness 8-Pin B9—Manifold Air Temperature Connector A (black) Sensor R10— CAN Termination Resistor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin 1 (machines without Connector B (gray) JDLink™ only) W30—Engine Harness Ground

X14— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 (J1) X15— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Harness Connector 2 (J2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-114

X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector Harness Connector X128— Engine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-5/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=358


System Diagrams

B4

Y7 B12 B2

B5

TX1015336 —UN—11JAN07

B11

B1

TX1015336 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (left side) (S.N. 511091—511791) B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor B4—Engine Coolant Temperature B11— Engine Oil Pressure Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve B2—Camshaft Position Sensor Sensor Sensor Solenoid B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-115

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-6/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=359


System Diagrams (S.N. 511792—)

X17

B9

X14

R10

X15

A1

W30

X128

X200

TX1076058 —UN—21APR10

X5

X6

TX1076058 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (right side) (S.N. 511792—)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-116

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-7/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=360


System Diagrams X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Interface Harness 8-Pin B9—Manifold Air Temperature Connector A (black) Sensor R10— CAN Termination Resistor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin 1 (machines without Connector B (gray) JDLink™ only) X14— Engine Control Unit W30—Engine Harness Ground (ECU)-to-Engine Harness Connector 1 (J1)

X200— Engine Harness-toX15— Engine Control Unit Engine Interface Harness (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Connector Harness Connector 2 (J2) X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector Harness Connector X128— Engine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-117

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-8/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=361


System Diagrams

B4

Y7 B12 B2

B5

TX1015336 —UN—11JAN07

B11

B1

TX1015336 Engine Harness (W4) Component Location (left side) (S.N. 511792—) B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor B4—Engine Coolant Temperature B11— Engine Oil Pressure Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve B2—Camshaft Position Sensor Sensor Sensor Solenoid B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

MB00333,0000100 -19-15OCT12-9/9

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-118

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=362


System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511090) TX1076055 —UN—21APR10

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL YEL YEL YEL

END #1 END #2 X118 X6 X14 Y7 X14 X103 X14 B2 X14 B1 X14 B12 X14 X111 X111 B9 X111 B5 X111 B4 X111 B11 X111 X6 X14 B5 X14 B9 X14 B5 X5 X15

X15

B5 A B

X09 R99B

Y7 B1 A B

1 2

B4 M20 R97

A B

E02 R05

X07 R99C 1

B12 1 2 3

2 A B

P98 N20 R98

A B

A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

X14 M12 PLUG PLUG PLUG M13 P10 PLUG PLUG G04 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG G04A PLUG PLUG J50 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J51 PLUG PLUG

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

PLUG PLUG PLUG X94 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J01 PLUG R02 PLUG J02 P01D G01 G01A P01A P01B G01B PLUG P01C

A1 E16 A2 PLUG A3 N01 A4 M22 B1 E14 B2 E10 B3 N96 B4 M20 C1 E18 C2 X08 C3 PLUG C4 X07 D1 E15 D2 R99 D3 P98 D4 R97

E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

E13 R98 N20 R96 E17 R11 P99 X09 E12 E11 PLUG PLUG E02 R05 PLUG PLUG

X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X14 X104 X15 X103 R10 A B C

M12A M13A R02A

SIDE A G01 G01A G01B SIDE B G01C G01D

X116 SIDE A SHLD 1 SHLD 2 SIDE B R11

SIDE A M12 M12A SIDE B M12B

X115

X112

SIDE A G04 G04A SIDE B G04B

SIDE A P99 P99A SIDE B P99B

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99B X94 J01 J51 1 2

3 4

8 7

6 5

29

NUMBER R02B R05 R11 R96 R97 R98 R99 R99A R99B R99C R99D R99F X07 X08 X09 X94

07

615

104

COLOR END #1 END #2 RED X14 Y7 WHT X14 X6 RED X14 X17 ORG X14 X17 WHT X14 X17 X14 GRY X17 X14 GRN X17 X14 VLT X17 X14 YEL X17 X14 BLU X17 X15 BLK X104 X15 BLK X104 X15 BLK X104 BLK X104 W30 BLK X104 X6 BLK X15 X115 BLK X15 X115 BLK X115 X6 TAN X5 X15 TAN X5 X15 TAN X15 X5 X15 TAN X5 X15 YEL X116 YEL X116 R10 YEL X116 X6 LT GRN X15 X117 LT GRN X117 R10 LT GRN X6 X117 B1 X14 PUR B2 PUR X14 B11 X14 YEL X14 YEL B12 YEL X14 X6 X105 X5 RED X15 RED X105 RED X105 X15 X105 RED X15 X105 RED X15 RED X15 X5 X14 RED B12 X14 RED X112 B11 RED X112 RED X112 X5 X15 X118 BLK X118 R10 BLK

10

NUMBER E02 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 G01 G01A G01B G01C G01D G04 G04A G04B J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B M20 M22 N01 N20 N96 P01 P01A P01B P01C P01D P10 P98 P99 P99A P99B R02 R02A

X17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B11 A B C

R99D P99A N01

B2 A B

R96 M22

E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E12 E11

X111

X117

X118

X105

SIDE A R99A R99B R99C R99D SIDE B R99 R99F

SIDE A M13 M13A SIDE B M13B

SIDE A R02 R02A SIDE B R02B

SIDE A P01A P01B P01C P01D SIDE B P01

1 2

3 4

8 7

6 5

X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G01D G04B R99F R02B M13B M12B E10 N96

W30 A B

1

G01C

B9 A B

X08 R99A

TX1076055 Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511090) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-119

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=363

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-1/8


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-120

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=364


System Diagrams

B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor W30—Engine Harness Ground B2—Camshaft Position Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine B4—Engine Coolant Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector A (black) B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine B9—Manifold Air Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector B (gray) B11— Engine Oil Pressure X14— Engine Control Unit Sensor (ECU)-to-Engine Harness B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Connector 1 (J1) R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1 (machines without JDLink™ only)

X15— Engine Control Unit X115— G04 BLK Splice (ECU)-to-Engine Interface X116— M12 YEL Splice Harness Connector 2 (J2) X117— M13 LT GRN Splice X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector X118— R02 BLK Splice Harness Connector Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve X103— SHLD BLK Splice Solenoid X104— G01 BLK Splice X105— P01 RED Splice X111— R99 BLK Splice X112— P99 RED Splice

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-121

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=365


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-122

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=366


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511091—511791) TX1076040 —UN—12APR10

END #2 X7 X6 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X128 X104 X104 X104 W30 X6 X115 X115 X6 X5 X5 X5 X5 X116 R10 X6 X117 R10 X6 B1 B2 B11 B12 X6 X5 X105 X105 X105 X105 X5 B12 X112 B11 X5 X118 R10 X6 Y7 X103 B2 B1 B12 X111

END #1 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X14 X14 X14 X15

NUMBER R99A R99B R99C R99D R99F X07 X08 X09 X94

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL YEL YEL YEL

END #2 B9 B5 B4 B11 X6 B4 B9 B5 X5

X14 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4

2 1

B1 A B

B1

B5 B4 A B

M20 R97

X07 R99C

B5 1 2

X09 R99B

E16 PLUG N01 M22 E14 E10 N96 M20 E18 X08 PLUG X07 E15 R99 R98 R97

E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

E13 R98 N20 R96 E17 R11 P99 X09 E12 E11 PLUG PLUG E02 R05 PLUG PLUG

X103 SIDE A SHLD 1 SHLD 2 SIDE B R11

X103 X14

1 2

Y7 1 2

1 2

B4

X15 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

B11

B2 B12 1 P98 2 N20 3 R98 B11 A R99D B P99A C N01

B2 A B

R96 M22

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

PLUG PLUG PLUG X94 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J01 PLUG R02 PLUG J02 P01D G01 G01A P01A P01B G01B PLUG P01C

X116

12 34

X115

X112

SIDE A G04 G04A SIDE B G04B

SIDE A P99 P99A SIDE B P99B

87 65

B9

X17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X105

X104 X115

X112

X117 X118

SIDE A R99A R99B R99C R99D SIDE B R99 R99F

X17

B9 A B

SIDE A G01 G01A G01B SIDE B G01C G01D

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99B X94 J01 J51

X5

X111 M12 PLUG PLUG PLUG M13 P10 PLUG PLUG G04 E25 PLUG PLUG PLUG G04A PLUG PLUG J50 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J51 PLUG PLUG

X104

SIDE A P01A P01B P01C P01D SIDE B P01

SIDE A M12 M12A SIDE B M12B

R10 A M12A B M13A C R02A

E02 R05

X105 X116

X15

Y7

B12

X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E12 E11

X6

X117

X118

SIDE A M13 M13A SIDE B M13B

SIDE A R02 R02A SIDE B R02B

12 34

87 65

X128

X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G01D G04B R99F R02B M13B M12B E10 N96

G01C

COLOR RED WHT RED ORG WHT GRY GRN VLT YEL BLU WHT BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN YEL YEL YEL LTGRN LTGRN LTGRN PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

12 34

NUMBER E02 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E25 G01 G01A G01B G01C G01D G04 G04A G04B J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B M20 M22 N01 N20 N96 P01 P01A P01B P01C P01D P10 P98 P99 P99A P99B R02 R02A R02B R05 R11 R96 R97 R98 R99

87 65

END #1 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X15 X15 X15 X15 X104 X104 X15 X15 X115 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X116 X116 X15 X117 X117 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X105 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X14 X14 X112 X112 X15 X118 X118 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14

X128 1 E25 2 PLUG

X08 R99A W30

TX1076040 Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511091—511791) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-123

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=367

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-3/8


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-124

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=368


System Diagrams

B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor W30—Engine Harness Ground B2—Camshaft Position Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine B4—Engine Coolant Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector A (black) B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine B9—Manifold Air Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector B (gray) B11— Engine Oil Pressure X14— Engine Control Unit Sensor (ECU)-to-Engine Harness B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Connector 1 (J1) R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1 (machines without JDLink™ only)

X15— Engine Control Unit X116— M12 YEL Splice (ECU)-to-Engine Interface X117— M13 LT GRN Splice Harness Connector 2 (J2) X118— R02 BLK Splice X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector X128— Engine HarnessHarness Connector to-Starter Harness X103— SHLD BLK Splice Connector X104— G01 BLK Splice Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve X105— P01 RED Splice Solenoid X111— R99 BLK Splice X112— P99 RED Splice X115— G04 BLK Splice

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-125

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-4/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=369


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-126

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=370


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511792—511868) TX1076225 —UN—22APR10

END #2 X7 X6 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X128 X200 X104 X104 X104 W30 X6 X115 X115 X6 X5 X5 X5 X5 X116 R10 X6 X117 R10 X6 B1 B2 B11 B12 X6 X5 X105 X105 X105 X105 X5 B12 X112 B11 X5 X118 R10 X6 Y7 X103 B2 B1 B12 X111

END #1 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X14 X14 X14 X15

NUMBER R99A R99B R99C R99D R99F X07 X08 X09 X94

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL YEL YEL YEL

END #2 B9 B5 B4 B11 X6 B4 B9 B5 X5

X14 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4

2 1

B1

B1 A B

B5

B4

M20 R97

A B

X07 R99C

B5 1 2

X09 R99B

E16 PLUG N01 M22 E14 E10 N96 M20 E18 X08 PLUG X07 E15 R99 R98 R97

E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

E13 R98 N20 R96 E17 R11 P99 X09 E12 E11 PLUG PLUG E02 R05 PLUG PLUG

X103 SIDE A SHLD 1 SHLD 2 SIDE B R11

1 2

X103

X200 1

Y7

1 2

1 2

E02 R05

X15

X116

R10

SIDE A M12 M12A SIDE B M12B

A B C

B4

M12A M13A R02A

B11

B2 B12 1 2 3

P98 N20 R98

B11 A B C

B2 R99D P99A N01

A B

R96 M22

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

PLUG PLUG PLUG X94 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J01 PLUG R02 PLUG J02 P01D G01 G01A P01A P01B G01B PLUG P01C

X104

SIDE A P01A P01B P01C P01D SIDE B P01

SIDE A G01 G01A G01B SIDE B G01C G01D

X116 X111

M12 PLUG PLUG PLUG M13 P10 PLUG PLUG G04 E25 PLUG PLUG E26 G04A PLUG PLUG J50 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J51 PLUG PLUG

X105

E26

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99B X94 J01 J51

12 34

X115

X112

SIDE A G04 G04A SIDE B G04B

SIDE A P99 P99A SIDE B P99B

X200

87 65

X5

X15 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X14

Y7

B12

X5

X104 X115

X112

X117 X118

SIDE A R99A R99B R99C R99D SIDE B R99 R99F

X17

X105

X6 X117

X118

SIDE A M13 M13A SIDE B M13B

SIDE A R02 R02A SIDE B R02B

12 34

87 65

X6

B9

X17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E12 E11

X128

G01D G04B R99F R02B M13B M12B E10 N96

X128

B9 A B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G01C

COLOR RED WHT RED ORG WHT GRY GRN VLT YEL BLU WHT BLU BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN YEL YEL YEL LTGRN LTGRN LTGRN PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

12 34

NUMBER E02 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E25 E26 G01 G01A G01B G01C G01D G04 G04A G04B J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B M20 M22 N01 N20 N96 P01 P01A P01B P01C P01D P10 P98 P99 P99A P99B R02 R02A R02B R05 R11 R96 R97 R98 R99

87 65

END #1 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X104 X104 X15 X15 X115 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X116 X116 X15 X117 X117 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X105 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X14 X14 X112 X112 X15 X118 X118 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14

1 2

X08 R99A

E25 PLUG

W30 TX1076225 Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511792—511868) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-127

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=371

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-5/8


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-128

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=372


System Diagrams

B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor W30—Engine Harness Ground B2—Camshaft Position Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine B4—Engine Coolant Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector A (black) B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine B9—Manifold Air Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector B (gray) B11— Engine Oil Pressure X14— Engine Control Unit Sensor (ECU)-to-Engine Harness B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Connector 1 (J1) R10— CAN Termination Resistor X15— Engine Control Unit 1 (machines without (ECU)-to-Engine Interface JDLink™ only) Harness Connector 2 (J2)

X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector X128— Engine HarnessHarness Connector to-Starter Harness X103— SHLD BLK Splice Connector X104— G01 BLK Splice X200— Engine HarnessX105— P01 RED Splice to-Engine Interface X111— R99 BLK Splice Connector X112— P99 RED Splice Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve X115— G04 BLK Splice Solenoid X116— M12 YEL Splice X117— M13 LT GRN Splice X118— R02 BLK Splice

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-129

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-6/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=373


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-130

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=374


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511869—) TX1076226 —UN—22APR10

END #2 X7 X6 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X17 X128 X200 X104 X104 X104 W30 X6 X115 X115 X6 X5 X5 X5 X5 X116 R10 X6 X117 R10 X6 B1 B2 B11 B12 X6 X5 X105 X105 X105 X105 X5 B12 X112 B11 X5 X118 R10 X6 Y7 X103 B2 B1 B12 X111

END #1 X111 X111 X111 X111 X111 X14 X14 X14 X15

NUMBER R99A R99B R99C R99D R99F X07 X08 X09 X94

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL YEL YEL YEL

END #2 B9 B5 B4 B11 X6 B4 B9 B5 X5

X14 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4

2 1

B1

B1 A B

B5

B4

M20 R97

A B

X07 R99C

B5 1 2

X09 R99B

E16 PLUG N01 M22 E14 E10 N96 M20 E18 X08 PLUG X07 E15 R99 R98 R97

E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

E13 R98 N20 R96 E17 R11 P99 X09 E12 E11 PLUG PLUG E02 R05 PLUG PLUG

X103 SIDE A SHLD 1 SHLD 2 SIDE B R11

1 2

X103

X200 1

Y7

1 2

1 2

E02 R05

X15

X116

R10

SIDE A M12 M12A SIDE B M12B

A B C

B4

M12A M13A R02A

B11

B2 B12 1 2 3

P98 N20 R98

B11 A B C

B2 R99D P99A N01

A B

R96 M22

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

PLUG PLUG PLUG X94 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J01 PLUG R02 PLUG J02 P01D G01 G01A P01A P01B G01B E25 P01C

X104

SIDE A P01A P01B P01C P01D SIDE B P01

SIDE A G01 G01A G01B SIDE B G01C G01D

X116 X111

M12 PLUG PLUG PLUG M13 P10 PLUG PLUG G04 E26 PLUG PLUG PLUG G04A PLUG PLUG J50 PLUG PLUG PLUG PLUG J51 PLUG PLUG

X105

E26

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99B X94 J01 J51

12 34

X115

X112

SIDE A G04 G04A SIDE B G04B

SIDE A P99 P99A SIDE B P99B

X200

87 65

X5

X15 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X14

Y7

B12

X5

X104 X115

X112

X117 X118

SIDE A R99A R99B R99C R99D SIDE B R99 R99F

X17

X105

X6 X117

X118

SIDE A M13 M13A SIDE B M13B

SIDE A R02 R02A SIDE B R02B

12 34

87 65

X6

B9

X17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E12 E11

X128

G01D G04B R99F R02B M13B M12B E10 N96

X128

B9 A B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G01C

COLOR RED WHT RED ORG WHT GRY GRN VLT YEL BLU WHT BLU BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN YEL YEL YEL LTGRN LTGRN LTGRN PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

12 34

NUMBER E02 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E25 E26 G01 G01A G01B G01C G01D G04 G04A G04B J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B M20 M22 N01 N20 N96 P01 P01A P01B P01C P01D P10 P98 P99 P99A P99B R02 R02A R02B R05 R11 R96 R97 R98 R99

87 65

END #1 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X104 X104 X15 X15 X115 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X116 X116 X15 X117 X117 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X105 X15 X15 X15 X15 X15 X14 X14 X112 X112 X15 X118 X118 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14 X14

1 2

X08 R99A

E25 PLUG

W30 TX1076226 Engine Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511869—) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-131

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=375

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-7/8


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-132

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=376


System Diagrams

B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor W30—Engine Harness Ground B2—Camshaft Position Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine B4—Engine Coolant Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector A (black) B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine B9—Manifold Air Temperature Interface Harness 8-Pin Sensor Connector B (gray) B11— Engine Oil Pressure X14— Engine Control Unit Sensor (ECU)-to-Engine Harness B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Connector 1 (J1) R10— CAN Termination Resistor X15— Engine Control Unit 1 (machines without (ECU)-to-Engine Interface JDLink™ only) Harness Connector 2 (J2)

X17— Engine Harness-to-Injector X128— Engine HarnessHarness Connector to-Starter Harness X103— SHLD BLK Splice Connector X104— G01 BLK Splice X200— Engine HarnessX105— P01 RED Splice to-Engine Interface X111— R99 BLK Splice Connector X112— P99 RED Splice Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve X115— G04 BLK Splice Solenoid X116— M12 YEL Splice X117— M13 LT GRN Splice X118— R02 BLK Splice

MB00333,0000101 -19-15OCT12-8/8

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-133

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=377


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-134

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=378


System Diagrams

Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. —511868) TX1015323 —UN—17JAN07

B13 B7

B17 X7 X8

Y9 X5 X6

Y8

TX1015323 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. —511868) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-135

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=379

LD30992,000020F -19-13MAY10-1/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-136

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=380


System Diagrams B7—Intake Air Temperature Sensor B13— Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor B17— Water In Fuel Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector A (Black)

X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (Gray) X7— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X8— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-137

LD30992,000020F -19-13MAY10-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=381


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-138

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=382


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511869—) TX1076059 —UN—21APR10

B13 B7

B17 X7 X199 X8

Y9 X200

X5 X6

Y8

TX1076059 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location (S.N. 511869—) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-139

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=383

LD30992,000020F -19-13MAY10-3/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-140

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=384


System Diagrams B7—Intake Air Temperature Sensor B13— Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor B17— Water In Fuel Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector A (Black)

X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (Gray) X7— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector X8— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector

X199— Machine Harness-toY9— Fan Reversing Solenoid Engine Interface Harness Connector X200— Engine Harness-toEngine Interface Harness Connector Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid LD30992,000020F -19-13MAY10-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-141

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=385


System Diagrams

Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511868)

B13 A B C

X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R99A P99 N96

A

B

X5 G01 G04 R99 R02 M13 M12 E10 N96

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99 X94 J01 J51

B17 A B

E10 R99B

B A A

B

X121 SIDE A R99A R99B SIDE B R99 R99E

NUMBER E10 G01 G01A G01B G04 J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M13 N96 P01 P10 P99 R02 R99 R99A R99B R99E X94

COLOR WHT BLK BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN YEL LT GRN YEL RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL

END #1 END #2 X6 B17 X6 X120 X120 Y9 X120 Y7 X6 Y8 X5 Y8 X5 Y9 X5 X7 X5 X7 X6 X7 X6 X7 X6 B13 X5 X8 X5 X7 B13 X5 X6 X7 X6 X121 X121 B13 X121 B17 X121 B7 X5 B7

Y8 1 2

J01 G04

B7 A B

X94 R99E

AB

X7 1

P01

A

P10 M12 M13 R02 G01B PLUG J51 J50

B

Y9 X120 SIDE A G01 SIDE B G01A G01B

A B B A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J02 G01A

B A

TX1076053 —UN—21APR10

X8

TX1076053 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —511868) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-142

LD30992,0000210 -19-13MAY10-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=386


System Diagrams B7—Intake Air Temperature Sensor B13— Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor B17— Water In Fuel Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector A (Black)

X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (Gray) X7— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X8— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector X120— G01 BLK Splice X121— R99 BLK Splice Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-143

Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid

LD30992,0000210 -19-13MAY10-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=387


System Diagrams (S.N. 511869—)

B13 A B C

R99A P99 N96 A

X5

X6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G01 G04 R99 R02 M13 M12 E10 N96

B

B17

P01 J50 P10 J02 P99 X94 J01 J51

A B

E10 R99B

B A A

B

X121 SIDE A R99A R99B SIDE B R99 R99E

NUMBER E10 E26 G01 G01A G01B G04 J01 J02 J50 J51 M12 M13 N96 P01 P10 P99 R02 R99 R99A R99B R99E X94

COLOR WHT BLU BLK BLK BLK BLK TAN TAN TAN TAN YEL LT GRN YEL RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK YEL

END #1 END #2 X6 B17 X199 X200 X6 X120 X120 Y9 X120 Y7 X6 Y8 X5 Y8 X5 Y9 X5 X7 X5 X7 X6 X7 X6 X7 X6 B13 X5 X8 X5 X7 B13 X5 X6 X7 X6 X121 X121 B13 X121 B17 X121 B7 X5 B7

Y8 1 2

J01 G04

B7

X200

A B

X94 R99E

X200 1

E26 AB

X7

1

P01

X199 1

A

P10 M12 M13 R02 G01B PLUG J51 J50

X120 SIDE A G01 SIDE B G01A G01B

B

Y9 A B B A

X199

E26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J02 G01A

B A

TX1076054 —UN—21APR10

X8

TX1076054 Engine Interface Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511869—)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-144

LD30992,0000210 -19-13MAY10-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=388


System Diagrams B7—Intake Air Temperature Sensor B13— Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor B17— Water In Fuel Sensor X5— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector A (Black)

X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B (Gray) X7— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector X8— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 1-Pin Connector

X120— G01 BLK Splice Y8— Proportional Fan Speed X121— R99 BLK Splice Solenoid X199— Machine Harness-toY9— Fan Reversing Solenoid Engine Interface Harness Connector X200— Engine Harness-toEngine Interface Harness Connector LD30992,0000210 -19-13MAY10-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-145

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=389


System Diagrams

Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location Early Design

M9

R17 B43

M10 M7

S7 A7 A6

B41

M9

X48 S1

X49 M11 X47

B42 X39

R16

TX1234001 —UN—08JUN17

X38

TX1234001 Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location (early design)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-146

TX17984,000014E -19-20FEB17-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=390


System Diagrams A6—Radio A7—Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) B41— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch B42— Cab Air Temperature Sensor B43— Coolant Temperature Sensor M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Internal and External Servomotor

M10— Air Conditioner and Heater X38— Cab Harness-to-Right X49— Right Console Blower Port Change Console Harness 16-Pin Harness-to-Air Conditioner Servomotor Connector and Heater Controller M11— Air Conditioner and Heater X39— Cab Harness-to-Right (ACF) 16-Pin Connector Mixer Servomotor Console Harness 4-Pin R16— Blower Motor Resistor and Connector Thermofuse X47— Cab Harness-to-Right R17— Blower Motor Resistor Console Harness 6-Pin (low speed) Connector S1— Key Switch X48— Right Console S7— Power Dig Switch Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) 20-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-147

TX17984,000014E -19-20FEB17-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=391


System Diagrams Late Design

M9

R17 B43

M10 M7

S7 A7 A6

B47

M9

X48 S1

X49 M11 X47

B42 X39

R16

TX1234002 —UN—08JUN17

X38

TX1234002 Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location (late design)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-148

TX17984,000014E -19-20FEB17-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=392


System Diagrams A6—Radio A7—Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) B42— Cab Air Temperature Sensor B43— Coolant Temperature Sensor B47— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Sensor M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Internal and External Servomotor

M10— Air Conditioner and Heater X38— Cab Harness-to-Right X49— Right Console Blower Port Change Console Harness 16-Pin Harness-to-Air Conditioner Servomotor Connector and Heater Controller M11— Air Conditioner and Heater X39— Cab Harness-to-Right (ACF) 16-Pin Connector Mixer Servomotor Console Harness 4-Pin R16— Blower Motor Resistor and Connector Thermofuse X47— Cab Harness-to-Right R17— Blower Motor Resistor Console Harness 6-Pin (low speed) Connector S1— Key Switch X48— Right Console S7— Power Dig Switch Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) 20-Pin Connector TX17984,000014E -19-20FEB17-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-149

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=393


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-150

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=394


System Diagrams

Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram Early Design TX1225736 —UN—13OCT16

Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (early design) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-151

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=395

TX17984,000014F -19-20FEB17-1/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-152

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=396


System Diagrams A6—Radio B41— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch B42— Cab Air Temperature Sensor B43— Coolant Temperature Sensor M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Internal and External Servomotor

M10— Air Conditioner and Heater S7— Power Dig Switch X49— Right Console Blower Port Change X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Harness-to-Air Conditioner Servomotor Console Harness 16-Pin and Heater Controller M11— Air Conditioner and Heater Connector (ACF) 16-Pin Connector Mixer Servomotor X39— Cab Harness-to-Right R16— Blower Motor Resistor and Console Harness 4-Pin Thermofuse Connector R17— Blower Motor Resistor X47— Cab Harness-to-Right (low speed) Console Harness 6-Pin S1— Key Switch Connector X48— Right Console Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) 20-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-153

TX17984,000014F -19-20FEB17-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=397


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-154

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=398


System Diagrams

Late Design TX1226173 —UN—26OCT16

Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram (late design) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-155

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=399

TX17984,000014F -19-20FEB17-3/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-156

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=400


System Diagrams A6—Radio B42— Cab Air Temperature Sensor B43— Coolant Temperature Sensor B47— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Sensor M7—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M9—Air Conditioner and Heater Internal and External Servomotor

M10— Air Conditioner and Heater S7— Power Dig Switch X49— Right Console Blower Port Change X38— Cab Harness-to-Right Harness-to-Air Conditioner Servomotor Console Harness 16-Pin and Heater Controller M11— Air Conditioner and Heater Connector (ACF) 16-Pin Connector Mixer Servomotor X39— Cab Harness-to-Right R16— Blower Motor Resistor and Console Harness 4-Pin Thermofuse Connector R17— Blower Motor Resistor X47— Cab Harness-to-Right (low speed) Console Harness 6-Pin S1— Key Switch Connector X48— Right Console Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Controller (ACF) 20-Pin Connector TX17984,000014F -19-20FEB17-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-157

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=401


System Diagrams

Pump Harness (W8) Component Location

Y20

B38 Y21

B36

B35

X102 X40 TX1014375

TX1014375 —UN—27NOV06

B37

Pump Harness (W8) Component Location B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure X102— Pump Harness Splice Sensor Sensor Connector B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Sensor Harness Connector Solenoid (SB) B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor

Y21— Torque Control Solenoid (ST)

LD30992,0000543 -19-31OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-158

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=402


System Diagrams

Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram TX1076052 —UN—21APR10

END #1 END #2 X102 B35 X102 B37 X102 B36 X102 B38 X102 B35 X102 B37 X102 B36 X102 B38 Y20 X40 Y20 X40 Y21 X40 Y21 X40 B35 X40 B37 X40 B36 X40 B38 X40 X102 X40 X102 X40

B36 1 2 3

B37

B35

(168) (188) (178)

RED ORG BLK

X102 X40 X102

1 2 3

(166) (186) (176)

RED GRY BLK

1 2 3

X102 X40 X102

(167) (187) (177)

2 3 168 188 178 1 PC1

2

RED BLU BLK

X102 X40 X102

Y21

Y20 1 2

(180) (181)

WHT RED

1 2

X40 X40

(182) (183)

BLK GRN

X40 X40

1

2

2 1

3

176 186 166

1

1 180

177 187 167

2

182

181

3

183

ST

COLOR RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK WHT RED BLK GRN GRY BLU ORG WHT RED/YEL BLK/YEL

SB

NUMBER 166 167 168 169 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 186 187 188 189 300 310

PP2

PP1

169 189 179

PC2

1

2

3

B38 1

12

X102

24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(300) (166) (167) (168) (169) NOT USED NOT USED

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (310) (176) (177) (178) (179) NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

300 166 167 168 169 310 176 177 178 179 13

4

X40

188 189 186 187

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1

180 181 182 183 300 310 17

20

(188) (189) (186) (187) (180) (181) (182) (183) NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (300) NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (310) NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED

ORG WHT GRY BLU WHT RED BLK BLK

B36 B38 B35 B37 Y20 Y20 Y21 Y21

RED/YEL

X102

BLK/YEL

X102

RED/YEL RED RED RED RED

X40 B35 B37 B36 B38

BLK/YEL BLK BLK BLK BLK

X40 B35 B37 B36 B38

1 2 3

(169) (189) (179)

RED WHT BLK

X102 X40 X102

TX1076052 Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-159

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=403

LD30992,0000544 -19-05OCT06-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-160

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=404


System Diagrams B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure X102— Pump Harness Splice Sensor Sensor Connector B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure X40— Pump Harness-to-Machine Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Sensor Harness Connector Solenoid (SB) B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor

Y21— Torque Control Solenoid (ST)

LD30992,0000544 -19-05OCT06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-161

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=405


System Diagrams

Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Component Location

X69 X60 X66 X63

F X43 X44

X62 X67

X64 X65 X61

TX1014454 —UN—04JAN07

X68

TX1014454 Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-162

TX17984,0000150 -19-20NOV06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=406


System Diagrams F— Auxiliary Fuse Box X43— Auxiliary Fuse Box Connector X44— Optional Light Connector X60— Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness 3-Pin Connector

X61— Rear Cab Light Connector X65— Cab Auxiliary Power X62— 12 Volt Power Unit Connector 3 Connector X66— Front Cab Light 2 X63— IMOBI Connector Connector X64— Quick Hitch Connector X67— Warning Lamp Connector X68— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2

X69— Front Cab Light 1 Connector

TX17984,0000150 -19-20NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-163

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=407


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-164

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=408


System Diagrams

Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram TX1137138 —UN—29MAY13

END #2 (561) (561) (561) (561) (561) X60 X69 X61 X62 X63 X64 X65 X60 X66 X67 X68 (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) (562) X69 X66 (1)(2)(3)(4)(5) (17)(18)(19)(20)(21) (22)(23)(24)(25)(26)

X43 X63

X63 1 2

1 2

(10) (22)

RED BLK

F25 (562)

(561) (562)

WHT BLK

(1)(2)(3)(4)(5) (17)(18)(19)(20)(21) (22)(23)(24)(25)(26)

10

RED BLK

F24 (562)

1 2 3

X62 9

X64 11 24

1 2

1 2 3

QU HIT ICK CH

(16) RED (25) BLK

F34 (562)

16

1 2 3

F27 (562)

X69

X44 (562) F22

27 1 2 18 7 3

CA FR B_L ON AM T P

BLK/RED BLK RED

(27) (562) F32

X66 28 1 2 19 14 3

30

40

29

39

28

38 12

1 2

(8) RED (20) BLK

F23 (562)

CAB LA MP FRONT+ 2 P AM BL CA R REA

8 20

12 26

X67

X67 1 2

(15) RED (21) BLK

F33 (562)

5A

F27

37 11

5A

3

F26

X61

X61

X65 (12) RED (26) BLK

(28) (19) (14)

X55

X44

36 10

5A 35

F25

25

X AU

1 2

BLK/RED BLK RED

AUX_2

_3

X65

(27) (18) (7)

X66

X68

X68

BLK/RED

F51

13 1 2 17 6 3

AT ER SE AT HE

F26 (562)

(27)

562

X60

F31 (562) F21

IT

(11) RED (24) BLK

RED BLK RED

X69

UN

1 2

BI

23

X64

(13) (17) (6)

W LA AR M NIN P G

(9) (23)

1

X43 561

X60 X62 1 2

X44

27

22

IMO

END #1 F2,F22 F23,F24 F25,F26,F27 F31,F32 F33,F34 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F31 F32 F33 F34 X60 X69 X66 X61 X67 X63 X62 X64 X68 X65 X44 (27) X43 X43

V

COLOR WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK/RED BLK/RED WHT BLK

12

NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 561 562

10A F24

10A

9

16 2

F23

8

7

10A

10A

10A

10A

15

14

F22 1

15 21

6 F21

10A

F34

5 F33

F32

4 10A

13 F31

TX1137138 Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-165

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=409

CW08338,0000F12 -19-29MAY13-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-166

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=410


System Diagrams

F21— Air Suspension Seat 10 F26— Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse A Fuse (Marked SEAT (Marked QUICK HITCH) HEATER) F27— Cab Auxiliary Power F22— Front Cab Light 1 10 A Connector 3 5 A Fuse Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP (Marked AUX. 3) FRONT) F31— Seat Compressor 10 F23— Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse A Fuse (Marked SEAT (Marked CAB LAMP REAR) COMPR) F24— 12 Volt Power Unit 10 A F32— Front Cab Light 2 10 A Fuse (Marked 12V UNIT) Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP F25— IMOBI 5 A Fuse (Marked FRONT + 2) IMOBI) F33— Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse (Marked WARNING LAMP)

F34— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 10 A Fuse (Marked AUX. 2) X43— Optional Fuse Connector X44— Optional Light Connector X60— Air Suspension Seat Harness Power Connector X61— Rear Cab Light Connector X62— 12 Volt Power Unit Connector X63— IMOBI Connector

X64— Quick Hitch Connector X65— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 X66— Front Cab Light 2 Connector X67— Warning Lamp Connector X68— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 X69— Front Cab Light 1 Connector

CW08338,0000F12 -19-29MAY13-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-167

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=411


System Diagrams

Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Component Location

V8

S3 X72

TX1006061 —UN—02FEB11

S4

TX1006061 Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Component Location S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2

V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode X72— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness Connector TX17984,0000152 -19-01NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-168

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=412


System Diagrams

Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram TX1012126 —UN—27SEP06

NUMBER 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20

COLOR BLU GRN RED WHT YEL RED WHT BLK RED WHT

END #1 END #2 X72 X137 X72 V8 X72 X136 V8 X137 V8 X135 S3 X136 S3 X137 S3 S4 S4 X135 S4 X136

S3 1 2 3

(18) (16) (17)

BLK RED WHT

S4 X136 X137

2

X137 1 2 3

(13) (11) (15)

13

WHT GRN YEL

11

X137 X72 X135

3

3

1 11

X135 V8

SIDE A (19) RED SIDE B (15) YEL

X72 S3

3 S4 V8

15

1

12

1

SIDE A (13) WHT SIDE B (10) BLU (17) WHT

V8

10

X72 1 2 3

(10) (11) (12)

BLU GRN RED

X137 V8 X136

X136 SIDE A (20) WHT (16) RED SIDE B (12) RED

S4 S3 2 X72

1 3

S4 1 2 3

(18) (19) (20)

BLK RED WHT

S3 X135 X136

TX1012126 Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W11) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-169

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=413

TX17984,0000153 -19-05OCT06-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-170

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=414


System Diagrams

S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode

X72— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness Connector X135— Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 1

X136— Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 2 X137— Pilot Shutoff Harness Splice 3 TX17984,0000153 -19-05OCT06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-171

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=415


System Diagrams

Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Component Location

F R18

S23

K20

M12 X76

X60

W12

TX1014468 —UN—27NOV06

W13

TX1014468 Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-172

TX17984,0000154 -19-01NOV06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=416


System Diagrams F— Auxiliary Fuse Box K20— Seat Heater Relay M12— Seat Air Compressor motor R18— Seat Heater

S23— Seat Heater Switch W12—Air Suspension Seat Harness W13—Seat Heater Switch Harness

X60— Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Auxiliary Fuse Box Harness 3-Pin Connector X76— Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Heated Seat Switch Harness 3-Pin Connector TX17984,0000154 -19-01NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-173

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=417


System Diagrams

Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram NUMBER 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

COLOR RED/BLK RED/GRN RED/BLK WHT/RED BLK BLK BLU BLK

END #1 END #2 X60 K20 X60 M12 K20 R18 X76 K20 K20 (8) R18 X60 (2) X76 M12 (8)

X76 (6) WHT/RED NOT USED (9) BLU

1 2 3

K20 (2)

R18 (5) (8)

1 2

RED/BLK BLK 1

2

2

1

7

6 5

5 4 3

3

K20 1 2 3 4 5

(6) WHT/RED (7) BLK (2) RED/BLK NOT USED (5) RED/BLK

X76 (8) X60

2

9

1

3

1 8

2

8

5

2

1

10

4

X60 1 2 3

(4) (8) (2)

RED/GRN BLK RED/BLK

M12 R18 K20

M12 1 2

(4) (10)

RED/GRN BLK

X60 (8)

R18

TX1012129 —UN—27SEP06

2

6

K20 X60

TX1012129 Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-174

TX17984,0000155 -19-05OCT06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=418


System Diagrams K20— Seat Heater Relay M12— Seat Air Compressor motor

R18— Seat Heater X76— Air Suspension Seat X60— Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Heated Seat Harness Power Connector Switch Harness 3-Pin Connector TX17984,0000155 -19-05OCT06-2/2

Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Component Location For Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Component Location, See Air Suspension Seat Harness (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TX17984,0000156 -19-18JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-175

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=419


System Diagrams

Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram

NUMBER 1 2

COLOR WHT/RED BLU

END #1 END #2 X76 S23 X76 S23

X76 2 3

1 2 3

1 1

(1) WHT/RED NOT USED BLU (2)

S23 S23

1

4 2

5

1 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (2) BLU (1) WHT/RED NOT USED

TX1012137

X76 X76

TX1012137 —UN—18DEC06

S23

Seat Heater Switch Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-176

TX17984,0000157 -19-05OCT06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=420


System Diagrams S23— Seat Heater Switch X76— Air Suspension Seat Harness-to-Heated Seat Switch Harness 3-Pin Connector TX17984,0000157 -19-05OCT06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-177

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=421


System Diagrams

Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Component Location

S31

S30

X534

S32 S33 K30

S34

S35

X535

K31 K32 K33

TX1144637 —UN—27SEP13

X26

TX1144637 Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Component Location K30— Right Solenoid Relay B K31— Right Solenoid Relay A K32— Left Solenoid Relay B K33— Left Solenoid Relay A S30— Right Pilot Control Lever Switch B

S31— Right Pilot Control Lever Switch A S32— Left Pilot Control Lever Switch B S33— Left Pilot Control Lever Switch A

S34— Right Enable Switch X535— Left Auxiliary Solenoid S35— Left Enable Switch Connector (marked SL/H) X26— Optional Connector X534— Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SR/H) TP97644,000052D -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-178

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=422


System Diagrams

Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram TX1144638 —UN—27SEP13

NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 610 611 612 615 616 617

COLOR RED RED RED BLU BLU WHT YEL RED RED/WHT RED/YEL BLK GRN BLK BLK RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLU/YEL BLU/YEL LT GRN/YEL YEL/RED RED/BLU BLU/YEL RED LT GRN/RED BLK RED RED/BLU

END #1 (611) (8) (1) S35 S32 S33 S32 (1) K33 K32 K31 K30 K32 K33 (1) (8) K30 (11) (11) S34 (20) S30 S31 K31 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26

END #2 K31 S35 S34 S33 (4) K33 K32 K33 X535 X535 (615) X534 (11) (11) K30 K32 (11) X534 X535 S31 S30 K30 K31 X534 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 2

X26 1 2 3 4 5 6

(610) (611) (612) (616) (617) (615)

BLU/YEL RED LT GRN/RED RED RED/BLU BLK

3 1 610 611 612 X26B 616 617 615 6 4

X26 X26 X26 X26 X26 X26

K30 1 2 3 4 5

(22) LT GRN/YEL (17) BLK (15) RED NOT USED (12) GRN

S30 (11) (1) X534

1 2 3 4 5

(23) YEL/RED (11) BLK (1) RED NOT USED (24) RED/BLU

K30 17 22 5 12 3 15

K32

S31 (615) (611)

1 2 3 4 5

X534

2 4 1 K31 11 23 5 24 3 1

2 4 1

3 1 612 611 610 X26A 615 617 616 6 4

K31

(7) YEL (13) BLK (16) RED NOT USED (10) RED/YEL

S32 (11) (8) X535 2 4 1 6 5 9 3 8

2 4 1 7 5 10 316

K33 14

K32 13

K33 1 2 3 4 5

S35 1 2

(4) (2)

BLU RED

1

S33 (8)

BLU/YEL RED

X535

S31 1 2

S34 (20) (3)

S33 (11) (1)

2 1 2 4 S35

S34 3 20

1 2

(6) WHT (14) BLK (8) RED NOT USED (9) RED/WHT

S31 (1)

(23) (20)

YEL/RED BLU/YEL

K31 S34

20 23 S31 2 1

S32 5 7 2 1

S32 1 2

(7) (5)

YEL BLU

K32 (4)

21 22 S30 2 1

X534 1 2 3

S33 4 6 2 1

(24) (12) (18)

S33 1 2

(6) (4)

WHT BLU

RED/BLU GRN BLK

S30

X534 X534 X534

1 2

X534 241218

K33 S35

1 2 3

(22) (21)

LT GRN/YEL BLU/YEL

K30 (20)

9 1019 X535 1 2 3

X535 1 2 3

(9) (10) (19)

RED/WHT RED/YEL BLK

X535 X535 X535

TX1144638 Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-179

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=423

AS79221,0000014 -19-04OCT13-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-180

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=424


System Diagrams

K30— Right Solenoid Relay B K31— Right Solenoid Relay A K32— Left Solenoid Relay B K33— Left Solenoid Relay A S30— Right Pilot Control Lever Switch B

S31— Right Pilot Control Lever Switch A S32— Left Pilot Control Lever Switch B S33— Left Pilot Control Lever Switch A S34— Right Enable Switch

S35— Left Enable Switch X535— Left Auxiliary Solenoid X26— Optional Connector Connector (marked SL/H) X26A— Optional Connector A X26B— Optional Connector B X534— Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector (marked SR/H) AS79221,0000014 -19-04OCT13-2/2

Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Component Location For Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Component Location, See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000211 -19-01NOV06-1/1

Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram NUMBER 1 2

COLOR GRN/BLK BLK

END #1 END #2 X70 S17 X70 S17 X70 2 2

X70 1 2

1 1

(1) (2)

GRN/BLK BLK

S17 S17

1

4 2

5

S13

1 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (2) BLK (1) GRN/BLK NOT USED

TX1076224

X70 X70

TX1073350 —UN—22APR10

S17

Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram S13— Travel Alarm Cancel Switch

X50— Cab Harness-to-Travel Alarm Cancel Switch LD30992,0000212 -19-13DEC07-1/1

Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Component Location For Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Component Location, See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TX17984,000015A -19-01NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-181

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=425


System Diagrams

Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram NUMBER 1 2 3

COLOR GRN YEL BLU/GRN

END #1 END #2 X12 S15 X12 S15 X12 S15

X12 1 3

2

X12 1 2 3

3 1

(3) (2) (1)

BLU/GRN YEL GRN

S15 S15 S15

S15 1

4 2

1

S15

3 10

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (2) YEL NOT USED (1) GRN (3) BLU/GRN NOT USED

X12 X12 X12

TX1012132 —UN—28SEP06

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

TX1012132 Fan Reversing Switch Harness (W16) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-182

TX17984,000015B -19-05OCT06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=426


System Diagrams S15— Fan Reversing Switch

X12— Cab Harness-to-Fan Reversing Switch Harness Connector TX17984,000015B -19-05OCT06-2/2

Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Component Location For Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Component Location, See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) TX17984,000015C -19-01NOV06-1/1

Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram NUMBER COLOR

END #1 END #2

1

PNK/WHT

Y10

X11

2

RED

Y10

X11

Y10 1 2

X11 (2) (1)

RED BLK

1

X11 X11

1 2

2

1

BLK RED

Y10 Y10

1

2

1

2 TX1014020 —UN—07NOV06

2

(1) (2)

TX1014020 Pilot Shutoff Valve Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram X11— Cab Harness-to-Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Harness Connector

Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid

TX17984,000015D -19-02NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-183

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=427


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-184

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=428


System Diagrams

Attachment Harness (W20) Component Location TX1017056 —UN—16JAN07

B45

V40 Y40 Y43

Y41

V43 V41

Y44 W21

Y42 V42 X46

B46

X87

TX1017056 Attachment Harness (W20) Component Location Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-185

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=429

MT89988,0000062 -19-02FEB07-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-186

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=430


System Diagrams B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor V40— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Diode V41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Diode

V42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve Diode V43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Diode W21—2-Speed Harness X46— Attachment Connector X87— Attachment Harnessto-Two Speed Harness Connector

Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Y40— Selector Valve Solenoid Solenoid Valve (Not Used) Valve Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Y42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve MT89988,0000062 -19-02FEB07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-187

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=431


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-188

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=432


System Diagrams

Attachment Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram TX1016209 —UN—16JAN07

NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 15 17 18 68 69 272 277 650 651 652 655 664

COLOR BLU BLU RED/YEL BLU/YEL BLU BLU/WHT BLU YEL/BLK BLU YEL/BLK BLU BLU RED/YEL YEL/GRN LT GRN/BLK RED/WHT RED/YEL BLK/YEL BLU/WHT YEL/BLK BLU/BLK YEL/BLK BLU

END #1 (664) (664) (272) (277) (664) V40 V40 V42 V42 V41 V41 (664) X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46 X46

END #2 Y42 Y41 X87 X87 X87 (650) (664) (655) (1) (651) (2) Y40 X87 X87 X87 B45 B45 B45 Y40 Y41 X87 Y42 (1)(2)(5)(15)

B45

X46 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

(69) (68)

1 2 3

RED/WHT B45 X87 LT GRN/WHT NOT USED B45 RED/YEL B45 BLK/YEL X87 RED X87 YEL/GRN X87 BLU/BLK Y40 BLU/WHT YEL/BLK Y41 YEL/BLK Y42 NOT USED NOT USED (1)(2)(5)(15) BLU

(272) (277) (17) (18) (652) (650) (651) (655)

(664)

1 69 68

(272) (69) (277)

RED/YEL RED/WHT BLK/YEL

X46 X46 X46

272 69 277

V40 A K

1 2 3

(6) (7)

K

A

7

6

BLU/WHT BLU

(650) (664)

Y40 1 2

(650) (15)

BLU/WHT BLU

X46 (664)

2

1

3

4 272 277 17 18

7

15 650

8 652 650 664 10 11 655

664 14 K

A

K

11 10

A

13 12

V42 A K 2 4 652 4

4

68

3

5

5

17 18

(68) LT GRN/BLK (3) RED/YEL (4) BLK/YEL (652) BLU/BLK (5) BLK/YEL (17) RED (18) YEL/GRN NOT USED

YEL/BLK BLU

V41

(655) (1)

A K

1 1 655

2

(12) (13)

YEL/BLK BLU

(651) (2)

1 2 651

8

X87 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(10) (11)

Y42

X46 (272) (277) X46 (664) X46 X46

1 2

(655) (1)

YEL/BLK BLU

X46 (664)

Y41 1 2

(651) (2)

YEL/BLK BLU

X46 (664)

TX1016209 Attachment Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-189

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=433

MT89988,0000063 -19-11JAN07-1/2


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-190

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=434


System Diagrams B45— Attachment Pressure V42— Accumulator Solenoid Sensor Valve Diode V40— Selector Valve Solenoid X46— Attachment Connector Valve Diode X87— Attachment HarnessV41— Secondary Relief Solenoid to-Two Speed Harness Valve Diode Connector

Y40— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Y42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve MT89988,0000063 -19-11JAN07-2/2

2-Speed Harness (W21) Component Location For 2-Speed Harness (W21) Component Location, See Attachment Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) MT89988,000007E -19-18JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-191

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=435


System Diagrams

2-Speed Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram NUMBER COLOR END #1 END #2 3 RED/YEL X87 B46 4 BLK/YEL X87 B46 5 BLU X87 Y43 8 BLU/BLK V43 (652) 9 BLU V43 (5) 17 RED X87 Y44 18 YEL/GRN X87 Y44 68 LT GRN/BLK X87 B46 652 BLU/BLK X87 Y43 1

2

Y43 652 5

1 2

652 5

1

2 17 18

BLU/BLK BLU

X87 X87

Y44 17 18

1 2

RED YEL/GRN

X87 X87

V43 K 9

3

A K

(8) (9)

BLU/BLK BLU

68 3 4 652 5 17 18

RED/BLK WHT WHT/YEL BLK RED GRN BLK/GRN NOT USED

(652) (5)

4

1 2 3 (3) (68) (4)

RED/YEL X87 LT GRN/BLK X87 BLK/YEL X87 1

4 652

4

3

68

18

17

5

8

5

TX1017517

X87 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B46 B46 B46 Y43 Y43 Y44 Y44

TX1017517 —UN—23JAN07

B46 1 2 3

68

8 A

2-Speed Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-192

MT89988,000007F -19-22JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=436


System Diagrams B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor V43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Diode

X87— Attachment Harnessto-Two Speed Harness Connector Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve

Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve (Not Used)

MT89988,000007F -19-22JAN07-2/2

Alternator Harness (W22) Component Location For Alternator Harness (W22) Component Location, See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,000019A -19-12MAY10-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-193

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=437


System Diagrams

Alternator Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram

END #1 G3 X138 X138

NUMBER B08 J08 M16

COLOR RED TAN PUR

END #2 G3 G3 G3

X138 A B

J08 M16

G3

08 B

G3 — M16 J08 B08 —

TX1076970 —UN—28APR10

1 2 3 4 5

TX1076970 Alternator Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-194

LD30992,000019B -19-27APR10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=438


System Diagrams G3—Alternator X138— Machine Harness-toAlternator Harness Connector LD30992,000019B -19-27APR10-2/2

Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Component Location For Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Component Location, See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) LD30992,0000196 -19-12APR10-1/1

Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram NUMBER 1 2

COLOR GRN/BLK BLK

END #1 END #2 X70 S17 X70 S17 X70 2 2

X70 1 2

1 1

(1) (2)

GRN/BLK BLK

S17 S17

1

4 2

5

S17

1 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED (2) BLK (1) GRN/BLK NOT USED

TX1076224

X70 X70

TX1076224 —UN—22APR10

S17

Start Aid Switch Harness (W23) Wiring Diagram S17— Start Aid Switch

X70— Cab Harness-to-Start Aid Switch Harness Connector LD30992,0000197 -19-12APR10-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-195

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=439


System Diagrams

Starter Harness (W27) Component Location (S.N. 511091—)

K34 K35

M1 X127 X128 F45

TX1035020 —UN—18JAN08

V44

TX1035020 Starter Harness (W27) Component Location (S.N. 511091— ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-196

TF44157,00003AC -19-13MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=440


System Diagrams F45— Starter In-line 30 A Fuse K34— Starter Relay K35— Starter Protection Relay

M1—Starter Motor V44— Starter Relay Diode X127— Machine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

X128— Engine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

TF44157,00003AC -19-13MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-197

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=441


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-198

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=442


System Diagrams

Starter Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511091—511868) TX1033014 —UN—15JAN08

NUMBER E03 E03A E03B E13 E14 E15 G01 G01A P21 P21A P21B

COLOR WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT BLK BLK RED RED RED

END #1 END #2 K34 X316 V44 X316 M1 X316 K35 X127 K35 K34 K35 X128 K34 M1 V44 M1 M1 X315 X315 K34 X315 K35

K35

87 86

30 85 86 87 87A

87A 85 30

E14 E15 P21B PLUG E13

X315 SIDE A P21A P21B SIDE B P21

V44

1

A K

2

1 3

4 2

G01A E03A

K34 4

1 2 3 4

X316

X127

K34

3

1

G01 E14 P21A E03

SIDE A E03B SIDE B E03 E03A

E13

F45

K A

X128

01

A

G

01

1

G

1 2

M1 1 2 2 3

P21 G01 G01A E03B

E15 PLUG

M1 3 2

TX1033014 Starter Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511091—511868 ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-199

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=443

TF44157,00003AD -19-13MAY10-1/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-200

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=444


System Diagrams

F45— Starter In-line 30 A Fuse K34— Starter Relay K35— Starter Protection Relay

M1—Starter Motor V44— Starter Relay Diode X127— Machine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

X128— Engine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector X315— P21 RED Splice Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-201

X316— E03 WHT Splice

TF44157,00003AD -19-13MAY10-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=445


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-202

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=446


System Diagrams

(S.N. 511869—) TX1061358 —UN—08JUL09

NUMBER E03 E03A E03B E13 E14 E25 G01 G01A G01B G01C P21

COLOR WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT BLK BLK BLK BLK RED

END #1 END #2 K34 X316 V44 X316 M1 X316 K35 X127 K35 K34 K35 X128 V44 M1 X399 M1 K34 X399 K35 X399 M1 K34

K35

87 86

30 85 86 87 87A

87A 85 30

E14 G01C E25 PLUG E13

V44

1

A K

X399 1 3

4 2

SIDE A G01C G01B SIDE B G01A

2 K34 3

K34 4

1 2 3 4

X316

X127 1

G01B E14 P21A E03

SIDE A E03B SIDE B E03 E03A

E13

F45

G01 E03A

K A

X128

01

A

G

01

1

G

1 2

M1 1 2 2 3

P21 G01 G01A E03B

E25 PLUG

M1 3 2

TX1061358 Starter Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 511869— ) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-203

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=447

TF44157,00003AD -19-13MAY10-3/4


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-204

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=448


System Diagrams

F45— Starter In-line 30 A Fuse K34— Starter Relay K35— Starter Protection Relay

M1—Starter Motor V44— Starter Relay Diode X127— Machine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector

X128— Engine Harnessto-Starter Harness Connector X399— G01 BLK Splice TF44157,00003AD -19-13MAY10-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-205

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=449


System Diagrams

Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Component Location

Y34,Y35

Y34A,Y35A Y34B,Y35B

Y35A

V33 V32

Y34A

Y35B

V31 V30

W15 OR W75 Y34B W61 TX1198181 —UN—11AUG15

X535 W61 X534 TX1198181 Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Component Location V30— Right Solenoid Diode B V31— Right Solenoid Diode A V32— Left Solenoid Diode B V33— Left Solenoid Diode A W15—Multi-Function Pilot Control Lever Harness

W61—Auxiliary Solenoid X535— Left Auxiliary Solenoid Y35— Left Solenoid Harness Connector (marked SL/H) Y35A— Left Solenoid Connector W75—Auxiliary Function Lever Y34— Right Solenoid A (AFL) Harness Y34A— Right Solenoid Y35B— Left Solenoid Connector X534— Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector A B Connector (marked SR/H) Y34B— Right Solenoid Connector B TZ24494,000115C -19-14FEB18-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-206

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=450


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-207

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=451


System Diagrams

Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Wiring Diagram NUMBER G05 G05A G05B G05C G05D H01 H01A H01B H02 H02A H02B

END #1 X534,X535 X450 X450 X450 X450 X534,X535 X451 X451 X534,X535 X534,X535 X534,X535

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN

END #2 X450 Y34A,Y35A Y34B,Y35B V30,V32 V31,V33 X451 Y34A,Y35A V30,V32 X452 Y34B,Y35B V31,V33

X534,X535 1 2 3

1

G05 H01 H02

2 3

X534,X535

V31,V33 M F M

V30,V32 M F

H02B G05D F

V31, V33

H01B G05C M

V30,V32

F

Y34B,Y35B H02A G05B

A

B

SIDE A G05A G05B G05C G05D SIDE B G05

X450

X451

X452

SIDE A H01A H01B SIDE B H01

SIDE A H02A H02B SIDE B H02

X451

X452

B A

A B

X450

B

A

TX1144334 —UN—20SEP13

Y34B,Y35B Y34A,Y35A A

B

Y34A,Y35A

A B

H01A G05A

TX1144334 Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W61) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-208

TZ24494,000115D -19-14FEB18-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=452


System Diagrams V30— Right Solenoid Diode B V31— Right Solenoid Diode A V32— Left Solenoid Diode B V33— Left Solenoid Diode A

X450— GO5 BLK Splice X535— Left Auxiliary Solenoid Y35A— Left Solenoid Connector X451— HO1 GRN Splice Connector (marked SL/H) A X452— HO2 GRN Splice Y34A— Right Solenoid Y35B— Left Solenoid Connector X534— Right Auxiliary Solenoid Connector A B Connector (marked SR/H) Y34B— Right Solenoid Connector B TZ24494,000115D -19-14FEB18-2/2

JDLink™ System Harnesses Component Location—MIG/GTT Machine may be equipped with one of two different JDLink™ systems. See JDLink™ System Identification. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-209

DP27668,00007BE -19-03DEC13-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=453


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-210

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=454


System Diagrams

JDLink™ System Harnesses (W50, W51, W52, W53, and W54) Component Location—If Equipped TX1148663 —UN—03DEC13

W57

F42 X149

X152 W54

G3

K19 X146 X142 A10 X143

X161 W52

X141 R12

X147

X150

W53

F43

X140 W51

F40

W50 F41

A11 X145 X144 X148

TX1148663 JDLink™ System Harnesses (W50, W51, W52, W53, and W54) Component Location Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-211

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=455

DP27668,00007BE -19-03DEC13-2/3


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-212

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=456


System Diagrams

A10— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Controller A11— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller F40— JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7 Amp Fuse F41— JDLink™ Switched Power 3 Amp Fuse F42— JDLink™ Alternator Run Signal 3 Amp Fuse F43— JDLink™ Ground 7.5 Amp Fuse G3—Alternator K19— Battery Relay

R12— JDLink™ CAN Termination X142— Machine Information Resistor Gateway (MIG) HarnessW50—Machine Information to-GlobalTRACS® Gateway (MIG) Harness Terminal (GTT) Harness W51—GlobalTRACS® Terminal 4-Pin Connector (GTT) Harness X143— Machine Information W52—JDLink™ CAN Harness Gateway (MIG) W53—JDLink™ Power Harness Harness-to-JDLink™ W54—JDLink™ Jumper Harness CAN Harness 8-Pin W57—GlobalTRACS® Terminal Connector (GTT) Antenna X144— Machine Information X140— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin Gateway (MIG) (L1-Y3) Connector Harness-to-JDLink™ X145— Machine Information Power Harness 4-Pin Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin Connector (A1-K3) Connector X141— Machine Information X146— JDLink™ MMS Direct Gateway (MIG) Harness4-Pin Connector to-GlobalTRACS® (ethernet) Terminal (GTT) Harness X147— 2-Pin Connector (not 10-Pin Connector used)

X148— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) 70-Pin Connector X149— JDLink™ Power Harness-to-JDLink™ Jumper Harness Connector X150— GT Config Tool Adapter 6-Pin Connector (RS-232) X152— JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-Machine Harness Connector X161— Machine Harness-toJDLink™ CAN Harness 3-Pin Connector

GlobalTRACS is a trademark of the Qualcomm Corporation JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company DP27668,00007BE -19-03DEC13-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-213

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=457


System Diagrams

JDLink™ System Harnesses Component Location—MTG/SAT

JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location—If Equipped

Machine may be equipped with one of two different JDLink™ systems. See JDLink™ System Identification. (Group 9015-20.)

A6001

X161

X6016 A6000 R12 X6014 W6002

K19

X6007 X6011 X6008

X6012

F6001

F6002 W6002 TX1148671

TX1148671 —UN—03DEC13

F6000

JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness Component Location

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-214

DP27668,00007BF -19-03DEC13-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=458


System Diagrams A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) A6001—GPS and Cellular Antenna F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 A Fuse

K19— Battery Relay R12— JDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Termination Resistor W6002—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness X161— Engine Harness-toJDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector

X6007—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Frame Ground Connector X6008—JDLink™ Switched Power Connector X6011—JDLink™ Ground Connector X6012—JDLink™ Unswitched Power Connector X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connector

X6016—JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-toSatellite Harness 6-Pin Connector

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company DP27668,00007BF -19-03DEC13-2/2

JDLink™ System Wiring Diagrams—MIG/GTT Machine may be equipped with one of two different JDLink™ systems. See JDLink™ System Identification. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-215

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-1/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=459


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-216

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=460


System Diagrams

Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness (W50) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1026496 —UN—02FEB11

END #1 X140 X142 X147 X144 X144 X144 X144 X161 X141 X141 X145 X145 X145 X145 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X142 X145 X145 X145 X145 X140 X142 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144 X144

NUMBER G01A G01B G01C G01E G01F G01G G01H G01J J01 J03 M01 M02 M03 M04 M05 M06 M07 M08 M09 M10 M11 M12 M16 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 P01 P01A P01B P01C P02 R01 R02 SHIELD 1 SHIELD 2 SHIELD 3 SHIELD 4

COLOR END #2 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 BLK X162 TAN X144 TAN X144 PUR X146 PUR X146 PUR X146 PUR X146 PUR X141 PUR X141 PUR X141 PUR X141 PUR X143 PUR X143 PUR X143 PUR X143 PUR X140 PUR X140 PUR X141 PUR X141 PUR X141 PUR X141 RED X163 RED X163 RED X163 RED X163 BLK X147 BLK X143 BLK X143 BLK X161 BLK X161 BLK X161 BLK X161

X141 A B C D E F G H J K

J03 M18 M19 M21 M20 M07 M08 M06 M05 J01

4

1

3

2

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

X147

2

1 2

P01A M17 G01B

X162

SIDE A SHIELD 1 SHIELD 2 SHIELD 3 SHIELD 4 G01J

SIDE A G01C G01A G01B G01J SIDE B G01E G01F G01G G01H

M05 M06 G01E

J03 G01F

1

3

2

1 2 3 4

S1 S2 S3 T1 T2 T3 W1 W2 W3 X1 X2 X3 Y1 Y2 Y3

SIDE A P01 P01A SIDE B P01B P01C

3 2 1

P01C M09 Y

M10

X W T

S

1

4

2

3

X163

K J

M07 M08

4

M01 M02 M03 M04

1 2 3 4

P01 M17 G01A M16

X143

X161

X144 L1 L2 L3 M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 P1 P2 P3 R1 R2 R3

X146 P02 G01C

X140

X142 1 2 3 4

1

R P N M L

3 2 1

G01G M11 J01 M16 M12 P02 P01B G01H

H G F

E

D C B A

8 7

6 5

1 2

3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

M09 M10 R01 M11 M12 R02

X145 A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3 D1 D2 D3 E1 E2 E3

M04 M20 M18 M03 M21 M19 M01

M02

F1 F2 F3 G1 G2 G3 H1 H2 H3 J1 J2 J3 K1 K2 K3

TX1026496 Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness (W50) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-217

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=461

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-2/10


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-218

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=462


System Diagrams

X140— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-JDLink™ Power Harness 4-Pin Connector X141— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harnessto-GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness 10-Pin Connector

X142— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harnessto-GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness 4-Pin Connector X143— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-JDLink™ CAN Harness 8-Pin Connector X144— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin (L1-Y3) Connector

X145— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin (A1-K3) Connector X146— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Ethernet Diagnostic 4-Pin Connector X147— 2-Pin Connector (not used) X161— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Shield Splice

X162— G01 BLK Splice X163— P01 RED Splice

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company GlobalTRACS is a trademark of the Qualcomm Corporation Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-219

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-3/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=463


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-220

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=464


System Diagrams

GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness (W51) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1026500 —UN—05SEP07

COLOR END #2 BLK X148 BLK X148 TAN X148 TAN X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 PUR X148 RED X148 BLK X148 BLK X148 BLK X148 BLK X148 BLK X148

1

4

2

3

X148 M30

X142 1 2 3 4

P01 M17 G01

M31 M32

G

H

J

K

X160

X141

SIDE A R01 SIDE B SHEILD 1 SHEILD 2 SHEILD 3 SHEILD 4

J03 M18 M19 M21 M20 M07 M08 M06 M05 J01

14 24

A B C D E F G H J K

W55

6 5 4

1 2 3

65 66 67 68 69 70

F

58 59 60 61 62 63

E

47 57

D

36

C

35

B

40 48

A

23 31

M33

8 9 10 11 12 13

X150 X150 X150 X150 X150 X142 X160 X160 X160 X160 X160

NUMBER G01 G02 J01 J03 M05 M06 M07 M08 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M30 M31 M32 M33 M40 M41 M42 M43 M44 P01 R01 SHIELD 1 SHIELD 2 SHIELD 3 SHIELD 4

1 2 3 4 5 6

END #1 X142 W55 X141 X141 X141 X141 X141 X141 X142 X141 X141 X141 X141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

M40 M41 M43

M17 P01 M42 M07 R01

G01 M44 M08

M32 M33 J03 J01

36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

M30 M31 M20 M21 M18 M19

G02 M05 M06

X150 1 2 3 4 5 6

M40 M41 M42 M43 M44

TX1026500 GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness (W51) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-221

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=465

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-4/10


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-222

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=466


System Diagrams

W55—GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller Ground X141— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness-to-Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness10-Pin Connector

X142— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Harness-to-Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness 4-Pin Connector

X148— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) 70-Pin Connector X150— 6-Pin GT config Tool Adapter Connector X160— GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Shield Splice

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-223

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-5/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=467


System Diagrams JDLink™ CAN Harness (W52) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped

X143 END #1 X143 X161 R12 X143 X161 R12 X143 X161 R12

NUMBER M09 M09A M09B M10 M10A M10B R01 R01A R01B

COLOR YEL YEL YEL GRN GRN GRN BLK BLK BLK

END #2 X165 X165 X165 X166 X166 X166 X167 X167 X167

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

M09 M10 R01 — — — — —

8 7 6 5

X165 SIDE A M09 SIDE B M09A M09B

X166 SIDE A M10 SIDE B M10A M10B

X167 SIDE A R01 SIDE B R01A R01B

R12 A

B C

X161 A

B C

TX1026491

A M09A B M10A C R01A

TX1026491 —UN—02FEB11

A M09B B M10B C R01B

JDLink™ CAN Harness (W52) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-224

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-6/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=468


System Diagrams R12— JDLink™ CAN Termination X161— Machine Harness-toJDLink™ CAN Harness resistor 3-Pin Connector 3-Pin Connector X143— Machine Information X165— M09 YEL Splice Gateway (MIG) Harness-to-JDLink™ CAN Harness 8-Pin Connector

X166— M10 GRN Splice X167— R01 BLK Splice

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-225

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-7/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=469


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-226

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=470


System Diagrams

JDLink™ Power Harness (W53) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1026494 —UN—31JUL07

END #1 F40 F43 F43 F41 F41 F42 F42 F40

NUMBER B01 G01 G01A M16 M16A M17 M17A P01

COLOR END #2 RED K19 BLK W56 BLK X140 PUR X140 PUR K19 PUR X140 PUR X149 RED X140

F42 A B

M17A M17

A

B

X140 1 2 3 4

P01 M17 G01A M16

X149 A 4

1

3

2

M17A

K19

6A

M1

F40 A B

B0 1

P01 B01

A

B

W56

F41 A

B

A B

G01

M16A M16

F43 A

B

A B

G01 G01A

TX1026494 JDLink™ Power Harness (W53) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-227

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=471

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-8/10


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-228

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=472


System Diagrams F40— JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7 Amp Fuse F41— JDLink™ Switched Power 3 Amp Fuse F42— JDLink™ Alternator Run Signal 3 Amp Fuse

F43— JDLink™ Ground 7.5 Amp X149— Power Harness-toJDLink™ Jumper Fuse Harness Connector K19— Battery Relay W56—JDLink™ Power Harness Ground X140— Power Harness-toMachine Information Gateway (MIG) Harness 4-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-229

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-9/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=473


System Diagrams JDLink™ Jumper Harness (W54) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped

END #1 X151 X164 X164 X164

NUMBER J08 M16 M16A M16B

COLOR TAN PUR PUR PUR

END #2 X152 X151 X152 X149

A

A

B

B

B

A

X164 16

B

X151

SIDE A M16A SIDE B M16 M16B

M

A J08 B M16

B A

X152 A J08 B M16A

TX1026493 —UN—30JUL07

X149

TX1026493 JDLink™ Jumper Harness (W54) Wiring Diagram X149— JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-JDLink™ Power Harness Connector

X151— JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-Alternator Connector

X152— JDLink™ Jumper Harness-to-Machine Harness Connector

X164— M16 PUR Splice

DP27668,00007C0 -19-03DEC13-10/10

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-230

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=474


System Diagrams

JDLink™ System Wiring Diagrams—MTG/SAT Machine may be equipped with one of two different JDLink™ systems. See JDLink™ System Identification. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-231

DP27668,00007C1 -19-03DEC13-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=475


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-232

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=476


System Diagrams

JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1088965 —UN—03MAR11

COLOR END #2 BLK X5000 BLK F6001 BLK X6014 BLK X6016 BLK X6014 PUR X6014 PUR X6014 PUR X6014 YEL X161 YEL X6014 YEL R12 LT GRN X161 LT GRN X6014 LT GRN R12 RED F6000 RED X5003 RED X5003 RED X5003 RED F6002 RED X6014

R12 X6007

C

M12B M13B —

X5003 G02

SIDE A P01A SIDE B P01B P01C

X5003

X6014 (A6000)

P01

X6012

1

B A

B A

X6008

X6011 B

B

A

B

A

B

A

F6002

F6000

F6001

A B

A B

A B

P307 P307A

P01 P01A

3

SIDE A M12 SIDE B M12 M12A M12B

B A

A B C D E F G H J K L M

2

X5001

4

X5001

G01 G01A

C A

X161 A B C

A B C

A

B

G01

NUMBER G01 G01A G01B G01C G02 M01 M02 M03 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B P01 P01A P01B P01C P307 P307A

P307

END #1 F6001 X5000 X5000 X5000 X6007 X6016 X6016 X6016 X5001 X5001 X5001 X5002 X5002 X5002 X6012 F6000 X6016 X6014 X6008 F6002

M12 M13 —

X5000

X5002

SIDE A G01 SIDE B G01A G01B G01C

SIDE A M13 SIDE B M13 M13A M13B

A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

M01 M02 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — G02 —

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

— — — — M12A M13A — — — — — — — — — — P307A — — — G01B P01C M03 —

4 5 6 3 2 1

X6016 1 2 3 4 5 6

M01 M02 M03 G01C P01B —

TX1088965 JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-233

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=477

DP27668,00007C1 -19-03DEC13-2/3


System Diagrams

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-234

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=478


System Diagrams A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 Amp Fuse F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 Amp Fuse F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 Amp Fuse

R12— JDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Termination Resistor X161— Engine Harness-toJDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector X5000—Splice G01 BLK X5001—Splice M12 YEL

X5002—Splice M13 LT GRN X5003—Splice P01 RED X6007—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Frame Ground Connector X6008—JDLink™ Switched Power Connector X6011—JDLink™ Ground Connector

X6012—JDLink™ Unswitched Power Connector X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connector X6016—JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-toSatellite Harness 6-Pin Connector

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company DP27668,00007C1 -19-03DEC13-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-10-235

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=479


Group 15

Sub-System Diagnostics Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation JDLINK OPTION (WITH MIG)

M09 YEL M10 GRN

A

R01 BLK

C

X161 A

R12 JDLINK CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR

B

X144

X143 1

B

M09 YEL M10 GRN

M09 YEL M10 GRN

2

M09 PUR M10 PUR

C

R01 BLK

R01 BLK

3

R01 BLK

JDLINK OPTION (WITH MTG) M12 YEL

A

M13 LT GRN

B

A B

M12 YEL M13 LT GRN

S3 T3

R12 JDLINK CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR

X6014

X161

A10 MACHINE INFORMATION GATEWAY (MIG) CONTROLLER

M12 YEL M13 LT GRN

A4 MONITOR CONTROLLER (MON)

A6000 MODULAR TELEMATICS GATEWAY (MTG)

H1 H2

6 BLU GRN

C

X20 7

STANDARD

C

4

A1 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT (ECU)

B1

M12 YEL

A1

2

3

4

D C

X6 X30

M12 YEL M13 LT GRN R02 BLK

3

5

K2

M13 LT GRN

A5 INFORMATION CONTROLLER (ICF)

11

X15 R02 BLK

2

X34

14

BLU GRN

4

X4

X7

A3 MAIN CONTROLLER (MCF)

X1 SERVICE ADVISOR DIAGNOSTIC CONNETOR

BLU GRN

M12 YEL M13 LT GRN R02 BLK

B

X24

BLU

30

BLU

28

BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU

8

BLU

GRN

29

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

1

GRN

TX1129021

TX1129021 —UN—09JAN13

R10 CAN TERMINATION RESISTOR 1

A

BLU GRN

X161

Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-1

TZ24494,0000AAF -19-28JUN16-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=480


Sub-System Diagnostics A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A3—Main Controller (MCF) A4—Monitor Controller (MON) A5—Information Controller (ICF) A10— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) Controller A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1 (machines without JDLink™ only)

R12— JDLink™ CAN Termination X20— Monitor 20-Pin Connector Resistor B X1— Service ADVISOR™ X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Diagnostic Connector Harness Connector C X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine (brown) Harness 32-Pin Connector X30— Cab Harness-to-Main X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Controller 31-Pin Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector C Connector B X34— Cab Harness-to-Machine X7— Engine Interface Information Center 17-Pin Harness-to-Machine Connector C Harness 8-Pin Connector X143— Machine Information X15— Engine Control Unit Gateway (MIG) (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Harness-to-JDLink™ Harness Connector 2 (J2) CAN Harness 8-Pin Connector

X144— Machine Information Gateway (MIG) 30-Pin (L1—Y3) Connector X161— Engine Harness-toJDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connector

Controller Area Network (CAN) Overview—The CAN data line provides a standardized means for electronic controllers and other devices to communicate with each other.

highest priority has access to the bus. The device that loses arbitration immediately retransmits its signal when the device with the higher priority has completed its transmission.

The CAN consists of two wires: CAN high and CAN low. These two wires carry signals opposite to each other to overcome noise interference and minimize communication errors. The high and low wires, along with a ground wire, are woven together, forming what is called a twisted triple. The twisted triple provides an additional method of reducing interference and thus helps the devices communicate with minimal errors.

Each controller has the ability to generate a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) if CAN communication is lost. Refer to DTC diagnostics of specific controller in Section 9001.

To help prevent signal errors, the CAN data line uses two 120-ohm termination resistors. One of these resistors is located inside the monitor and is not serviceable. If JDLink™ is not installed, CAN termination resistor 1 (R10) is installed in the engine harness-to-JDLink™ harness controller area network (CAN) connector (X161). When JDLink™ is installed, CAN termination resistor 1 (R10) is replaced by JDLink™ CAN termination resistor (R12), which is installed in the JDLink™ harness. See JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped. (Group 9015-10.) The CAN is an arbitration-based system. This means that a low priority message always allows a high priority message to go first. Each CAN device checks to see if the data line is idle before it transmits a signal. Whichever device gets on the data line first is able to transmit its signal.

The engine control unit (ECU), monitor controller (MON), information controller (ICF), main controller (MCF), and a JDLink™ controller (modular telematics gateway or machine information gateway) are all connected to the CAN. Operations and functions of these individual devices are covered separately.

• See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

• See Monitor Controller Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

• See Information Controller (ICF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

• See Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

• See JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped. (Group 9015-15.)

The Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector provides an interface for connecting diagnostic equipment such as a laptop. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

When collision occurs, that is, when two or more devices are transmitting at the same time, the device with the JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TZ24494,0000AAF -19-28JUN16-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=481


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=482


Sub-System Diagnostics

Starting and Charging Circuit Theory of Operation TX1076343 —UN—17MAY10

Starting and Charging Circuit Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=483

LD30992,0000214 -19-23APR10-1/4


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=484


Sub-System Diagnostics

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A4—Monitor Controller F16— Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (Marked POW ON) F45— Starter In-line 30 A Fuse F60— Fusible Link 65 A F61— Fusible Link 45A G3—Alternator

K1—Load Dump Relay V2— Alternator Excitation Diode K35— Starter Protection Relay K4—Starter Relay (S.N. —511090) V3— Load Dump Relay Diode (S.N. 511869—) K4—Starter Cut Relay (S.N. M1—Starter Motor (S.N. —511090) V4— Security Diode 511091—) M1—Starter Motor (S.N. 511091—) V5— Start Relay Diode K14— Alternator Relay V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode S1— Key Switch K34— Starter Relay (S.N. V44— Starter Relay Diode S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 605865—) S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 K35— Starter Protection Relay V1— Battery Relay Diode (S.N. 511091—511868)

• Battery relay (K19) • Starter relay (K34) • Starter protection relay (K35) • Starter (M1) • Key switch (S1) • Pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) • Security diode (V4) • Starter cut relay diode (V5) • Pilot shutoff diode (V8) • Starter relay diode (V44)

Starting Circuit (S.N. —511090) The starting circuit consists of:

• Monitor controller (A4) • Batteries (G1 and G2) • Starter relay (K4) • Security relay (K5) • Battery relay (K19) • Starter (M1) • Key switch (S1) • Pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) • Security diode (V4) • Starter relay diode (V5) • Pilot shutoff diode (V8) When key switch (S1) is moved to the START position, power is applied from key switch terminal ST to terminals 1 and 3 of starter relay (K4). Key switch terminal M also receives power, energizing battery relay (K19). Energized battery relay (K19) supplies power to starter motor (M1) terminal B through terminals A and B on battery relay (K19). De-energized starter relay (K4) terminal 4 supplies power to starter motor (M1) terminal C, cranking the engine. When a warning alarm or security code error is detected, the monitor controller (A4) pin A4 is connected to ground, energizing starter relay (K4) and security relay (K5) through security diode (V4), removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C, preventing engine from starting. When pilot shutoff switches 1 and 2 (S3) and (S4) are closed, pilot control lever in down (unlocked) position, starter relay (K4) terminal 2 is connected to ground, energizing starter relay (K4) removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C. This prevents the activation of starter motor when pilot control lever is in the down (unlocked) position. Security diode (V4), starter relay diode (V5), and pilot shutoff diode (V8) work as logic gates to allow more than one device to control one circuit without backfeeding other circuits. Starting Circuit (S.N. 511091—511868) The starting circuit consists of:

• Engine control unit (ECU) (A1) • Monitor controller (A4) • Batteries (G1 and G2) • Starter cut relay (K4) • Security relay (K5)

When key switch (S1) is moved to the START position, power is applied from key switch terminal ST to terminals 1 and 3 of starter cut relay (K4). Key switch terminal M also receives power, energizing battery relay (K19). Energized battery relay (K19) supplies power to starter motor (M1) terminal B. Starter cut relay (K4) utilizes the normally closed contacts of the relay to continue the start signal to the starter protection relay (K35) pin 87A. Starter cut relay is energized when there is power from key switch on relay pin 1 and ground on relay pin 2. The ground on pin 2 can come from the monitor controller (A4) through security diode (V4) or from pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) through starter cut relay diode (V5). A ground from the monitor controller (A4) is the result of a security code violation or machine warning alarm. A ground from pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) is the result of the pilot shutoff lever in the down (Unlocked) position or an error in the pilot shutoff circuit. Starter protection relay (K35) also utilizes the normally closed contacts of the relay to supply power to starter relay (K34) pin 2. Starter protection relay receives power from starter in-line 30 A fuse (F45) on relay pin 86 and ground from engine control unit (ECU) (A1) connector X15 pin E2 on relay pin 85. The engine control unit (A1) activates the starter protection relay (K35) based on the engine run status. If the engine is running, the engine control unit will ground starter protection relay (K35) pin 85. This opens the normally closed contacts of the starter protection relay and prevents power from going to the starter relay (K34) pin 2. If the engine is not running, the engine control unit will not ground starter protection relay (K35) pin 85. This leaves the normally closed contacts of the starter protection relay to stay closed and supply power to the starter relay (K34) pin 2. Engine control unit (A1) control of the starter protection relay prevents the starter from engaging the engine while the engine is running.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-6

LD30992,0000214 -19-23APR10-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=485


Sub-System Diagnostics

Starter relay (K34) is a normally open relay which closes when ground is present on relay pin 1 and power is present on relay pin 2. Energized starter relay (K34) provides power from starter in-line 30 A fuse (F45) to starter motor (M1) terminal C. When power is present on starter motor terminal C, the starter rotates thus cranking the engine. When starter relay (K34) is de-energized, starter relay contacts are opened, removing power from starter terminal C, stopping the starter motor from turning. When a warning alarm or security code error is detected, the monitor controller (A4) pin A4 is connected to ground, energizing starter cut relay (K4) and security relay (K5) through security diode (V4), removing the start signal from starter protection relay (K35) and starter relay (K34). With no start signal at starter relay (K34), the relay remains de-energized, removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C, preventing engine from starting. When pilot shutoff switches 1 and 2 (S3) and (S4) are closed, pilot control lever in down (unlocked) position, starter cut relay (K4) terminal 2 is connected to ground through starter cut relay diode (V5), removing the start signal from starter protection relay (K35) and starter relay (K34). With no start signal at starter relay (K34), the relay remains de-energized, removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C. This prevents the activation of starter motor when pilot control lever is in the down (unlocked) position. Security diode (V4), starter relay diode (V5), and pilot shutoff diode (V8) work as logic gates to allow more than one device to control one circuit without backfeeding other circuits.

energized when there is power from key switch on relay pin 1 and ground on relay pin 2. The ground on pin 2 can come from the monitor controller (A4) through security diode (V4) or from pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) through starter cut relay diode (V5). A ground from the monitor controller (A4) is the result of a security code violation or machine warning alarm. A ground from pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) is the result of the pilot shutoff lever in the down (Unlocked) position or an error in the pilot shutoff circuit. Starter protection relay (K35) also utilizes the normally closed contacts of the relay to supply power to starter relay (K34) pin 2. Starter protection relay receives power from engine control unit (ECU) (A1) connector X15 pin M3 on relay pin 86 and ground on relay pin 85. The engine control unit (A1) activates the starter protection relay (K35) based on the engine run status. If the engine is running, the engine control unit will power starter protection relay (K35) pin 86. This opens the normally closed contacts of the starter protection relay and prevents power from going to the starter relay (K34) pin 2. If the engine is not running, the engine control unit will not power starter protection relay (K35) pin 86. This leaves the normally closed contacts of the starter protection relay to stay closed and supply power to the starter relay (K34) pin 2. Engine control unit (A1) control of the starter protection relay prevents the starter from engaging the engine while the engine is running. Starter relay (K34) is a normally open relay which closes when ground is present on relay pin 1 and power is present on relay pin 2. Energized starter relay (K34) provides power from starter in-line 30 A fuse (F45) to starter motor (M1) terminal C. When power is present on starter motor terminal C, the starter rotates thus cranking the engine. When starter relay (K34) is de-energized, starter relay contacts are opened, removing power from starter terminal C, stopping the starter motor from turning.

Starting Circuit (S.N. 511869—) The starting circuit consists of:

• Engine control unit (ECU) (A1) • Monitor controller (A4) • Batteries (G1 and G2) • Starter cut relay (K4) • Security relay (K5) • Battery relay (K19) • Starter relay (K34) • Starter protection relay (K35) • Starter (M1) • Key switch (S1) • Pilot shutoff switches (S3 and S4) • Security diode (V4) • Starter cut relay diode (V5) • Pilot shutoff diode (V8) • Starter relay diode (V44) When key switch (S1) is moved to the START position, power is applied from key switch terminal ST to terminals 1 and 3 of starter cut relay (K4). Key switch terminal M also receives power, energizing battery relay (K19). Energized battery relay (K19) supplies power to starter motor (M1) terminal B. Starter cut relay (K4) utilizes the normally closed contacts of the relay to continue the start signal to the starter protection relay (K35) pin 87A. Starter cut relay is

When a warning alarm or security code error is detected, the monitor controller (A4) pin A4 is connected to ground, energizing starter cut relay (K4) and security relay (K5) through security diode (V4), removing the start signal from starter protection relay (K35) and starter relay (K34). With no start signal at starter relay (K34), the relay remains de-energized, removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C, preventing engine from starting. When pilot shutoff switches 1 and 2 (S3) and (S4) are closed, pilot control lever in down (unlocked) position, starter cut relay (K4) terminal 2 is connected to ground through starter cut relay diode (V5), removing the start signal from starter protection relay (K35) and starter relay (K34). With no start signal at starter relay (K34), the relay remains de-energized, removing power from starter motor (M1) terminal C. This prevents the activation of starter motor when pilot control lever is in the down (unlocked) position. Security diode (V4), starter relay diode (V5), and pilot shutoff diode (V8) work as logic gates to allow more than one device to control one circuit without backfeeding other circuits.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-7

LD30992,0000214 -19-23APR10-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=486


Sub-System Diagnostics

Charging Circuit The charging circuit consists of batteries (G1) and (G2), key switch (S1), alternator (G3), alternator relay (K14), load dump relay (K1), load dump relay diode (V3), and monitor controller (A4). With key switch (S1) ON, battery power is applied through fusible link (F16) and excites alternator through terminal 15. The terminal B2+ of alternator (G3) charges the batteries (G1) and (G2). When alternator terminal L produces output voltage, alternator relay (K14) will energize, routing power from key switch terminal M, to the monitor controller (A4) pin C7, turning off the alternator indicator light and the monitor warning alarm (H3). If voltage at alternator terminal L drops below operating voltage, alternator relay will de-energize, removing power to monitor controller pin C7. With battery voltage removed from monitor controller pin C7, alternator voltage indicator will illuminate and monitor warning alarm (H3) will sound. System voltage must be present at alternator terminal S (battery sense) for the alternator to produce a signal at the L terminal. When battery voltage is present at monitor controller pin C7, load dump relay (K1) is energized by a ground from

the monitor controller pin A12. With load dump relay energized, battery power is supplied to battery relay (K19) pin S. This keeps the battery relay energized to ensure that excitation power to alternator is maintained as long as the engine is running, even if the key switch is turned to the OFF or ACC position momentarily. Load Dump Circuit The load dump circuit consists of load dump relay (K1) and load dump diode (V3). When the alternator (G3) is generating electricity, the alternator relay (K14) is energized, sending voltage to monitor controller (A4) pin C7. This causes monitor to put pin A12 to ground, energizing load dump relay (K1). With load dump relay (K1) energized, battery power is applied through terminals 3 and 5 to battery relay (K19). Monitor controller (A4) terminal A12 retains a ground path for load dump relay (K1) until alternator (G3) stops producing output voltage, keeping the battery relay (K19) energized, providing a path to the batteries (G1) and (G2) for any power produced by the alternator (G3) as the engine slows to a stop. Then the ground path is removed from load dump relay, and battery relay (K19) is de-energized. Load dump relay diode (V3) isolates battery power at terminal 5 of load dump relay (K1) from key switch ON power circuits. LD30992,0000214 -19-23APR10-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=487


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=488


Sub-System Diagnostics

Monitor Controller Circuit Theory of Operation TX1217896 —UN—23JUN16

Monitor Controller Circuit (1 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=489

LD30992,0000215 -19-24JUN16-1/5


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=490


Sub-System Diagnostics F60— Fusible Link 65 A A4—Monitor Controller K5—Security Relay A5—Information Controller (ICF) F61— Fusible Link 45A K14— Alternator Relay F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (marked G1—Battery K19— Battery Relay G2—Battery SOLENOID) S1— Key Switch H3—Monitor Warning Alarm F16— Controller Key Switch S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 Signal 10 A Fuse (marked K1—Load Dump Relay S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 K2—Pilot Shutoff Relay POW ON) V1— Battery Relay Diode K4—Starter Relay (S.N. —511090) V3— Load Dump Relay Diode F19— Controller 5 A Fuse K4—Starter Cut Relay (S.N. (marked SW. BOX) V4— Security Diode 511091—) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-12

V5— Starter Cut Relay Diode V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (brown) X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (not used)

LD30992,0000215 -19-24JUN16-2/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=491


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=492


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1138138 —UN—16JUL13

Monitor Controller Circuit (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=493

LD30992,0000215 -19-24JUN16-3/5


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=494


Sub-System Diagnostics

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A3—Main Controller (MCF) A4—Monitor Controller A9—Switch Panel B16— Air Filter Restriction Switch (if installed) B18— Fuel Level Sensor B27— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (if equipped)

F9— Radio Back-Up 10A Fuse (marked BACK UP) H2—Security Alarm K3—Security Alarm Relay K6—Windshield Wiper Relay K7—Drive Light Relay K8—Boom Work Light Relay K9—Windshield Washer Relay R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1

The monitor controller (A4) contains gauges and indicators, sensor inputs, and switches. The gauges and indicators display the status of machine systems and control switches. The sensor inputs are used by the monitor controller to monitor the status of the machine systems, and the switches are used to control or select machine functions by providing control signal outputs to other machine systems. The illumination of the indicators and the status of control signal outputs are controlled by logic circuits in the monitor controller in response to the sensor inputs and control switch settings. Operating power to the monitor controller is applied from controller power fuse (F19) to pin A16. Frame ground is applied to pin B11. Switched power comes from controller key switch signal 10 Amp fuse (F16) to pin A7 of monitor controller (A4). Hour Meter And Gauges—The hour meter monitors battery voltage at monitor controller pin C7. When the engine is running and battery voltage is present at pin C7, the hour meter records hours of operation. The engine coolant temperature and fuel level gauges are controlled by engine coolant temperature sensor (B4) and fuel level sensor (B18). Fuel level sensor (B18) provides a variable resistance to ground on pin C2 to indicate fuel level and engine coolant temperature is provided by the ECU via CAN. Air Filter Restriction Indicator Light—The air filter restriction switch (B16) puts monitor controller pin B4 to ground when a plugged filter is sensed with the engine running, causing the air filter restriction indicator to illuminate. Fuel Level Indicator Light—The fuel level sensor (B18) provides a variable resistance to the fuel gauge as fuel level changes in the tank. Once the sensor is at a high enough resistance at monitor controller (A4) pin C2, the fuel level indicator light will illuminate indicating a low level of fuel. Specification Fuel Level Indicator Light—Resistance................................. Illuminates Above 82—88 ohms

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator—Ground is passed to pin B15 of monitor controller (MON) when hydraulic oil temperature switch (if equipped) (S40) and hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (if equipped) (B27) are closed (hydraulic oil temperature is above 24°C [75°F] and a plugged hydraulic oil filter is sensed). When this condition exists, hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator will illuminate.

R15— Engine Speed Dial X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch S8— Auto Idle Switch Panel 16-Pin Connector S9— Windshield Wiper and X90— Machine Harness-toWasher Switch Hydraulic Oil Temperature S10— Work Light Switch Switch Connector S40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Switch (if equipped) X3— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 52-Pin Connector

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light—The engine coolant temperature indicator light will illuminate when the ECU (A1) senses engine coolant temperature above 110°C (230°F) from the engine coolant temperature sensor (B4). The monitor controller (A4) receives engine coolant temperature signal from ECU through control area network (CAN) and illuminates the engine coolant temperature light. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge—Engine coolant temperature sensor (B4) provides a variable resistance to the ECU (A1) as the engine temperature changes. The ECU sends a signal to the monitor controller (A4) over CAN, and the monitor controller displays the temperature on the temperature gauge. Alternator Voltage Indicator—The alternator alarm indicator is controlled by alternator relay (K14) and monitored by the monitor controller (A4) at pin C7. When the alternator voltage is below charging level, the alternator relay is de-energized . This removes system voltage from monitor controller pin C7 and illuminates the alternator warning indicator. Monitor Display Alarm—The monitor warning alarm (H3) sounds when certain diagnostic trouble codes or machine conditions exist which could damage the machine. The alarm notifies the operator of the condition. The alarm receives power from controller 5 Amp fuse (F19). Water-in-Fuel Indicator (S.N. 512064—)—The water-in-fuel indicator will illuminate when water is present in the fuel. The engine control unit (ECU) monitors the water-in-fuel sensor for indication of water in the fuel. When water is present, the engine control unit grounds an output on connector X15 pin E2. The grounded output on the engine control unit grounds monitor controller (A4) pin C12. This displays the water-in-fuel alarm on the monitor. Check Engine Indicator Light—The check engine indicator light will come ON if there is an engine problem. The engine may run at a reduced power to protect the engine but still allow the machine to be moved. For more information on the engine control unit (ECU) (A1) and sensors, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) For instructions on reading engine diagnostic trouble codes, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) and see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.) CONTROL SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-16

LD30992,0000215 -19-24JUN16-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=495


Sub-System Diagnostics

Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (S9)—Windshield wiper and washer switch (S9) is used to select intermittent or continuous windshield wiper operation and to activate the windshield washer motor. The monitor controller supplies a 5-volt reference voltage terminal (C6) and a ground terminal (C9) to the windshield wiper and washer switch. The monitor controller determines the position of the windshield wiper and washer switch from signals received at terminal C3. When the windshield wiper and washer switch is turned to the ON or one of the INT positions, the monitor controller momentarily connects terminals A2 and A11 to ground, energizing windshield wiper relay (K6). When the windshield wiper and washer switch is pressed, terminal B3 on the monitor controller is connected to ground. This causes the monitor controller to connect terminal A10 to ground, energizing windshield washer relay (K9). For more information on the windshield wiper and washer circuit, See Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Work Light Switch (S10)—The work light switch (S10) provides a signal to the monitor controller, which sends ground to boom work light relay (K8) and drive light relay (K7). When the switch is moved to position 1, monitor controller (A4) pin B20 is grounded, which grounds pin A1 of monitor controller and energizes drive light relay (K7). When the switch is moved to position 2, monitor controller (A4) pin A6 is grounded, which grounds pin A5 and pin A1 of monitor controller, energizing boom work light relay (K8) and drive light relay (K7). In position 2, both drive lights and boom work lights are on.

Auto-Idle Switch (S8)—When the auto-idle switch (S8) is turned to AI position, the auto-idle switch applies a ground to monitor controller (A4) pin B18 and main controller (MCF) (A3) pin B6. This causes auto-idle mode to be selected, and the auto-idle indicator light illuminates. For more information on auto-idle, see Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Engine Speed Dial (R15)—The engine speed dial has a 5-volt reference voltage provided by main controller (MCF) (A3) terminal D1 and a ground reference shared with MCF terminal D6 and monitor controller (A4) terminal C10. The engine speed dial applies a varied voltage level to MCF terminal C1 and monitor controller terminal C4. The main controller uses this input to set an appropriate engine speed for the machine. For more information on engine speeds, see Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.) Power Mode Switch (S12)—When the power mode switch is turned to E (Economy) position, a ground is applied to main controller (MCF) (A3) terminal B13, causing the economy mode to be selected. When the power mode switch is turned to P (Standard) position, ground is removed from MCF (A3) terminal B13 and B21, causing the standard mode to be selected. When the power mode switch is turned to HP (High Power) position, ground is applied to MCF (A3) terminal B21, causing the high power mode to be selected. For more information on machine power modes, see Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.) LD30992,0000215 -19-24JUN16-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-17

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=496


Sub-System Diagnostics

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation TX1229711 —UN—01DEC16

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit (1 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=497

LD30992,0000552 -19-19JAN17-1/5


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-19

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=498


Sub-System Diagnostics B7—Intake Air Temperature A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sensor B1—Crankshaft Position Sensor B9—Manifold Air Temperature B2—Camshaft Position Sensor Sensor B4—Engine Coolant Temperature B11— Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Sensor B5—Fuel Temperature Sensor B12— Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor B13— Fuel Transfer Pump Pressure Sensor

B17— Water In Fuel Sensor F60— Fusible Link 65 A F61— Fusible Link 45A G1—Battery G2—Battery K1—Load Dump Relay K19— Battery Relay S1— Key Switch

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-20

V1— Battery Relay Diode V3— Load Dump Relay Diode Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Y9— Reversing Fan Solenoid

LD30992,0000552 -19-19JAN17-2/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=499


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-21

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=500


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1078565 —UN—10JUN10

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-22

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=501

LD30992,0000552 -19-19JAN17-3/5


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-23

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=502


Sub-System Diagnostics

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A4—Monitor Controller F6— 12 Volt Power Outlet 10 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 2) F8— Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A Fuse (Marked ECM) F16— Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (Marked POW ON)

F18— Service Advisor Diagnostic Connector Power 5 A Fuse (Marked DIAG) K35— Starter Protection Relay (S.N. 511091—511868) K35— Starter Protection Relay (S.N. 511869—) R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1

Engine Control Unit

S15— Reversing Fan Switch X1— Service Advisor Diagnostic Connector Y1— Electronic Injector #1 Y2— Electronic Injector #2 Y3— Electronic Injector #3 Y4— Electronic Injector #4

Variable Speed Fan

The engine control unit (ECU) (A1) manages the engine with input from main controller (MCF) (A3) and sensors located on the engine. The ECU is supplied with unswitched power through connector X15 and engine control unit 20 Amp fuse (F8). The ECU is turned on by a key switch signal from the controller 5 Amp fuse (F16) through pin B2 of connector X15. The ECU communicates with the main controller (A3) through a CAN (Controller Area Network). CAN connects to ECU through pins A1, B1, and K2 of connector X15. If there is a malfunction with the ECU or one of the sensor circuits it is connected to, it will illuminate an indicator on the monitor controller (A4) to notify the operator of the problem. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) Engine Speed Control The engine speed dial (R15) allows for manual adjustment of the engine speed through the main controller (MCF) (A3) to the engine control unit (ECU) (A1). A variable voltage of 0 to 5 volts is sent from the engine speed dial to the MCF. The MCF uses this information along with the status of the power mode switch (S12), the auto idle switch (S8) and information from the pressure sensors to create an engine speed output signal. The engine speed output signal from the MCF is used by the ECU to set the engine speed. The engine speed dial uses terminals 1, 2, and 3 in connector X27. Terminal 1 in connector X27 is the power wire which goes to MCF connector X31 pin D1. Terminal 2 in connector X27 is a signal wire which goes to MCF connector X30 pin C1, and to monitor controller connector X21 pin C4. Terminal 3 in connector X27 is a ground wire which goes to MCF connector X31 pin D6, and monitor controller (A4) connector X21 pin C10. For information on auto idle and power modes E, P, and HP, See Engine Speed Control System Operation. (9010-05.)

The variable speed fan cools the machine's systems by a hydraulic pump and motor controlled by a proportional solenoid. This provides machine efficiency and reduced fan noise levels by only operating the fan at the minimum speed necessary to cool the machine systems. The engine control unit (ECU) uses inputs from the engine coolant temperature sensor (B4) at terminal C4 (X14) of the engine control unit, intake air temperature sensor (B7) terminals D2 and G4 (X15), and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40) via controller area network (CAN) to determine the proper fan speed. The input that requires the most cooling takes precedence over the other inputs and the fan is run at a speed sufficient to cool the warmest input. If any of the three temperature sensor inputs are invalid, the fan will run at maximum speed to ensure proper cooling. Temperature thresholds and proportional solenoid duty cycles (fan speeds) are preprogrammed into the ECU and cannot be changed. The proportional fan solenoid is driven from engine control unit (ECU) terminals C1, D2, and J4 of connector X15. Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sensor Temperature Input Coolant Temperature

90°C (194°F)

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

80°C (176°F)

Intake Air Temperature

52°C at 25°C ambient (126°F at 77°F ambient)*

*The engine control unit measures the intake air temperature and adds a constant value to it at ambient temperatures above 25°C (77°F). In this application, the constant value is 27 degrees Celsius (49 degrees Fahrenheit) above ambient air temperature when ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F). At temperatures below 25°C (77°F), the engine control unit uses the constant of 52°C (126°F) for the fan speed calculations. For example:

• at 26°C (79°F) ambient temperature, the ECU calculated temperature would be 53°C (128°F) • at 30°C (86°F) ambient temperature, the ECU calculated temperature would be 57°C (135°F) • at 20°C (68°F) ambient temperature, the ECU calculated temperature would be 52°C (126°F)

Power Limiting The engine control unit (ECU) (A1) has a built-in engine protection program. The ECU will derate the amount of fuel that is delivered to the engine when sensor inputs exceed normal operating ranges. For a list of these fault codes and derate percentages, See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-20.)

Variable Speed Fan Reversing Function (if equipped) The variable speed fan reversing option switches the direction of the cooling fan to help clear the cooling package of debris buildup. A complete reversing cycle takes approximately 2 minutes with the fan running for 60 seconds at full speed in reverse during that time.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Y5— Electronic Injector #5 Y6— Electronic Injector #6 Y7— Fuel Pump Control Valve Solenoid

9015-15-24

LD30992,0000552 -19-19JAN17-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=503


Sub-System Diagnostics

The variable speed fan reversing operation can be activated in two ways, manual or automatic mode. The fan reversing switch (S15) applies power from power outlet 10 amp fuse (F6) to engine control unit (ECU) terminal F2 of connector X15 for manual mode or engine control unit (ECU) terminal E1 of connector X15 for automatic mode. The manual mode position on the switch is a momentary position and the automatic position on the switch is a detent position. The reversing fan solenoid (Y9) is powered by engine control unit (ECU) terminal K4 on connector X15. In manual mode, the fan may be reversed by pressing the fan reversing switch (S15) momentarily to the manual position. If the engine is running and hydraulic oil temperature is above 12°C (53°F), the fan will reverse. In automatic reverse mode, the fan will reverse every 60 minutes when the fan reversing switch (S15) is in the automatic position, hydraulic oil temperature is above 12°C (53°F), and the engine speed is greater than 1000 rpm for 60 minutes. Once a reversing cycle has been started, it cannot be stopped unless the engine control unit (ECU) is powered down. After a reversing cycle completes, the ECU prevents reactivation of the reversing circuit for 1 minute and the automatic reversing mode timer is reset to 60 minutes. If the fan reversing switch (S15) is held in the

manual position for 160 seconds or more, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) will occur and the manual reversing mode is deactivated. Continuously holding the fan reversing switch in the manual position will not trigger a second cycle. The switch must be cycled to trigger a new reverse cycle. Starter Protection (S.N. 511091—512063) The engine control unit (ECU) (A1) monitors the engine run status by checking engine speed from crankshaft position sensor (B1) or camshaft position sensor (B2). When engine speed is above 600 rpm, the engine control unit will prevent the starter from engaging the flywheel even if the operator moves the key switch to the START position. See Starting and Charging Circuit Theory of Operation for more information. (Group 9015-15.) Water-In-Fuel Alarm (S.N. 512064—) The engine control unit (ECU) (A1) monitors the water in fuel sensor (B17) for water in the fuel. When water is present, the engine control unit will ground connector X15 pin C2, grounding monitor controller (A4) pin C12. When monitor controller (A4) pin C12 is grounded, the monitor will display the water-in-fuel indicator to notify the operator of the water-in-fuel condition. LD30992,0000552 -19-19JAN17-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-25

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=504


Sub-System Diagnostics

Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation TX1074501 —UN—14APR10

Main Controller (MCF) Circuit (1 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=505

MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-1/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-27

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=506


Sub-System Diagnostics

A3—Main Controller (MCF) F16— Controller Key Switch A4—Monitor Controller Signal 5 A Fuse (marked A5—Information Controller (ICF) POW ON) A9—Switch Panel F60— Fusible Link 65 A F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (marked F61— Fusible Link 45A SOLENOID) G1—Battery F10— Information Controller and G2—Battery Monitor Controller Battery K1—Load Dump Relay Power 5 A Fuse (marked K19— Battery Relay C/U)

R15— Engine Speed Dial S1— Key Switch S8— Auto Idle Switch S11— Travel Speed Switch S12— Power Mode Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V3— Load Dump Relay Diode

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-28

X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch Panel 16-Pin Connector

MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-2/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=507


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-29

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=508


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1255496 —UN—17APR18

Main Controller (MCF) Circuit (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=509

MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-3/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-31

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=510


Sub-System Diagnostics B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sensor A3—Main Controller (MCF) B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor B32— Front Attachment Pressure B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Sensor B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure B33— Swing Pressure Sensor Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor B40— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor H4—Travel Alarm

R10— CAN Termination Resistor 1 (machines without JDLink™ only) S7— Power Dig Switch Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid (SB) Y21— Torque Control Solenoid (ST)

NOTE: For information on diagnosing main controller (MCF) circuit malfunctions, see Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-10.)

switch (S8), and input from the pressure sensors. Target engine speed is the same as actual engine speed. Actual engine speed is determined by the engine control unit and sent via the controller area network to the main controller.

Main Controller (MCF) (A3)

A/I (Auto-Idle) Mode

The main controller (MCF) uses inputs from the following sensors on the machine:

• Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30) • Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31) • Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (B32) • Swing Pressure Sensor (B33) • Travel Pressure Sensor (B34) • Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor (B35) • Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor (B36) • Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor (B37) • Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (B38) • Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B40) The Main controller (MCF) controls the following solenoids:

• Pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid (SB) (Y20) • Torque control solenoid (ST) (Y21) • Dig regenerative solenoid (SF) (Y22) • Arm regenerative solenoid (SC) (Y23) • Power dig solenoid (SG) (Y24) • Travel speed solenoid (SI) (Y25)

A/I (auto-idle) is a feature that reduces engine speed when hydraulic functions are not operated for more than 4 seconds. When the auto-idle switch (S8) is turned to A/I (auto-idle), the switch sends a ground from the switch panel (A9) to the monitor controller (A4) and to the main controller (MCF). The ground to the monitor controller illuminates the auto-idle indicator. When the engine speed dial is set to an engine speed above auto-idle speed, the main controller will reduce the engine speed to auto-idle speed if hydraulic functions are not operated for more that 4 seconds. If engine speed dial is set to an engine speed below auto-idle speed, the engine speed will not increase or decrease after 4 seconds. The main controller receives the pressure signal from the front attachment pressure sensor (B32) in the swing park brake circuit or the travel pressure sensor (B34) to sense if a hydraulic function has been operated. Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Circuit

The main controller varies the engine speed signal to the engine based on the engine speed dial (R15), the power mode selected, and the hydraulic function being actuated. Economy (E) mode limits engine speed to reduce pump control and pump delivery pressure to save fuel over standard (P) mode. High power (HP) mode delivers more power to boom up and arm in functions when hydraulic pump delivery pressure is high. The main controller sends an engine speed request to the engine control unit (ECU) (A1) via the controller area network (CAN). The engine control unit monitors several sensors in the engine and makes adjustments to maintain the engine speed requested by the main controller. See Engine Speed Control System Operation for more information. (Group 9010-05.) Pump displacement is hydraulically controlled by regulators located on the pumps. As the pilot control valves are operated, the increase in pilot pressure causes the regulators to put the pumps into stroke. When the load increases, high pressure from within the pumps is sensed by the regulators and they begin to reduce pump stroke to maintain engine speed. The main controller sets the target engine speed based on the position of the engine speed dial (R15), power mode switch (S12), auto-idle

When hydraulic oil temperature is below 0°C (32°F), the main controller (MCF) activates a warm-up circuit, which raises the engine speed a little above slow idle to help warm up the oil. The main controller receives oil temperature from the hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40), located in the hydraulic oil tank. The main controller will activate the warm-up circuit for 12 minutes or until the hydraulic oil temperature rises above 2°C (36°F). See Engine Speed Control System Operation for more information. (Group 9010-05.) Travel Speed Solenoid (SI) (Y25) When the travel speed switch (S11) is set to fast travel speed, the switch grounds the main controller (MCF) at terminal B14. The main controller then activates the travel speed solenoid valve (SI) (Y25), depending on the status of the travel pressure sensor (B34), the front attachment pressure sensor (B32), the pump control pressure sensors (B36 and B38), and the pump delivery pressure sensors (B35 and B37). The travel speed solenoid (Y25) is a proportional solenoid that is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A5 and A31 of the main controller (MCF). The travel speed solenoid valve is activated when:

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid (SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (SI)

9015-15-32

MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=511


Sub-System Diagnostics

• Swing or boom up pressure sensor sensing pressure

• Travel pressure sensor sensing pressure (travel

function actuated) • Front attachment pressure sensor not sensing pressure (no swing or dig functions actuated) • Either pump 1 or pump 2 delivery pressure low • Either pump 1 or pump 2 control pressure high Activation of the travel speed solenoid valve sends pilot pressure to the travel speed change valve in the travel motors. Pressure at the travel speed change valve changes the displacement of the travel motors allowing for fast travel speed. Since either delivery pressure may be low and either control pressure may be high, the travel motor will shift speeds when one track is raised off the ground. If the machine is travelling in fast travel speed and a dig or swing function is operated, the machine will remain in fast travel speed, but will slow in travel speed as hydraulic oil is routed to other functions. See Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.) Dig Regenerative Solenoid (SF) (Y22) The dig regenerative solenoid valve (SF) (Y22) redirects oil from the boom cylinder rod end to the arm cylinder head end during a boom up and arm in function. This helps improve arm control and prevents arm cylinder cavitation during the combined function. The dig regenerative solenoid (Y22) is a proportional solenoid that is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A6 and A10 of the main controller (MCF). The main controller activates the dig regenerative solenoid valve (SF) when the following conditions have been met:

• Pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure high • Arm in pressure sensor sensing high pressure (arm in When the dig regenerative solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil from the dig regenerative solenoid valve shifts the dig regenerative valve in the control valve. This allows oil from the boom cylinder rod end to combine with oil in the arm cylinder head end. See Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.) Arm Regenerative Solenoid (SC) (Y23) The arm regenerative solenoid valve (SC) (Y23) combines the return oil from the arm cylinder rod end with the supply oil to the arm cylinder head end. This helps prevent arm hesitation or cavitation in the arm in circuit during a combined arm in and swing or boom up function. The arm regenerative solenoid is a proportional solenoid that is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A29 and A32 of the main controller (MCF).

• Either pump 1 or pump 2 delivery pressure low • Arm in pressure sensor sensing high pressure (arm in function fully actuated)

When the arm regenerative solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil from the arm regenerative solenoid valve shifts the arm regenerative valve in the control valve. This blocks the return oil from the arm cylinder rod end from returning to the hydraulic oil tank and combines it with the oil to the arm cylinder head end. Pilot oil from the arm regenerative solenoid valve also shifts the arm flow control valve, limiting the oil to the second arm spool to preserve oil flow to other functions in the control valve. See Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.) Power Dig Solenoid (SG) (Y24) The power dig solenoid valve (SG) (Y24) temporarily raises the main system relief pressure therefore temporarily increasing digging power. The main controller activates the power dig solenoid valve when the operator presses the power dig switch (S7) on the pilot control lever. When the power dig switch (S7) is pressed, a ground is applied to main controller (MCF) terminal B4. The power dig solenoid (Y24) is a proportional solenoid and is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A11 and A17 of the main controller (MCF). When the power dig solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil from the power dig solenoid valve flows to the top of the main relief and power dig valve. The pilot oil pressure pushes the piston in the main relief and power dig valve down, increasing the pressure setting. The main hydraulic system now operates at the power dig higher operating pressure. See Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.) Torque Control Solenoid (ST) (Y21)

function fully actuated)

The main controller activates the arm regenerative solenoid valve (SC) when the following conditions have been met:

(swing or boom up function actuated)

The torque control solenoid valve (ST) (Y21) helps control pump displacement in response to changes in engine load. As engine load increases, the torque control solenoid valve is deactivated reducing the pump displacement and therefore reducing engine load and prevents engine stall. As engine load decreases, the torque control solenoid is activated increasing pump displacement therefore increasing the efficiency of the machine. The main controller monitors the difference between target engine speed as set by the main controller and the actual engine speed as read by the engine control unit (ECU) and communicated to the main controller over controller area network (CAN). As engine speed varies above or below target speed, the main controller adjusts the signal to the torque control solenoid valve to change the pump displacement to utilize the maximum efficiency of the engine without allowing the engine to stall. The torque control solenoid (Y21) is a proportional solenoid and is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A19 and A30 of the main controller (MCF). Under most conditions, the torque control solenoid is activated to some degree. See Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-33

MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-5/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=512


Sub-System Diagnostics

Travel Torque Up The torque control solenoid valve may also be activated during a travel function. At slow engine speeds, the torque control solenoid valve is activated and both pumps are moved to maximum displacement. This reduces the oil flow difference between the two hydraulic pumps and therefore reduces machine mistracking at low engine speeds. At fast engine speeds, the torque control solenoid may also be activated to slightly increase pump oil flow to improve the travel function. The torque control solenoid (Y21) is a proportional solenoid and is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A19 and A30 of the main controller (MCF). Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid (SB) (Y20) The pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid valve (SB) (Y20) limits the pump 2 displacement when an auxiliary (attachment) function is used. The pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid (Y20) is a proportional solenoid controlled and is controlled by a pulse width modulated signal from terminals A16 and A22 of the main controller (MCF). The main controller

activates the pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid valve when pilot pressure is present at the attachment pressure sensor (optional) and a work mode other than dig mode is selected in the monitor. The flow rate for each attachment mode can be adjusted using WinDr. Fine adjustments to the pump 2 flow rate can be made through the monitor. NOTE: Flow rates and adjustments in WinDr. and the monitor are approximate. Actual flow rates may vary. The auxiliary flow combiner may greatly affect WinDr. flow adjustments if activated. Work Modes Work modes are selected in the monitor controller and communicated by CAN to the main controller. The main controller can adjust pump delivery and engine speed depending on the work mode or attachment selected. Pump flow and engine speeds can be adjusted with the monitor controller or by using WinDr..

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company MB00333,00000FE -19-26APR18-6/6

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-34

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=513


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-35

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=514


Sub-System Diagnostics

Information Controller (ICF) Circuit Theory of Operation TX1074509 —UN—30MAR10

Information Controller (ICF) Circuit Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-36

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=515

LD30992,0000217 -19-08NOV06-1/2


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-37

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=516


Sub-System Diagnostics

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A3—Main Controller (MCF) A4—Monitor Controller A5—Information Controller (ICF) F10— Information Controller and Monitor Controller Battery Power 5 A Fuse (Marked C/U)

F16— Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (Marked POW ON) F60— Fusible Link 65 A F61— Fusible Link 45A G1—Battery G2—Battery K14— Alternator Relay

The information controller (ICF) stores information on machine activity. The information is obtained from various sensors and switches on the machine. The information is transferred to ICF through control area network (CAN) communication. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

K19— Battery Relay S1— Key Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V3— Load Dump Relay Diode X2— Dr. ZX 6-Pin Connector X36— Machine Information Center 20-Pin Connector (Not Used)

X37— Machine Information Center 16-Pin Connector (Not Used)

The ICF records data related to machine use, operating hours, alarm lists, and failure lists.

LD30992,0000217 -19-08NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-38

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=517


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1074508 —UN—30MAR10

Travel Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation

Travel Alarm Circuit

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-39

LD30992,0000218 -19-26NOV12-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=518


Sub-System Diagnostics A3—Main Controller (MCF) B34— Travel Pressure Sensor

F5— Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse (marked OPT. 1)

The travel alarm circuit consists of a travel pressure sensor (B34), main controller (A3), travel alarm (H4), and a travel alarm cancel switch (S13). The circuit is designed to warn bystanders of machine movement by signaling with an audible alarm any time the travel levers are moved. Power to the travel alarm pin 1 comes from travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5). When the travel levers are moved, travel pressure sensor (B34) senses pilot pressure and sends a signal to the main controller (A3) terminal C2. When signal is received from travel pressure sensor, the main

H4—Travel Alarm S13— Travel Alarm Cancel Switch

controller provides access to ground at terminal A28 to the travel alarm (H4) pin 2, activating the alarm. When pressed, the travel alarm cancel switch (S13) applies ground to pin 4 of the travel alarm (H4). The travel alarm cancel switch (S13) must be pressed and released in order to cancel the alarm. The travel alarm must sound for 10 seconds before the travel alarm cancel switch will deactivate it. The travel alarm (H4) is reset when the control levers are returned to the neutral position. The travel alarm cancel switch (S13) must be pressed and released again to cancel the alarm. LD30992,0000218 -19-26NOV12-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-40

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=519


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-41

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=520


Sub-System Diagnostics

Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation TX1074507 —UN—30MAR10

Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit Schematic Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-42

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=521

LD30992,0000219 -19-22APR10-1/2


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-43

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=522


Sub-System Diagnostics

A4—Monitor Controller A9—Switch Panel F2— Windshield Wiper and Washer 10 A Fuse (Marked WIPER) F60— Fusible Link 65 A F61— Fusible Link 45A

F62— Wiper Motor Assembly Circuit Breaker G1—Battery G2—Battery K6—Windshield Wiper Relay K9—Windshield Washer Relay K19— Battery Relay

M5—Windshield Wiper Motor M6—Windshield Washer Motor S1— Key Switch S9— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode

V3— Load Dump Relay Diode X27— Cab Harness-to-Switch Panel 16-Pin Connector

The windshield wiper and washer circuit has four modes of operation:

grounds terminal A2 and A11. The monitor controller controls wiper delay time.

• Windshield wiper ON (continuous) • Windshield wiper INT (intermittent) • Windshield wiper OFF (park) • Windshield wash

Windshield Wiper Park Operation—When windshield wiper and washer switch (S9) is turned to the OFF, windshield wiper motor continues to run until a cam driven switch inside the wiper assembly opens and removes power from the motor. The cam driven switch applies ground to the windshield wiper motor (M5) terminal S, causing the motor to run until a cam in the pitman arm assembly moves the windshield wiper to the left side of the windshield into the park position. When the wiper motor reaches the park position, ground is removed from motor terminal S by the internal switch, and the wiper motor stops.

Operation of the windshield wiper and washer circuit is controlled by signals from the monitor controller and the state of the wiper motor internal position status switch. Windshield Wiper Continuous Operation—When windshield wiper and washer switch (S9) is placed in the ON position, windshield wiper relay (K6) is energized by ground at terminal A2 and A11 of monitor controller (A4). Power for windshield wiper motor (M5) is supplied from windshield wiper and washer 10 amp fuse (F2). When ground for windshield wiper motor is supplied through terminals 3 and 5 of energized windshield wiper relay (K6), the wiper motor will run. The wiper motor drives a pitman arm assembly which moves the wiper blade back and forth across the windshield. Windshield wiper operates at a constant speed. Windshield Wiper Intermittent Operation—When windshield wiper and washer switch (S9) is placed in INT position, monitor controller and display (A4) intermittently

Windshield Washer Operation—When windshield wiper and washer switch (S9) is pressed, windshield washer relay (K9) is energized by ground at terminal A10 of monitor controller and display (A4). Power is applied to windshield washer motor (M6) from windshield wiper and washer 10 amp fuse (F2) through terminals 3 and 5 of energized relay (K9). The windshield washer pump motor drives the pump to spray fluid from the windshield washer fluid reservoir onto the windshield. When the windshield wiper and washer switch is released, ground is removed from terminal A10 of monitor controller, and the washer motor stops. LD30992,0000219 -19-22APR10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-44

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=523


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-45

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=524


Sub-System Diagnostics

Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation TX1076337 —UN—22APR10

Pilot Shutoff Circuit Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=525

LD30992,000021A -19-26APR10-1/2


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-47

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=526


Sub-System Diagnostics

A4—Monitor Controller F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (Marked SOLENOID) F60— Fusible Link 65 A F61— Fusible Link 45A G1—Battery G2—Battery K1—Load Dump Relay K2—Pilot Shutoff Relay

K4—Starter Relay (S.N. —511090) M1—Starter Motor (S.N. —511090) V4— Security Diode K4—Starter Cut Relay (S.N. M1—Starter Motor (S.N. 511091—) V5— Start Relay Diode 511091—) S1— Key Switch V8— Pilot Shutoff Diode K5—Security Relay S3— Pilot Shutoff Switch 1 V44— Starter Relay Diode K34— Starter Relay (S.N. S4— Pilot Shutoff Switch 2 Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 511091—) V1— Battery Relay Diode K35— Starter Protection Relay V3— Load Dump Relay Diode (S.N. 511091—511868) K35— Starter Protection Relay (S.N. 511869—)

The pilot shutoff circuit enables or disables (unlocks or locks) the pilot oil thus enabling or disabling the machine hydraulics. The pilot shutoff circuit consists of the pilot shutoff switches 1 and 2 (S3 and S4), pilot shutoff diode (V8), pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10), pilot shutoff solenoid relay (K2), security relay (K5), monitor controller (A4), security diode (V4), and start relay diode (V5). When the pilot shutoff lever is in the rearward (locked) position, the monitor pin (B19) detects a ground through pilot shutoff diode (V8) indicating that both switches are in the same position. This allows the monitor to diagnose if there is a malfunction with one of the switches. With the pilot shutoff lever in the rearward position, ground is not detected through start relay diode (V5) to monitor pin (B12). With no ground signal at monitor pin (B12), the pilot shutoff solenoid relay (K2) is not energized, which keeps the pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10) de-energized and the pilot hydraulics disabled (locked). When the pilot shutoff lever is moved to the forward (unlocked) position, the monitor pin (B19) detects a ground though pilot shutoff diode (V8) indicating that both pilot shutoff switches are in the same position. This allows the monitor to diagnose if there is a malfunction with one of the switches. With the pilot shutoff lever in

the forward (unlocked) position, ground passes through the pilot shut off switches and through start relay diode to monitor controller pin (B12). With a ground signal at monitor controller pin (B12), the monitor controller applies ground to pin (B2) to ground pilot shutoff solenoid relay pin (2). This energizes the pilot shutoff solenoid relay which then applies ground from de-energized security relay (K5) to pilot shutoff solenoid. This activates the pilot shutoff solenoid, enabling (unlocking) the pilot hydraulics. When the monitor security is active, the monitor controller pin (A4) is grounded, energizing the starter relay (K4) and security relay (K5) through security diode (V4). Energized security relay (K5) removes ground to pilot shutoff solenoid relay. If pilot shutoff lever is in the forward (unlocked) position (pilot shutoff solenoid relay energized), the ground path to the pilot shutoff solenoid is broken, preventing the pilot hydraulics from being enabled (unlocked). This keeps the machine from being operated when the security system is active. NOTE: When security signal is present and monitor controller pin (A4) is grounded, starter relay (K4) is also energized, which prevents the machine from being started. See Starting and Charging Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) LD30992,000021A -19-26APR10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-48

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=527


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1074510 —UN—30MAR10

Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation

Attachment Control Circuit

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-49

LD30992,000036A -19-25JAN07-1/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=528


Sub-System Diagnostics A3—Main Controller (MCF) B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor F5— Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 1)

F60— Fusible Link 65 A V40— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Diode V41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Vlave Diode V42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve Diode

The main controller (MCF) and monitor allow for the selection of up to five attachments plus the standard dig mode. Only one attachment mode may be selected at one time. The machine will return to dig mode when the machine is powered down and restarted; however, this can be changed with WinDr. to return the machine to the attachment that was last selected when the machine was powered down. Each attachment selection (1 through 5) can be customized using WinDr. and the monitor. WinDr. can adjust:

• Attachment name • Attachment number • Pump flow • Engine speed • Secondary relief selection • Return oil flow selection • 2-Speed selection

V43— 2-Speed Activation Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Diode Solenoid Y40— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Y42— Accumulator Solenoid Valve

• Accumulator selection The monitor can slightly adjust pump 2 flow rate or boom-up, arm-in, swing and travel priority over attachment flow depending on the options selected. To view the attachment specifications on the monitor, select an attachment from the work mode menu. The monitor will display:

• Attachment name (Breaker, Crusher, Pulverizer, Vibrating Hammer, Other)

• Attachment number (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) • Pump flow • Engine speed • Secondary relief selection (ON or OFF) • Return oil flow selection (O/T or C/V) • 2-Speed selection (ON or OFF) • Accumulator selection (ON or OFF) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-50

LD30992,000036A -19-25JAN07-2/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=529


Sub-System Diagnostics

Attachment Name—The available attachment names are as follows:

• Breaker 1—Hydraulic Breaker 1 (BR) • Breaker 2—Hydraulic Breaker 2 (BR) • Crusher 1—Primary Crusher 1 (CR) • Pulverizer 1—Secondary Crusher 1 (PU) • Vibratory Hammer 1—Vibrating Hammer 1 (VI) • Other 1—Other Equipment (UN) • [Removal from monitor screen—(Non)] Crusher 1—Primary Crusher 1 (CR) is considered a heavier crusher than Pulverizer 1—Secondary Crusher 1 (PU). When Crusher 1—Primary Crusher is selected, more priority is given to boom, arm, swing and travel functions over the attachment function in a combined arm-out, arm-out boom-up, swing or travel function and attachment function.

2 3

5 4

Attachment Number—Each attachment can be assigned a number from 1 through 5. Each attachment has a static number that refers to the position of the attachment icon on the monitor. For example, ATT1 (attachment 1) is always in the farthest left position next to dig mode on the monitor and ATT5 (attachment 5) is always in the farthest right position on the monitor work mode selection screen.

Work Mode Screen

10 12 13

16 17

11— Attachment Number 12— Maximum Pump Flow Rate 13— Maximum Engine Speed 14— Valve Selector 15— 2-Speed Selector 16— Accumulator 17— Secondary Hydraulic Relief Selector

9015-15-51

TX1074620 —UN—26MAR10

15

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

11

14

Each attachment also has a dynamic number that is user defined to help differentiate attachments with the same name. For example, ATT1 (attachment 1) and ATT2 (attachment 2) could both be set up as breaker 1. The number associated with the attachment name can be changed to any number from 1 through 5. ATT2 (attachment 2) breaker 1 could be changed to ATT2 (attachment 2) breaker 2 (3, 4, or 5) to distinguish between the beakers for ATT1 (attachment 1) and ATT2 (attachment 2). 1— Dig Mode 2— ATT1 (Attachment 1) 3— ATT2 (Attachment 2) 4— ATT3 (Attachment 3) 5— ATT4 (Attachment 4) 6— ATT5 (Attachment 5) (Turned OFF) 10— Attachment Name

6

TX1074619 —UN—26MAR10

1

Attachment Specification Screen

LD30992,000036A -19-25JAN07-3/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=530


Sub-System Diagnostics

20

NOTE: 2-Speed will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine. Pump flow or flow priority may also be finely adjusted in the monitor. If 2-speed is not selected (OFF), small adjustments can be made to the pump 2 flow rate. Adjustments are only approximate and relative to the overall selected flow. Actual flow must be measured using a flow meter to accurately set pump flow. If 2-speed is selected (ON), small adjustments can be made to the priority of oil flow. The priority can be adjusted to favor the attachment or the boom-up, arm-out, swing and travel functions. Adjustments are only approximate and relative to the overall selected flow. Actual flow must be measured using a flow meter to accurately set pump flow. See Pump Flow Test (Group 9025-25.) and see Monitor Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) Maximum Engine Speed—The maximum engine speed for an attachment may be adjusted using WinDr. The engine will reduce speed when a work mode with reduced engine speed is selected on the monitor. The engine will run at the preset speed regardless if the attachment is operated or not. The maximum engine speed for an attachment cannot be set higher than the fast idle speed of the machine. Valve Selector (Selector Valve)—The selector valve icon on the monitor controls the selector valve solenoid valve (Y40). The selector valve solenoid valve receives power from the travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) and is grounded by the main controller (MCF) on pin A26. When the monitor

TX1074621 —UN—26MAR10

In WinDr. pump 1 and pump 2 flow rates can be adjusted individually. If 2-speed is not selected (OFF), only pump 2 is used to run the attachment. In this mode, only adjustments to pump 2 will affect the flow to the attachment. Pump 2 flow rate adjustments are controlled by the main controller (MCF) with the pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid. See Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation for more information. (Group 9015-15.) If 2-speed is selected (ON), both pumps 1 and 2 are used to run the attachment. With 2-speed ON, flow from pump 1 is combined with flow from pump 2 in the control valve. In this mode, both pumps may be adjusted to control the flow of the attachment. The monitor will display the combined flow rates of pump 1 and pump 2. See Monitor Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.)

Attachment Adjustment—Pump Flow Rate

Attachment Adjustment Type of Attachment Pulverizer 1

21

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

Attachment Adjustment—Priority Level 20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Adjustment

21— Priority Level Adjustment

displays “C/V,” the return oil from the attachment flows through the control valve before it returns to the hydraulic oil tank. When the monitor displays “O/T,” the return oil from the attachment flows directly to the hydraulic oil tank, bypassing the control valve. The selector valve solenoid valve can be adjusted for each attachment using WinDr. The valve selector will default to “C/V” or control valve in dig mode (no attachment selected). NOTE: Selector valve control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

012

Priority Level

TX1074622 —UN—26MAR10

Maximum Pump Flow—The maximum pump flow can be adjusted using WinDr. Adjustments made to pump flow in WinDr. are only approximate values. The machine is not designed to measure pump flow and therefore the values in WinDr. and the monitor are calculated approximations. Actual flow must be measured using a flow meter to accurately adjust pump flow. See Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

9015-15-52

LD30992,000036A -19-25JAN07-4/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=531


Sub-System Diagnostics

Accumulator—The accumulator icon on the monitor controls the accumulator solenoid valve (Y42). The accumulator solenoid valve is powered by the travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) and grounded by the main controller on pin B25. When the accumulator is “ON,” the accumulator solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil is sent to the accumulator control valve. The accumulator shutoff valve shifts, connecting the accumulators to the supply and return lines of the attachment hydraulic circuit. The accumulators help reduce the shock of oil pressure and buffers vibrations when certain types of attachments are used, such as breakers. When the accumulator is “OFF,” the accumulator solenoid valve is deactivated and the accumulators are isolated from the attachment hydraulic oil circuit. The accumulator status for each attachment can be adjusted using WinDr. The accumulator solenoid valve diode (V42) suppresses voltage spikes created when the solenoid valve is activated or deactivated.

The 2-speed activation solenoid valve diode (V43) suppresses voltage spikes created when the solenoid valve is energized and de-energized.

NOTE: Accumulator control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

NOTE: 2-Speed control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

2-Speed Selector—The 2-Speed selector icon on the monitor controls the 2-speed activation solenoid valve (Y43) and the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve (Y44). The 2-speed activation solenoid valve is powered by travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) and grounded by the main controller (MCF) pin B23. The flow rate adjustment solenoid valve is powered by main controller (MCF) pin A7 and grounded on pin A23. When activated, the 2-speed activation solenoid valve sends pilot oil to the bypass shutoff valve blocking hydraulic oil from pump 1 from returning to the hydraulic oil tank. The activated 2-speed activation solenoid valve also sends pilot oil to the auxiliary flow combiner valve to combine oil flow from pump 1 with that of pump 2. This allows for combined oil flow from pump 1 and pump 2 to operate the attachment. When 2-Speed is activated, the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve can also be activated. When an

arm-out, boom-up, swing or travel function is actuated in combination with the attachment function, the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve is activated. When the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil is routed to the auxiliary flow rate control valve. This adjusts the auxiliary flow rate control valve to provide more or less priority to the arm-out, boom-up, swing and travel functions over the attachment function. The main controller (MCF) can vary the signal to the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve to vary the pilot oil pressure at the auxiliary flow rate control valve. This allows for adjustment of the priority of the attachment function over arm-out, boom-up, swing and travel. The 2-speed selector status can be adjusted for each attachment using WinDr. Adjustments to the priority level can be made in the monitor in the attachment adjustment menu. See Monitor Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.)

Secondary Hydraulic Relief Selector—The secondary hydraulic relief selector icon in the monitor controls the secondary relief solenoid valve (Y41). The secondary relief solenoid valve receives power from the travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5) and is grounded by the main controller (MCF) pin A27. When the secondary relief solenoid valve is activated, pilot oil shifts the secondary relief shutoff valve, routing hydraulic oil from the high pressure lines of the attachment to the secondary relief valve. The relief pressure of the circuit will then be equal to the lowest setting of the two relief valves in the circuit. The secondary hydraulic relief selector status can be adjusted for each attachment using WinDr. The secondary relief solenoid valve diode (V41) suppresses voltage spikes created when the solenoid valve is energized and de-energized. LD30992,000036A -19-25JAN07-5/5

JDLink™ Circuit Theory of Operation—If Equipped JDLink™ With GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller NOTE: For electrical schematic information, refer to the system functional schematic (SE22—SE24). See System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.)

The JDLink™ is a system used to communicate machine information and GPS location to an internet website using GPS and cellular connections provided by GlobalTRACS® terminal (GTT) controller (A11). For more information, see JDLink™ / (MTG) Technical Manual. (TM114519.) If (MTG) is 4G see JDLink™ (MTG) 4G LTE Technical Manual. (TM143019).

JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company GlobalTRACS is a trademark of Qualcomm Corporation Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-53

CS33148,0004020 -19-06JUL18-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=532


Sub-System Diagnostics

JDLink™ With Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) TX1089680 —UN—14APR11

JDLink™ Circuit Schematic JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company

CS33148,0004020 -19-06JUL18-2/3

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-54

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=533


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-55

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=534


Sub-System Diagnostics

A1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) A3—Main Controller (MCF) A4—Monitor Controller (MON) A5—Information Controller (ICF) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) A6001—GPS and Cellular Antenna A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module A6003—Satellite Antenna F61— Fusible Link 45 A F6000—JDLink™ Unswitched Power 7.5 A Fuse F6001—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse F6002—JDLink™ Switched Power 7.5 A Fuse

G1—Battery G2—Battery K19— Battery Relay R12— JDLink™ Harness CAN Termination Resistor S1— Key Switch V1— Battery Relay Diode V3— Load Dump Relay Diode W35—Cab Harness Ground 1 W37—Cab Harness Ground 3 W40—Alternator Ground W41—Battery-to-Frame Ground X1— Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector X4— Cab Harness-to-Machine Harness 32-Pin Connector

The JDLink™ is a system used to communicate machine information and GPS location to an internet website using GPS and cellular connections provided by the modular telematics gateway (MTG) (A6000). The optional satellite (SAT) module (A6002) allows wireless data transfer in remote areas where a cellular signal is not consistently available. For more information, see JDLink™ / (MTG) Technical Manual. (TM114519.) If (MTG) is 4G see JDLink™ (MTG) 4G LTE Technical Manual. (TM143019). MTG and SAT Power-Up (Power and Ground)—The MTG and SAT receive unswitched battery power from fuse (F6000) at terminal M2 on MTG connector (X6014) and SAT connector (X6015). Ground is provided to the MTG and SAT at terminal M1 on MTG connector (X6014) and SAT connector (X6015) through fuse (F6001). Ground is also provided to the MTG at terminal F3 on MTG connector (X6014) from the cab harness ground 1 (W35).

X6— Engine Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector B X7— Engine Interface Harness-to-Machine Harness 8-Pin Connector X15— Engine Control Unit (ECU)-to-Engine Interface Harness Connector 2 (J2) X20— Monitor 20-Pin Connector B X24— Cab Harness-to-Monitor Harness Connector C (brown) X30— Cab Harness-to-Main Controller 31-Pin Connector C X34— Cab Harness-toInformation Controller 17-Pin Connector C X161— Engine Harness-toJDLink™ Harness Controller Area Network (CAN) Connector

X6001—GPS Antenna RED Connector X6002—Cellular Antenna BLK Connector X6005—Satellite Antenna Connector X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connector X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Connector X6016—JDLink™ Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-toSatellite Harness 6-Pin Connector

With the battery relay energized, current flows through fuse (F6002) to terminal L1 on MTG connector (X6014), powering up the controller. JDLink CAN Communication—The MTG communicates across the CAN data line with the following controllers:

• Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A1) • Main Controller (MCF) (A3) • Monitor Controller (MON) (A4) • Information Controller (ICF) (A5) For more information on the CAN data line, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) The MTG stores the information collected from the machine controllers and transmits the information to the JDLink servers. Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic connector (X1) is used to interface to the MTG. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

When key switch (S1) is turned to the ON or START position, current flows to the coil of battery relay (K19), energizing the relay. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company CS33148,0004020 -19-06JUL18-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-56

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=535


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-15-57

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=536


Group 16

Monitor Operation Monitor Menu Operation For monitor operation, See Monitor. (Owner's Manual). LD30992,0000558 -19-12JAN07-1/1

Monitor Service Menu Operation

A.I.

7777.7 h F1 F2

H

F

F3 F4

E

17.3 L/h

C

2. Press button (11) for the menu.

8:01 1

11— Menu Button

2

3

4

5

12— Return Button 6

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12 11

TX1077067 —UN—29APR10

1. Press button (12), then turn ignition key to the ON position. Once the default screen appears, let go of the button.

Default Screen LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-1/7

3. Use button (1) or (2) to scroll to the Service Menu.

1— Down Arrow Button 2— Up Arrow Button 11— Menu Button

12— Return Button 13— Select Button

2

13 1

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12 11

TX1077068 —UN—29APR10

4. Press button (13) to enter the Service Menu.

Main Menu Screen LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-2/7

From this screen there are three menus to choose from:

Use buttons (1) or (2) to highlight the desired menu. Press button (13) to select the highlighted menu option or press button (12) to return to the previous screen. 1— Down Arrow Button 2— Up Arrow Button 11— Menu Button

2

13 1

1

12— Return Button 13— Select Button

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12 11

TX1077068 —UN—29APR10

• Troubleshooting menu • Monitoring menu • Controller menu

Main Menu Screen Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-16-1

LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=537


Monitor Operation

Troubleshooting Menu

• Main Controller (MCF) • Engine Governor Controller (also known as Engine

2

• Monitor Controller • Information Controller (ICF)

1

1. From the service menu screen, select Troubleshooting, then press button (13). 2. If a diagnostic trouble codes is present, press button (13) to view more information on the code. If more than one controller displays diagnostic trouble codes, use buttons (1) or (2) to scroll to the desired controller. From the main fault code screen, use buttons (1) or (2) to scroll to the desired to code to be viewed and press button (12).

2

6

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12 11

Main Menu Screen 12— Return Button 13— Select Button

1— Down Arrow Button 2— Up Arrow Button 11— Menu Button

12— Return Button

2 1

1

6

2

3

4

12

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

6

TX1077069 —UN—29APR10

1— Down Arrow Button 2— Up Arrow Button

13 1

Control Unit (ECU))

TX1077068 —UN—29APR10

The troubleshooting menu displays fault codes (diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)) by the controller they originated from. Controllers listed are:

Fault Code List LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-4/7

Monitoring

Use buttons (1) or (2) to scroll through the list of items.

2

NOTE: Only four items may be displayed at one time. Press the select button (13) to move the highlighted item to the top of the list.

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12 13

Press the hold button (3) to freeze the current readings. Press the hold button again to unfreeze the readings.

3

4

Monitoring Screen

Press the reset button (4) to reset the monitoring data item list to the default order.

1— Down Arrow Button 2— Up Arrow Button 3— Hold Button

Press the return button (12) to return to the previous screen.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

5

ON 1

TX1077071 —UN—29APR10

The monitoring menu displays temperature and pressure data received from each controller.

9015-16-2

4— Reset Button 12— Return Button 13— Select Button LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-5/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=538


Monitor Operation

Press button (13) to reset the monitoring data item list or press button (12) to return to the previous screen. 13— Return Button

13 1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12

TX1077072 —UN—29APR10

12— Select Button

Monitoring Reset Screen LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-6/7

Controller Version The controller version screen displays the version of each controller.

12— Return Button 1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

12

TX1077073 —UN—29APR10

Press button (12) to return to the previous screen.

Controller Version Screen LD30992,0000559 -19-12MAR10-7/7

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-16-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=539


Monitor Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-16-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=540


Group 20

References Monitor Data Items Monitor Data Items List can be rearranged. See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instructions to access and rearrange monitor data items. (Group 9015-16.) Items

Units

Comment

Engine Torque

%

N/A

Coolant Temperature (E)

°C

Reading From Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B4

Fuel Temperature

°C

Reading From Fuel Temperature Sensor B5

Engine Oil Pressure

kPa

Reading From Engine Oil Pressure Sensor B11

Atmospheric Pressure

kPa

N/A

Intake Air Temperature

°C

N/A

Boost Pressure

kPa

N/A

Boost Temperature

°C

Reading From Manifold Air Temperature Sensor B9

Coolant Temperature (M)

°C

Reading From Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B4

Target Engine Speed

min1

Reading From Main Controller (MCF) A3

Actual Engine Speed

min1

Reading From Engine Control Unit (ECU) A1

Pump 1 Delivery Pressure

MPa

Reading From Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor B35

Pump 1 Pump Control Pressure

MPa

Reading From Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor B36

Pump 1 Target Flow Rate

L/min

Calculated From Main Controller (MCF) A3

Pump 2 Delivery Pressure

MPa

Reading From Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor B37

Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure

MPa

Reading From Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor B38

Pump 2 Target Flow Rate

L/min

Calculated From Main Controller A3

Front Attachment Control Pilot Pressure

MPa

Reading From Front Attachment Pressure Sensor B32

Boom Raise Control Pilot Pressure

MPa

Reading From Boom Up Pressure Sensor B30

Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure

MPa

Reading From Arm In Pressure Sensor B31

Swing Control Pilot Pressure

MPa

Reading From Swing Pressure Sensor B33

Travel Control Pilot Pressure

MPa

Reading From Travel Pressure Sensor B34

Attachment Control Pilot Pressure

MPa

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y20

EC Dial Angle

V

Reading From Engine Speed Dial R15

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

°C

Reading From Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B40

Pump Torque Proportional Valve

MPa

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y21

Digging Regeneration Valve

MPa

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y22

Arm Regeneration Valve

MPa

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y23

Travel Mode Control Pressure

MPa

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y25

Power Digging Control Pressure

Main Controller A3 Calculated For Y24

Power Mode

MPa -

Travel Mode Switch

-

Reading From Travel Speed Switch S11

Power Digging Switch

-

Reading From Power Dig Switch S7

Radio Signal Strength

-

N/A

Reading From Power Mode Switch S12

LD30992,00001C5 -19-09NOV06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=541


References

Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display

A.I.

7777.7 h F1 F2

H

F4

E

C

12

8:01

2. After the default screen displays, push the menu button (13) to display the main menu. 12— Back Button

F

F3

1

13— Menu Button

2

6

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

13

TX1002673 —UN—06SEP06

1. Press and hold the back button (12) and turn key switch to the ON position. This step adds the service menu option to the main menu.

Default Screen LD30992,00001C6 -19-13DEC06-1/5

1— Button 1 2— Button 2

11— Select Button

2

1

1

6

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

TX1077074 —UN—30APR10

3. Select Service Menu from the main menu using buttons (1) and (2), then push the select button (11) to display the service menu.

Main Menu LD30992,00001C6 -19-13DEC06-2/5

5. The Troubleshooting screen displays the current code status for the four main machine controllers:

• Main Controller (MCF) • Engine Governor Controller (also known as engine

1

control unit [ECU]) • Monitor Controller • Information Controller (ICF)

1— Button 1 2— Button 2

2

6

11— Select Button

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

Main Menu Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

1

TX1077074 —UN—30APR10

4. Select Troubleshooting from the service menu using buttons (1) and (2), then push the select button (11) to display the Troubleshooting screen.

9015-20-2

LD30992,00001C6 -19-13DEC06-3/5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=542


References

1— Button 1 2— Button 2

2

TX1077074 —UN—30APR10

6. Any controllers listed as abnormal have diagnostic trouble codes associated with them. Select the appropriate controller name using buttons (1) and (2), then push the select button (11) to display the Main Fault Code screen. 11— Select Button

1

1

2

6

3

4

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

Main Menu LD30992,00001C6 -19-13DEC06-4/5

TX1077069 —UN—29APR10

NOTE: The monitor can display up to 20 diagnostic trouble codes for each controller. The Main Fault Code screen can display 10 diagnostic trouble codes at one time. If the Main Fault Code screen displays 10 codes, use the buttons (1) and (2) to view any additional codes on the next screen.

2 7. View the diagnostic trouble codes for the selected controller. See Main Controller (MCF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-10.)

1

1

See Monitor Controller (MON) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-50.) 8.

Press the back button (12) to return to the Troubleshooting screen and select another controller,

3

4

12

5

7

8

9

0

F1

F2

F3

F4

6

See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-20.) See Information Controller (ICF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-30.)

6

2

Main Fault Code Screen 1— Button 1 2— Button 2

6— Return to Default Screen Button 12— Back Button

or push the Return to Default Screen button (6) to display the default screen. LD30992,00001C6 -19-13DEC06-5/5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=543


References

JDLink™ System Identification

Locate JDLink™ system. The following are typical system locations according to machine family. JDLink™ system may not be installed at suggested location due to specific machine options or configuration. If necessary, refer to JDLink™ component location in Electrical—System Diagrams (Group 9015-10.)

Use the following information to identify which JDLink™ system is equipped. One of the following systems may be equipped:

• GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) and Machine Information Gateway (MIG) JDLink™ System

• Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) and Satellite (SAT) JDLink™ System

NOTE: If JDLink™ system contains two control units, control units may be installed side by side or stacked on top of each other. JDLink™ System Locations Machine Family

Location

Loader Backhoe

Inside battery box.

Crawler

Mounted to bottom of operator station floor or floor plate.

High Speed Dozer

Inside load center (outer access door on right side of cab).

4WD Loader

Inside load center (outer access door at right rear of cab).

Excavator

Inside compartment on left side of machine, directly behind cab. Mounted to sheet metal near swing motor.

Articulated Dump Truck (ADT)

Inside cab, behind front lower left panel (under load center).

Motor Grader

Below main frame sheet metal panel (directly in front of cab). Behind rear panel in cab (panel behind seat)

Skidder

Below right rear cab console.

Wheeled Feller Buncher/Harvester

Inside load center (outer access door on right side of cab).

Track Feller Buncher/Harvester

Below seat in cab. Mounted to inside of engine enclosure door.

Knuckleboom Loader

Mounted to bottom of plate covering heating and air conditioning system behind seat in cab.

Forestry Swing Machines

Left inner side of boom pivot pin/mounting frame.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-4

AA95137,00000DA -19-08NOV13-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=544


References GTT and MIG System GTT is main control unit. MIG control unit is optional. Key distinguishing characteristics of GTT/MIG: TX1143631A —UN—09SEP13

• Single large 70-pin connector on face of control unit, along with antenna connectors.

• GTT is black, MIG is silver. 1— GTT (newer)

2— MIG (if equipped)

TX1143632A —UN—09SEP13

GTT (older)

TX1143633A —UN—09SEP13

MIG (if equipped)

GTT (newer) and MIG (stacked installation) JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company GlobalTRACS is a registered trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-5

AA95137,00000DA -19-08NOV13-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=545


References MTG and SAT System MTG is main control unit. SAT control unit is optional. Key distinguishing characteristics of MTG/SAT: TX1143680A —UN—09SEP13

• Three smaller connectors on side of control unit. All connectors are located on sides of control unit.

• Both control units are silver. • Both control units are very similar (SAT has less connectors on one side).

TX1143681A —UN—09SEP13

MTG

SAT (if equipped) AA95137,00000DA -19-08NOV13-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=546


References

JDLink™ Connection Procedure—If Equipped JDLink™ Connection Procedure—With GlobalTRACS® Terminal (GTT) Controller 1. Locate GT config tool adapter connector (1). For GTT controller location, see JDLink™ System Harnesses (W50, W51, W52, W53, and W54) Component Location—If Equipped. (Group 9015-15.)

TX1089059A —UN—07MAR11

NOTE: CV90-J1006 GlobalTRACS® Config Tool Cable is included in the 65-J1115-11 PC based JDLink™ Tool Kit. 2. Connect one end of CV90-J1006 GlobalTRACS® Config Tool Cable to the GT config tool adapter connector (1), and connect the other end to a COM port on the computer. NOTE: If the computer is not equipped with COM ports, a USB-to-serial adapter cable will be required to simulate a COM port for use with the GT Configuration Tool software.

GT Config Tool Adapter Connector

For more information, see JDLink™ / (MTG) Technical Manual. (TM114519.) If (MTG) is 4G see JDLink™ (MTG) 4G LTE Technical Manual. (TM143019).

1— GT Config Tool Adapter Connector

JDLink™ Connection Procedure—With Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Connect to JDLink™ using Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 901520.) GlobalTRACS is a registered trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company AA95137,0000C23 -19-06JUL18-1/1

Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application The Service ADVISOR application is what technicians use to diagnose and troubleshoot equipment. The application allows technicians to quickly and easily find information and solve equipment problems. The Service ADVISOR application provides access to manuals, the Dealer Technical Assistance Center (DTAC), real-time diagnostics, and system readings. The application also allows technicians to perform calibrations, run tests, and program controllers, when possible. The Connection - Readings shortcut bar within Service ADVISOR is used to connect to a machine. A connection allows a technician to take live system readings, create recordings, diagnose problems, calibrate, interactively test, and program controllers. With a connection established, the Readings menu allows a technician to

add or remove a reading, set a readings baseline, and create and check recording triggers. With Service ADVISOR connected to a machine, the Diagnostics shortcut bar can be used to read machine diagnostic trouble codes. The diagnostic codes can then be reviewed by code number for specific details. When a diagnostic trouble code is opened, code information displays in a window similar to the way a manual would. The details of a diagnostic trouble code often are in a procedural format with links so the technician can work to correct the problem with the equipment while following the step-by-step process in the diagnostic trouble code details. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001C7 -19-21SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=547


References

Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure 1. Locate service laptop close to machine, or in the cab if diagnostics are to be performed while machine is being operated. 2. Open left-side compartment behind cab and remove cap from diagnostic connector (1).

TX1002844A —UN—20JAN06

3. Connect service laptop to machine using appropriate cables (4 and 5). Methods for connection include:

• Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-Alone USB Device • EDL Using Bluetooth • Parallel Data Module (PDM) • PDM with USB Adaptor 4. Make sure power indicator light displays on EDL or PDM, depending on connection method. If power indicator light does not display, check fuse to diagnostic connector. 5. Turn machine key switch to ON position. 6. Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions to log into service laptop and connect to machine.

Service ADVISOR Machine Connection (PDM shown) 1— Diagnostic Connector 2— PDM 3— Service Laptop

4— PDM to Machine Cable 5— PDM to Service Laptop Cable

See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) LD30992,00001C8 -19-21SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=548


References

TX1002938A —UN—26JAN06

Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application

Service ADVISOR—Diagnostic Trouble Codes 1— Diagnostics Shortcut Bar 2— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder

3— Readings Tab 4— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab

1. Connect service laptop to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

4. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2).

2. Open Service ADVISOR and display appropriate model information. 3. From the Shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1). Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-9

LD30992,00001C9 -19-13DEC06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=549


References

TX1002997A —UN—26JAN06

5. Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button on the Connection Options dialog box, and click OK.

Connection Options Dialog Box

TX1003001A —UN—26JAN06

LD30992,00001C9 -19-13DEC06-2/3

Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box 5— Available Adaptors Drop-Down List

6— Selected Models List

6. On the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include:

• Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device • Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth • Parallel Data Module (PDM) • Parallel Data Module (PDM) With USB Adapter 7. Make sure correct machine to connect to displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7). 8. Click OK to connect to machine.

7— Change Selected Models Button

10. Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code. NOTE: Use the lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions for using this feature. 11. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes.

9. After Service ADVISOR connects to machine, both the Readings tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display. LD30992,00001C9 -19-13DEC06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=550


References

Fuse Test Some symptoms may indicate an expensive component failure, when in fact a fuse has failed. Machine functions can be performed without test equipment to determine if fuses have failed. If certain circuits or components operate, fuses are considered to be OK. F11— Radio and Dome Light 5 A Fuse (Marked RADIO) F12— Lighter 10 A Fuse (Marked LIGHTER) F13— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 1 10 A Fuse (Marked AUX.) F14— Not Used F15— Heater and Air Conditioner 5 A Fuse (Marked AIRCON) F16— Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (Marked POWER ON) F17— Horn 10 A Fuse (Marked HORN) F18— Service Advisor Diagnostic Connector Power 5 A Fuse (Marked DIAG) F19— Controller 5 A Fuse (Marked SW. BOX) F20— Optional Equipment 5 A Fuse (Marked (OPT. 3 [BATT])

TX1000782 —UN—29NOV05

F1— Work and Drive Lights 20 A Fuse (Marked LAMP) F2— Windshield Wiper and Washer 10 A Fuse (Marked WIPER) F3— Heater and Air Conditioner 20 A Fuse (Marked HEATER) F4— Solenoid 10 A Fuse (Marked SOLENOID) F5— Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 1 [ALT]) F6— 12 Volt Power Outlet 10 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 2 [ALT]) F7— Start Aid 20 A Fuse (Marked START AID) (Not Used) (Field Option) F8— Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A Fuse (Marked ECM) F9— Radio Backup 10 A Fuse (Marked BACK UP) F10— Information Controller and Main Controller Battery Power 5 A Fuse (Marked CONTROLLER)

Fuse Test Fuse

Test

F1—Work and Drive Lights 20 A Fuse (Marked LAMP)

Turn key switch ON. Turn light switch to first or second position. If work or drive lights operate, fuse is OK.

Work and drive lights will not operate.

F2—Windshield Wiper and Washer 10 A Fuse (Marked WIPER)

Turn key switch ON. Turn windshield wiper ON. If wiper operates, fuse is OK.

Windshield wiper will not operate.

F3—Heater and Air Conditioner 20 A Fuse (Marked HEATER)

Turn key switch ON. Push blower speed switch. If blower operates in any speed, fuse is OK.

Heater and air conditioner blower will not operate.

F4—Solenoid 10 A Fuse (Marked SOLENOID)

Start machine. If hydraulic system functions normally, fuse is OK.

Travel and stick functions will not operate.

F5—Travel Alarm 5 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 1 [ALT])

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F6—12 Volt Power Outlet 10 A Fuse (Marked OPT. 2 [ALT])

Check with multimeter.

12 Volt power outlet will not operate.

F7—Start Aid 20 A Fuse (Marked START AID) (Not Used) (Field Option)

If start aid works, fuse is OK. (Field Option)

Engine starts hard when cold. Start aid will not operate.

F8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A Fuse (Marked ECM)

Turn key switch to START. If engine starts, fuse is OK.

Engine cranks but will not start.

F9—Radio Backup 10 A Fuse (Marked BACK UP)

Turn key switch ON. Turn radio ON. If clock is not reset, and station presets are saved, fuse is OK.

Radio clock will not work with key OFF and will reset with key ON. Radio station presets will not be saved.

F10—Information Controller and Main Controller Battery Power 5 A Fuse (Marked CONTROLLER)

Start machine. If RPM dial works, fuse is OK.

RPM dial will not work. Engine will run at 1200 RPM.

Results of Fuse Failure

F11—Radio and Dome Light 5 A Fuse (Marked Turn key switch ON. RADIO) Turn radio ON. If radio and dome light operate, fuse is OK.

Radio will not operate. Dome light will not operate.

F12—Lighter 10 A Fuse (Marked LIGHTER)

Lighter will not operate.

Turn key switch ON. Push lighter. If lighter gets hot, fuse is OK. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-11

RR71361,00001BE -19-18JAN07-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=551


References F13—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 1 10 A Fuse (Marked AUX.)

Turn key switch ON. If optional equipment works, fuse is OK.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F15—Heater and Air Conditioner 5 A Fuse (Marked AIRCON)

Turn key switch ON. If air conditioner and heater operate, fuse is OK.

Air conditioner and heater will not operate. Air conditioner display will not illuminate.

F16—Controller Key Switch Signal 5 A Fuse (Marked POWER ON)

Turn key switch to START. If engine starts, fuse is OK.

Engine cranks but will not start.

F17—Horn 10 A Fuse (Marked HORN)

Turn key switch ON. Push horn switch. If horn operates, fuse is OK.

Horn will not operate.

F18—Service Advisor Diagnostic Connector Power 5 A Fuse (Marked DIAG)

If Service Advisor will connect to engine control Service Advisor will not connect to engine unit, fuse is OK. control unit.

F19—Controller 5 A Fuse (Marked SW. BOX)

With key switch OFF, push hour meter button. If Fuel and hour check function will not operate. Fuel and hour check are displayed, fuse is OK.

F20—Optional Equipment 5 A Fuse (Marked (OPT. 3 [BATT])

Check with multimeter. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-12

Optional equipment will not operate. RR71361,00001BE -19-18JAN07-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=552


References

F31— Seat Compressor 10 A Fuse (Marked SEAT COMPR) F32— Front Cab Light 2 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP FRONT+2) F33— Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse (Marked WARNING LAMP) F34— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 10 A Fuse (Marked AUX. 2) F35— Not Used F36— Not Used F37— Not Used F38— Not Used F39— Not Used F40— Not Used

TX1000660 —UN—29NOV05

F21— Air Suspension Seat 10 A Fuse (Marked SEAT HEATER) F22— Front Cab Light 1 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP FRONT) F23— Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP REAR) F24— 12 Volt Power Unit 10 A Fuse (Marked 12V UNIT) F25— IMOBI 5 A Fuse (Marked IMOBI) F26— Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse (Marked QUICK HITCH) F27— Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 5 A Fuse (Marked AUX. 3) F28— Not Used F29— Not Used F30— Not Used

Fuse Test Fuse

Test

Results of Fuse Failure

F21—Heated Air Seat 10 A Fuse (Marked SEAT HEATER)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F22—Front Cab Light One 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP FRONT)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F23—Rear Cab Light 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP REAR

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F24—12 Volt Power Unit 10 A Fuse (Marked 12V UNIT)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F25—IMOBI 5 A Fuse (Marked IMOBI)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F26—Quick Hitch 5 A Fuse (Marked QUICK HITCH)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F27—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 3 5 A Fuse (Marked AUX.3)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F31—Seat Compressor 10 A Fuse (Marked SEAT COMPR)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F32—Front Cab Light 2 10 A Fuse (Marked CAB LAMP FRONT+2)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F33—Warning Lamp 10 A Fuse (Marked WARNING LAMP)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

F34—Cab Auxiliary Power Connector 2 10 A Fuse (Marked AUX.2)

Check with multimeter.

Optional equipment will not operate.

Fuse Test Fuse

Test

Results of Fuse Failure

F60—Fusible Link 65A

Turn key switch ON. If accessories operate, fuse is OK.

All accessories other than radio will not work.

F61—Fusible Link 45A

Turn key switch to START. If engine cranks, fuse is OK.

Engine will not crank. All accessories will not work.

F62—Wiper Motor Assembly Circuit Breaker

Turn key switch ON. If wiper motor operates fuse is OK.

Wiper Motor will not operate.

F63—Glow Plug 50 A Fuse (6.8L Only)

Not Used

Not Used

F64—Fuel Transfer Pump 15 A Fuse (9.0 L Only)

Not Used

Not Used

F66—Fuel Transfer Pump 10 A Fuse (6.8L Only) (Not Used)

Not Used

Not Used RR71361,00001BE -19-18JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=553


References

Relay Test For location of relays See Cab Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) T141788 —UN—27APR01

Connect a multimeter to terminals 1 and 2. About 360—420 ohms must be measured. If not, relay has failed. Connect multimeter to terminals 3 and 4. Less than 0.4 ohms must be measured. If not, relay has failed. Connect multimeter to terminals 3 and 5, then 4 and 5. Multimeter must read open in both connections. If not, relay has failed.

Connect 24 volts (+) to terminal 1, ground (-) terminal 2. Connect multimeter to terminals 3 and 5.

CAUTION: Do not connect relay directly to battery. Use a fused power source such as Cab Harness Auxiliary Power Connector 1 (X25) in cab or external power supply.

Multimeter must read less than 0.4 ohms. If not, relay has failed. RR71361,00001BF -19-09JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=554


References

Pressure Sensor Test Pressure Sensor Resistance Test 1. A suspect pressure sensor can be checked by switching positions with a known good sensor. If the problem follows the suspect pressure sensor, it has failed.

Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3)

For location of pressure sensors, See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location and See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

If the problem remains, the harness has failed. 2. To check a pressure sensor using a multimeter, remove it from the machine. NOTE: Resistance values for pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (B35) and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor (B37) may vary widely. To verify the sensor's functionality, use the on-board monitor or check for diagnostic trouble codes and to monitor the sensor's output. See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Measure resistance as indicated. Resistance may vary from one sensor to another. Pressure Sensor Resistance Ranges—Specification Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor (B36)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3) Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (B38)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3) Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3) Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (B32)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3) Travel Pressure Sensor (B34)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3) Swing Pressure Sensor (B33)—Resistance......................................... 5k—15k ohms (Pins 1—2) 30k—50k ohms (Pins 2—3)

Pressure Sensor Voltage Test 1. No voltage at pressure sensors will generate diagnostic trouble codes. Disconnect harness connector from a pressure sensor. 2. With key switch ON, measure voltage between terminals 1 and 3 of pressure sensor harness connector. Pressure Sensor Voltage Ranges—Specification Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor (B36)—Voltage....................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor (B35)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor (B38)—Voltage....................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor (B37)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30)—Voltage....................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Front Attachment Pressure Sensor (B32)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Travel Pressure Sensor (B34)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts Swing Pressure Sensor (B33)—Voltage................................................................... 4.5—5.5 volts

3. See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location and See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location and See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

RR71361,00001C0 -19-07NOV06-1/1

Solenoid Test 1. A suspect solenoid can be checked by switching positions with a known good solenoid. If the problem follows the suspect solenoid, it has failed. If the problem remains, the harness has failed. 2. To check a solenoid using an ohmmeter, remove it from the machine.

3. Measure resistance as indicated. Resistance may vary from one solenoid to another. Excavator Solenoids—Specification Reversing Fan Solenoid (Y9)—Resistance................................................................28—38 ohms Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid (Y10)—Resistance..............................................................42—58 ohms RR71361,00001C1 -19-27OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=555


References

Proportional Solenoid Test

• See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

• See Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

• See Pump Harness (W8) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

• See Attachment Harness (W20) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes With Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.)

1. Remove solenoid from machine prior to testing with an ohmmeter. 2. A solenoid with a potential problem may be tested by switching connections with a known, proper functioning solenoid. If the problem follows the solenoid, replace solenoid. If the problem remains, inspect connections and test appropriate harness or follow diagnostic trouble codes.

specification. If solenoid is not within specification, replace solenoid. Specification Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid (Y8)—Resistance...................................................................... 20—30 Ω Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid (Y20) (SB)—Resistance................................................................ 15.2—22.8 Ω Torque Control Solenoid (Y21) (ST)—Resistance...................................................... 15.2—22.8 Ω Dig Regenerative Solenoid (Y22) (SF)—Resistance................................................................ 15.2—22.8 Ω Arm Regenerative Solenoid (Y23) (SC)—Resistance................................................................ 15.2—22.8 Ω Power Dig Solenoid (Y24) (SG)—Resistance............................................................... 15.2—22.8 Ω Travel Speed Solenoid (Y25) (SI)—Resistance....................................................... 15.2—22.8 Ω

3. Measure resistance between pins on the solenoid and record results. Compare recorded resistance value to RR71361,00001C2 -19-15AUG19-1/1

Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Ranges

Temperature Sensor Test SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG1478 Digital Multimeter

1. To check a sensor using a multimeter, remove the sensor from the machine. 2. Measure resistance as indicated. Resistance may vary from one sensor to another. Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Ranges Resistance

Temperature

14600—17800 ohms

-20°C -68°F

5880 ohms

0°C 32°F

2210—2690 ohms

20°C 68°F

1140 ohms

40°C 104°F

534 ohms

60°C 140°F

322 ohms

80°C 176°F

Resistance

Temperature

8900 ohms

0°C 32°F

2500 ohms

20°C 68°F

For machine location of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40) and ambient air temperature sensor (B22), See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

RR71361,00001C3 -19-09JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-16

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=556


References

Alternator Test 5 3

7

6

8

4 10

9

12 15 G 1 -

11

13 U

TX1045884 —UN—23JUL08

+

16 14 2

TX1045884 Common Alternator Circuit 1— Battery 2— Alternator 3— Key Switch 4— To Accessories 5— ACC 6— Alternator Excitation Diode

7— Excitation Terminal (marked D+) 8— B+ 9— Exciter Diodes 10— Positive Diodes 11— Negative Diodes

12— Stator 13— Excitation Winding (field) 14— Regulator 15— AC Terminal (marked W)

16— To Display Module (indicator lamp)

1. 12 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.

assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.

2. With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.

1. 24 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.

3. If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC1, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal).

2. With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.

4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. 6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator

3. If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC2, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). 4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-17

RR71361,00001C4 -19-28APR10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=557


References

6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator

assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.

1

Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. 2 Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. RR71361,00001C4 -19-28APR10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=558


References

Electrical Component Checks The following checks can be used to test electrical components in all machine circuits. RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-1/9

• 1

Component Checks

RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-2/9

Key Switch Check

T8357AK —UN—09NOV94

1— B Terminal 2— G1 Terminal 3— G2 Terminal 4— ACC Terminal 5— M Terminal 6— ST Terminal Remove harness from key switch. Turn key switch to the ACC position. Measure continuity between key switch terminals 1 to 4. Turn key switch to the ON position. Measure continuity between key switch terminals 1 to 5 and 1 to 4. Turn key switch to the START position. Measure continuity between key switch terminals 1 to 6, 1 to 5, and 1 to 3.

YES: Key switch is OK. Check the wiring harness. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Is continuity measured between terminals?

NO: Key switch has failed. Replace the key switch. See Key Switch Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-19

RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-3/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=559


References Battery Relay Check

T8182AK —UN—03MAR94

See Machine Harness (W2) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect harness from relay. Connect 24 volts to small terminal S and ground small terminal E. LISTEN: Does the relay click? Connect the multimeter to large terminals A and B.

YES: Relay is OK. Check the wiring harness. See Machine Harness (W2) wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Is continuity measured?

NO: Relay has failed. Replace the relay. RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-4/9

Battery Voltage Check

T7487AF —UN—20MAR91

Measure battery voltage by connecting a multimeter to (-) negative battery terminal grounded to frame and (+) positive battery terminal connected to machine harness.

YES: Batteries are OK.

LOOK: Are 24 to 28 volts measured?

NO: Batteries are undercharged. Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger. (Operator's Manual.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-20

RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-5/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=560


References Fusible Link Check

TX1077075 —UN—30APR10

Fusible Link Check 1— Locking Tab 2— Lift Direction Press locking tab on side of fusible link and lift from holder. Connect a multimeter to female terminals inside fusible link.

YES: Fusible link is OK. Check the wiring harness. See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Does the multimeter read continuity?

NO: Fusible link has failed. Replace the fusible link. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-6/9

Diode Check

T164619B —UN—27JAN03

Remove diode from connector. Test diode using diode test function of multimeter. LISTEN: Does the multimeter beep?

YES: If multimeter beeps in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace the diode.

Reverse multimeter probes.

NO: If multimeter does not beep in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace the diode.

LISTEN: Does the multimeter beep?

NO: If multimeter beeps in one check and not the other, diode is OK. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-21

RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-7/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=561


References Travel Alarm Check

A

B

D

C

T158291 —UN—08AUG02

Disconnect travel alarm harness connector. Connect multimeter to travel alarm connector pin B and frame ground. Turn key switch to ON position. LOOK: Is battery voltage measured? Connect multimeter to travel alarm connector pin D and frame ground. LOOK: Is continuity measured? Connect multimeter to travel alarm connector pin A and frame ground.

YES: Harness is OK. Check travel alarm 5 A fuse (F5). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Travel alarm has failed. Replace the travel alarm. See Travel Alarm Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

LOOK: Is continuity measured when the travel alarm cancel switch is pressed?

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-22

NO: Check travel alarm cancel switch. See Travel Alarm Cancel Switch Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10) RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-8/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=562


References CAN Bus Terminator Check

Turn key switch (S1) OFF. Disconnect harness from CAN bus terminator. See Engine Interface Harness (W5) Component Location. (Group 9015-10)

T140697B —UN—29MAR01

Measure resistance across terminator pins.

YES: CAN bus terminator is OK.

LOOK: Does the multimeter read 105—135 ohms?

NO: CAN bus terminator has failed. Replace the CAN bus terminator. RR71361,00001C5 -19-12JAN07-9/9

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-23

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=563


References

Battery Remove and Install CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte level. TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and replace it last. 1. Remove wing nuts (2) and washers (3).

2

2. Remove battery covers (1).

2

1 3

3. Remove spacers (4), jam nuts (5) and washers (6).

3

4. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable (12), positive (+) cable (10) and jumper cable (9).

4

5. Remove battery brackets (8).

5

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

4

6

7

6. Remove batteries (11).

5 6

7

Specification Battery—Weight..........................................................38 kg approximate 84 lb approximate

8 12

9

8

7. Check battery cables and clamps for wear and corrosion. TX1013798 —UN—04NOV06

10

8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. IMPORTANT: If one battery in a 24-volt system has failed, replace both batteries. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Install batteries.

11. Install brackets and covers.

11

Batteries, Support and Cables

Specification Battery—Weight..........................................................38 kg approximate 84 lb approximate

10. Connect battery cables.

11 TX1013798

1— Battery Cover (2 used) 2— Wing Nut (4 used) 3— Washer (4 used) 4— Spacer (4 used) 5— Jam Nut (8 used) 6— Washer (4 used)

7— Clip (2 used) 8— Battery Bracket (2 used) 9— Jumper Cable 10— Positive (+) Cable 11— Battery (2 used) 12— Ground (-) Cable RR71361,00001C6 -19-23OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-24

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=564


References

Rear Cover Remove and Install 1. Remove fuse cover (7). 2. Loosen cap screws (3). 3. Remove plugs, O-rings, and screws (4). 4. Lift and remove diffuser (1).

TX1005108A —UN—23MAR06

5. Disconnect electrical connections to power outlet (5) and lighter (6). 6. Lift and remove rear cover (2). 7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 8. Install rear cover. 9. Connect electrical connections. 10. Install diffuser.

Rear Cover

11. Install fuse cover. 1— Diffuser 2— Rear Cover 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Plug, O-Ring, and Screw (6 used)

5— Power Outlet 6— Lighter 7— Fuse Cover

RR71361,00001C7 -19-23OCT06-1/1

Main Controller (MCF) Remove and Install

TX1000923A —UN—08DEC05

CAUTION: Do not install controller from another machine. Machine data will be incorrect and machine may not operate correctly. 1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable. 2. Remove rear cover. See Rear Cover Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Disconnect electrical connectors (1). 4. Remove cap screws (2).

Main Controller

5. Remove main controller and mounting bracket. 6. Remove screws (3).

1— Electrical Connectors 2— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1000925A —UN—01DEC05

7. Replace as necessary. 3— Screw (4 used)

Main Controller RR71361,00001C8 -19-02APR18-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-25

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=565


References

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install CAUTION: Do not install controller from another machine. Machine data will be incorrect and machine may not operate correctly. NOTE: The engine control unit (ECU) is located in the engine compartment below the hood latch. 1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable. TX1013944A —UN—06NOV06

2. Disconnect electrical connectors (5). 3. Remove cap screws (1) to remove mounting bracket (2). 4. Remove cap screws (4) to remove engine control unit (ECU) (3). 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. IMPORTANT: When replacing engine control unit, new software must be loaded after installation. 6. Install ECU and mounting bracket.

Engine Control Unit (ECU) 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Mounting Bracket 3— Engine Control Unit (ECU)

7. Connect electrical connectors.

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Electrical Connector (2 used)

8. Connect battery ground (-) cable. RR71361,00001C9 -19-02APR18-1/1

Information Controller (ICF) Remove and Install TX1000910A —UN—01DEC05

CAUTION: Do not install controller from another machine. Machine data will be incorrect and machine may not operate correctly. 1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable. 2. Remove rear cover. See Rear Cover Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) 3. Disconnect electrical connectors (1). 4. Remove screws (2). 5. Replace information controller as necessary.

1— Electrical Connector (2 used)

2— Screw (3 used)

RR71361,00001CA -19-02APR18-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=566


References

Monitor Controller Remove and Install CAUTION: Do not install controller from another machine. Machine data will be incorrect and machine may not operate correctly. 1. Remove plugs and cap screws (3). 2. Remove plugs and screws (4). TX1005150A —UN—23MAR06

3. Rotate side cover (2) and monitor controller (1). 4. Remove screws (6) to remove air duct (5). 1— Monitor Controller 2— Side Cover 3— Plug and Cap Screw (2 used)

4— Plug and Screw (3 used) 5— Air Duct 6— Screw (2 used)

TX1005152A —UN—23MAR06

Monitor Controller and Side Cover

Side Cover Air Duct RR71361,00001CB -19-02APR18-1/3

5. Disconnect harness connectors (9).

1— Monitor Controller 7— Screw (2 used)

TX1005153A —UN—23MAR06

6. Remove screws (7) to remove monitor controller (1) and mounting plate (8). 8— Mounting Plate 9— Harness Connectors (3 used)

Monitor Controller Mounting Plate and Harness Connection Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-27

RR71361,00001CB -19-02APR18-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=567


References

7. Remove screws (10) to remove mounting plate. 8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1005154A —UN—23MAR06

9. Install mounting plate and monitor controller. 10. Route harness through opening in side cover and connect harness connectors to monitor controller. 11. Install air duct. 12. Install side cover to machine. 1— Monitor Controller 8— Mounting Plate

10— Screw (2 used) Monitor Controller and Mounting Plate

RR71361,00001CB -19-02APR18-3/3

Key Switch Remove and Install 1. Disconnect battery ground (-) cable. TX1000507A —UN—17NOV05

2. Remove screws (1). 3. Remove cover (2). 4. Remove key switch legend plate (3). 5. Remove screws (4). 6. Disconnect electrical connector. 7. Replace key switch as necessary. 8. Connect battery ground (-) cable. 3— Key Switch Legend Plate 4— Screw (3 used)

TX1000513A —UN—01DEC05

TX1000512A —UN—01DEC05

1— Screw (4 used) 2— Cover

RR71361,00001CC -19-19OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-28

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=568


References

Switch Panel Remove and Install 1. Lift pilot control lever boot (2) and remove screws and spacers (3).

1— Switch Panel 2— Pilot Control Lever Boot

TX1005211A —UN—27MAR06

2. Pull up pilot control lever boot and console cover. 3— Screw and Spacer (4 used) 4— Console Cover

Pilot Control Lever Boot RR71361,00001CD -19-19OCT06-1/3

3. Remove plugs and screws (5) and remove cap screws (6).

5— Plug and Screw (2 used)

TX1005212A —UN—27MAR06

4. Pull switch panel assembly forward and gently tilt back. Disconnect harness connector to key switch. 6— Cap Screw (2 used)

Switch Panel Cap Screws RR71361,00001CD -19-19OCT06-2/3

5. Remove tie band (9) and screws (8). 6. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1005213A —UN—27MAR06

7. Install mounting plate. 8. Connect harness to key switch. 9. Install switch panel. 10. Install console cover. 11. Install Pilot Control Lever Boot. 1— Switch Panel 7— Mounting Plate

8— Screw (6 used) 9— Tie Band

Switch Panel Mounting Plate RR71361,00001CD -19-19OCT06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-29

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=569


References

Travel Alarm Remove and Install NOTE: The travel alarm is located in the hydraulic pump compartment below the main hydraulic pump. T142707B —UN—20JUL01

1. Disconnect electrical connector (2). 2. Remove cap screws (1). 3. Remove travel alarm. 4. Replace alarm as necessary. 5. Install travel alarm. 6. Connect electrical connector (2). 1— Cap Screw (2 used)

2— Electrical Connector RR71361,00001CE -19-01NOV06-1/1

Left Console Switch Remove and Install 1. Lift pilot control lever boot (1) to remove screws and spacers (2). TX1005218A —UN—27MAR06

2. Remove cap screw (4). 3. Lift left console (3) and disconnect harness to switch. 4. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 5. Install switch and connect harness. 6. Install left console and cap screw. 7. Install pilot control lever boot. 1— Pilot Control Lever Boot 2— Screw and Spacer (4 used)

Left Console Switches

3— Left Console 4— Cap Screw LD30992,0000583 -19-19OCT06-1/1

Disconnect Tab Retainer Connectors

T7535AE —UN—22MAY91

IMPORTANT: Do not disconnect electrical connectors while the engine is running. Damage to controllers or other components may result. Disconnect connectors only when instructed during a test or check. DO NOT pull on wires to disconnect connector or damage to wires or connector may result. Grasp both halves of the connector to pull connector apart. 1. Push retainer tab (A). 2. While holding tab in, grasp other half of connector and pull connector halves apart.

A—Retainer Tab

3. To connect, push connector halves together until retainer “clicks”. LD30992,0000202 -19-25SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=570


References

Disconnecting Spring Wire Clip Connectors 1. Remove wire clip from connector. Grasp connector; move connector halves from side-to-side as they're being pulled apart. Do not pull on wiring leads.

T8197AO —UN—14MAR94

2. To reconnect, install wire clip on connector half, push connector halves together until wire retainer “clicks” over tabs.

LD30992,0000203 -19-25SEP06-1/1

Replace DEUTSCH ™ Connectors

• JDG361 Extractor Tool for 12 to 14 gauge wire. • JDG362 Extractor Tool for 16 to 18 gauge wire. • JDG363 Extractor Tool for 20 gauge wire. 2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A). 3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip snaps onto wire.

TS0124 —UN—23AUG88

1. Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be removed:

IMPORTANT: Do NOT twist tool when inserting in connector. 4. Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body until it is positioned over terminal contact. TS120 —UN—23AUG88

5. Pull wire out of connector body, using extractor tool.

DEUTSCH is a trademark of the Deutsch Co. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-31

LD30992,0000204 -19-25SEP06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=571


References

IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using correct size grommet. 6. Push contact straight into connector body until positive stop is felt. TS122 —UN—23AUG88

7. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 8. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector.

LD30992,0000204 -19-25SEP06-2/2

NOTE: Connector shown is the female half or a 4-pin square connector. Other similar styles of Deutsch connectors can be serviced using the same procedure. 1.

Pull connector (1) apart. Inspect and clean connector seal and contacts.

2. Remove locking wedge (2) from connector using hook on JDG1383 service tool. 1— Connector

T130688B —UN—01MAY00

Replace DEUTSCH™ Rectangular or Triangular Connectors

2— Locking Wedge

DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-32

LD30992,0000205 -19-25SEP06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=572


References

3.

Release primary locking latch (3) next to the pin to be removed using screwdriver on JDG1383 service tool.

4. Gently pull wire out from back of connector. T130689B —UN—01MAY00

5. Replace connector contact as necessary. 6. Install wire terminal back into connector until it clicks into place. NOTE: Locking wedge in 2-pin connector is not symmetrical. Position latch shoulder next to terminals. 7. Install locking wedge until it snaps into place.

T130690B —UN—01MAY00

3— Primary Locking Latches

LD30992,0000205 -19-25SEP06-2/2

Install DEUTSCH ™ Contact 1. Strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) insulation from wire. 2. Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimper for correct wire size. TS117 —UN—23AUG88

3. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in until it stops.

DEUTSCH is a trademark of the Deutsch Co. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-33

LD30992,0000206 -19-25SEP06-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=573


References

IMPORTANT: Select proper size contact "sleeve" or "pin" to fit connector body. 4. Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until contact is flush with cover (B). TS0134 —UN—23AUG88

5. Tighten lock nut (C).

LD30992,0000206 -19-25SEP06-2/4

IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between indentors while crimping. 6. Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle touches stop. TS118 —UN—23AUG88

7. Release handle and remove contact.

LD30992,0000206 -19-25SEP06-3/4

IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into contact, cut off wire at contact and repeat contact installation procedures.

8. Inspect contact to be certain all wires are in crimped barrel.

TS0135 —UN—23AUG88

NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimping procedure.

LD30992,0000206 -19-25SEP06-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-34

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=574


References

Replace WEATHER PACK ™Connector

1. Open connector body. 2. Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool over terminal contact in connector body. 3. Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from connector body.

TS0128 —UN—23AUG88

IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters.

NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire or nail through extractor tool handle and push terminal contact from connector. WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. LD30992,0000207 -19-25SEP06-1/2

IMPORTANT: Carefully spread contact lances to assure good seating on connector body.

4. Push contact into new connector body until fully seated. 5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector.

TS0130 —UN—23AUG88

NOTE: Connector bodies are "keyed" for proper contact mating. Be sure contacts are in proper alignment.

7. Close connector body. LD30992,0000207 -19-25SEP06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-35

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=575


References

Install WEATHER PACK ™Contact

• Green - 18 to 20 gauge wire • Gray - 14 to 16 gauge wire • Blue - 10 to 12 gauge wire 1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and align cable seal with edge of insulation.

TS0136 —UN—23AUG88

NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:

NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two sizes of wire: a) #15 for 14 to 16 gauge wire b) #19 for 18 to 20 gauge wire

TS1623 —UN—02NOV94

3. Put proper size contact on wire and crimp in place with a "W" type crimp, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator.

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric. LD30992,0000208 -19-25SEP06-1/2

IMPORTANT: Proper contact installation for "sleeve" (A) and "pin” (B) is shown.

TS0139 —UN—02DEC88

4. Secure cable seal to contact as shown, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator.

LD30992,0000208 -19-25SEP06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-36

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=576


References

Replace (Pull Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors

Insert a “T” pin (B) 6.4 mm (1/4 in.) into connector body socket (C). NOTE: Use JDG7772 Terminal Extraction Tool or “T” pin to remove terminals. Angle “T” pin so pin tip slides close to the plastic socket edge pushing terminal locking tab (D) inward.

RW16933 —UN—26APR89

Disconnect the Metri-Pack1 connector (A). Remove tie bands and tape.

Remove “T” pin and push terminal (E) out of socket.

Check to make sure locking tab on new terminal is in outward position, then pull on wire until terminal locks in connector body socket. NOTE: Terminal will seat only one way. If terminal does not pull into the connector body socket, check to make sure terminal is aligned correctly. D—Locking Tab E—Push Terminal

RW16935 —UN—26APR89

A—Connector B—“T” Pin C—Body Socket

RW16934 —UN—26APR89

Remove terminal, cut strip and crimp wire through connector.

1

Metri-Pack is a trademark of Packard Electric Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit

2

LD30992,0000209 -19-25SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-37

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=577


References

Replace (Push Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors Disconnect the Metri-Pack1 connector. Remove the tie bands and tape. RW21325 —UN—29JUN92

Remove the connector lock (A), and mark wire colors for identification. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters. Insert JDG776 or JDG7772 Terminal Extraction Tool (B) into connector body socket (C) pushing the terminal locking tab inward. NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with 56, 280 and 630 series METRI-PACK terminals. Use JDG777 Extraction Tool with 150 series METRI-PACK terminals. Remove extraction tool and pull terminal (D) out of the socket. Replace terminal. Make sure locking tab (E) on the new terminal is in the outward position.

A—Connector Lock B—Extraction Tool JDG777 C—Connector Body Socket

D—Terminal E—Locking Tab

Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal locks.

1

Metri-Pack is a trademark of Packard Electric Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit

2

LD30992,000020A -19-25SEP06-1/1

Replace CINCH™ Connectors 1. Remove extraction tool (1) from the loading side of connector. 2. Insert blade of extraction tool into locking tabs (2) of secondary lock (3). Rotate tool away from the connector to pry one side of the secondary lock out of the locked position. Repeat this step for the other locking tab.

1— Extraction Tool 2— Secondary Lock Locking Tabs

T132105B —UN—29JUN00

NOTE: After unlocking one side of the secondary lock, a screw driver or similar device may need to be used to hold it in the unlocked position while unlocking the second locking tab. 3— Secondary Lock

CINCH is a trademark of the Cinch Co. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-38

LD30992,000020B -19-25SEP06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=578


References

3. Remove secondary lock (3).

T132301B —UN—29JUN00

3— Secondary Lock

LD30992,000020B -19-25SEP06-2/3

4. Insert pointed side of extraction tool into the contact cavity so that the flat side of tool faces secondary lock cavity (4). This will release the primary contact locking tab.

6. Repair/Replace terminals as necessary using procedure in this group. 7. Insert contact and wire into connector until it clicks. 8. Install secondary lock.

T132107B —UN—29JUN00

5. Gently pull wire out of the connector.

LD30992,000020B -19-25SEP06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-39

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=579


References

T138057 —UN—14FEB01

Install CINCH™ Contact

A—Top of Tool B—Contact Support C—Locator

D—Wire E—Micro Timer Slot F— Junior Timer Slot

G—Contact I— Wire Tab J— Insulation Tab

1. Hold JDG708 crimping tool so that the tool is facing you as shown (left side of graphic). Squeeze tool handles together and allow them to open fully. IMPORTANT: Make sure that both sides of the insulation barrel are started evenly into the crimping section. Do NOT attempt to crimp an improperly positioned contact. 2. Position the contact so that the mating end of the contact (G) is on the locator side of the tool (C). Wire and insulation tabs (I and J) should point to top of tool (A). Butt wire tab (I) against the movable locator (C).

hold the contact in position. Do NOT deform wire and insulation tabs (I and J). 4. Insert stripped wire into contact insulation and wire tabs until it is butted against locator (C). 5. Hold the wire in place. Squeeze tool handles together until ratchet releases. Allow tool handles to open and remove crimped contact. 6. Install contact into connector. (Go to procedure in this group.)

3. Hold the contact in position and squeeze the tool handles together until ratchet engages sufficiently to CINCH is a trademark of the Cinch Co. LD30992,000020C -19-25SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-40

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=580


References

Repair 32 and 48 Way CINCH™ Connectors 1. Press tab (A) and rotate locking cam (B) 90° to disconnect connector from flexbox. RXA0070459 —UN—10SEP03

2. Move cover locks (C) slightly outward with a small screwdriver. 3. Remove cover (D) away from wires. C—Cover Locks D—Cover

RXA0070463 —UN—10SEP03

RXA0070462 —UN—10SEP03

A—Tab B—Locking Cam

CINCH is a trademark of the Cinch Co. LD30992,000020D -19-25SEP06-1/4

4. Pull terminal lock (A) out as far as it will go, but do not force its removal.

RXA0070464 —UN—10SEP03

A—Terminal Lock

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-41

LD30992,000020D -19-25SEP06-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=581


References

5. Insert JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool into holes (C) next to terminal opening (D) to unlock terminal. 6. Pull wire and terminal (E) from connector body. D—Terminal Hole E—Terminal

RXA0070473 —UN—10SEP03

RXA0070472 —UN—10SEP03

A—20 Gauge Holes B—16 & 18 Gauge Holes C—Holes

RXA0070471 —UN—10SEP03

NOTE: JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool has two different sizes of pins, 0.6 for smaller 20 gauge holes (A), and 1.5 for larger 16 and 18 gauge holes (B).

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-42

LD30992,000020D -19-25SEP06-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=582


References

8. Grip JDG1727 Terminal Crimping Tool (A) securely, and squeeze ratcheting mechanism until it bottoms out. Then allow it to open completely 9. With tool in ready position (open handle), open terminal receptacle (B). 10. Insert terminal (C) into proper wire gauge window, crimp wings facing up. 11. Close terminal receptacle (B).

RXA0070479 —UN—10SEP03

7. Remove old terminal and strip 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) of insulation from wire.

12. Squeeze handle until two clicks are heard.

14. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until ratchet releases. 15. Remove terminated wire from tool. 16. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated. Pull on wire slightly to ensure terminal is locked in position. 17. Push terminal lock closed.

RXA0070480 —UN—10SEP03

13. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal.

18. Install cover. 19. Install connector to controller and close connector body locking cam. C—Terminal D—Wire

RXA0070481 —UN—10SEP03

A—CINCH Terminal Crimping Tool B—Terminal Receptacle

LD30992,000020D -19-25SEP06-4/4

Remove Connector Body from Blade Terminals

2. Be sure to bend locking tang back to its original position (B) before installing connector body.

RW4218 —UN—23AUG88

1. Depress locking tang (A) on terminal, using a small screw driver. Slide connector body off.

LD30992,000020E -19-25SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-43

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=583


References

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9015-20-44

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=584


Contents

Section 9020 Power Train

Page

Group 05—Theory of Operation Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Operation............................................... 9020-05-1 Travel Gearbox Operation ......................... 9020-05-2 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Undercarriage Components Malfunctions ..........................................9020-15-1 Noisy or Loose Track Chain ......................9020-15-1 Tight Track Chain ......................................9020-15-1 Frequent Track Chain Sag Adjustment Required................................................9020-15-1 Excessive Oil Leakage From Front Idler, Track Rollers, or Carrier Rollers ...................................................9020-15-2 Bent Track Shoes ......................................9020-15-2 “Popping” Of Track ....................................9020-15-3 Cracked Track Link....................................9020-15-3 Chipped Link Rails.....................................9020-15-4 Individual Undercarriage Component Wear......................................................9020-15-4 Measure Swing Bearing Wear................... 9020-15-5

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 05

Theory of Operation Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Operation VALVE 2

FRONT IDLER

GREASE RELIEF 3 PASSAGE

YOKE 5

4 CYLINDER

9 GREASE TX1073389

RECOIL 8 SPRING

6

TX1073389 —UN—02FEB11

GREASE FITTING 1

7 PISTON

10 TRACK ADJUSTER AND RECOIL SPRING Track Adjuster And Recoil Spring

1— Grease Fitting 2— Valve 3— Grease Relief Passage

4— Cylinder 5— Yoke 6— Front Idler 7— Piston

8— Recoil Spring 9— Grease 10— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring

The track adjuster and recoil spring (10) is supported by the track frame. Shock loads on the track and front idler (6) are absorbed by the recoil spring (8). To decrease track sag, grease (9) is pumped into the cylinder (4) through the grease fitting (1). The grease pushes the piston (7) against the yoke moving the front idler (6) out, reducing track sag. The grease fitting (1) is protected from excess pressure by a check ball.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from high pressure grease. DO NOT remove grease fitting (1) from valve (2). Increasing track sag is accomplished by loosening the valve (2) to release grease from the cylinder through the grease relief passage (3). When releasing grease from the cylinder, only loosen the valve (2). MD46667,0000131 -19-28SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-05-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=587


Theory of Operation

Travel Gearbox Operation

5 2

10 6 3

7

8

9

11

4

1 12

13

16

15

14

17 TX1001983 —UN—04JAN06

18

TX1001983 Travel Gearbox Operation 1— Travel Motor Valve Housing 2— Travel Motor Housing 3— Metal Face Seal 4— Bearing Cone and Cup (2 used)

5— Bearing Nut 6— Ring Gear 7— Third Stage Carrier 8— Third Stage Sun Gear 9— Second Stage Carrier 10— Second Stage Sun Gear

Travel Gearbox OperationThe travel gearbox is a triple reduction planetary drive gearbox. The gearbox is interchangeable from the right to the left side of the

11— First Stage Carrier 12— First Stage Sun Gear (Input Shaft) 13— Thrust Pad 14— First Stage Planet Gear

machine. The travel motor housing (2), which is fastened to the track frame, serves as the main support for the drum (17), and planetary gears (6—12 and 14—16). Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

15— Second Stage Planet Gear 16— Third Stage Planet Gear 17— Drum 18— Sprocket

9020-05-2

MD46667,0000134 -19-09NOV06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=588


Theory of Operation

The travel motor is connected to and drives the gearbox through first stage sun gear (input shaft) (12). The third stage carrier (7) is fixed to the housing. A replaceable

thrust pad (13) is used in the gearbox cover to keep the first stage sun gear in position. MD46667,0000134 -19-09NOV06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-05-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=589


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-05-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=590


Group 15

Diagnostic Information Diagnose Undercarriage Components Malfunctions

NOTE: Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and most difficult to verify. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-1/26

Noisy or Loose Track Chain MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-2/26

• 1

Incorrect track sag adjustment

Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Go to Loose track shoes.

Is track sag within specification?

NO: Adjust track sag. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-3/26

• 2

Loose track shoes

Remove loose track shoes to clean material from between shoe and link. Install track shoes and tighten cap screws in proper sequence. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

YES: Go to Grease leaking from track adjuster seals, grease fitting, or relief valve.

Are track shoes properly installed?

NO: Install track shoes. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-4/26

• 3

Grease leaking from track adjuster seals, grease fitting, or relief valve

Check that grease fitting and valve are tight. Replace grease fitting or valve. See Track YES: Diagnostic checkout Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble for seal replacement. (Group 0130.) complete.

Are grease fitting, valve and seal properly installed?

NO: Install grease fitting, valve and seal. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-5/26

Tight Track Chain MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-6/26

• 1

Material packing in sprocket

Clean material from sprocket.

YES: Go to Track sag less than specification.

Is sprocket free of material?

NO: Clean material from sprocket. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-7/26

• 2

Track sag less than specification

Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Is track sag within specification?

NO: Adjust track sag. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-8/26

Frequent Track Chain Sag Adjustment Required Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-1

MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-9/26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=591


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Grease leaking from track adjuster seals, grease fitting or relief valve

Check that grease fitting and valve are tight. Replace grease fitting or valve. See Track YES: Diagnostic checkout Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble for seal replacement. (Group 0130.) complete.

Are grease fitting, valve and seal properly installed?

NO: Install grease fitting, valve and seal. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-10/26

Excessive Oil Leakage From Front Idler, Track Rollers, or Carrier Rollers MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-11/26

• 1

Loose plug, worn or damaged O-ring, or metal faced seal

Check for loose, worn or damaged plug, O-ring, or metal faced seal.

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Are plug, O-ring, and metal faced seal properly installed?

NO: Tighten plug. Replace O-ring or metal face seal. Replace seals. See Front Idler Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Replace seals. See Track Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Replace seals. See Track Carrier Roller Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-12/26

Bent Track Shoes MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-13/26

• 1

Excessive grouser wear

Measure grouser height specification for rebuilding or replacing track shoes. See 200DLC and 225DLC Three Bar Grouser Height. (SP326 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.)

YES: Go to Loose track shoes.

Is grouser height to specification?

NO: Repair or replace track shoes. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-14/26

• 2

Loose track shoes

Remove loose track shoes to clean material from between shoe and link. Install track shoes and tighten cap screws in proper sequence. See Track Shoe Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

YES: Go to Excessive high speed operation on rough and rocky terrain.

Are track shoes properly installed?

NO: Install track shoes. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-2

MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-15/26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=592


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Excessive high speed operation on rough and rocky terrain

Reduce travel speed on rough and rocky terrain. Place travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode.

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Is travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode?

NO: Place travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-16/26

“Popping” Of Track MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-17/26

• 1

High travel loads in reverse

High travel loads in reverse can cause the recoil spring to retract allowing sprocket to slip in chain. Minimize travel loads in reverse.

YES: Go to Material packing in sprocket.

Are travel loads in reverse minimized?

NO: Minimize travel loads in reverse. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-18/26

• 2

Material packing in sprocket

Clean material from sprocket.

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Is sprocket free of material?

NO: Clean material from sprocket. Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.) MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-19/26

Cracked Track Link MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-20/26

• 1

Excessive high speed operation on rough and rocky terrain

Repair or replace cracked track link. See Track Chain Repair. (Group 0130.) or See Track Chain Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

Reduce travel speed on rough and rocky terrain. Place travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode.

YES: Go to Track shoes too wide for ground conditions.

Is travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode?

NO: Place travel speed switch in slow speed (turtle) mode. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-21/26

• 2

Track shoes too wide for ground conditions

Use the narrowest shoes possible for required flotation.

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Are the narrowest shoes possible for required flotation being used?

NO: Select the narrowest shoes possible for required flotation.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-3

MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-22/26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=593


Diagnostic Information Chipped Link Rails MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-23/26

• 1

Repeated high impacts Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.) with roller tread on flanges caused by a loose or snaky track, or using shoes that are too wide

Check track chain pitch specification. See 200DLC Track Chain Pitch. (SP326 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.) Use the narrowest shoes possible for required flotation.

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Are the correct track components installed on machine? Do they meet specifications?

NO: Install correct track components to specifications. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-24/26

Individual Undercarriage Component Wear MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-25/26

• 1

Some wear is normal

Measure components to determine if they can be rebuilt using weld. See Component Rebuild. (SP326 Undercarriage Appraisal Manual.)

YES: Diagnostic checkout complete.

Is component wear within specification?

NO: Repair or replace components as necessary. MD46667,0000135 -19-12MAY10-26/26

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=594


Diagnostic Information

Measure Swing Bearing Wear SPECIFICATIONS Swing Bearing Play (new)

0.2—1.0 mm 0.008—0.039 in.

Swing Bearing Play (limit of use)

2.0—3.0 mm 0.079—0.118 in.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dial Indicator

NOTE: Two people are needed to take the measurement. One to operate the machine and one to take the readings. 1. Check that swing bearing-to-main frame and undercarriage cap screws are tightened to specification. See Upperstructure Remove and Install for specification. (Group 4350.)

T140090

T140090 —UN—17MAY01

CAUTION: Stay clear of moving parts. Position dial indicator so it can be seen while the operator can see you.

2. Check that swing bearing is lubricated with the specified grease. See Track Adjuster, Working Tool Pivot, Swing Bearing, And Swing Bearing Gear Grease. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Check that bearing rotation is smooth and without noise. NOTE: Readings vary depending on the location of dial indicator base with respect to the swing bearing support tower. To obtain an accurate reading, the base for dial indicator must be attached to the support tower or as close to it as possible. 4. Install dial indicator with needle point contacting bottom face of bearing outer race and base attached to the swing bearing support tower or as close to it as possible. 5. Move boom and arm to the position shown with bucket off the ground. Bucket must be empty.

7. Lower the boom to raise front idlers off the ground approximately 500 mm (20 in.). 8. Record dial indicator reading. Specification Swing Bearing—Play (new)....................................................................................0.2—1.0 mm 0.008—0.039 in. Play (limit of use) .................................................................2.0—3.0 mm 0.079—0.118 in.

T7886AJ —UN—23NOV92

6. Turn dial indicator to zero.

If play is more than specified, check for wear to balls, spacers, and bearing race. See Swing Bearing Remove and Install. (Group 4350.) MD46667,0000136 -19-07DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=595


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9020-15-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=596


Section 9025 Hydraulic System Contents Page Page

Group 05—Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Diagram and Operation............................................... 9025-05-1 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Operation—If Equipped (Serial No. —511303) ....................................... 9025-05-3 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Operation—If Equipped (Serial No. 511304— ) ...................................... 9025-05-6 Pilot System Diagram and Operation............................................. 9025-05-10 Pilot Pump, Pressure Regulating Valve and Filter Operation ................... 9025-05-12 Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-13 Pilot Control Valve Operation .................. 9025-05-16 Travel Pilot Control Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-18 Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-21 Pilot Signal Manifold Operation ............... 9025-05-24 Pump 1, Pump 2 and Drive Gearbox Operation .............................. 9025-05-34 Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation............................................. 9025-05-37 Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit Operation.................................. 9025-05-45 Control Valve Operation .......................... 9025-05-47 Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation................. 9025-05-60 Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Circuit Operation ........................ 9025-05-63 Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation ................................... 9025-05-67 Travel Flow Combiner Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-68 Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Operation............................................. 9025-05-71 Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation............................................. 9025-05-74 Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation............................................. 9025-05-77 Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation............................................. 9025-05-82 Bucket Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation............................................. 9025-05-86 Boom and Arm Reduced Leakage Valves Operation ................................. 9025-05-90 Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation.................................. 9025-05-93 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation.................................. 9025-05-97

Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation................................ 9025-05-101 Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation................................ 9025-05-105 Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation................................ 9025-05-108 Swing Reduction Gearbox Operation............................................9025-05-111 Swing Motor, Crossover Relief Valve, and Make-Up Check Valve Operation ................................. 9025-05-112 Swing Motor Dampener Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-115 Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation................................ 9025-05-123 Center Joint Operation .......................... 9025-05-124 Travel Motor and Park Brake Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-126 Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation........................................... 9025-05-133 Cylinder Operation................................. 9025-05-135 Return Filter Operation .......................... 9025-05-136 Auxiliary System Operation ................... 9025-05-137 Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-137 Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-148 Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operation ................................. 9025-05-149 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve Operation .................. 9025-05-149 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve Operation ................................. 9025-05-150 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-150 Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-151 Selector Valve Operation....................... 9025-05-151 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Operation........................................... 9025-05-152 Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Operation .......... 9025-05-154 Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation........................................... 9025-05-155 Two Way Solenoid Kit Operation........... 9025-05-159 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation........................................... 9025-05-163 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation........................................... 9025-05-168 Low Flow Kit Operation ......................... 9025-05-171

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

Group 15—Diagnostic Information All Hydraulic Functions Slow .....................9025-15-1 All Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-1 Hydraulic Oil Overheats.............................9025-15-2 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-2 No Hydraulic Functions .............................9025-15-4 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-4 No Hydraulic Functions—Electrical Checks ..................................................9025-15-5 No Hydraulic Functions—Electrical Checks Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................9025-15-5 Function Does Not Stop When Control Lever Released .....................................9025-15-7 Function Does Not Stop When Control Lever Released Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-7 Load Drifts Down When Control Lever is in Neutral Position .............................9025-15-8 Load Drifts Down When Control Lever is in Neutral Position Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-8 Load Falls When Control Valve is Actuated To Raise Load ......................9025-15-10 Load Falls When Control Valve is Actuated to Raise Load Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-10 H/P (High Power) Function Does Not Operate, PWR (Power) Mode is Normal.................................................9025-15-10 H/P (High Power) Function Does Not Operate, PWR (Power) Mode is Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-10 Boom Down Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal ................................9025-15-12 Boom Down Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-12 Arm In Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal ................................9025-15-13 Arm In Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-13 Swing Speed Slow During Arm In Function ..............................................9025-15-14 Swing Speed Slow During Arm In Function Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-14

Boom Cannot Raise Track Off Ground ................................................9025-15-14 Boom Cannot Raise Track Off Ground Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-14 Swing Function Does Not Operate in Both Directions....................................9025-15-16 Swing Function Does Not Operate in Both Directions Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-16 Swing Speed Slow in Both Directions ............................................9025-15-18 Swing Speed Slow in Both Directions Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-18 Swing Speed Slow or Does Not Operate in One Direction ....................9025-15-19 Swing Speed Slow or Does Not Operate in One Direction Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-19 Upperstructure Drift With Swing Valve in Neutral.............................................9025-15-20 Upperstructure Drift With Swing Valve in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-20 Machine Freewheels Down an Incline..................................................9025-15-22 Machine Freewheels Down an Incline Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-22 Track Will Not Move in Either Direction ..............................................9025-15-22 Track Will Not Move in Either Direction Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-23 Machine Mistracks...................................9025-15-24 Machine Mistracks Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-24 Machine Mistracks Left During Combined Travel and Dig Functions.............................................9025-15-26 Machine Mistracks Left During Combined Travel and Dig Functions Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-26 Machine Will Not Shift Into Fast (Rabbit) Speed ....................................9025-15-26 Machine Will Not Shift Into Fast (rabbit) Speed Diagnostic Procedure ..............9025-15-26 Pump 1, Pump 2, and Pilot Pump Line Identification................................. 9025-15-30 Control Valve Line Identification .............. 9025-15-31 Swing Motor Line Identification................ 9025-15-34 Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Excavator Pattern............... 9025-15-35 Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Backhoe Pattern................. 9025-15-39 Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection ......................... 9025-15-42 Travel System Component Location ............................................... 9025-15-46 Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Contents

Page

Page

Travel Hydraulic System Line Connection .......................................... 9025-15-47 Auxiliary Attachment Schematic .............. 9025-15-51 Auxiliary System Line Connections......................................... 9025-15-77 Hydraulic System Schematic................... 9025-15-85 Hydraulic System Component Location ............................................. 9025-15-102 Hydraulic System Line Connections....................................... 9025-15-103 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location ......................... 9025-15-107 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic (S.N. 511304— ) .............. 9025-15-110 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic (S.N. —511303) ............... 9025-15-112

Fan Speed Test ....................................... 9025-25-47

Group 25—Tests JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation................ 902525-1 JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer... 902525-1 Hydraulic Oil Cleanup Procedure With Portable Filter Caddy..................... 9025-25-1 Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure .............................................. 9025-25-2 Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment .............................. 9025-25-4 Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test......................................... 9025-25-6 Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment .............................. 9025-25-8 Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment ............................ 9025-25-10 Power Digging Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment.................................... 9025-25-12 Travel Speed Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment.................................... 9025-25-14 Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test ...................................................... 9025-25-16 Torque Control Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment.................................... 9025-25-17 Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Test and Adjustment .................. 9025-25-19 Circuit Relief Valve Test and Adjustment........................................... 9025-25-22 Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment .................. 9025-25-25 Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment .................. 9025-25-27 Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Minimum Flow................ 9025-25-30 Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Maximum Flow............... 9025-25-32 Pump Flow Test ....................................... 9025-25-34 Swing Motor Leakage Test ...................... 9025-25-41 Travel Motor Leakage Test ...................... 9025-25-42 Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket........................................... 9025-25-44 Fan Drive Pump Flow Test ...................... 9025-25-45 TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=3


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=4


Group 05

Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Diagram and Operation

63

126

61

150 74

73 125

127 110

75

107

76

104

81

97

90

95

124 52 15

16

35

136

TX1139146 —UN—25JUN13

36

31

TX1139146 Hydraulic System Diagram 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 35— Suction Screen 36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 52— Swing Motor 61— Right Travel Motor 63— Left Travel Motor

73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 95— Swing Spool 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool 75— Right Travel Spool 104— Boom 2 Spool 76— Bucket Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 81— Boom 1 Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 90— Arm 2 Spool 124— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 125— Boom Cylinders

Main hydraulic system is open-center hydraulic system. The main pump consists of pump 1 (15), pump 2 (16) in a common housing, the pump drive gearbox, and coupling. A pilot pump is mounted to the gearbox adjacent to pump

2. Pump 2 is driven directly by the engine through the coupler. Pump 1 and the pilot pump are driven by pump 2 through the gear train in gearbox. The engine to pump gear ratio for pump 1, pump 2, and pilot pump is 1:1.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

126— Bucket Cylinder 127— Arm Cylinder 136— Restriction Valve 150— Auxiliary Attachment

9025-05-1

TP97644,0000093 -19-26JUN13-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=601


Theory of Operation

As viewed from the right side of machine, pump 1 is to the right (towards the front of machine) and pump 2 is to the left (towards the rear of machine). Hydraulic oil flow is through suction screen (35), out of the hydraulic oil tank (31), and through the suction line to the pumps. Pump 1 delivers supply oil to the right control valve (4-spool) (73). Pump 2 delivers supply oil to the left control valve (5-spool) (74). Supply oil is routed to motors (52, 61, and 63), cylinders (125, 126, and 127) and auxiliary attachment (150) by valve spools (75, 76, 81, 90, 95, 97,104, 107, and 110) for their respective function. Hydraulic oil tank is pressurized to ensure that oil flows from the tank, through the suction line, and into the pumps. Return oil from the motors and cylinders is routed into return passages in control valve by the valve spools.

From the return passages, return oil flows out of control valve, through hydraulic oil cooler (36), through the restriction valve (136), and then through the return filter in the hydraulic oil tank. The restriction valve is used in the return line after the hydraulic oil cooler to create some back pressure in the return passage of control valve. The back pressure ensures a flow of makeup oil to keep the swing motor case full of oil and a flow of oil through the anticavitation valves to prevent cylinder cavitation. The hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve (124) opens to route return oil around hydraulic oil cooler and directly to hydraulic oil tank when resistance to flow through oil cooler becomes high because the oil is cold (high viscosity), there is a surge of return oil, or oil cooler becomes plugged. The pressure setting for the bypass valve is higher than the restriction valve. TP97644,0000093 -19-26JUN13-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=602


Theory of Operation

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Operation—If Equipped (Serial No. —511303)

133

134

Y8

B

A

36

132

32

TX1113333 —UN—22MAY12

34

145

35 31

149

TX1113333 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—If Equipped 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor

134— Fan Speed Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-3

Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

MB00333,0000086 -19-18MAY12-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=603


Theory of Operation

135 133

Y9

A

PUMP

B TANK

Y8

132

36

32

TX1113341 —UN—22MAY12

34 145

35 149 31

TX1113341

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—Reversing (if equipped) 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

Standard Hydraulic Fan Function—If Equipped

145— Supply Oil Y9— Reversing Fan Solenoid 149— Return or Pressure Free Oil Valve Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)

A hydraulic-powered cooling fan is used to provide air flow for the machine's cooling package. The fan drive system consists of:

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

• Gear type fan drive pump (132) • Fan speed control valve (134) or fan speed and reversing control valve—if equipped (135)

• Gear type fan drive motor (133) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-4

MB00333,0000086 -19-18MAY12-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=604


Theory of Operation

The fan drive pump is directly driven off the front gear train of the engine. Oil flow to the pump comes from the hydraulic oil tank (31). Return oil from the fan drive motor is routed through the hydraulic oil cooler (36) to the return filter (32) in the hydraulic oil tank. The fan speed solenoid valve regulates oil flow and pressure buildup in the fan drive system. The more oil flow to the fan drive motor, the greater the fan speed. How much oil flow is routed to the fan drive motor depends on the current applied to the fan speed solenoid valve from the engine control unit (ECU). The ECU uses four parameters to control the current sent to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8). The engine coolant temperature sensor (B4), hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40), turbocharger compressor inlet temperature sensor (B7), and ambient air temperature sensor (B22) send system temperatures to the ECU. When machine systems are cold, the ECU sends maximum current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve. This shifts the solenoid valve to allow most oil flow to be returned to the hydraulic oil tank and bypass the fan drive motor. The fan drive motor and cooling fan operate at a low speed. As the machine warms up during operation, the ECU decreases the current to the fan speed solenoid valve. The decrease in current applied causes the solenoid valve to shift and restrict oil flow through the fan speed solenoid valve, increasing oil flow to the fan drive motor. As oil flow to the fan drive motor increases, cooling fan speed increases. When maximum cooling is required, the ECU supplies no current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve.

With the solenoid valve de-energized, the proportional fan speed solenoid valve is fully shifted to allow maximum oil flow to the fan drive motor. The fan drive motor and cooling fan operate at maximum speed. This controlled fan speed is more economical and fuel efficient. Reverse Fan Function—If Equipped The optional reversing function reverses the cooling fan to help clean the machine cooling package of dirt and debris. The reversing function can be initiated manually by the operator or automatically by the ECU. If set to reverse automatically, the ECU will reverse the fan at a preset interval. See Reversing Cooling Fan Switch—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) The fan speed and reversing control valve is used with the optional reverse fan function. The control valve controls both fan speed and reversing fan direction. To start a reversing cycle, the ECU first removes current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve in the fan speed and reversing control valve and then applies maximum current. The ECU briefly applies maximum current to stop the fan while the reversing fan solenoid (Y9) shifts to reverse oil flow. The ECU then removes current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve, to operate the fan at maximum speed in reverse for a short period of time. Returning to normal operation, the ECU briefly applies maximum current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve while the reversing fan solenoid resets to normal operation.

MB00333,0000086 -19-18MAY12-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=605


Theory of Operation

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Operation—If Equipped (Serial No. 511304— )

133

134

Y8

B

A

36

132

32

TX1113333 —UN—22MAY12

34

145

35 31

149

TX1113333 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—If Equipped 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor

134— Fan Speed Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-6

Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

TX04577,000011B -19-18MAY12-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=606


Theory of Operation

135 133

Y9

A

PUMP

B TANK

Y8

132

36

32

TX1113341 —UN—22MAY12

34 145

35 149 31

TX1113341

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—Reversing (if equipped) 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

Standard Hydraulic Fan Function—If Equipped

145— Supply Oil Y9— Reversing Fan Solenoid 149— Return or Pressure Free Oil Valve Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)

A hydraulic-powered cooling fan is used to provide air flow for the machine's cooling package. The fan drive system consists of:

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

• Gear type fan drive pump (132) • Fan speed control valve (134) or fan speed and reversing control valve—if equipped (135)

• Gear type fan drive motor (133) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-7

TX04577,000011B -19-18MAY12-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=607


Theory of Operation

The fan drive pump is directly driven off the front gear train of the engine. Oil flow to the pump comes from the hydraulic oil tank (31). Return oil from the fan drive motor is routed through the hydraulic oil cooler (36) to the return filter (32) in the hydraulic oil tank. The fan speed solenoid valve regulates oil flow and pressure buildup in the fan drive system. The more oil flow to the fan drive motor, the greater the fan speed. How much oil flow is routed to the fan drive motor depends on the current applied to the fan speed solenoid valve from the engine control unit (ECU). The ECU uses four parameters to control the current sent to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8). The engine coolant temperature sensor (B4), hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B40), turbocharger compressor inlet temperature sensor (B7), and ambient air temperature sensor (B22) send system temperatures to the ECU. When machine systems are cold, the ECU sends maximum current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve. This shifts the solenoid valve to allow most oil flow to be returned to the hydraulic oil tank and bypass the fan drive motor. The fan drive motor and cooling fan operate at a low speed. As the machine warms up during operation, the ECU decreases the current to the fan speed solenoid valve. The decrease in current applied causes the solenoid valve to shift and restrict oil flow through the fan speed solenoid valve, increasing oil flow to the fan drive motor. As oil flow to the fan drive motor increases, cooling fan speed increases. When maximum cooling is required, the ECU supplies no current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve.

With the solenoid valve de-energized, the proportional fan speed solenoid valve is fully shifted to allow maximum oil flow to the fan drive motor. The fan drive motor and cooling fan operate at maximum speed. This controlled fan speed is more economical and fuel efficient. Reverse Fan Function—If Equipped The optional reversing function reverses the cooling fan to help clean the machine cooling package of dirt and debris. The reversing function can be initiated manually by the operator or automatically by the ECU. If set to reverse automatically, the ECU will reverse the fan at a preset interval. See Reversing Cooling Fan Switch—If Equipped. (Operator's Manual.) The fan speed and reversing control valve is used with the optional reverse fan function. The control valve controls both fan speed and reversing fan direction. To start a reversing cycle, the ECU first removes current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve in the fan speed and reversing control valve and then applies maximum current. The ECU briefly applies maximum current to stop the fan while the reversing fan solenoid (Y9) shifts to reverse oil flow. The ECU then removes current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve, to operate the fan at maximum speed in reverse for a short period of time. Returning to normal operation, the ECU briefly applies maximum current to the proportional fan speed solenoid valve while the reversing fan solenoid resets to normal operation.

TX04577,000011B -19-18MAY12-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=608


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=609


Theory of Operation

Pilot System Diagram and Operation 45 39

52

40

38

Y10 41

131

77

120

Y20

Y21

18

17

85 101 118 93 37

108

Y24

117

Y25

91 94

Y22

98

Y23

84

31

35

74

63

30

61

22

29 TX1011681

TX1011681 —UN—01SEP06

66

Pilot System Diagram and Operation

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-10

TP97644,000005A -19-11JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=610


Theory of Operation 22— Pilot Pump 61— Right Travel Motor Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 63— Left Travel Motor Valve 30— Pilot Pressure Regulating 66— Travel Speed Change Valve Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Valve 74— Control Valve Solenoid Valve 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Y21— Torque Control Solenoid 35— Suction Screen Valve (valve and poppet) Valve 84— Dig Regenerative Valve Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 38— Travel Pilot Control Valve 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (port SF) 39— Left Pilot Control Valve Valve (valve and check Y23— Arm Regenerative 40— Right Pilot Control Valve valve) Solenoid Valve (port SC) 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Y24— Power Digging Solenoid 45— From Swing Park Brake Valve (valve and poppet) Valve (port SG) Release Pilot Valve (port SH) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid 52— Swing Motor 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SI) 17— Pump 1 Regulator 18— Pump 2 Regulator

Pilot system is used to operate control circuits for pump 1 and pump 2 regulators (17 and 18), to shift the control valve (74) spools, to release the swing park brake, and as a supply source for the functions of solenoid valve manifold (37). The pilot pump (22) supplies oil to the pilot system. From the pilot pump, pilot oil flows to the pilot filter and bypass valve (29), and pilot pressure regulating valve (30). From the filter, oil is supplied to the pump 1 and 2 regulators, the small end of pump servo pistons, torque control solenoid valve (Y21), the solenoid valve manifold, and the pilot shutoff solenoid valve (Y10). When no functions are activated, the oil returns to hydraulic oil tank through the pilot pressure regulating valve. See Pilot Pump, Pressure Regulating Valve and Filter Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet) 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet) 117— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 131— To Control Valve Pilot Caps

See Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pump 1, Pump 2 and Drive Gearbox Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

See Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) TP97644,000005A -19-11JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=611


Theory of Operation

TX1011706 —UN—14NOV06

Pilot Pump, Pressure Regulating Valve and Filter Operation

Pilot Pump, Pressure Regulating Valve, and Filter 1— Pilot Pump 6— Return Oil (port TA) to 2— Driven Gear Hydraulic Return Manifold 3— From Hydraulic Pump Suction 7— Plug (port PC) Line 8— Plug (port PG) 4— Drive Gear 9— Pilot Pressure Regulating 5— Regulated Pilot Oil (port PE) Valve to Pump 1 and 2

10— Regulated Pilot Oil (port PD) 13— Pilot Filter Element to Solenoid Valve Manifold 14— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Spool 11— Test Port (port PF) 12— From Pilot Pump Outlet (port 15— Spring 16— Shim (as required) PA)

Pilot filter element (13), bypass valve, and pilot pressure regulating valve (9) are incorporated into one assembly.

in pilot oil circuit. When pressure in pilot circuit increases to pressure setting of spring (15), spool is pushed against spring. Regulated pilot oil flows from port PD to solenoid valve manifold (10) and from port PC to pump 1 and 2 servo pistons and regulators (5). Oil not needed to maintain pressure in pilot circuit flows out port TA to hydraulic return manifold (7).

Pilot filter bypass valve senses differential pressure between inlet side and outlet side of filter element. During normal operation, bypass valve is held closed by a spring and pilot oil flows through filter element to pilot pressure regulating valve (9) and out to pilot circuit. When the filter element becomes plugged, pressure on inlet side increases forcing bypass valve open. Pilot oil now bypasses the filter element and unfiltered oil flows to pilot pressure regulating valve spool (14) and out to the pilot circuit.

See Hydraulic System Schematic for pilot filter, bypass valve, and pilot pressure regulating valve in Pilot Control Valves and Pilot Signal Manifold Schematic (Group 9025-15.)

The pilot pressure regulating valve is a relief valve that is used to regulate pilot oil pressure to a constant pressure TP97644,000005B -19-08SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=612


Theory of Operation

TX1000386 —UN—13DEC05

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Operation

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Port Locations A1—To Travel Pilot Control Valve A4—To Pilot Signal Manifold Port T1— From Travel Pilot Control T4— Return to Hydraulic Oil Tank A2—To Right Pilot Control Valve PI Valve A3—To Left Pilot Control Valve HT—Port HT (plugged) T2— From Right Pilot Control P—Pilot Oil from Pilot Pump Valve T3— From Left Pilot Control Valve

The pilot shutoff solenoid valve is a solenoid actuated spool type valve. The solenoid is electrically operated by the pilot control shutoff lever.

See Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-13

TP97644,000005C -19-08SEP06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=613


Theory of Operation

With the pilot control shutoff lever in the locked position, the lever is pulled rearward. The solenoid for the pilot shutoff solenoid valve is de-energized. Pilot oil from the pilot pump (P) is blocked by the spool. Ports to the pilot control valves (A1—A3) and pilot signal manifold port PI are open to the hydraulic oil tank (T4) through the spool. Therefore, no hydraulic function is actuated when a control lever for a pilot control valve is operated.

P

Y10

T2— From Right Pilot Control Valve T3— From Left Pilot Control Valve T4— To Hydraulic Oil Tank Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil

HT

A4

T3

T1

T2

A1

A2

A3

147 149

TX1000357 —UN—07FEB06

A1—To Travel Pilot Control Valve A2—To Right Pilot Control Valve A3—To Left Pilot Control Valve A4—To Pilot Signal Manifold Port PI HT—Port HT (plugged) P—Pilot Oil from Pilot Pump T1— From Travel Pilot Control Valve

T4

De-Energized Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Schematic

Y10

A1 A2 A3 A4 P 147 HT

149

TX1000366 —UN—02FEB11

T1 T2 T3 T4

De-Energized Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Section Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-14

TP97644,000005C -19-08SEP06-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=614


Theory of Operation

With the pilot control shutoff lever in the unlocked position, the lever is pushed forward. The solenoid for the pilot shutoff solenoid valve is energized. Ports to the pilot control valves (A1—A3) and pilot signal manifold port PI (A4) are now open to pilot oil from pilot pump (P). Now, operating a control lever actuates a function. T2— From Right Pilot Control Valve T3— From Left Pilot Control Valve T4— To Hydraulic Oil Tank Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil

Y10 HT

A4

T3

T1

T2

A1

A2

A3

147 149

TX1000359 —UN—07FEB06

A1—To Travel Pilot Control Valve A2—To Right Pilot Control Valve A3—To Left Pilot Control Valve A4—To Pilot Signal Manifold Port PI HT—Port HT (plugged) P—Pilot Oil from Pilot Pump T1— From Travel Pilot Control Valve

T4

Energized Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Schematic

Y10

A1 A2 A3 A4

P

147 HT

149

TX1000367 —UN—10FEB06

T1 T2 T3 T4

Energized Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Section TP97644,000005C -19-08SEP06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=615


Theory of Operation

Pilot Control Valve Operation

1 1

2 6 3 7 4 5 6 10

11

12

7 13 8

15

11 14

T143081 —UN—02FEB11

12

16 9

10

T143081 Metering and Full Stroke 1— Control Lever 2— Plunger 3— Spring Guide 4— Balance Spring 5— Return Spring 6— Orifice

7— Spool 8— Hole (4 used) 9— Housing 10— Work Port 1, 2, 3, or 4 to Control Valve Pilot Caps

11— Port P from Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve 12— Port T to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

The left and right pilot control valves regulate the pilot oil (15) pressure to actuate the pilot valves in the pilot signal manifold and to shift the control valve spools to actuate the dig functions. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for pilot valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation for control valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) Each pilot control valve contains four valves, one for each dig function. The ports (10, 11, and 12) in housing (9) are identified by numbers and letters next to each port. The valves are pressure-reducing valves controlled by movement of the control lever (1) and plunger (2). Moving the control lever to actuate a function pushes the plunger and spring guide (3) against the balance spring (4) pushing the spool (7) down. The return spring (5) is also compressed by the plunger and spring guide.

During the initial movement (14), the spool goes through a deadband area (13) where the flow of return oil (16) through the holes (8) to port T is blocked before pilot oil flows from port P through the holes down through the spool to the work port and out to the control valve pilot caps (10). Pilot oil also flows through the orifice (6) to the top of spool to dampen the upward movement of spool. Pilot oil pressure out the work port increases until the pressure is equal to the force of balance spring pushing the spool up until the oil flow through the holes is blocked in the deadband area. With the oil flow blocked, the control valve spool is held stationary until the control lever is again actuated. When the control lever is actuated to full stroke, the plunger contacts the spool, pushing it down until the plunger contacts a shoulder in the housing. Oil pressure to the control valve pilot caps is now approximately equal to pilot system pressure.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

13— Deadband Area 14— Initial Movement 15— Pilot Oil 16— Return Oil

9025-05-16

TP97644,000005D -19-08SEP06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=616


Theory of Operation

When the control lever is returned to neutral, the spool is pushed up by the return spring (5), pushing the plunger up. The return springs hold the control lever in the neutral

position. When the spool is up, the passage to the control valve pilot cap is open to port T and pilot oil from port P is blocked. TP97644,000005D -19-08SEP06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-17

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=617


Theory of Operation

Travel Pilot Control Valve Operation 5 6

4 7

3 8

9 2 10

11

1

15 8

6

12 12

1

11

10

13 14

TX1000485

TX1000485 —UN—02FEB11

12

Travel Pilot Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-18

TP97644,000005E -19-08SEP06-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=618


Theory of Operation 1— Spool 2— Washer 3— Spring Guide 4— Plunger 5— Adjustment Screw 6— Cam and Pedal

7— Sleeve 8— Balance Spring 9— Return Spring 10— Port T To Hydraulic Oil Tank 11— Port P From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

The travel pilot control valve regulates the pilot oil (13) pressure to actuate the pilot valves in the pilot signal manifold and to shift the control valve spools to actuate the travel functions. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for pilot valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation for control valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) One pilot control valve is used to control the travel functions. The pilot control valve contains four valve assemblies, one for each direction of travel for each track. The valves are pressure-reducing valves controlled by movement of the cams and pedals against the plunger (4). The ports (10, 11, and 12) in housing are identified by numbers and letters next to each port. In neutral, the spool is pushed up by the return spring (8) pushing the plunger up. The return springs hold the pedal in the neutral position. With the spool up, ports 1, 2, 3, and 4 to the control valve pilot cap (12) are open to port T to the hydraulic oil tank (10) through the passage and holes in spool. Port P for pilot oil from the pilot shutoff solenoid valve (11) is blocked by the spool.

12— Port 1, 2, 3, or 4 To Control Valve Pilot Cap 13— Pilot Oil 14— Return Oil 15— Travel Pilot Control Valve—Full Stroke

When the pedal is pushed to move the machine, the cam pushes the plunger and spring guide down against the return spring and balance spring. The balance spring pushes the spool down. As the spool is pushed down and the holes move through the deadband area, the passage from control valve pilot cap to the hydraulic oil tank is closed and then opened to the pilot oil from pilot shutoff solenoid valve. Pilot oil pressure increases until it is equal to the force applied by the balance spring pushing the spool moves up until the oil flow through the holes is blocked in the deadband area. With the oil flow blocked, the control valve spool is held stationary until the pedal is again actuated. When the pedal and cam is pushed to full stroke, the plunger is pushed down farther by the balance spring opening the passage through the spool to pilot oil pressure. When pressure to the control valve pilot cap is equal to the force applied by the balance spring, the spool moves up until it contacts the plunger. The plunger holds the spool down so the passage through the spool remains open to pilot oil pressure. Oil pressure to the control valve pilot cap now approximately equals pilot oil pressure. TP97644,000005E -19-08SEP06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-19

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=619


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-20

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=620


Theory of Operation

Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation TX1011116 —UN—06SEP06

3

HT

T2 T1 T3 P T

J

4

K L 1

117

D

110

142

2

I

4

12 4

107

PH

11

101

DF

9 10 TR

11

B34 104

SA

95

A3 A2 A1

Y24 PI

Y22 Y25 B30 66

T4

Y23

P

28

97

2

118

143

4

2

C B

3

P T

SN SP

108

1

4

SB

B31

84

75

1

45

42

1

G 3

11

F E M

7 6 S3 5 13

B33 1

H

8

90

144

4

SE

85

P T

44

2

SH SL

83

91

1

76

46 A

81

93

120

SK

77

3

94

SM

Pilot Operation of Control Valve Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-21

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=621

N

TX1011116

14

41

147

TP97644,000005F -19-08SEP06-1/2


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-22

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=622


Theory of Operation B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor 11— Right Travel Forward 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Function B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Valve 28— Pilot Pump B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 81— Boom 1 Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold (port TR) 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid 42— Boom Down Shockless Valve (valve and poppet) Valve Valve (port SF) 84— Dig Regenerative Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Y23— Arm Regenerative Valve (port SL) Solenoid Valve (port SC) Valve Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve 45— Swing Park Brake Release 90— Arm 2 Spool Pilot Valve (port SH) (port SG) 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (valve and poppet) (port SK) Valve (port SI) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 66— To Travel Speed Change 1— Boom Up Function 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve 4— Arm In Function 95— Swing Spool 75— Right Travel Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 76— Bucket Spool

The left and right pilot control valves and travel pilot control valves are connected to the control valve by pilot lines through the pilot signal manifold (41). Actuating a pilot control valve routes pilot oil (147) through the pilot signal manifold to the control valve pilot cap to shift a spool. Boom up function (1), arm in function (4), and right travel forward function (11) are shown. Pilot oil also flows through the shuttle valves in the pilot signal manifold and shifts the pilot valves. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.) The following valves in the control valve are controlled by pilot oil from the pilot control valves and pilot valves:

• Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve (118), • Left and Right Travel Valve Spools (75 and 110), • Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (77), • Bucket Spool (76), • Boom 1 and Boom 2 Valve Spools (81 and 104), • Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31),

101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (not connected) 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Pilot Signal Manifold Operation 118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 147— Pilot Oil

• Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (83), • Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (85), • Arm 2 and Arm 1 Spools (90 and 97), • Bypass Shutoff Valve (93) (with an auxiliary function installed),

• Swing Spool (95), • Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (101), • Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30), • Auxiliary Spool (107), • Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (108), • Travel Flow Combiner Valve (120). The following valves in the control valve and left and right travel motors are controlled by the solenoid valves (Y22—Y25) in the solenoid valve manifold:

• Main Relief And Power Digging Valve (117), • Dig Regenerative Valve (84), • Arm Regenerative Valve (94) and Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (91),

• Travel Speed Change Valve (66). TP97644,000005F -19-08SEP06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-23

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=623


Theory of Operation

Pilot Signal Manifold Operation SM

1

S3

C

13

3

2

5

SK

4

F

SE

SA PI

A

M

E D

B

H

14 7

PH

SB G

N I

K

9

6

10

16 8

SL

SN

15 TR

12

SP

SH

11

L

J DF

129 42

48

TX1000243 —UN—14NOV05

46

43

47

45 44 TX1000243 Pilot Signal Manifold Pilot Valves and Ports 1, A— Boom Up 2, B— Boom Down 3, C— Arm Out 4, D— Arm In 5, E— Swing Left 6, F— Swing Right 7, G— Bucket Curl 8, H— Bucket Dump 9, I— Left Travel Forward 10, J— Left Travel Reverse 11, K— Right Travel Forward 12, L— Right Travel Reverse 13, M— Plug (auxiliary) 14, N— Plug (auxiliary)

15— Control Valve Side of Pilot 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SB) Signal Manifold 16— Pilot Control Valve Side of 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SA) Pilot Signal Manifold 129— Orifice 42— Boom Down Shockless DF—To Hydraulic Oil Tank Valve 43— Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve TR—Travel Pressure Sensor S3— Swing Pressure Sensor (port SE) 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot SA—To Pump 1 Regulator Remote Control Spool Valve (port SL) 45— Swing Park Brake Release SB—To Pump 2 Regulator Remote Control Spool Pilot Valve (port SH) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve SE—To Arm 1 (Swing Priority) Flow Rate Control Valve (port SK)

NOTE: The numbers 1—14 and letters A—N, DF, TR, S3, SA, SB, SE, SH, SK, SL, SM, SN, SP, PH, and PI are next to the respective ports on the pilot signal manifold.

The pilot signal manifold is in the pilot system between the left and right pilot control valves, travel pilot control valve, control valve, and pump 1 and 2 regulators.

Ports SA and SB are located on the pilot control valve side of pilot signal manifold but, for simplification of the schematic, are shown schematically on the control valve side of pilot signal manifold.

Actuating a pilot control valve sends control pilot oil through the manifold to the pilot caps to shift the control valve spools. At the same time the control pilot oil is routed directly or by the shuttle valves to shift the pilot valves (43—48) and to actuate the swing and/or travel pressure sensors.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

SH—To Swing Park Brake SK—To Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve SL—To Travel Flow Combiner Valve SM—To Hydraulic Oil Tank SN—Plug (not used) SP—To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DP) PH—Plug PI— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

9025-05-24

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-1/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=624


Theory of Operation

The pilot valves (45, 47, 48) sends primary pilot oil to the pump 1 and/or pump 2 regulators and swing park brake release circuit. The primary pilot oil is from port A4 of the pilot shutoff solenoid valve to the pilot signal manifold through port PI. Arm 1 flow rate pilot valve (43) routes left or right swing control pilot oil to the arm 1 flow rate control valve in the control valve. Bucket flow rate pilot valve (46) routes boom up control pilot oil to the bucket flow rate control valve in control valve. Travel flow combiner pilot valve (44) routes

primary pilot oil from the swing park brake release pilot valve (45) to the travel flow combiner valve in control valve. See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-05.) See Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-25

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-2/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=625


TX1011120 —UN—15AUG06

Theory of Operation

Boom Down Shockless Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-26

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-3/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=626


Theory of Operation A—From Pilot Control Valve—Boom Up 1— To Bottom Pilot Cap 15— Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold

16— Pilot Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold 17— Boom Down Shockless Valve

Boom Down Shockless Valve (17)

43— Orifice 44— Spring B Cavity 45— Passage 3 46— Oil Chamber 47— Passage 2 48— Spring A Cavity

opening the passage from port A to port 1 and allowing control pilot oil to flow unrestricted to the bottom pilot cap shifting the boom 1 and boom 2 valve spools.

The boom down shockless valve regulates the return oil flow from the pilot cap during boom down operation. Regulating the return oil flow controls the movement of boom 1 and boom 2 spools to provide precise control of boom down function. Actuating boom up sends control pilot oil from pilot control valve—boom up (A) to port A of pilot signal manifold. Control pilot oil flows past the tapered land (50) of boom down shockless valve spool and into the oil chamber (46). The tapered land acts as a variable orifice between the spool and manifold as the spool is shifted back and forth. Control pilot oil flows from the oil chamber, through the orifice (43), into passage 2 (47), and out port 1 to the bottom pilot cap (1). Control pilot oil also flows through passage 3 (45) into spring B cavity (44) and passage 1 (49) into spring A cavity (48). Because spring B is the larger spring, the increasing pressure of control pilot oil shifts the valve spool to the left,

Actuating boom down sends return oil from the bottom pilot cap to port 1. From port 1 return oil flows through passage 1 (49) to spring A cavity (48) and through passage 2 (47), through the orifice (43), and into the oil chamber (46). From the oil chamber return oil flows through passage 3 (45) to spring B cavity (44) and past the tapered land to port A. Because of the pressure drop across the orifice, the return oil pressure in the oil chamber and spring B cavity is less than the return oil pressure in spring A cavity. The increasing return oil pressure shifts the valve spool to the right causing the tapped land to restrict and then block the flow of return oil from port 1 to port A. When the tapered land blocks the return oil flow, the pressure increases in the oil chamber and spring B cavity. The valve spool now shifts to the left allowing return oil to flow past the tapered land to port A. The opening and closing continues until the return oil is gradually returned through port A controlling the movement of boom 1 and boom 2 spools.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

49— Passage 1 50— Tapered Land

9025-05-27

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-4/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=627


Theory of Operation

58 58

16 59

59

60

56

57

56

57 60 61

62 63

62 61 63 63

63

62 62

TX1011427 —UN—23AUG06

62

62

15 TX1011427 Pump 1 or Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve 15— Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold 16— Pilot Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold

56— Spring Chamber 59— Sensing Passage 63— Shuttle Valve 57— To Hydraulic Oil Tank by 60— Pump 1 or 2 Flow Rate Pilot Port DF Valve 58— Port SA to Pump 1 Regulator 61— Primary Pilot Oil From Port or Port SB to Pump 2 PI Regulator 62— Control Pilot Oil From Actuated Pilot Control Valve

Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SA) and Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SB) The function of pump 1 and pump 2 flow rate pilot valves (60) is to deliver a regulated amount of primary pilot oil to the pump 1 and/or 2 regulators in proportion to the control pilot oil applied to the flow rate pilot valve by the actuated pilot control valves (62). The primary pilot oil is from port A4 of the pilot shutoff solenoid valve to the pilot signal manifold through port PI (61). Pump 1 flow rate pilot valve delivers primary pilot oil to pump 1 through port SA. Pump 2 flow rate pilot valve delivers primary pilot oil to pump 2 through port SB. The control pilot oil from the actuated pilot control valve is routed to the flow rate pilot valves by the shuttle valves (63).

port SA to pump 1 regulator or port SB to pump 2 pump regulator (58) and through the sensing passage (59) into spring chamber (56). The pressure of primary pilot oil to the pump regulators and spring chamber increases pushing the pilot valve back to the right until the pressure of primary pilot oil and spring force balances with the pressure of control pilot oil stopping the increase of primary pilot oil pressure to pump regulators. See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation. (Group 9025-05.) NOTE: Ports SA and SB are located on the pilot control valve side of pilot signal manifold but, for simplification of the schematic, are shown schematically on the control valve side of pilot signal manifold.

Actuating a pilot control valve sends a control pilot oil signal to the pilot signal manifold. The control pilot oil flows through the manifold to the control valve pilot cap and within the manifold is routed by shuttle valves to the end of flow rate pilot valve. The pilot valve is shifted to the left against the spring force allowing a regulated amount of primary pilot oil to flow past the pilot valve and out

When the pilot control valve is returned to neutral, control pilot oil on the end of pilot valve is released to the hydraulic oil tank through the pilot control valve. The pilot valve is pushed to the right by the spring releasing the primary pilot oil in the pump regulator and spring chamber to the hydraulic oil tank through port DF (57).

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-28

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-5/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=628


Theory of Operation

T149303 —UN—19DEC01

Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SK) Bucket flow rate pilot valve is shifted directly by the control pilot oil from arm in (51) through port D. The pilot valve then routes a portion of the control pilot oil from boom up through port A (54) out port SK to the bucket flow rate control valve (53) in the control valve. The bucket flow rate control valve restricts the flow of supply oil to the bucket spool during arm in and boom up combined operation to ensure a flow of supply oil to the boom 1 spool.

Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 51— Control Pilot Oil From Arm In 52— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 53— To Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve

See Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

54— Control Pilot Oil From Boom Up 55— Spring

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-6/11

T149303 —UN—19DEC01

Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve (port SL) Travel flow combiner pilot valve is shifted by control pilot oil (51) from the right side of travel pilot control valve through port L (right reverse) or port K (right forward) and the shuttle valve. The pilot valve then routes primary pilot oil (54) from the swing park brake release pilot valve to the travel flow combiner valve in the control valve. The primary pilot oil is from port A4 of the pilot shutoff solenoid valve to the pilot signal manifold through port PI. During travel and dig function combined operation, pump 1 supply oil to the right travel spool is also routed to the left travel spool by the travel flow combiner valve. Pump 2 supply oil is used for the dig functions.

Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve 51— Control Pilot Oil 52— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 53— To Travel Flow Combiner Valve

54— Primary Pilot Oil 55— Spring

See Travel Flow Combiner Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-29

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-7/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=629


Theory of Operation

T149303 —UN—19DEC01

Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve (port SH) Swing park brake release pilot valve is shifted by control pilot oil (51) from one of the following:

• boom up to port A, • boom down to port B, • arm out to port C, • arm in to port D, • swing left to port E, • swing right to port F, • bucket curl to port G, • bucket dump to port H, • auxiliary to port M or N.

Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve 51— Control Pilot Oil 52— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 53— To Travel Flow Combiner Valve

The control pilot oil is routed to the pilot valve within the pilot signal manifold by the shuttle valves. The pilot valve routes primary pilot oil (54) out port SH to the park brake piston in the swing motor through port SH. The primary pilot oil is from port A4 of the pilot shutoff solenoid valve to the pilot signal manifold through port PI.

54— Primary Pilot Oil 55— Spring

See Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-8/11

T149303 —UN—19DEC01

Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SE) Arm 1 flow rate pilot valve is shifted directly by the control pilot oil from arm in (51) through port D. Pilot valve then routes a portion of the control pilot oil from swing (54), port E or F, through the shuttle valve, and out port SE to the arm 1 flow rate control valve (53) in control valve. The function of arm 1 flow rate control valve is to restrict the flow of supply oil to the arm 1 spool during arm in to ensure a flow of supply oil (swing priority) to the swing spool. See Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Pilot Valve 51— Control Pilot Oil From Arm In 52— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 53— To Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-30

54— Control Pilot Oil From Swing 55— Spring

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-9/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=630


Theory of Operation

TX1001507 —UN—10FEB06

3

P

T

4

2

2

1

P

T

4

1

3

2

P

T

4

1

3

36

16 I A3 A2 A1

T2 T1

J

K

L

PH

T3

40

D 42

38

C

B

36

H

F

E

M

33

N

35 17

HT

25

26

28

35

37

T4

24

26

27

32 30

P

G

33

39 A4

A

32

31

24

25

30 28

DF 21

29

34

23

38

PI

9 15

10 TR

11

12

4

SA

19

34

22

SN

31

SP

B34

18 3

2

SB

SK

1

SH SL

20

SE

8

7

6

S3 5 13

SM

14 37

39

29

27

40

B33 TX1001507 Pilot Signal Manifold Shuttle Valve

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-10/11

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-31

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=631


Theory of Operation 15— Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold 16— Pilot Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold 17— Boom Down Shockless Valve 18— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SK) 19— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SB)

20— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve (port SL) 21— Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve (port SH) 22— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SA) 23— Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SE) 24— Auxiliary 25— Swing and Auxiliary

35— Boom, Arm 36— Arm 37— Boom, Arm, Bucket, Right Travel 38— Right Travel 39— Left Travel, Right Travel 40— Left Travel 42— Check Valve (4 used)

26— Swing 27— Bucket 28— Arm, Boom Up, Swing, Auxiliary 29— Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, Auxiliary 30— Boom, Arm, Bucket 31— Boom, Arm, Bucket, Left Travel, Swing 32— Arm, Boom Up 33— Boom 34— Boom, Arm, Bucket, Right Travel

Shuttle Valves (24—40) Control pilot oil from the actuated left, right, and travel pilot control valves to the pilot signal manifold is routed by the shuttle valves (24—40) to shift the respective pilot valves (19—22) and actuate the travel pressure sensor (port TR) and swing pressure sensor (port S3). The bucket flow rate pilot valve (18) and arm 1 flow rate pilot valve (23) are shifted directly by control pilot oil . Actuated Function To Shift Pilot Valve Function and Pilot Signal Manifold Ports

Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve, SA

Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve, SB

Boom Up, A

X

X

Boom Down, B

X

Arm In, D

X

X X

Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve, SL

Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve, SK

Swing Park Brake Release Pilot Valve, SH X

X

X

Arm Out, C

X

Bucket Curl, G

X

X

Bucket Dump, H

X

X X

X

Left Swing, E

X

X

X

X

X

Right Swing, F Right Travel, L, K

Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve, SE

X

X

Left Travel, I, J

X

Auxiliary, N, M

X

X

There are six outputs of the pilot signal manifold other than providing passages for control pilot oil to shift control valve spools. Six Outputs of Pilot Signal Manifold Output

Input Number 1

Input Number 2

Travel Flow Combiner

Any Dig or Swing Function

Right Travel

Bucket Flow Rate Control

Arm In

Boom Up

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control

Arm In

Swing

Release Swing Brake

Any Dig or Swing Function

P1 Flow Rate Control

Right Travel, Boom, Arm or Bucket

P2 Flow Rate Control

Left Travel, Boom, Arm or Swing

TP97644,0000060 -19-19JAN09-11/11

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-32

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=632


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-33

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=633


Theory of Operation

TX1012204 —UN—21SEP06

Pump 1, Pump 2 and Drive Gearbox Operation

Pumps and Gearbox

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-34

TX04577,0000137 -19-04JAN07-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=634


Theory of Operation 2— Pump Drive Gearbox 3— Dampener Drive (Flex Coupling) 4— Drive Shaft 5— Air Bleed Plug (2 used) 9— Pump 1 Discharge Port 10— Pump 1 Attenuator Port

11— Pump 2 Attenuator Port 12— Pump 2 Discharge Port 13— Dipstick 14— Fill Plug 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 17— Pump 1 Regulator 18— Pump 2 Regulator

28— Pilot Pump B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure 29— Suction Line Port Sensor B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Sensor Solenoid (SB) B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure Y21— Torque Control Solenoid Sensor (ST) B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-35

TX04577,0000137 -19-04JAN07-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=635


Theory of Operation

24 26

4

19

TX1012206 —UN—20SEP06

22

25 27

TX1012206

21

Pump Cross Section 4— Drive Shaft 19— Servo Piston 21— Cylinder Block

22— Valve Plate 24— Drive Gear 25— Center Shaft

26— Feedback Link 27— Piston (7 used)

Pump 1 (15), pump 2 (16) and pilot pump (28) are driven by the engine at engine speed through the drive gear (24) in pump drive gearbox (2). The pump 2 drive shaft is connected to the engine flywheel through a dampener drive (flex coupling). Pump 1 and pump 2 are variable displacement, bent-axis, piston type pumps. Two identical pumps are used to generate supply oil flow in the hydraulic system. The pumps can vary from minimum displacement to maximum displacement depending on hydraulic demand of the system. Pump 1 regulator (17) and pump 2 regulator (18) are attached to the top of pump housing. The regulators control the movement of the servo piston (19) by sending or releasing oil from the large end of the piston. The servo piston moves the valve plate (22) and cylinder block (21) changing the pump displacement. The feedback link (26), connected to the valve plate, provides a mechanical

feedback to the remote control sleeve in the regulator. The remote control sleeve blocks the flow of oil and traps the oil at both ends of the servo piston, stopping its movement at the flow rate in proportion to the control lever actuation. See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation. (Group 9025-05.) The pump displacement, or flow rate, is varied by changing the angle of the cylinder block with respect to the drive shaft. Expanding the angle increases the distance that each piston travels into and out of the bore, which increases displacement. Decreasing the angle reduces the distance that each piston travels into and out of the bore, which decreases displacement. An attenuator hose is connected from each pump discharge port (10 and 11) to the machine frame. The attenuator hoses help reduce pump vibrations during operation. TX04577,0000137 -19-04JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-36

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=636


Theory of Operation

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation

6

5 2

3

7

4

1

15

9

13 12

14

TX1013306 —UN—28OCT06

8

11

10

TX1013306 Pump Regulator Component Identification 1— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 2— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— Spring 4— Remote Control Sleeve

5— Remote Control Spool 6— Piston 7— Minimum Flow Adjusting Screw 8— Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring)

9— Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring) 10— Inner Spring 11— Outer Spring 12— Load Sleeve 13— Load Spool

14— Load Piston 2 15— Load Piston 1 16— Feedback Link

Pump Regulator Component Identification—Function of pump 1 and pump 2 regulators is to control pump 1 and pump 2 flow rates (displacement) in response to various oil pressure signals so pump drive torque does not exceed engine torque.

signal is generated by the main controller monitoring the actual engine speed to target engine speed difference or when a travel function is actuated at slow engine speed. See Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Piston (6) controls the remote control spool (5) movement against spring in response to pump control pilot oil from pump 1 and pump 2 flow rate pilot valves. Actuating the control levers or pedals send control pilot oil through the pilot signal manifold to shift the control valve spools. Within the pilot signal manifold the control pilot oil also shifts the pump 1 and/or pump 2 flow rate pilot valves. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for pump 1 or pump 2 flow rate pilot valve operation. (Group 9025-05.)

See System Functional Schematic for the main controller.

Load piston 1 (15) and load piston 2 (14) controls the load spool (13) movement against inner and outer springs (10 and 11) in response to torque control pilot oil pressure from the torque control solenoid valve and supply oil pressure from pump 1 and pump 2. Supply oil pressure from pump 1 is sensed on one shoulder of load piston 2 and from pump 2 on the other shoulder. The torque control solenoid valve controls pilot oil pressure to load piston 1 (15) in response to an electrical signal from the main controller (MCF). The electrical

Remote control sleeve (4) and load sleeve (12) are moved by the feedback link (16) blocking flow of oil to or from large end of servo piston. The feedback link is connected to the valve plate which is located between the servo piston and cylinder block. See Pump 1, Pump 2 and Drive Gearbox Operation for more information. Pump 1 and pump 2 regulators are mounted on top of the pump housing. Torque control solenoid valve and pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid valve are located in housing on top of pump 2 regulator. Pump 1 and 2 control pressure sensors are located in their respective regulator. The pump 2 flow rate limit solenoid valve is used with accessories when a reduced pump flow rate is required. The solenoid valve reduces the pump control pilot oil to the piston (6) by routing some of the pilot oil to return. See System Functional Schematic for the solenoids and pressure sensor.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-37

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-1/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=637


Theory of Operation

See Pump Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram. See the following test and adjustment for minimum flow adjusting screw (7):

• See Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Minimum Flow. (Group 9025-25.)

See the following tests and adjustments for flow adjusting cartridge (track cycle time) (1) and maximum flow adjusting screw (2):

• See Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Maximum Flow. (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-38

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=638


Theory of Operation

2

6

5

19

3

18

23

4

1

22

24

19

8

15 13 12 11 10 9 14

21 20

19 18

26

16 TX1013788 —UN—05DEC06

25

27 28 29 17 TX1013788 Pump 1 and 2 Regulators Control by Pump 1 and 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valves—Increasing 1— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 2— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— Spring 4— Remote Control Sleeve 5— Remote Control Spool 6— Piston 8— Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring)

9— Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring) 10— Inner Spring 11— Outer Spring 12— Load Sleeve 13— Load Spool 14— Load Piston 2 15— Load Piston 1 16— Feedback Link 17— Servo Piston

Pump Regulator Control by Flow Rate Pilot Valve—Primary pilot oil (26) from pilot pump is constantly supplied through drilled passages in pump housing to small end of servo pistons, to pilot oil inlet (24) at the pump 1 and 2 regulators, and to torque control solenoid valve located on top of pump 2 regulator. Pump flow rate (displacement) is changed by sending pilot oil to or releasing it from the large end of servo piston (17) through the passages to large end of servo piston (18). Pump control pilot oil (27) from pump 1 or 2 flow rate pilot valves (23) in pilot signal manifold is sensed by the piston (6) in its respective regulator.

18— To Large End of Servo Piston 24— Pilot Oil Inlet 19— Return to Pump Housing 25— Supply Oil 20— Pump 1 Pressure Inlet 26— Primary Pilot Oil 21— Pump 2 Pressure Inlet 27— Pump Control Pilot Oil 22— Torque Control Port 28— Torque Control Pilot Oil 23— From Pump 1 or 2 Flow Rate 29— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Pilot Valve (port SA or SB)

Supply oil (25) from pump 1 and pump 2 is sensed through drilled passages in pump housing to pump 1 pressure inlet (20) and pump 2 pressure inlet (21) in each pump regulator. Torque control pilot oil (28) from torque control solenoid valve is routed through steel lines to torque control port (22) in each pump regulator. Increasing Flow Rate (Displacement)—Actuating a control lever or pedal increases the pump control pilot oil (27) pressure from the pump 1 and/or 2 flow rate pilot valve to the piston (6). Pilot oil pressure pushes the piston and remote control spool (5) to left against the spring (3).

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-39

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-3/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=639


Theory of Operation

Movement of spool opens the passage from large end of servo piston (18) to return in pump housing (19). Primary pilot oil on small end of servo piston pushes piston down, increasing pump angle which increases flow rate (displacement). Movement of the cylinder block, valve plate, and servo piston is transmitted to remote control sleeve (4) and load sleeve (12) by the feedback link (16). Sleeves move left until passage to return is closed. Oil at large end of servo piston is now trapped, holding the pump at flow rate (displacement) that is proportional to pressure of pump control pilot oil from the pump 1 and/or 2 flow rate pilot valve to the piston. Maximum Flow Rate (Displacement)—When control lever or pedal is actuated to full stroke, pump control pilot oil (27) from pump 1 or 2 flow rate pilot valve (port SA or SB) (23) to piston (6) increases to its maximum pressure. Oil pressure pushes the piston and remote control spool to left until spool contacts maximum flow adjusting screw (2). Movement of spool opens the passage from large end of servo piston (18) to return in pump housing (19). Pilot oil on small end of servo piston pushes piston down, increasing pump flow rate (displacement). As flow rate (displacement) increases, servo piston movement

is transmitted to remote control sleeve (4) and load sleeve (12) by feedback link (16). Sleeves move left until passage to return is closed. Oil at large end of servo piston is now trapped, holding pump at maximum flow rate (displacement). Decreasing Flow Rate (Displacement)—As control lever or pedal is returned to neutral, the pump control pilot oil (27) pressure sensed at piston (6) also decreases. Spring (3) pushes remote control spool and piston to the right. Movement of spool opens a passage for primary pilot oil (26) from pilot oil inlet (24) to flow to large end of servo piston (18). Pilot oil pressure applied to large end of servo piston (17) pushes it up against pilot oil pressure applied to small end decreasing pump flow. Remote control spool continues to move to right in response to decreasing pump control pilot oil pressure until it contacts piston cylinder. As pump flow rate (displacement) decreases, Movement of cylinder block, valve plate, and servo piston is transmitted to remote control sleeve (4) and load sleeve (12) by the feedback link (16). Sleeves move right until passage for pilot oil is closed. Oil at large end of servo piston is now trapped, holding pump at flow rate (displacement) that is proportional to pressure of pump control pilot oil.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-40

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-4/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=640


Theory of Operation

2

5

19

3

18

6

23

4

1

22

24

19

8

15 13 12 11 10 9 14

21 20

19 18

26

16 TX1013800 —UN—04DEC06

25

27 28 29 17 TX1013800 Pump Regulator Control by Supply Oil Pressure—Decreasing 1— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 2— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— Spring 4— Remote Control Sleeve 5— Remote Control Spool 6— Piston 8— Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring)

9— Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring) 10— Inner Spring 11— Outer Spring 12— Load Sleeve 13— Load Spool 14— Load Piston 2 15— Load Piston 1 16— Feedback Link 17— Servo Piston

18— To Large End of Servo Piston 24— Pilot Oil Inlet 19— Return to Pump Housing 25— Supply Oil 20— Pump 1 Pressure Inlet 26— Pilot Oil 21— Pump 2 Pressure Inlet 27— Pump Control Pilot Oil 22— Torque Control Port 28— Torque Control Pilot Oil 23— From Pump 1 or 2 Flow Rate 29— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Pilot Valve (port SA or SB)

Pump Regulator Control by Supply Oil Pressure—Supply oil (25) pressure (load) for each pump is sensed on shoulders of load piston 2 (14) through pump 1 and pump 2 pressure inlets (20 and 21) in each pump regulator. The area of each shoulder is equal. Therefore, force applied through load spool 2 (14) to inner and outer springs (10 and 11) is an average of supply oil pressures. Springs are adjusted against the average pressure so flow rate of each pump is approximately equal and uses approximately one-half engine torque.

oil inlet (24), through load sleeve (12) to large end of servo pistons (18). Flow rate decreases until feedback link (16) moves load sleeve and remote control sleeve (4) blocking the flow of oil. Flow rate of both pumps decreases so load on pumps does not exceed engine torque.

Increasing supply oil pressure (load) pushes the load piston 2 and load spool against inner and outer springs, opening passage for primary pilot oil (26) to flow from pilot

When supply oil pressure (load) decreases, the inner and outer springs push the load spool and pistons to the right against supply oil pressure. The movement opens the passage for oil to flow from large end of servo piston (18) through load sleeve and remote control sleeve to return in pump housing (19). Flow rate increases until feedback link moves load sleeve and remote control sleeve blocking the flow of oil.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-41

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-5/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=641


Theory of Operation

Engine torque is not exceeded, even if one pump is loaded relatively high while other pump stays relatively low.

rate pilot valve (23) to the piston (6) does not change as supply oil pressure changes.

As long as a control lever or pedal is held constant, the pump control pilot oil (27) pressure from pump 1 or 2 flow Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-42

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-6/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=642


Theory of Operation

2

5

19

3

18

6

23

4

1

22

24

19

8

15 13 12 11 10 9 14

21 20

19 18

26

16 TX1013821 —UN—04DEC06

25

27 28 29 17 TX1013821 Pump Regulator Control by Speed Sensing (Torque Control Solenoid Valve)—Decreasing 1— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 2— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— Spring 4— Remote Control Sleeve 5— Remote Control Spool 6— Piston 8— Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring)

9— Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring) 10— Inner Spring 11— Outer Spring 12— Load Sleeve 13— Load Spool 14— Load Piston 2 15— Load Piston 1 16— Feedback Link 17— Servo Piston

18— To Large End of Servo Piston 24— Pilot Oil Inlet 19— Return to Pump Housing 25— Supply Oil 20— Pump 1 Pressure Inlet 26— Primary Pilot Oil 21— Pump 2 Pressure Inlet 27— Pump Control Pilot Oil 22— Torque Control Port 28— Torque Control Pilot Oil 23— From Pump 1 or 2 Flow Rate 29— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Pilot Valve (port SA or SB)

Pump Regulator Control by Engine Speed Sensing (Torque Control Solenoid Valve)—As engine speed changes, the main controller calculates speed difference between target and actual engine speed. Main controller then actuates torque control solenoid valve to increase or decrease torque control pilot oil (28) pressure to torque control port (22) and load piston 1 (15).

of servo piston (18), decreasing flow rate (displacement). As flow rate of both pumps decreases, load on engine also decreases allowing actual engine speed to increase.

As the load on engine increases, speed difference between target and actual engine speed increases. Main controller decreases electrical signal to torque control solenoid valve, which increases torque control pilot oil (28) pressure to load piston 1. Torque control pilot oil along with supply oil pressure on load piston 2 (14) shifts load spool (13) so primary pilot oil (26) flows to large end

As the load on engine decreases, speed difference between target and actual engine speed decreases. Main controller increases electrical signal to torque control solenoid valve, which decreases torque control pilot oil pressure to load piston 1. Inner and outer springs (10 and 11) shifts load spool in response to decreasing torque control pilot oil pressure, releasing oil from large end of servo piston to return in pump housing (19) allowing pump flow (displacement) to increase. As pump flow rate increases, engine output is used more efficiently.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-43

TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-7/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=643


Theory of Operation

Pump Regulator Control by Travel Torque-Up Control (Slow Speed Sensing)—The function of travel torque-up control is to increase the pump flow rate when the travel function is actuated at slow engine speed. Actuating travel function with the engine at slow idle causes the pump to go to maximum displacement. Therefore, pump 1 and 2 flow rates are increased to prevent mistracking which can occur at the lower flow rate if there are differences between the pumps 1 and 2. When the engine speed requested by the engine speed dial is slow, the main controller processes electrical signals from the travel pressure sensor and pump 1 and 2

delivery pressure sensors. Main controller then increases the electrical signal to torque control solenoid valve, which decreases torque control pilot oil (28) pressure to load piston 1. Inner and outer springs shift the load spool in response to decreasing torque control pilot oil pressure, releasing oil from large end of servo piston allowing pump displacement to go to maximum. The pump flow rate increases and the machine does not mistrack at slow engine speed. The increased flow rate continues even if a dig function is actuated while traveling at slow engine speed. See Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) TP97644,0000094 -19-19JAN07-8/8

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-44

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=644


Theory of Operation

Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit Operation 3 4 5

7

2

6

8

17 18

9

19

T143118

T143118 —UN—05SEP01

1

Engine Speed Sensing Control Circuit

10

11 12

13

14

15

16

T143373 —UN—05SEP01

9

18 20 T143373 Torque Control Solenoid Valve 1— Main Controller (MCF) 2— Engine Speed Dial 3— Travel Pressure Sensor 4— Crankshaft Position Sensor 5— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor

6— Pump 2 Regulator 7— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor 8— Pump 1 Regulator 9— Torque Control Solenoid Valve 10— Spring

Engine Speed Sensing Control (Torque Control Solenoid Valve)—The function of engine speed sensing control is to control pump flow rate in response to engine speed changes caused by load variations, so that the engine output is used efficiently.

11— Spool Return Spring 12— Inlet Port 13— Sleeve 14— Outlet Port to Load Piston 15— Spool 16— Return Port to Pump Case

17— Supply Oil 18— Pilot Oil 19— Electrical Signal 20— Return Oil

controller then actuates the torque control solenoid valve (9) to change the pump displacement to increase or decrease pump flow rate. Target engine speed is a value set by the position of engine speed dial. Actual engine speed is sensed by the crankshaft position sensor (4).

The main controller (1) calculates the speed difference between target and actual engine speed. The main Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-45

TP97644,0000033 -19-11JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=645


Theory of Operation

As a load on the engine increases, the actual engine speed becomes less than the target engine speed. The main controller decreases the electrical signal to the torque control solenoid valve, which increases the pilot oil (18) pressure to the load piston 1 in the pump 1 and pump 2 regulators (8 and 6). Pilot oil pressure on load piston 1 and supply oil pressure on load piston 2 shifts the load spool so pilot oil flows to the large end of servo piston, decreasing the pump displacement. As the flow rate is reduced, the load on the engine is reduced. As the load on the engine decreases, the actual engine speed becomes greater than the target engine speed. The main controller increases the electrical signal to the torque control solenoid valve, which decreases the pilot oil pressure to the load piston in the regulators. The spring shifts the load spool in response to the decreasing pilot oil pressure, releasing oil from the large end of servo piston allowing the pump displacement to increase. As the pump flow rate increases, the engine output is used more efficiently. See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Travel Torque-Up Control (Slow Speed Sensing)—The function of travel torque-up control is to increase the pump

flow rate when the travel function is actuated at slow engine speed. Actuating travel function with the engine at slow idle causes the pump to go to maximum displacement. Therefore, pump 1 and 2 flow rates are increased to prevent mistracking which can occur at the lower flow rate if there are differences between the pumps 1 and 2. When the engine speed requested by the engine speed dial (2) is slow, the main controller (1) processes the electrical signals from the travel pressure sensor (3), pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (7), and pump 2 delivery pressure sensor (5). The main controller sends an increasing electrical signal to the torque control solenoid valve (9) which decreases the pilot oil pressure to load piston 1 in the regulators. The springs shift the load spool in response to the decreasing pilot oil pressure, releasing oil from the large end of servo piston allowing pump displacement to increase. At the increased flow rate the machine does not mistrack at slow engine speed. The increased flow rate continues even if a dig function is actuated while traveling at slow engine speed.

TP97644,0000033 -19-11JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=646


Theory of Operation

Control Valve Operation 88

90

106 B31

81

76 85 79 75

95 130 85

94 73

117

77

93

116 92 91A 87 121

74

109

TX1156826 —UN—28MAR14

83 91B 89 102

84

80

120

B30 118

TX1156826

Component Identifications—Right and Bottom 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 84— Dig Regenerative Valve 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (switch valve and 75— Right Travel Spool check valve) 76— Bucket Spool 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve (switch valve and 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and poppet) Anticavitation Valve 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve and Anticavitation Valve 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 90— Arm 2 Spool and Anticavitation Valve 91A— Switch Valve for Arm 2 81— Boom 1 Spool Flow Rate Control Valve 83— Boom Flow Rate Control 91B— Poppet for Arm 2 Flow Valve (switch valve and Rate Control Valve poppet)

92— Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 95— Swing Spool 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 106— Check Valve—Dig Regenerative Circuit 109— Plug 116— Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve (4-spool) 117— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-47

118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Circuit 130— Manual Boom Lower Screw B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-1/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=647


Theory of Operation

75

107

76 104

110

81 97

90

117 B31

103

95 94

109

109

115

109

112

73

101

118

100

108 105

TX1225121 —UN—05OCT16

119

74 84

98

96

102

TX1225121

Component Identification—Left 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control 75— Right Travel Spool Valve (switch valve and 76— Bucket Spool poppet) 81— Boom 1 Spool 100— Check Valve (lift 84— Dig Regenerative Valve check)—Dig Regenerative 90— Arm 2 Spool Circuit 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 101— Arm Reduced Leakage 95— Swing Spool Valve (switch valve and 96— Check Valve (lift poppet) check)—Swing Neutral 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Passage Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

104— Boom 2 Spool 117— Main Relief and Power 105— Check Valve (lift Digging Valve check)—Boom 2 Power 118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Circuit Valve 107— Auxiliary Spool 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Flow Combiner Valve Control Valve (switch valve Circuit and poppet) B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor 109— Plug (3 used) 110— Left Travel Spool 112— Check Valve (lift check)—Left Travel Power Passage 115— Main Relief Valve—Isolation Check Valve (5-spool)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-48

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-2/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=648


Theory of Operation

110

75 85

117

79

103 101 109

116 130

115

85

108 122

109 77

111 73

74 102

80 TX1225124

119

118

120

TX1225124 —UN—05OCT16

121

Component Identification—Front 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage 115— Main Relief Valve—Isola121— Check Valve—Travel Flow Valve (switch valve and 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) tion Check Valve (5-spool) Combiner Valve Circuit poppet) 75— Right Travel Spool 116— Main Relief Valve—Isola122— Check Valve (lift check) 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control tion Check Valve (4-spool) and Orifice—Travel and Anticavitation Valve Valve (switch valve and 117— Main Relief and Power Bucket Combiner Circuit 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and poppet) Digging Valve 130— Manual Boom Lower Screw Anticavitation Valve 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate and Anticavitation Valve Valve Control Valve (switch valve 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and poppet) and Anticavitation Valve Flow Combiner Valve 109— Plug (2 used) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Circuit 110— Left Travel Spool Valve (switch valve and 120— Travel Flow Combiner 111— Check Valve (lift check valve) Valve check)—Left Travel Neutral Passage

The control valve consists of two monoblock valves referred to as the left control valve (5-spool) and right control valve (4-spool). The 4-spool and 5-spool valves are mounted back-to-back so the oil passages in the valves are connected. The spools are selectively fitted. There is a spool in each valve to control the boom, arm, and travel functions. All other functions are supplied by a single spool in one or the other of the valves. All spools are moved by pilot oil. Check valves are used as lift checks and to route supply oil between the 4-spool and 5-spool valves for combined operation. The control valve

is an open-center type valve. Each valve section controls the flow rate and direction for its hydraulic circuit. See Hydraulic System Schematic for more information. (Group 9025-05.) All valves are accessible from the outside of control valve by removing a plug, cover, or the pilot caps. See Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valves. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-49

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-3/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=649


Theory of Operation

See Travel Flow Combiner Valve Operation for check valve (lift check) and orifice—travel and bucket combiner

circuit (122) and check valve—travel flow combiner valve circuit (121). (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-50

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-4/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=650


Theory of Operation

63

61 74

73

75 110 126 107 76 104 127 125

81

97

52

90 95

16

15

142 143 144

TX1001195

TX1001195 —UN—12DEC05

124

Neutral and Power Passages Operation

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-51

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-5/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=651


Theory of Operation 15— Pump 1 (4-spool) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 16— Pump 2 (5-spool) 75— Right Travel Spool 52— Swing Motor 76— Bucket Spool 61— Right Travel Motor 81— Boom 1 Spool 63— Left Travel Motor 90— Arm 2 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 95— Swing Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 124— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 125— Boom Cylinders 126— Bucket Cylinder

Supply oil from pump 1 (4-spool) (15) flows to the right control valve (4-spool) (73). Supply oil from pump 2 (5-spool) (16) flows to the left control valve (5-spool) (74). When all functions are in neutral, supply oil flows through the neutral and power passages (142) for each valve spool section and then into the return passage (144). Neutral and power passages in the left and right control valves are used to route supply oil for the combined

operation of functions. Arm 1 and 2 spools (97 and 90) and the boom 1 and 2 spools (81 and 104) are connected by combiner passages (143) so supply oil from both pump 1 and pump 2 flows to the cylinders during a single operation. Supply oil from pump 2 can be combined with supply oil from pump 1 by the auxiliary combiner power passage to supply the auxiliary spool (107).

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-52

127— Arm Cylinder 142— Neutral and Power Passages 143— Combiner Passage 144— Return Passage

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-6/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=652


Theory of Operation

117

119

TX1012161 —UN—21SEP06

73

74

TX1012161

118

120 Front Section Cross Section From Rear

73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 117— Main Relief and Power 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Digging Valve 118— Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve

119— Check Valve—Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve

See Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Circuit Operation for main relief and power digging valve (117). (Group 9025-05.)

Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valve—auxiliary flow combiner valve (119). (Group 9025-05.)

Auxiliary flow combiner valve (118) is used when optional attachments are installed on the machine. See Control

See Travel Flow Combiner Valve Operation for travel flow combiner valve (120). (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-53

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-7/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=653


Theory of Operation

110

73

74 TX1012162

TX1012162 —UN—21SEP06

75

Left and Right Travel Valve Cross Section From Rear 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool)

75— Right Travel Spool 110— Left Travel Spool

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-54

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-8/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=654


Theory of Operation

14 76 107

79 109

108 77

TX1012163 —UN—28SEP06

78 73

74 109 TX1012163

13

80

Auxiliary and Bucket Valve Sections From Rear 13— Plug—Auxiliary (pilot) 76— Bucket Spool 14— Plug—Auxiliary (pilot) 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) Valve (switch valve and 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) poppet) 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

See Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for bucket flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (77). (Group 9025-05.) See Bucket Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for bucket regenerative valve (78). (Group 9025-05.)

80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief 109— Plug (2 used) and Anticavitation Valve 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

Auxiliary spool (107) and auxiliary flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (108) are used when optional attachments are installed on the machine. See Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for auxiliary flow rate control valve. (Group 9025-05.)

See Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation for bucket dump and curl circuit relief and anticavitation valves (79 and 80). (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-55

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-9/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=655


Theory of Operation

81

104

85

130

105

TX1012164 —UN—28SEP06

83

74 73

TX1012164

82

B30

89

Boom 2 and Boom 1 Valve Cross Section From Rear 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 83— Boom Flow Rate Control 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Valve (switch valve and 81— Boom 1 Spool poppet) 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (switch valve and check valve)

89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 105— Check Valve (lift check)—Boom 2 Power Circuit

See Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for boom regenerative valve (82). (Group 9025-05.) See Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for boom flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (83). (Group 9025-05.) See Boom and Arm Reduced Leakage Valves Operation for boom reduced leakage valve (switch valve and check valve) (85). (Group 9025-05.)

130— Manual Boom Lower Screw B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor

See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valve (lift check)—boom 2 power circuit (105). (Group 9025-05.) See Lower Boom With Engine Stopped for use of manual boom lower screw. (Operator's Manual.) See System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend for boom up pressure sensor (B30). (Group 9015-10.)

See Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation for boom down circuit relief and anticavitation valve (89). (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-56

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-10/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=656


Theory of Operation

103

86

87

91B

74

TX1156829 —UN—28MAR14

100

73 84

TX1156829 Boom-to-Arm Section Cross Section From Rear 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 86— Orifice 100— Check Valve (lift 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut check)—Dig Regenerative 84— Dig Regenerative Valve Valve Circuit 91B— Poppet of Arm 2 Flow Rate 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Control Valve Anticavitation Valve

See Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for dig regenerative valve (84). (Group 9025-05.)

See Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Operation for boom lower meter-in cut valve (87). (Group 9025-05.)

See Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation for arm out circuit relief and anticavitation valve (103). (Group 9025-05.)

See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valve (lift check)—dig regenerative circuit (100). (Group 9025-05.)

See Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for poppet of arm 2 flow rate control valve (91B). Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-57

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-11/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=657


Theory of Operation

97

90

88

101

98

91A

TX1012167 —UN—21SEP06

92

74 73

TX1012167

102 Arm 2 and Arm 1 Valve Cross Section From Rear

73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 90— Arm 2 Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 91A— Switch Valve of Arm 2 Flow 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Rate Control Valve Valve (switch valve and Anticavitation Valve 92— Check Valve (lift poppet) check)—Arm 2 Neutral 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Passage Valve (switch valve and poppet)

102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

See Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation for boom up and arm in circuit relief and anticavitation valves (88 and 102). (Group 9025-05.)

See Boom and Arm Reduced Leakage Valves Operation for arm reduced leakage valve (switch valve and poppet) (101). (Group 9025-05.)

See Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for switch valve of arm 2 flow rate control valve (91A). (Group 9025-05.)

See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valve (lift check)—arm 2 neutral passage (92). (Group 9025-05.)

See Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation for arm 1 flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (98). (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-58

TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-12/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=658


Theory of Operation

95

94

93

74

74

73

73

TX1012169

TX1012169 —UN—21SEP06

96

Swing Valve and Rear Section Cross Section From Rear 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 94— Arm Regenerative Valve

See Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for arm regenerative valve (94). (Group 9025-05.)

95— Swing Spool 96— Check Valve (lift check)—Swing Neutral Passage

Bypass shutoff valve (93) is used when optional attachments are installed on the machine.

See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for check valve (lift check)—swing neutral passage (96). (Group 9025-05.) TP97644,0000089 -19-19OCT16-13/13

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-59

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=659


Theory of Operation

Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation 117

74

115

118

116

73

120

119

121 122 123

113

110

75

77 111

112

76

107

79 78 108

80

104

87

83 84

106

81

105

88

86

82

101 103

89 102

91

100

85

97 99

92 98 90

95

93

96

36 124

136 16

15

TX1014069

TX1014069 —UN—27NOV06

94

Control Valve Check Valves

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-60

TP97644,0000035 -19-24OCT06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=660


Theory of Operation 101— Arm Reduced Leakage 15— Pump 1 (right, 4-spool) 86— Orifice 116— Main Relief Valve Isolation Valve (valve and poppet) 16— Pump 2 (left, 5-spool) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Check Valve—4-Spool 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and 117— Main Relief and Power 36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Valve Anticavitation Valve 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Digging Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and 118— Auxiliary Function Flow 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Anticavitation Valve Anticavitation Valve 75— Right Travel Spool 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief Combiner Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 76— Bucket Spool and Anticavitation Valve 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 105— Check Valve (lift 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control 90— Arm 2 Spool Function Flow Combiner check)—Boom 2 Power Valve (valve and poppet) 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Circuit 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve Valve (valve and poppet) 120— Travel Flow Combiner 106— Check Valve—Dig 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 92— Check Valve (lift Valve Regenerative Circuit and Anticavitation Valve check)—Arm 2 Neutral 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow 107— Auxiliary Spool 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Passage Combiner Valve Circuit 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate and Anticavitation Valve 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 122— Check Valve (lift Control Valve (valve and 81— Boom 1 Spool 94— Arm Regenerative Valve check)—Bucket poppet) 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 95— Swing Spool 123— Orifice—Bucket Power 110— Left Travel Spool 83— Boom Flow Rate Control 96— Check Valve (lift Circuit 111— Check Valve (lift Valve (valve and poppet) check)—Swing Neutral 124— Hydraulic Oil Cooler check)—Left Travel Neutral 84— Dig Regenerative Valve Passage Bypass Valve Passage 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 97— Arm 1 Spool 136— Restriction Valve 112— Check Valve (lift Valve (valve and check 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control check)—Left Travel Power valve) Valve (valve and poppet) Passage 99— Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative 113— Orifice—Left Travel Power Passage Circuit 115— Main Relief Valve Isolation 100— Check Valve (lift Check Valve—5-Spool check)—Dig Regenerative Circuit

the rod end only flows through the arm 1 spool to the return passage. The flow of return oil from the rod end is blocked by the arm 2 spool. See Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for more information. (Group 9025-05.)

See Control Valve Operation for location of check valves and orifices in the right and left control valves (73 and 74). (Group 9025-05.) Check Valves (92, 96, and 111): Check valves function as lift checks in the neutral passages.

Operational Check: Arm in function is slow or lacks power when digging. Inspect check valve for leakage. Also inspect the orifice (notch) in arm 1 spool and the orifice in the arm regenerative valve for restriction.

Check Valves (105 and 112): Check valves function as lift checks in the power passages. Check Valve (lift check)—Dig Regenerative Circuit (100): Functions as a lift check for arm in function when dig regenerative solenoid valve is actuated. See Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation for solenoid valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Control Valve Operation for location and operation of dig regenerative valve. (Group 9025-05.) Orifice—Left Travel Power Passage (113): Restricts the flow of supply oil from pump 2 (16) through the power passage to the left travel spool (110). Check Valve (lift check)—Arm 1 Regenerative Circuit (99): During arm in regenerative operation when the arm regenerative valve (94) is closed, check valve (99) is pushed open when return oil from the rod end of arm cylinder becomes greater than supply oil pressure from pump 2 (16). Return oil combines with the supply oil flow to the head end of arm cylinder preventing cavitation. When supply oil pressure to the head end of arm cylinder is higher, all return oil from rod end flows to the return passage through the orifice (notch) in the arm 1 spool (97) and orifice in the arm regenerative valve. Return oil from

Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve—5-Spool (115): One main relief and power digging valve (117) is used to limit the supply oil pressure. The higher pressure closes the check valve against the lower pressure so it cannot flow to the lower pressure side of control valve. The higher pressure is sensed by the main relief and power digging valve. Operational Check: Pump 2 (16) supply oil pressure becomes hard to increase. To check, operate bucket dump function over relief and check pressure at pump 1. If pressure is less than main relief and power digging valve pressure setting, inspect isolation check valve (115). Also, power and neutral passage oil flow pressure for the 5-spool side is high because oil is flowing past the isolation check valve (115). Main Relief Valve Isolation Check Valve—4-Spool (116): Operational Check: Pump 1 (15) supply oil pressure becomes hard to increase. Operate swing function at stall and check pressure at pump 2. If pressure is less than swing crossover relief valve pressure setting, inspect the isolation check valve (116). Also, neutral passage oil flow pressure for the 4-spool side is high because oil is flowing past the isolation check valve (116).

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-61

TP97644,0000035 -19-24OCT06-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=661


Theory of Operation

Check Valve—Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve Circuit (119): For pump 1 (15) and pump 2 (16) combined flow to the auxiliary spool (107), a pilot line from the auxiliary spool pilot cap must be connected to shift the auxiliary function flow combiner valve (118) and bypass shutoff valve (93). Check valve closes if supply oil pressure in the left control valve (74) power passage becomes higher than supply oil pressure in the right control valve (73) neutral passage. Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Circuit (121): Blocks a higher supply oil pressure in the left control valve (5-spool) (74) from flowing to the right control valve (4-spool) (73) in travel flow combiner circuit. Operational Check: Machine mistracks to the left, forward or reverse, when traveling and operating a dig function. To check, operate a dig function over relief while traveling. If mistracking stops, inspect check valve (121). Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves (79, 80, 88, 89, 102, and 103) The anticavitation valves open when return oil pressure becomes greater than supply oil pressure to provide make-up oil to prevent cavitation in the cylinder. Check Valve (lift check) (122) and Orifice (123): The check valve functions as a lift check for the bucket spool (76). Supply oil flow from pump 1 to the bucket spool is blocked by the right travel spool (75) when actuated. Supply oil

flow from pump 1 to the bucket spool is now through the travel flow combiner valve (120), check valve (121), check valve (122), and orifice (123). The orifice restricts the flow of pump 1 supply oil to the bucket spool. Operational Check: Actuate left and right travel and bucket functions. If bucket does not move, inspect check valve and orifice. Check Valve—Dig Regenerative Circuit (106): Not used in this configuration. Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve (124): Opens to route return oil around hydraulic oil cooler and directly to hydraulic oil tank when resistance to flow through oil cooler becomes high because the oil is cold (high viscosity), there is a surge of return oil, or oil cooler becomes plugged. The pressure setting for the bypass valve is higher than the restriction valve. Operation Check: Hydraulic oil continues to run hot. Check for an open bypass valve. Restriction Valve (136): Used in the return line after the hydraulic oil cooler to create some back pressure in the return passage of control valve. The back pressure ensures a flow of makeup oil to keep the swing motor case full of oil and a flow of oil through the anticavitation valves to prevent cylinder cavitation. The pressure setting for the hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve is higher than the restriction valve. TP97644,0000035 -19-24OCT06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-62

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=662


Theory of Operation

Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Circuit Operation 1 2

3 5

4

6 7 8 9 T142362 —UN—30MAY01

10 11 15 16

12 13

14

17

T142362 Main Relief And Power Digging Valve 1— First Adjusting Plug 2— 27 mm Nut 3— Second Adjusting Plug 4— 32 mm Nut 5— Piston

10— Main Poppet 11— Return Passage 12— Power Passage 13— Normal Operation 14— Power Digging Operation

6— Left Control Valve Housing 7— Pilot Poppet Spring 8— Pilot Poppet 9— Main Poppet Spring

to the bottom of its bore increasing the pressure setting of pilot poppet spring (7). The main hydraulic system can now operate at a higher operating pressure for approximately 8 seconds.

Main Relief and Power Digging Valve—The function of main relief and power digging valve is to limit the main hydraulic system operating pressure. Main relief and power digging valve is pilot operated poppet type relief valve with a piston (5). When the supply oil in the power passage (12) pressure exceeds the relief valve pressure setting, pilot poppet (8) is pushed off its seat letting oil behind main poppet (10) flow to the return passage (11). A pressure difference is created across main poppet because oil flows out faster than oil can flow through orifice in the poppet. The main poppet is pushed open to relieve pressure oil to return passage. For power digging operation (14), pilot oil (16) from the power digging solenoid valve pushes the piston (5) down

Main relief valve isolation check valves are used in the left and right control valve to route the higher supply oil pressure to the main relief and power digging valve. The higher pressure closes an isolation check valve against the lower pressure so it cannot flow to the lower pressure side. The higher pressure is then sensed by the main relief and power digging valve. See Control Valve Check Valves Identification and Operation for main relief valve isolation check valves. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

15— Supply Oil 16— Pilot Oil 17— Return or Pressure Free Oil

9025-05-63

TP97644,0000061 -19-14MAR07-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=663


Theory of Operation

24

19 21

TX1001267 —UN—15DEC05

20

16

23

18

22

TX1001267 Power Digging Control Circuit 16— Pilot Oil 18— Electrical Signal 19— Main Controller (MCF)

20— Pump 2 21— Pump 1 22— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

23— Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG) 24— Power Dig Switch

Power Digging Control Circuit—The function of circuit is to increase the system operating pressure temporarily. When the power dig switch (24) is pushed and held, the main controller (19) sends an electrical signal (18) to energize the power digging solenoid valve (23) coil. Pilot oil (16) flows from the valve to the piston in main relief and power digging valve (22). The pilot oil pressure pushes the piston in the main relief valve and power digging valve down increasing the pressure setting. Main hydraulic system now operates at the higher operating pressure.

The power digging control circuit stays actuated for approximately 8 seconds as long as the switch is held closed. After 8 seconds, the switch must be released and pushed again to actuate the power digging control circuit. A timer circuit in the main controller controls the length of time control circuit is actuated. Releasing the switch before 8 seconds, causes the power digging control circuit to turn off.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-64

TP97644,0000061 -19-14MAR07-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=664


Theory of Operation

25 26

27

19 21

TX1001268 —UN—05JAN06

20

16

23

18

22

TX1001268 Auto-Power Digging Control Circuit 16— Pilot Oil 18— Electrical Signal 19— Main Controller (MCF) 20— Pump 2

21— Pump 1 22— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 23— Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG)

25— Boom Up Pressure Sensor 26— Arm In Pressure Sensor 27— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor

Auto-Power Digging Control Circuit—The function of control circuit is to increase the system operating pressure during boom up operation. Control circuit is also activated during combined operations except when the arm in function is used. During boom up operation, the main controller (19) actuates the power digging solenoid valve (23) under the following conditions: During boom up operation, the main controller (19) actuates the power digging solenoid valve (23) under the following conditions:

• Pilot control valve is actuated sending pilot oil to the pilot

• Pump 1 (21) delivery pressure is high. Pump 1 delivery

pressure sensor (27) sends an electrical signal to the main controller indicating the high pressure. • Control lever for arm in is in neutral. Electrical signal for arm in pressure sensor (26) is at zero. When all conditions are met the main controller sends an electrical signal to energize the power digging solenoid valve (23) coil allowing pilot oil (16) to flow to the piston in main relief and power digging valve (22). The pilot oil pressure pushes the piston in the main relief and power digging valve down increasing the pressure setting. The main hydraulic system now operates at the higher operating pressure.

cap shifting boom 1 and 2 spools to some extent. Also pressurizes the boom up pressure sensor (25) sensor sending an electrical signal to the main controller.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-65

TP97644,0000061 -19-14MAR07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=665


Theory of Operation

Y24 Y23 Y22

Y25

20

16

23 16

22 19

22

21

T216853 —UN—02FEB11

17 24

T216853

21

25

18

20

26 19

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SF) Valve (port SI) Y23— Arm Regenerative 16— Solenoid Coil Solenoid Valve (port SC) 17— Adjusting Screw Y24— Power Digging Solenoid 18— Nut Valve (port SG) 19— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG) Operation—The power digging solenoid valve (Y24) is a proportional solenoid valve type. The solenoid valve is activated by an electrical signal from the main controller (MCF). The electrical signal is DC voltage that is turned on and off to form a pulse-width modulated signal. Solenoid coil (16) reacts to the average voltage to create a magnetic force to shift the spool (22) left against a spring. When shifted left, reduced pilot oil (25) is sent to the main relief and power digging valve (20). The pressure of reduced pilot oil is in proportion to the electrical signal to the solenoid coil. When de-energized, the spool is pushed to the right by a spring. The main relief and power digging valve is then connected to the hydraulic oil tank (21) through the spool.

20— To Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 21— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 22— Spool 23— Pressure Equals Magnetic Force

24— Pilot Oil 25— Reduced Pilot Oil 26— Return Oil

When energized, the magnetic force shifts the spool left against the spring. Pilot oil (24) flows past the spool flange and out the port as a reduced pilot oil to the main relief and power digging valve. Because the flange on the right is larger than the flange on the left, the spool is pushed to the right against the magnetic force as the electrical signal to the solenoid increases. When the reduced pilot oil pressure becomes equal to or greater than the magnetic force (23), the spool is pushed to the right closing the passage. The reduced pilot oil to the main relief and power digging valve is trapped. The spool is moving constantly to maintain the reduced pilot oil pressure in response to the electrical signal to the solenoid coil.

TP97644,0000061 -19-14MAR07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-66

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=666


Theory of Operation

Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve Operation

11

12

4

5

6

7

8

3

14 15 2

9

16

10

1

17

T143483

T143483 —UN—29JUN01

13

Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 1— To Return 2— Piston 3— From Work Circuit 4— Anticavitation Valve 5— Pilot Poppet

6— Check Valve Spring 7— Pilot Poppet Spring 8— Screw 9— Piston Spring 10— Main Poppet

The circuit relief valves are pilot operated relief valves and include a anticavitation valve. At pressures below the circuit relief setting, the main poppet (10) remains closed. In relief operation (11), the relief valve opens in three steps. 1. In the first step, the pilot poppet (5) is opened. Flow restriction through the hollow piston (2) causes the pressure in the cavity behind the main poppet to decrease. 2. In the second step, the piston seats against the pilot poppet (5). The seating of piston further reduces oil flow into the cavity and greatly decreases the pressure against the back side of main poppet.

11— Relief Operation 12— Anticavitation Operation 13— Relief Pressure Oil 14— Supply Oil

15— Reduced Pressure Oil 16— Return Oil 17— Low Pressure Oil (cavitation)

3. In the third step the main poppet opens. During anticavitation operation (12), the anticavitation valve (4) retracts to allow oil to flow from the return passage into the work circuit. During normal operation, the supply oil (14) on the inner shoulder holds the anticavitation valve against its seat. As the pressure in the work circuit decreases the pressure holding the anticavitation valve closed also decreases. The return oil (16) on the outer shoulder pushes the anticavitation valve, main poppet, and piston against the springs to open the valve.

TP97644,0000062 -19-08SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-67

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=667


Theory of Operation

Travel Flow Combiner Valve Operation 74

73 117

63

61

120

110 121

75

122 123 76

127

97

145 16

15 147 149

TX1001464

TX1001464 —UN—21DEC05

90

Travel and Arm In Functions

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-68

TP97644,0000038 -19-11DEC06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=668


Theory of Operation 15— Pump 1 (right, 4-spool) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 16— Pump 2 (left, 5-spool) 75— Right Travel Spool 61— Right Travel Motor 76— Bucket Spool 63— Left Travel Motor 90— Arm 2 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

When travel only is actuated, supply oil (145) from pump 2 (16) flows through the neutral passage of swing, arm 1 (97), boom 2, and auxiliary spools, then through the left travel spool (110) and out to the left travel motor (63). Supply oil from pump 1 (15) flows through the right travel spool (75) and out to the right travel motor (61). Right travel spool blocks the flow of supply oil through the neutral passage of bucket (76), boom 1, and arm 2. When dig functions are actuated at the same time as travel, the travel flow combiner valve (120) is shifted by pilot oil (147) from the travel flow combiner pilot valve (port SL) in the pilot signal manifold. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for operation of pilot valves. (Group 9025-05.)

120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow Combiner Valve Circuit 122— Check Valve (lift check)—Bucket 123— Orifice—Bucket Power Passage

Supply oil from pump 1 flows to right travel spool and now through the travel flow combiner valve to the left travel spool and bucket spool. Supply oil from pump 1 to both left and right travel motors prevents mistracking. Supply oil from pump 2 is used for the swing, arm, and boom functions and when connected, the auxiliary function. When travel is not actuated, return oil and spring force keeps the travel flow combiner valve closed.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil

9025-05-69

TP97644,0000038 -19-11DEC06-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=669


Theory of Operation

117

73

74

151 152

153 121

147 TX1001466

TX1001466 —UN—17DEC05

120

Travel Flow Combiner Valve and Check Valve 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 120— Travel Flow Combiner 151— To Control Valve Return 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Valve Passage 117— Main Relief and Power 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow 152— From Pump 1 (4-spool) Digging Valve Combiner Valve Passage 153— To Left Travel Spool By 147— Pilot Oil From Travel Flow Combiner Passage Combiner Pilot Valve (port SL) TP97644,0000038 -19-11DEC06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-70

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=670


Theory of Operation

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Operation TX1012521 —UN—20NOV06

104

16

2

15

85

81

83

82

145

85 89

87

146 147 148

125 88

149 150

TX1012521 Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Circuit Operation Schematic

TP97644,0000039 -19-09JAN07-1/3

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-71

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=671


Theory of Operation 2— Boom Down (pilot) 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 145— Supply Oil 146— Low Pressure Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil

148— Trapped Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil

The boom lower meter-in cut valve (87), located in the boom lower circuit, controls the boom flow rate control valve (83) and control pilot oil to the boom 2 spool (104). During boom down (2) operation the boom lower meter-in cut valve is shifted by regenerative oil from the boom cylinders. See Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) The boom lower meter-in cut valve blocks control pilot oil to the boom 2 spool and directs it to the switch valve in the boom flow rate control valve. The poppet of boom flow rate control valve now restricts supply oil flow from pump 1 to the boom 1 spool. See Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) During operation of boom down and other function, the boom lowers due to own weight. Supply oil is restricted to the boom 1 spool. Regenerative oil from the boom cylinder head end is routed through the boom regenerative valve (82) to the boom cylinder rod end. Supply oil flows unrestricted to the other circuits that pump 1 supplies. When boom cylinder return oil pressure drops, the boom lower meter-in cut valve shifts. The switch valve in the boom flow rate control valve opens and allows supply oil from pump 1 to flow to the boom 1 spool. Boom down control pilot oil can now shift the boom 2 spool. Continued on next page TP97644,0000039 -19-09JAN07-2/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-72

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=672


Theory of Operation

During boom down operation, control pilot oil (147) flows to the boom 2 spool through boom lower meter-in cut valve. Regenerative oil from the boom cylinders flows to the spring chamber (5) in boom lower meter-in cut valve through the orifice (4).

3 1

2

4

When pressure in the spring chamber becomes larger than the spring force, the boom lower meter-in cut valve is shifted.

Control pilot oil flows to and shifts the switch valve in the boom flow rate control valve. See Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) During combined operation of boom lower and other functions, more supply oil is available to the other functions to ensure priority to them. 1— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 2— From Boom Down (pilot) 3— From Boom Cylinders 4— Orifice 5— Spring Chamber 6— From Boom 2 Spool

7— To Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve 147— Control Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil

5

87 7

147

6 149 150

TX1012551 —UN—07NOV06

Therefore, return oil is directed to the hydraulic oil tank through the passage in the boom lower meter-in cut valve. Boom 2 spool is returned to the neutral position.

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

TP97644,0000039 -19-09JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-73

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=673


Theory of Operation

Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation 125 83

57

81 88

86

85 82

89 85

145 TX1000026 —UN—24JAN06

147 149 150

TX1000026 Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Schematic 57— Orifice 81— Boom 1 Spool 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve 86— Drilled Passage 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

The boom regenerative valve (82) is located inside the boom 1 spool (81). The boom regenerative valve improves boom control and prevents boom cylinder cavitation during boom down operation.

When regenerative oil (150) pressure is more than pump 1 supply oil (145) pressure, the boom regenerative valve (82) is open. Regenerative oil is combined with pump 1 supply oil and both are supplied to the boom cylinders rod end. When pump 1 supply oil pressure is more than regenerative oil pressure, the boom regenerative valve is closed. Pump 1 supply oil only flows to the boom cylinders rod end. Regenerative oil passes through an orifice (57) and on to the oil tank.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil

Leakage Valves Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Oil then flows to the boom 1 spool. At the boom 1 spool, oil flows through a drilled passage (86) to the center of the spool.

Under the following operating conditions, low pump 1 delivery pressure and pilot oil pressure to the pilot cap for boom down, the weight of boom, arm, and bucket causes the boom to lower faster than the pump can supply oil to the boom cylinder rod end. Pilot oil (147) shifts the boom 1 spool to the boom down position. The pilot oil also shifts the boom reduced leakage valve (85) to allow oil to flow from the head end of the boom cylinders. See Boom and Arm Reduced

89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 125— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 145— Supply Oil

9025-05-74

TP97644,000003A -19-09JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=674


Theory of Operation

2

2

85 201

102

85

16

83

83 15 202

TX1017424 —UN—09JAN07

145 147 81

82

89

149 150

TX1017424 Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Cross Section 2— Boom Down (pilot) 15— Pump 1 Supply Oil 16— Pump 2 Supply Oil 81— Boom 1 Spool 82— Boom Regenerative Valve

83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

102— Boom 2 Spool 202— To Boom Cylinder Rod End 145— Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil 201— From Boom Cylinder Head End TP97644,000003A -19-09JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-75

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=675


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-76

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=676


Theory of Operation

Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation TX1014140 —UN—27NOV06

125

90

125 81

B35

84 15 B37

100

16

97

B30 B31

104

Y22 A3

145 146 147 127

149 300

TX1014140 Dig Regenerative Valve Circuit Schematic

TP97644,000009F -19-04JAN07-1/4

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-77

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=677


Theory of Operation 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 84— Dig Regenerative Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 100— Check Valve (lift check)—Dig Regenerative Circuit

104— Boom 2 Spool 125— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 146— Combined Oil (supply and return oil) 147— Reduced Pilot Oil

149— Return Oil 300— Electrical Signal A3—Main Controller (MCF) B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor

B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF)

The function of dig regenerative valve circuit is to maintain arm in control and prevents arm cylinder (127) cavitation during combined operations of boom up and arm in. During the combined operations, gravity can pull the arm in faster than pump 1 and 2 can supply oil to the arm cylinder head end. The main controller (MCF) (A3) actuates the dig regenerative solenoid valve (Y22) under the following conditions:

• boom up pressure sensor (B30) is actuated. • pressure reading from pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure sensors (B35 and B37) is high. • pressure reading from arm in pressure sensor (B31) is high. The main controller sends an electrical signal (300) to the dig regenerative solenoid valve to energize the coil. The solenoid valve then sends reduced pilot oil (147) pressure to shift the dig regenerative valve (84). Return oil from the rod end of boom cylinders (125) flows through boom 1 spool (81) and dig regenerative valve to the arm 1 spool (97). At arm 1 spool the return oil combines with supply oil from pump 2 (16) and combined oil (146) flows through the spool. After the arm 1 spool, the combined oil flow also combines with the supply oil from pump 1 (15) that flows through the arm 2 spool (90) and then out to the arm cylinder (127) head end. See the following for flow rate control valves and boom and arm reduced leakage valves operation: • See Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Boom and Arm Reduced Leakage Valves Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

TP97644,000009F -19-04JAN07-2/4

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-78

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=678


Theory of Operation

301

100 16

303

73 Y22 146

302

147 149 TX1014159

TX1014159 —UN—28NOV06

84

74

Dig Regenerative Valve 16— From Pump 2 146— Combined Oil (supply and 84— Dig Regenerative Valve return oil) 100— Check Valve (lift 147— Reduced Pilot Oil check)—Dig Regenerative 149— Return Oil Circuit

301— To Arm 1 Spool 302— Spring 303— From Boom Cylinder Rod End Y22— From Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-79

TP97644,000009F -19-04JAN07-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=679


Theory of Operation

Y24 Y23 Y22

Y25

20

16

23 16

22 19

22

21

T216853 —UN—02FEB11

17 24 18

20 T216853

21

25 26

19 Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve

16— Solenoid 17— Adjusting Screw 18— Nut 19— From Pilot Control Shut-Off Valve 20— To Dig Regenerative Valve

21— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 22— Spool 23— Pressure Equals Magnetic Force 24— Pilot Oil 25— Reduced Pilot Oil

The Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) (Y22) is a proportional type solenoid valve. The solenoid valve is activated by an electrical signal from the main controller. The electrical signal is DC voltage that is turned on and off to form a pulse-width modulated signal. Solenoid (16) reacts to the “average” voltage to create a magnetic force to shift the spool (22) left against a spring. When shifted left, reduced pilot oil (25) is sent to the dig regenerative valve (20). The reduced pilot oil pressure is in proportion to the electrical signal to the solenoid. When de-energized, the spool is pushed to the right by a spring. The valve function port is then connected to hydraulic oil tank (21).

26— Return Oil Y24— Power Digging Solenoid Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SG) Valve (port SF) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Y23— Arm Regenerative Valve (port SI) Solenoid Valve (port SC)

When energized, the magnetic force shifts the spool left against the spring. Pilot oil (24) flows past the spool flange and out the valve function port as a reduced pilot oil (25) to the dig regenerative valve (20). Because the flange on the right is larger than the flange on the left, the spool is pushed to the right against the magnetic force as the electrical signal to the solenoid increases. When the reduced pilot oil pressure becomes equal to or greater than the magnetic force (23), the spool is pushed to the right closing the passage. The reduced pilot oil to the dig regenerative valve is trapped. The spool is moving constantly to maintain the reduced pilot oil pressure in response to the electrical signal to the solenoid. TP97644,000009F -19-04JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-80

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=680


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-81

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=681


Theory of Operation

Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation

B30 B31

A3

B33

B37

B35

16

15

Y23

127

101 4

103

91 90 102 97

145

98

149

94

150 300

TX1077175

TX1077175 —UN—04MAY10

147

Arm Regenerative Circuit Schematic

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-82

TP97644,000003C -19-28SEP16-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=682


Theory of Operation 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil

147— Pilot Oil B33— Swing Pressure Sensor 149— Return Oil B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 150— Regenerative Return Oil Sensor 300— Electrical Signal B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure A3—Main Controller (MCF) Sensor B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor Y23— Arm Regenerative B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor Solenoid Valve (port SC)

The Arm Regenerative Valve improves arm control and prevents arm cylinder cavitation during arm in operation by combining the return oil from arm cylinder rod end with the pump supply oil to the arm cylinder head end.

sensor (B31), boom up pressure sensor (B30), and swing pressure sensor (B33). The sensors send electrical signals to the main controller (A3). The main controller sends an electrical signal to the arm regenerative solenoid valve (Y23). The arm regenerative solenoid valve sends primary pilot oil to the arm regenerative valve (94) blocking the passage to hydraulic oil tank. The return oil from the arm cylinder rod end is combined with supply oil from pump 2 and routed to the arm cylinder head end.

4— Arm In (pilot) 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 90— Arm 2 Spool 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 97— Arm 1 Spool 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve

Under the following operating conditions: low pump 2 delivery pressure, control pilot oil to the pilot cap for arm in, and boom up or swing actuated, gravity can pull the arm in faster than the pumps can supply oil to the arm cylinder head end. The operating conditions are sensed by the pump 2 delivery pressure sensor (B37), arm in pressure

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-83

TP97644,000003C -19-28SEP16-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=683


Theory of Operation

4

94 103 101 201

Y23

97 90

91 98 202

102 TX1001552 —UN—05JAN06

145 147 149 150 TX1001552 4— Arm In (pilot) 90— Arm 2 Spool 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (poppet) 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 97— Arm 1 Spool 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Y23— From Arm Regenerative 145— Supply Oil Solenoid Valve (port SC) 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Return Oil 201— From Arm Cylinder Rod End 202— To Arm Cylinder Head End

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-84

TP97644,000003C -19-28SEP16-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=684


Theory of Operation

Y24 Y23 Y22

Y25

20

16

23 16

22 19

22

21

T216853 —UN—02FEB11

17 24

T216853

21

25

18

20

26 19 Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (SC) Operation

20— To Arm Regenerative Valve Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid 21— To Hydraulic Oil Tank Valve (port SF) Valve (port SI) 22— Spool Y23— Arm Regenerative 16— Solenoid 23— Pressure Equals Magnetic Solenoid Valve (port SC) 17— Adjusting Screw Force Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve 18— Nut (port SG) 19— From Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid 24— Control Pilot Oil Valve

The Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) (Y23) is a proportional type solenoid valve. The solenoid valve is activated by an electrical signal from the main controller. The electrical signal is DC voltage that is turned on and off to form a pulse-width modulated signal. Solenoid (16) reacts to the “average” voltage to create a magnetic force to shift the spool (22) left against a spring. When shifted left, reduced pilot oil (25) is sent to the arm regenerative valve (20). The reduced pilot oil pressure is in proportion to the electrical signal to the solenoid. When de-energized, the spool is pushed to the right by a spring. The valve function port is then connected to the hydraulic oil tank (21).

25— Reduced Pilot Oil 26— Return Oil

When energized, the magnetic force shifts the spool left against the spring. Control pilot oil (24) flows past the spool flange and out the valve function port as a reduced pilot oil to the arm regenerative valve (20). Because the flange on the right is larger than the flange on the left, the spool is pushed to the right against the magnetic force as the electrical signal to the solenoid increases. When the reduced pilot oil pressure becomes equal to or greater than the magnetic force (23), the spool is pushed to the right, closing the passage. The reduced pilot oil to the arm regenerative valve is trapped. The spool is moving constantly to maintain the reduced pilot oil pressure in response to the electrical signal to the solenoid. TP97644,000003C -19-28SEP16-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-85

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=685


Theory of Operation

Bucket Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation 145 77

147

15

149 76

150

57 126 7

79

86

TX1017430 —UN—22JAN07

78 201 202 80

TX1017430 Bucket Regenerative Valve Circuit Schematic 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 15— From Pump 1 57— Orifice 76— Bucket Spool 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

78— Bucket Regenerative Valve 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

86— Orifice 126— Bucket Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil 201— Regenerative Oil from Bucket Cylinder Rod End

202— Regenerative Oil to Bucket Cylinder Head End

The bucket regenerative valve (78) is located inside the bucket spool (76). The bucket regenerative valve combines return oil (149) from the bucket cylinder rod end with supply oil (145) from pump 1 (15) to prevent cavitation and improve function control.

cylinder rod end is higher than the supply oil pressure, the bucket regenerative valve is opened. Regenerative oil is combined with supply oil from pump 1 and routed to the bucket cylinder head end. Oil not used flows to the return passage and out to the hydraulic oil tank.

The bucket regenerative valve functions under the following operating conditions:

When the cylinder is moved to full stroke or the digging load increases oil pressure to the bucket cylinder head end increases above the oil pressure from the bucket cylinder rod end. Therefore, the bucket regenerative valve is closed and regenerative operation stops. Only supply oil from pump 1 flows to the bucket cylinder head end. All return oil from the bucket cylinder rod end then flows through the orifice to hydraulic oil tank.

• Low supply oil pressure • Control pilot oil (147) to the pilot cap for bucket curl (7). When bucket curl function is actuated, control pilot oil shifts the bucket spool to the bucket curl position. Regenerative oil (150) flows through an orifice (86) in the bucket spool. If pressure of the oil returning from the bucket

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-86

TP97644,000003D -19-09JAN07-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=686


Theory of Operation

145

7

147 149 150

79

86 76 201

57

15

77

78

80 TX1000131

TX1000131 —UN—09JAN06

202

Bucket Regenerative Valve Section

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-87

TP97644,000003D -19-09JAN07-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=687


Theory of Operation 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 15— From Pump 1 57— Orifice 76— Bucket Spool 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve

79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

86— Orifice 145— Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil 150— Regenerative Oil 201— Regenerative Oil from Bucket Cylinder Rod End

202— Regenerative Oil to Bucket Cylinder Head End

TP97644,000003D -19-09JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-88

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=688


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-89

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=689


Theory of Operation

Boom and Arm Reduced Leakage Valves Operation 2 1 3

4

5 6

8

7

9

2

5

7 9 2 3

11 4

12

14

7 5 T143761

T143761 —UN—05SEP01

13

Boom Reduced Leakage Valve Operation

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-90

TP97644,000003E -19-04JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=690


Theory of Operation 1— Boom 2 Valve Spool 2— Boom 1 Valve Spool 3— Control Pilot Oil from Pilot Control Valve

4— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 5— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve Switch Valve 6— Manual Boom Lower Screw

Reduced leakage valves are used in the boom head end circuit and arm rod end circuit. The function of a reduced leakage valve is to reduce cylinder drift by stopping leakage from the cylinder back through the control valve. NOTE: The operational principles of the boom and arm reduced leakage valves are identical. Therefore, boom reduced leakage valve operation is used as an example. When the control valve is in neutral, the oil pressure generated by the load on the cylinders is applied to the spring end of boom reduced leakage valve check valve (7) through the boom reduced leakage valve switch valve (5). The check valve is held closed against the seat in housing trapping the oil from the cylinders at the work port.

7— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve Check Valve 8— To Boom Cylinders Head End 9— Boom Cylinders

11— Trapped Oil 12— Pilot Oil 13— Supply Oil 14— Return or Pressure Free Oil

pressure from the cylinder is blocked by the switch valve. The oil pressure at the top (spring end) of the check valve can now flow through the pilot valve to the air bleed passage in the pilot caps and then to the hydraulic oil tank (4). The oil pressure from the cylinder pushes the check valve off its seat, opening the passage for oil to flow into the control valve return passage. The check valve is pushed off its seat because the OD of the upper land at the head end of check valve is slightly larger than at the lower land. The manual boom lower screw (6) is used to lower the boom if the engine stops with the boom in the raised position. See Lower Boom with Engine Stopped. (Operator's Manual.)

When a function is actuated, control pilot oil from the pilot control valve (3) shifts the switch valve (5). The oil TP97644,000003E -19-04JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-91

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=691


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-92

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=692


Theory of Operation

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation TX1011799 —UN—10NOV06

52

5 SE

98

95

102

103

97

4 16

15

145 146 147

90

148 149 TX1011799 Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Schematic

TP97644,000003F -19-28NOV06-1/4

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-93

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=693


Theory of Operation SE—From Pilot Signal Manifold (port SE) 4— Arm In Pilot 5— Swing Left Pilot 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 52— Swing Motor

90— Arm 2 Spool 95— Swing Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 145— Supply Oil

146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil 148— Trapped Oil 149— Return Oil

The function of arm 1 flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (98) is to restrict the flow of supply oil from pump 2 (16) to the arm 1 spool (97) to ensure a priority flow of supply oil to the swing spool (95) during combined operation. Continued on next page TP97644,000003F -19-28NOV06-2/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-94

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=694


Theory of Operation

1— Check Valve 2— Poppet 3— To Arm 1 Spool 4— From Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SE) 6— From Pump 2

7— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DE) 8— Switch Valve 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return Oil

98 1

2

3

4

6 8

7 3 TX1012194 —UN—10NOV06

Normal Operation—Supply oil (145) from pump 2 opens the check valve (1) in the poppet (2) of arm 1 flow rate control valve because the switch valve (8) is open. Supply oil flows through the check valve and switch valve to the arm 1 spool (3). As the load increases, the pressure increases pushing the poppet open and supply oil flows through the poppet to arm 1 spool.

145 149

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Normal Operation TP97644,000003F -19-28NOV06-3/4

The control pilot oil shifts the switch valve trapping oil in the backside of poppet (2) which forces the poppet towards the close position. The poppet now restricts the flow of supply oil (145) to arm 1 spool. Supply oil now flows through the swing spool to the swing motor against the higher load pressure. 1— Check Valve 2— Poppet 3— To Arm 1 Spool (Restricted) 4— From Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SE) 6— Supply Oil From Pump 2 7— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DE) 8— Switch Valve

3 98 1

2

4 6

8 7

98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil 148— Trapped Oil 149— Return Oil

3

145

148

146

149

147

TX1012197 —UN—26SEP06

Combined Operation—During swing and arm in combined operation, the arm 1 flow rate pilot valve (port SE), in the pilot signal manifold, is shifted by control pilot oil (147) from arm in. The pilot valve then routes a portion of control pilot oil from swing to the switch valve (8) of arm 1 flow rate control valve (98). See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for operation of pilot valves. (Group 9025-05.)

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Combined Operation TP97644,000003F -19-28NOV06-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-95

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=695


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-96

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=696


Theory of Operation

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation TX1011938 —UN—20NOV06

127

3

5

97

1 104

4 16 2

15

2 4 91

81

90

1 145 3 146

125

147 7 148 149

TX1011938 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Schematic

TP97644,000004C -19-11DEC06-1/3

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-97

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=697


Theory of Operation 1— Boom Up Pilot 2— Boom Down Pilot 3— Arm Out Pilot 4— Arm In Pilot 5— Swing Left Pilot 7— Pilot Oil From Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve

15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 90— Arm 2 Spool 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

104— Boom 2 Spool 125— Boom Cylinders 127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil

148— Trapped Oil 149— Return Oil

The function of arm 2 flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (91) is to restrict the flow of supply oil from pump 1 (15) to the arm 2 spool (90) to ensure a priority flow of supply oil to the boom 1 spool (81) during arm in, boom up and swing combined operation. Continued on next page TP97644,000004C -19-11DEC06-2/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-98

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=698


Theory of Operation

Normal Operation—Supply oil from pump 1 opens the check valve in the poppet of arm 2 flow rate control valve because the switch valve is open. The supply oil flows through the check valve and switch valve to the arm 2 spool. As the load increases, the pressure increases pushing the poppet open and supply oil flows through the poppet to arm 2 spool.

92

Combined Operation—During combined operation of boom up, arm in and swing the arm regenerative solenoid is activated. When activated control pilot oil shifts the switch valve of the arm 2 flow rate control valve.

During combined operation the arm in function is maintained by the pump 2 supply oil and the arm 1 spool regenerative circuit. See Arm Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 6— Check Valve 86— Orifice 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (Switch Valve)

86 6

91A— Switch Valve for Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 91B— Poppet for Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 92— Check Valve (Lift Check)—Arm 2 Neutral Passage

91B 87

TX1012251 —UN—20SEP06

With the switch valve shifted, supply oil is trapped on the backside of poppet which forces the poppet towards the closed position. The poppet now restricts the flow of supply oil to arm 2 spool. Consequently, more pump 1 supply oil is available to the boom 1 spool, maintaining the boom up speed.

91A

TX1012239 —UN—20SEP06

The switch valve (91A) and poppet (91B) of arm 2 flow rate control valve are located in separate areas on the hydraulic control valve. The switch valve of the arm 2 flow rate control valve is located in the arm 2 valve section of the control valve. The poppet of the arm 2 flow rate control valve is located in a section between the arm 2 valve and the boom 1 spool section. See Control Valve Operation for layout of the hydraulic control valve. (Group 9025-05.)

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (Poppet) TP97644,000004C -19-11DEC06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-99

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=699


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-100

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=700


Theory of Operation

Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation TX1012403 —UN—17NOV06

127

3 97

1 104

4 16 2

15

2

77

7

4 91

81

90

76

1 145 3 146

125

8

18

147 17

14 148

126

149

TX1012403 Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation

TP97644,000004D -19-04JAN07-1/4

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-101

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=701


Theory of Operation 1— Boom Up Pilot 2— Boom Down Pilot 3— Arm Out Pilot 4— Arm In Pilot 7— Bucket Curl Pilot 8— Bucket Dump Pilot 14— To Solenoid Manifold Valve (port DK) 15— Pump 1

16— Pump 2 17— From Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SK) 18— From Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SL) 76— Bucket Spool 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet)

81— Boom 1 Spool 90— Arm 2 Spool 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet) 97— Arm 1 Spool 104— Boom 2 Spool 125— Boom Cylinders 126— Bucket Cylinder

127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil 148— Trapped Oil 149— Return or Pressure Free Oil

The function of the bucket flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (77) is to restrict the flow of supply oil from pump 1 (15) to the bucket spool (76) during bucket, arm in and boom up combined operation. Restriction of supply oil to the bucket spool ensures a priority flow of supply oil to the boom 1 spool (81) during combined operation. Continued on next page TP97644,000004D -19-04JAN07-2/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-102

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=702


Theory of Operation

1— Check Valve 2— Poppet 3— To Bucket Spool 6— From Pump 1 8— Switch Valve

14— To Solenoid Manifold Valve (port DK) 17— From Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SK) 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return Oil

1 77

2

17 3 8

6

14

3 TX1012431 —UN—21NOV06

Normal Operation—Supply oil from pump 1 opens the check valve in the poppet of bucket flow rate control valve because the switch valve is open. The supply oil flows through the check valve and switch valve to the bucket spool. As the load increases, the pressure increases pushing the poppet open and supply oil flows through the poppet to bucket spool.

145 149 Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (Normal Operation)

TP97644,000004D -19-04JAN07-3/4

Combined Operation—During bucket, arm in and boom up combined operation, the bucket flow rate pilot valve (port SK), in the pilot signal manifold, is shifted by control pilot oil from arm in. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for operation of pilot valves. (Group 9025-05.)

Also, the arm 2 flow rate control valve circuit is actuated during the combined operation of bucket, arm in and boom up. Priority is given to the boom up function. See Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 1— Check Valve 2— Poppet 3— To Bucket Spool 6— From Pump 1 8— Switch Valve 14— To Solenoid Manifold Valve (port DK) 17— From Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SK)

1

2

3

17

6 8 3 14

77— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil 148— Trapped Oil 149— Return Oil

145 146

148

147

149

TX1012432 —UN—21NOV06

Boom up control pilot oil now flows from port SK to the switch valve, shifting it trapping supply oil on the backside of poppet. The poppet now restricts the flow of supply oil to the bucket spool. Supply oil now flows to the arm 2 and boom 1 spools to ensure priority flow of supply oil to the arm in and boom up functions.

77

Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (Combined Operation)

TP97644,000004D -19-04JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-103

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=703


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-104

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=704


Theory of Operation

Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation TX1012103 —UN—21SEP06

127 3 97

16 4

2

15

4

81 85

83

82

90

145

3

85 87

146 147 148

125 1

149 150

TX1012103 Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Schematic

TP97644,000004B -19-09JAN07-1/4

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-105

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=705


Theory of Operation 1— Boom Up (pilot) 2— Boom Down (pilot) 3— Arm Out (pilot) 4— Arm In (pilot) 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 82— Boom Regenerative Valve

83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage Valve (switch valve and check valve) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

90— Arm 2 Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 125— Boom Cylinders 127— Arm Cylinder 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil

148— Trapped Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil 150— Regenerative Oil

The purpose of the boom flow rate control valve (switch valve and poppet) (83) is to restrict supply oil (145) in the circuit to ensure that there will be sufficient supply oil for other functions during boom down. Also to restrict supply oil through boom 1 spool (81) during boom down so that boom regenerative in boom 1 spool works properly. During boom down the boom flow rate control valve restricts supply oil that flows to the boom 1 spool from pump 1 (15). Therefore, during boom down and other functions, the boom lowers due to own weight by the regenerative circuit and uses supply oil from the pump for other functions. This ensures that other functions will maintain normal operation. Continued on next page TP97644,000004B -19-09JAN07-2/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-106

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=706


Theory of Operation

15— From Pump 1 81— To Boom 1 Spool 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return Oil

200— Check Valve 201— Poppet 202— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 203— Switch Valve 204— From Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

201

200 83 204

81 203

15 81

202 TX1012414 —UN—30NOV06

Normal Operation—When boom down is actuated, supply oil flows to the 4-spool side of the control valve from pump 1. Supply oil opens the check valve (200) in the poppet (201) of the boom flow rate control valve because the switch valve is open due to no control pilot oil. Supply oil flows through boom flow rate control valve without any restriction and continues on to the boom 1 spool (81).

145 149 TX1012414 Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Normal Operation

TP97644,000004B -19-09JAN07-3/4

Combined Operation—When boom down is actuated, return oil (149) from the boom cylinders is under pressure from the weight of the boom, return oil is now greater pressure then supply oil (145). Pressure increase in the return circuit causes the boom regenerative valve (82) to shift the boom lower meter-in cut valve (87). See Boom Regenerative Valve Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

81

201 200

203 204

15

Supply oil is trapped on the backside of the poppet in the boom flow rate control valve. Supply oil from pump 1(15) continues to flow to the poppet.

202

Trapped oil (148) on the backside of poppet causes supply oil to be restricted as it travels through the check valve in the poppet to boom 1 spool.

83 81

Restricted supply oil (146) is less than return oil from boom cylinders, allowing the return oil to shift the check valve and travel through the regenerative valve in the boom 1 spool. Restricted supply oil at the boom flow rate control valve ensures there is supply oil for other functions to be actuated during boom down.

TX1012417 —UN—30NOV06

Control pilot oil (147) from boom down shifts the switch valve (203) in the boom flow rate control valve.

145

147

146

148

149

Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Combined Operation 15— From Pump 1 81— To Boom 1 Spool 83— Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 146— Restricted Supply Oil 147— Control Pilot Oil 148— Trapped Oil

149— Return Oil 200— Check Valve 201— Poppet 202— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 203— Switch Valve 204— From Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

TP97644,000004B -19-09JAN07-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-107

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=707


Theory of Operation

Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve Circuit Operation 156

74

150

73

110 75

118 107

76

14 108

13 156 DY

104

81

97

90 52 93 6 95

143 TX1203094

16

15

600

604

602

606

609

124

TX1203094 —UN—12OCT15

5

Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve Schematic (auxiliary spool shifted and swing left active)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-108

DF89619,00B55EA -19-12OCT15-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=708


Theory of Operation 5— Swing Left (pilot) 75— Right Travel Spool 6— Swing Right (pilot) 76— Bucket Spool 13— Auxiliary (pilot) 81— Boom 1 Spool 14— Auxiliary (pilot) 90— Arm 2 Spool 15— Pump 1 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 16— Pump 2 95— Swing Spool 52— Swing Motor 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 104— Boom 2 Spool 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (valve and poppet)

110— Left Travel Spool 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve 124— Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 143— From Auxiliary Shuttle Valve 150— Auxiliary Attachment 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve (2 used)

Auxiliary flow rate control valve is used when two pump combined flow kit is installed on the machine.

600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil DY—To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DY)

Combined with any of these inputs:

• Pressure on arm out pressure sensor (B46). • Pressure on arm out pressure sensor (B46) and boom

NOTE: Auxiliary flow rate control valve will not work properly unless two pump combined flow kit is installed on machine and appropriate work mode is enabled.

up pressure sensor (B30).

• Pressure on swing pressure sensor (B33). • Pressure on travel pressure sensor (B34).

The function of the auxiliary flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (108) is to restrict supply oil flow from pump 2 (16) through the auxiliary spool (107) when used under the following conditions:

For more information on sensors, see System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) For auxiliary flow rate control valve circuit location information, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

• Two-speed on (combined flow on). • Pressure on attachment pressure sensor (B45).

DF89619,00B55EA -19-12OCT15-2/4

Normal Operation—Supply oil from pump 2 (16) opens check valve (300) in the poppet (301) of auxiliary flow rate control valve (108) because the switch valve (302) is open. The supply oil flows through the check valve and switch valve to auxiliary spool (107). As the load increases, the pressure increases pushing poppet open, allowing supply oil to flow through the poppet to auxiliary spool. 301— Poppet 302— Switch Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil DY—To Solenoid Manifold Valve (port DY)

301

156

107

302

16

DY

107

600 604

TX1166252 —UN—21JUL14

16— From Pump 2 107— To Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve 156— To Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 300— Check Valve

300 108

Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (normal operation) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-109

DF89619,00B55EA -19-12OCT15-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=709


Theory of Operation

Control Operation—Auxiliary flow rate valve is shifted by pilot oil from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) when combined with one of the following operations:

• Arm in • Boom up • Swing • Travel

301

107

156

Pilot oil (609) from flow rate select solenoid valve shifts switch valve (302), creating trapped oil (606) on the backside of poppet (301). The poppet now restricts the flow of supply oil from pump 2 (16) to auxiliary spool (107). Supply oil from pump 2 flows to arm, boom, and swing spools to ensure priority flow of supply oil to these functions.

16 302 DY

600— High-Pressure Oil 602— Low-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil DY—To Solenoid Manifold Valve (port DY)

108 107 600

604

602

606

609

TX1166253 —UN—21JUL14

See Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation and see Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

16— From Pump 2 107— To Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 300— Check Valve 301— Poppet 302— Switch Valve

300

Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (control operation)

DF89619,00B55EA -19-12OCT15-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-110

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=710


Theory of Operation

Swing Reduction Gearbox Operation

9

1

8 2 7

3 4

T143016 —UN—14JUN01

6

5

T143016 Swing Gearbox Cross Section 1— Swing Motor Shaft 2— First Stage Planet Gear 3— Ring Gear

4— Second Stage Planet Gear 5— Shaft 6— Second Stage Carrier

Swing gearbox is two stage planetary type gearbox. First and second stage ring gears (3) are attached to gearbox housing. First stage carrier (8) transfers power from first

7— Second Stage Sun Gear 8— First Stage Carrier 9— First Stage Sun Gear

stage sun gear (9) to second stage sun gear (7). Second stage carrier (6) transfers power from second stage sun gear (7) to shaft (5). TP97644,0000040 -19-20SEP06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-111

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=711


Theory of Operation

T143083 —UN—20JUN01

Swing Motor, Crossover Relief Valve, and Make-Up Check Valve Operation

1— Swing Crossover Relief Valve 4— Brake Pack 5— Piston 2— Spring 6— Shaft 3— Brake Piston 7— Swash Plate

8— Shoe 9— Housing 10— Cylinder Block 11— Valve Plate

Swing Motor—The swing motor is a fixed displacement axial piston motor consisting of swash plate (7), cylinder block (10), valve plate (11), housing (9) and swing park brake (spring (2), brake piston (3) and brake pack (4)). Piston (5) is inserted into cylinder block (10) which is splined to shaft (6). Piston (5) is pushed by pressurized

oil from pump. Shoe (8) slides over swash plate (7) so that cylinder block (10) rotates. Shaft (6) is splined to the first stage sun gear of swing reduction gearbox. Therefore, the rotation of shaft (6) is transmitted to the swing reduction gearbox. See Swing Reduction Gearbox Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-112

12— Cover

TP97644,0000041 -19-20DEC06-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=712


T143098 —UN—20JUN01

Theory of Operation

Swing Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve 13— Make-Up Check Valve 14— Poppet 15— Crossover Relief Valve

16— Passage 17— Piston 18— Cavity 19— Cavity

20— Passage 21— Cavity 22— Spring 23— Poppet

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-113

24— Orifice

TP97644,0000041 -19-20DEC06-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=713


Theory of Operation

23 24

20

22

16 17

15

TX1012651 —UN—05OCT06

26 19 21

25

18

TX1012651 15— Crossover Relief Valve 16— Passage 17— Piston

18— Cavity 19— Cavity 20— Passage 21— Cavity

22— Spring 23— Poppet 24— Orifice 25— Low Pressure Port

Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve—The swing motor crossover relief valves are direct acting relief valves with a shock reducing function. Low Pressure Relief Operation (Shockless Function): Pressure at port (26) flows into cavity (19) through poppet (23). Pressure oil from cavity (19) flows into cavity (21 and 18) via passages (16 and 20). Cavity (18) is larger than cavity (21) so that the piston moves to the left. A pressure difference is created from one side of the poppet to the other. When pressure difference is increased more than spring force, the poppet is open, pressure oil flows to port (25). When piston reaches full stroke the pressure difference is eliminated, the poppet is closed and the pressure in the swing circuit will reach set pressure. High Pressure Relief Operation (Overload Prevention): After the piston is moved full stroke, the spring is

26— High Pressure Port

compressed, circuit pressure becomes the set-pressure. If pressure at port (26) increases more than the spring set-pressure, the poppet is open and pressure oil flows to port (25). When pressure at port (26) is reduced to the specified level, the poppet is closed by the spring force. Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve—When the swing control lever is returned to the neutral position while the upperstructure is in motion, the weight of the upperstructure will continue to turn the swing motor which causes it to act like a pump. The flow caused by the pumping action of the swing motor cannot flow through the control valve because the work ports are blocked by the valve spool. The high pressure oil is forced through the crossover relief valve. The make-up check valve (13) provides oil to the low pressure side of the swing motor to prevent cavitation. TP97644,0000041 -19-20DEC06-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-114

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=714


Theory of Operation

Swing Motor Dampener Valve Operation 2

2

BCD

E 1

Time to Pressure Output Curve For Inlet Side 1— Time 2— Pressure

C D E

4

3 1 Time to Pressure Output Curve For Return Side

3— Without Swing Dampener Valve

4— With Swing Dampener Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

B TX1014237 —UN—20NOV06

A

TX1014236 —UN—20NOV06

A

9025-05-115

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-1/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=715


Theory of Operation

17 16

7

5

15

14

13

12

11

10

8

9

16

TX1014230 —UN—21DEC06

6

18 19 22 23 TX1014230 Swing Dampener Valves—When Relieving 5— Swing Dampener Valve A 6— Swing Dampener Valve B 7— Orifice 8— Spring

9— Poppet 10— Chamber M 11— Ball 12— Plunger 13— Spring 14— Chamber N 15— Piston

16— Spring Chamber 17— Swing Motor 18— Control Valve Swing Spool 19— High Pressure Oil

The function of swing dampener valves A (5) and B (6) is to relieve the pressure spike and aftershock at swing motor (17) when control valve swing spool (18) is returned to neutral. In neutral, the swing spool stops the flow of supply oil to the inlet side of swing motor and blocks the flow of return oil from the return side. As the swing motor continues to rotate due to the inertia force of upperstructure, pressure in the return side increases momentarily. The inlet side of

swing motor goes to a lower pressure. When the swing motor stops rotating, an aftershock or pressure increase is created at the inlet side of swing motor. The swing crossover relief valves and swing dampener valves relieve the pressure increase and aftershock as shown by the time (1) to pressure (2) output curves. Between A and B (when relieving), the swing crossover relief valves and swing dampener valves operate as follows:

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

22— Trapped Oil 23— Return or Pressure-Free Oil

9025-05-116

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-2/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=716


Theory of Operation 3. When pressure increase becomes greater than the force of springs (8 and 13), plunger, ball, and poppet are pushed to the right compressing the springs.

Swing Crossover Relief Valves: 1. High pressure oil (19) of the pressure spike at return side of swing motor (17) is relieved to inlet side through the swing crossover relief valves. See Swing Motor, Crossover Relief Valve, and Make-Up Check Valve Operation.

Swing Dampener Valve B (6): 1. High pressure oil flows through inner passage to spring chamber (16). 2. When pressure increase becomes greater than the force of springs, the piston, plunger, ball, and poppet are pushed to the left compressing the springs.

Swing Dampener Valve A (5): 1. High pressure oil pushes the ball (11) off seat of poppet (7) and then flows through the plunger (12) to chamber N (14). 2. Pressure in chamber N increases pushing the piston (15) against the plug.

The valves remain at this state until the high pressure oil on return side of swing motor begins to decrease (B to C—pressure begins to decrease). TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-3/12

2

2

BCD

E 1

Time to Pressure Output Curve For Inlet Side 1— Time 2— Pressure

C D E

4

3 1 Time to Pressure Output Curve For Return Side

3— Without Swing Dampener Valve

4— With Swing Dampener Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

B TX1014237 —UN—20NOV06

A

TX1014236 —UN—20NOV06

A

9025-05-117

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-4/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=717


Theory of Operation

17

16

7 8

10 5

15

14 13 12

9

11

TX1014232 —UN—21DEC06

6

19 18

20 22

TX1014232 Swing Dampener Valves—Pressure Begins to Decrease 5— Swing Dampener Valve A 6— Swing Dampener Valve B 7— Orifice 8— Spring

9— Poppet 10— Chamber M 11— Ball 12— Plunger 13— Spring 14— Chamber N

15— Piston 16— Spring Chamber 17— Swing Motor 18— Control Valve Swing Spool

When swing motor (17) rotation due to the inertia force of upperstructure is reduced, the pressure spike at return side of swing motor also decreases. Between B and C (pressure begins to decrease) the swing dampener valves operate as follows: Swing Dampener Valve A (5): 1. When pressure spike at return side of swing motor (17) begins to decrease to medium pressure oil (20), pressure in chamber N (14) also begins to decrease.

When pressure becomes less than force of spring (13), plunger (12) is pushed to the left. 2. At the same time, poppet (9) is pushed to the left by its spring (8). Poppet moves more slowly because oil in chamber M (10) must flow through the orifice (7) causing pressure in chamber M to increase. 3. Therefore, the plunger moves away from the poppet opening a passage for pressure oil to flow from the return side to inlet side of swing motor.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

19— High Pressure Oil 20— Medium Pressure Oil 22— Trapped Oil

9025-05-118

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-5/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=718


Theory of Operation 4. As pressure oil flows to the other side, pressure in the return side is controlled and aftershock is reduced.

The valves remain at this state until the pressure spike at return side of swing motor decreases more (C to D—pressure at return side decreases).

Swing Dampener Valve B (6): 1. No operation between B to C—pressure begins to decrease.

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-6/12

2

2

BCD

E 1

Time to Pressure Output Curve For Inlet Side 1— Time 2— Pressure

C D E

4

3 1 Time to Pressure Output Curve For Return Side

3— Without Swing Dampener Valve

4— With Swing Dampener Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

B TX1014237 —UN—20NOV06

A

TX1014236 —UN—20NOV06

A

9025-05-119

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-7/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=719


Theory of Operation

17

8

7

9

10 5

8

11

10

12

13

14

6

15

14

7

TX1014233 —UN—21DEC06

9

19 21 18 TX1014233 Swing Dampener Valves—Pressure at Return Side Decreases 5— Swing Dampener Valve A 6— Swing Dampener Valve B 7— Orifice 8— Spring

9— Poppet 10— Chamber M 11— Ball 12— Plunger 13— Spring 14— Chamber N

15— Piston 16— Spring Chamber 17— Swing Motor 18— Control Valve Swing Spool

(10) must flow through the orifice (7) causing pressure in chamber M to increase.

When swing motor (17) rotation due to the inertia of upperstructure is reduced, the pressure spike at return side of swing motor also decreases. Between C and D (pressure at return side decreases) the swing dampener valves operate as follows:

Swing Dampener Valve B (6):

Swing Dampener Valve A (5): 1. Poppet (9) continues to be pushed to the left by its spring (8) but moves slowly because oil in chamber M

1. When pressure spike at return side of swing motor decreases to low pressure oil (21), pressure in chamber N (14) also decreases. When pressure becomes less than force of spring (13), plunger (12) is pushed to the right.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

19— High Pressure Oil 21— Low Pressure Oil

9025-05-120

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-8/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=720


Theory of Operation 2. At the same time, poppet (9) is pushed to the right by its spring (8). Poppet moves slowly because oil in chamber M (10) must flow through the orifice (7) causing pressure in chamber M to increase. 3. Therefore, the plunger moves away from the poppet opening a passage for pressure oil to flow from the return side to inlet side of swing motor. Pressure oil now acts on ball (11) and poppet pushing the ball and poppet to the right compressing spring (8).

4. As the pressure oil flows to the inlet side, aftershock pressure in the return side is relieved promptly to the inlet side. The valves remain at this state until the aftershock pressure is sensed at the inlet side (D to E—during aftershock).

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-9/12

2

2

BCD

E 1

Time to Pressure Output Curve For Inlet Side 1— Time 2— Pressure

C D E

4

3 1 Time to Pressure Output Curve For Return Side

3— Without Swing Dampener Valve

4— With Swing Dampener Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

B TX1014237 —UN—20NOV06

A

TX1014236 —UN—20NOV06

A

9025-05-121

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-10/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=721


Theory of Operation

17

16

7

5

15

14

13 12

11

10

8

9

TX1014234 —UN—21DEC06

6

20 18

21

TX1014234 Swing Dampener Valves—During Aftershock 5— Swing Dampener Valve A 6— Swing Dampener Valve B 7— Orifice 8— Spring

9— Poppet 10— Chamber M 11— Ball 12— Plunger 13— Spring 14— Chamber N

15— Piston 16— Spring Chamber 17— Swing Motor 18— Control Valve Swing Spool

When swing motor (17) stops rotating, the pressure spike at the inlet side of swing motor increases causing an aftershock. Between D and E (during aftershock) the swing dampener valves operate as follows: Swing Dampener Valve A (5): 1. Medium pressure oil (20) from inlet side of swing motor acts on ball (11) and poppet (9) through inner passage. Ball and poppet are pushed to the right compressing spring (8).

Swing Dampener Valve B (6): 1. Medium pressure oil from inlet side of swing motor pushes the ball off seat of poppet and oil flows through inner passage to the return side of swing motor. The valves repeat these operation until pressure spike is controlled and aftershock is relieved.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

20— Medium Pressure Oil 21— Low Pressure Oil

9025-05-122

TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-11/12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=722


Theory of Operation

When pressures at the inlet and return side of swing motor decrease completely, the dampener valves stop operating. TP97644,00000AF -19-22JUN10-12/12

Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation 52

1 2

3

8 5

4

7

TX1002396 —UN—09JAN06

6

TX1002396 Swing Park Brake Release Circuit Operation 1— Spring 2— Brake Piston 3— Orifice

4— Check Valve 5— Brake Piston Chamber

Releasing Park Brake—When any dig or swing function is operated, the swing park brake release pilot valve is shifted allowing pilot pressure oil through check valve (4) to move brake piston (2). As brake piston moves, plate (7) and friction plate (6) disengage, which releases the swing park brake. Applying Park Brake—When the dig or swing control lever is returned to neutral, the swing park brake release pilot valve stops the flow of pilot oil to the swing motor.

6— Friction Plate 7— Plate 8— Cylinder Block

52— Swing Motor

The spring (1) pushes the brake piston down, forcing the oil through the orifice (3) into the swing motor case. The orifice prevents the brake piston from moving quickly and delays the application of the swing park brake until the upperstructure is stopped or nearly stopped. The spring force on the brake piston engages the friction plate (6), which acts on the cylinder block (8), and the plate (7), which acts on the inside of the swing motor housing, securing the upperstructure from moving. TP97644,0000042 -19-24JAN08-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-123

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=723


Theory of Operation

Center Joint Operation 2 3 2

4

3

4

5

6 5 1

6

1

1

4 6

6 2

6

4

5 3

1

3

2 T143136 —UN—27JUN01

5 7 8 9

T143136

1

Center Joint 1— Drain 2— Left Travel Forward 3— Left Travel Reverse

4— Right Travel Forward 5— Right Travel Reverse

The center joint is a 360° rotary manifold. It allows oil to flow to and from the travel motors without twisting hoses when the upper structure is rotated. The inner spindle is connected to the upper structure and the housing is connected to the undercarriage. The housing rotates about the spindle during swing operation.

6— Travel Speed Change 7— Return Oil 8— Supply Oil

9— Pilot Oil

Oil flows into and through the spindle to passages in the housing, and then out of the housing to the travel motors. Sealing rings stop oil from leaking between the spindle and housing into adjacent passages.

TP97644,0000043 -19-09AUG06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-124

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=724


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-125

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=725


Theory of Operation

Travel Motor and Park Brake Valve Operation

60

61 75B

B

75A

A

37

72

64

64 B

110A

A 63

65

66

67

110B

68 71

70

604 606 TX1085865

TX1085865 —UN—29FEB12

69

62

Travel Motor and Brake Valve Schematic

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-126

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-1/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=726


Theory of Operation 37— From Solenoid Valve Manifold—Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SI) 60— Right Travel Device 61— Right Travel Motor 62— Left Travel Device 63— Left Travel Motor

64— Travel Park Brake 65— Servo Piston 66— Travel Speed Change Valve 67— Shuttle Valve 68— Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve 69— Check Valve 70— Orifice

71— Counterbalance Valve 72— Center Joint 75A— From Right Travel Spool Bottom Port—Reverse 75B— From Right Travel Spool Top Port—Forward 110A— From Left Travel Spool Top Port—Forward

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-127

110B— From Left Travel Spool Bottom Port—Reverse 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-2/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=727


Theory of Operation

22

23

2

3

4 6

7

TX1002506 —UN—10JAN06

5

1

8 21

TX1002506 Travel Motor and Brake Valve Components 1— Drive Shaft 2— Valve Plate 3— Cylinder Block

4— Travel Park Brake 5— Piston (9 used) 6— Ball Guide

7— Swash Plate 8— Servo Piston 21— Spring 22— Park Brake Piston

23— Brake Valve Housing

Travel Motor and Brake Valve—The travel motor is a variable-displacement, swash plate, axial-piston type motor that includes the brake valve housing (23) and travel park brake (4). Brake valve housing consist of the following components:

hydraulically released (negative type). The brake is released when travel function is actuated and supply oil is routed to the park brake piston by the counterbalance valve. The brake is applied when no functions or only the dig and swing functions are actuated.

• Travel Speed Change Valve • Shuttle Valve • Orifice • Counterbalance Valve • Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve (2 used) • Check Valve (2 used)

When travel function is released, the counterbalance valve returns to center position blocking the supply oil acting on park brake piston (22). The disk spring pushing against the park brake piston forces the oil to flow through the orifice in the piston and into propel motor housing. The delay caused by oil flowing through the orifice is enough to slow engagement to ensure that park brake is only fully applied after the machine has stopped.

Travel Park Brake—The travel park brake is a wet-type multi-disk brake. The brake is spring applied and

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-128

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=728


Theory of Operation

144

67

66

143

65 141

140

TX1001826 —UN—07FEB06

142 149

TX1001826 Travel Motor Slow Speed Operation 65— Servo Piston 66— Travel Speed Change Valve 67— Shuttle Valve

140— Swash Plate 141— Piston (9 used) 142— Orifice

143— Spring 144— From Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

Travel Motor Slow Speed—At slow speed (turtle), the oil acting on the travel speed change valve (66) is open to return through the travel speed solenoid valve (144). Travel speed change valve is held up by the spring (143). See Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation for more information.

149— Return Oil

travel speed change valve blocks the flow of supply oil to the servo piston. Supply oil from the pressurized motor work port is routed to the valve by the shuttle valve (67). The swash plate (140) is held at maximum displacement. At maximum displacement the motor turns at slow speed with high torque.

The oil acting on the servo piston (65) is routed to return through the center of travel speed change valve. The Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-129

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=729


Theory of Operation

144

67

66

143

65 141

140

TX1001831 —UN—07FEB06

142 145 147 149 TX1001831 Travel Motor Fast Speed Operation 65— Piston 66— Travel Speed Change Valve 67— Shuttle Valve

140— Swash Plate 141— Servo Piston 142— Orifice 143— Spring

144— From Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI) 145— Supply Oil

Travel Motor Fast (Rabbit) Speed—At fast speed (rabbit), pilot oil (147) from the travel speed solenoid valve (144) pushes the travel speed change valve down. See Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation for more information. Supply oil (145) flows from the motor work port, through the shuttle valve (67), travel speed change valve, orifice

(142), and to the servo piston (65). The piston then moves the swash plate (140) to its minimum angle. At minimum angle, the travel motors turn at fast speed with reduced torque. Orifice controls the flow of supply oil to the piston to modulate the change in speed.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

147— Pilot Oil 149— Return Oil

9025-05-130

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-5/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=730


Theory of Operation

1

2

3

22

21

4

6

14

15 5 10 18

23

13 7

9

144

146

145

149

12

65 66 61

71

68

67

B

A

64

TX1002508

69

11

16

17

TX1002508 —UN—11JAN06

60

Brake Valve Housing—Braking Operation

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-131

TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=731


Theory of Operation 1— Travel Motor Work Port 2— Travel Motor Work Port 3— Orifice 4— Counterbalance Valve 5— Check Valve 6— Check Valve 7— Orifice 9— Piston 10— Shuttle Valve 11— To Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (SI)

12— Spring 13— Poppet 14— Restriction 15— Not Used 16— To Control Valve Work Port 17— To Control Valve Work Port 18— To Fast Speed Servo Piston 21— To Park Brake Piston

Counterbalance Valve (4)—When the travel spools in the control valve are in neutral, counterbalance valve is held in the center position by springs (22). Both travel motor work ports (1 and 2) are open to return through the control valve return passage. The check valves (5 and 6) and counterbalance valve traps the oil in each motor holding them stationary. When travel function is first actuated, supply oil pressure builds on one side of motor due to the motor's resistance to turning and because the check valve (5) and counterbalance valve blocks the flow of return oil from the motor. The increased pressure is sensed at the end of counterbalance valve through orifice (3) and begins to shift the counterbalance valve. As the valve shifts, a path is opened for return oil to flow to the control valve. Supply oil flows to the park brake piston (21) to release the travel park brake (64). Supply oil flows around counterbalance valve and opens the check valve (6) to supply the motor. When a machine is traveling down a hill, the weight can cause it to overrun the travel motors. Overrunning would cause faster travel than desired and cavitation in the motors. As pressure decreases in the work port of motor, the spring begins to shift the counterbalance valve

22— Spring 23— To Travel Motor 61— Travel Motor 64— Travel Park Brake 65— Servo Piston 66— Travel Speed Change Valve 67— Shuttle Valve 68— Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve

69— Check Valve 71— Counterbalance Valve 144— Medium Pressure Oil 145— High Pressure Oil 146— Low Pressure Oil 149— Return Oil

towards the neutral position. A restriction (14) is created restricting the flow of return oil (149) from the motor and keeps the motor from turning faster than desired. Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valves (68)—The crossover relief valves are direct acting relief valves with a shock reducing function. As oil flows through the orifice (7) and moves the piston (9), a pressure difference is created from one side of the poppet (13) to the other. The pressure difference allows the poppet to open below the set pressure to reduce pressure spikes. Once the piston reaches full stroke, the pressure difference is eliminated and the pressure in the travel circuit increases to the set pressure. Check Valves—When the travel control lever is returned to the neutral position while the machine is in motion, the inertia of machine continues to turn the travel motor which causes it to act like a pump. High pressure oil (145) is then created in the return side of motor and low pressure oil (146) on the other. When pressure in the return side becomes higher than the low pressure side of motor, the check valve (6) is pushed open. Return oil from the return side flows to low pressure side preventing cavitation. TP97644,0000044 -19-24SEP18-7/7

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-132

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=732


Theory of Operation

Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation B34

B35

B37

B32

143 141

S11 47 142

B38 48 B36

144

63

TX1012677 —UN—05OCT06

Y25 61 66

147

TX1012677 Travel Motor Speed Circuit Fast Speed Operation B32— Front Attachment Pressure B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure (port TR) Sensor B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure S11— Travel Speed Switch Sensor Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure Valve (port SI) Sensor

Travel Motor Slow (Turtle) SpeedWhen the travel speed switch (S11) is in the slow (turtle) position, the travel speed solenoid valve (Y25) is de-energized. The travel speed change valve (66) is open to return through the travel speed solenoid valve, and the travel motors are at slow speed. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Travel Motor Fast (Rabbit) Speed—When travel speed switch is in the fast (rabbit) speed (143) position, the travel speed solenoid valve (Y25) is energized. Pilot oil (147) is routed to the travel speed change valve (66), and the travel motors are shifted to fast speed. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) The solenoid for travel speed solenoid valve is energized only when all of the following conditions are met:

47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SB) 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve (port SA) 61— Right Travel Motor 63— Left Travel Motor 66— Travel Speed Change Valve

• Travel speed switch is at fast (rabbit) speed position • Travel pressure sensor is on • Front attachment pressure sensor is off • Either pump 1 or pump 2 delivery pressure sensor must indicate low pressure

• Either pump 1 or pump 2 control pressure sensor must indicate high pressure

See System Functional Schematic, Component Location, and Wiring Diagram Master Legend for electrical circuit information. (Group 9015-10.) Once the machine is operating in fast (rabbit) speed, a dig or swing function will not cause the travel speed to change to slow (turtle) speed, even though pressure is sensed at the front attachment pressure sensor.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

141— Main Controller 142— Slow (Turtle) Speed 143— Fast (Rabbit) Speed 144— Electrical Voltage 147— Pilot Oil

9025-05-133

TP97644,0000045 -19-05JAN07-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=733


Theory of Operation

1 2

5

4

3 6 9

12

10

6 11

8

13

11 9 10

14 8

15

TX1012678

TX1012678 —UN—05OCT06

7

Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)—Energized 1— Solenoid Valve Manifold 2— Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG) 3— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

4— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) 5— Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) 6— Solenoid 7— Adjusting Screw

Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)—The solenoid (6) for travel speed solenoid valve (3) is a proportional solenoid type. The solenoid is activated by an electrical signal from the main controller. The electrical signal is DC voltage that is turned on and off to form a pulse-width modulated signal. Solenoid reacts to the “average” voltage to create a magnetic force to shift the spool (11) left against the spring. When shifted left, reduced pilot oil (14) is sent to the travel speed change valve (9). The reduced pilot oil pressure is in proportion to the electrical signal to the solenoid. When de-energized, the spool is pushed to the right by the spring. The valve function port is then connected to the hydraulic oil tank (10).

8— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 13— Pilot Oil Valve 14— Reduced Pilot Oil 9— To Travel Speed Change Valve 15— Return Oil 10— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 11— Spool 12— Pressure Equals Magnetic Force

When energized, the magnetic force shifts the spool left against the spring. Pilot oil (13) flows past the spool flange and out the valve function port as reduced pilot oil (14) to the travel speed change valve. Because the flange on the right is larger than the flange on the left, the spool is pushed to the right against the magnetic force as the electrical signal to the solenoid increases. When the reduced pilot oil pressure becomes equal to or greater than the magnetic force, the spool is pushed to the right, closing the passage. The reduced pilot oil to the travel speed change valve is trapped. The spool is moving constantly to maintain the reduced pilot oil pressure in response to the electrical signal to the solenoid. TP97644,0000045 -19-05JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-134

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=734


Theory of Operation

TX1073387 —UN—30APR10

Cylinder Operation

Cylinder Operation A—Snap Ring B—Wiper Seal C—Back-Up Ring D—U-Cup Seal E—Buffer Ring

F— Wear Ring G—Snap Ring H—Piston I— Buffer Ring (2 used) J— Wear Ring (2 used)

Boom, Arm, and Bucket Cylinders The boom, arm, and bucket cylinders are similar in design. The bucket cylinder (R) is illustrated. The rod guide (Q) is fastened to the cylinder barrel with cap screws and is fitted with a wear ring (F) held in place by a snap ring (G). A buffer ring (E), U-cup seal (D), back-up ring (C), and wiper seal (B) are used in the rod guide. A snap ring (A) is used to help hold wiper seal in place. The U-cup seal (D) is protected against high pressure by the buffer ring (E) and stops the small amount of oil that may pass by the buffer ring. The piston (H) is a slip fit on the cylinder rod (P) and is retained with a nut (M). A set screw (L) prevents loosening

K—Cap Seal L— Set Screw M—Nut N—Cushion O—Barrel P—Cylinder Rod

Q—Rod Guide R—Bucket Cylinder

of the nut. The piston is fitted with a cap seal (K), wear rings (J), and buffer rings (I). Boom, bucket, and arm cylinders have a cushion (N) in front of the piston to provide cushioning action in cylinder extension. As the cylinder nears the end of its stroke, the cushion enters a bore in the rod guide. The remaining return oil ahead of the piston must flow through a small clearance between the cushion and rod guide. Only the arm cylinder is cushioned in retraction. The end of the rod enters a bore in the head end of cylinder. The remaining return oil ahead of the piston and nut must flow through this small clearance as the cylinder bottoms out in this direction. TP97644,0000046 -19-26JUN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-135

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=735


Theory of Operation

TX1012944 —UN—10OCT06

Return Filter Operation

Return Filter Operation 1— Return Filter Bypass Operation 2— Return Filter Normal Operation

3— Bypass Valve 4— Filter Element 5— Return Oil From Oil Cooler

The filter element (4) is located in a chamber inside the hydraulic oil tank. O-rings are used at each end of the filter element to prevent leakage. A spring holds the filter element on its seat. Return oil from the oil cooler (5) and the control valve (6) flow through the filter element from the outside to the center. Filtered oil flows out the bottom of filter into the hydraulic oil tank.

6— Return Oil From Control Valve

surges in the return circuit and allows a path for return oil if the filter element becomes plugged. During bypass operation, oil flows into the chamber faster than it can flow through the filter element causing the pressure to increase. The higher pressure forces the bypass valve open allowing oil to flow down the center of the filter element and into the hydraulic oil tank. The bypass valve closes when the pressure decreases below the pressure setting of the bypass valve.

A bypass valve (3) is located at the top of the filter. The valve opens to protect the filter element against pressure TP97644,0000047 -19-05JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-136

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=736


Theory of Operation

Auxiliary System Operation

• Low Flow Kit, for more information, see Low Flow Kit

NOTE: For auxiliary attachments to work properly multiple kits may be required.

• Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit, for more information,

Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

The auxiliary system consist of a pilot control system to shift the auxiliary control valve spool. The shifted auxiliary control valve spool allows high pressure oil flow to work port of the auxiliary attachment depending on attachment and kits installed.

see Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • Two Way Solenoid Kit Operation, for more information, see Two Way Solenoid Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • Two Way Foot Pedal Kit. • One Way Foot Switch. For more information on attachment and required kits to operate go to info to go at www.dealernet.deere.com.

The following kits are available for auxiliary attachments:

• Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit, for more information, see

Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

• Two Pump Combined Flow Kit, for more information,

see Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) JJ03229,000087A -19-14AUG13-1/1

Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Operation The auxiliary pilot control valve regulates the pilot oil pressure to actuate the pilot valve in the pilot signal manifold and to shift the auxiliary control valve spool to actuate the auxiliary functions.

See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for pilot valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Operation of Control Valve Operation for control valve operation. (Group 9025-05.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-137

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-1/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=737


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-138

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=738


Theory of Operation

TX1142562 —UN—09SEP13

28

P

A3 A2 A1

T4

T2 T1 T3

PH

37 Y23

Y22

Y25

Y24

604

HT

B34

B30

609

9

I

10

J

TR K

101

11

104 41

74

12

K

4

D

SA

117 101 107 95

SN

110

97

3

108

SP

C

2 B SB

171 118

46 47

B31

SK 1

77 94

90

81

85

56

A

SH

44

76 75

120

SL

93

45

42

SE

73 85

B33

B45

8

H

7

G

6

F

S3

E

5 13

M

SM N 14

TX1142562 Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Schematic (auxiliary spool shown shifted) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-139

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=739

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-2/9


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-140

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=740


Theory of Operation 28— Pilot Pump 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 75— Right Travel Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 76— Bucket Spool 42— Boom Down Shockless 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (port SL) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 45— Swing Park Brake Release Valve (valve and check Pilot Valve (port SH) valve) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool (port SK) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SB) 95— Swing Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

104— Boom 2 Spool B33— Swing Pressure Sensor 107— Auxiliary Spool B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate B45— Attachment Pressure Control Valve Sensor 110— Left Travel Spool Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid 117— Main Relief (marked SF) 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Y23— Arm Regenerative Combiner Valve Solenoid (marked SC) 120— Travel Flow Combiner Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (marked SG) 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Solenoid Valve (marked SI) 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-141

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-3/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=741


Theory of Operation

5 6

4 7

3 8

9 2 10

11

1

15 8

6

12 12

1

11

10

13 14

TX1000485

TX1000485 —UN—02FEB11

12

Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-142

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-4/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=742


Theory of Operation 1— Spool 2— Washer 3— Spring Guide 4— Plunger 5— Adjustment Screw 6— Pedal 7— Sleeve

8— Balance Spring 9— Return Spring 10— To Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Port T2 11— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Port A3

One pilot control valve is used to control the auxiliary functions. The pilot control valve contains two valve assemblies. The valves are controlled by movement of the pedals against the plunger (4). The ports (10, 11, and 12) in housing are identified by numbers and letters next to each port. In neutral, the spool is pushed up by the return spring (8) pushing the plunger up. The return springs hold the pedal in the neutral position. With the spool up, ports 13 and 14 to the control valve pilot cap (12) are open to pilot shutoff solenoid valve port T2 (10) through the passage and holes in spool. Pilot oil from the pilot shutoff solenoid valve port A3 (11) is blocked by the spool. When the pedal is pushed to actuate an auxiliary function, the pedal pushes the plunger and spring guide down against the return spring and balance spring. The balance spring pushes the spool down. As the spool is pushed down and the holes move through the deadband area, the

12— Port 13 or 14 To Control Valve Pilot Cap 13— Pilot Oil 14— Return Oil 15— Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve—Full Stroke

passage from control valve pilot cap to the hydraulic oil tank is closed and then opened to the pilot oil from pilot shutoff solenoid valve. Pilot oil pressure increases until it is equal to the force applied by the balance spring pushing the spool moves up until the oil flow through the holes is blocked in the deadband area. With the oil flow blocked, the control valve spool is held stationary until the pedal is again actuated. When the pedal is pushed to full stroke, the plunger is pushed down farther by the balance spring opening the passage through the spool to pilot oil pressure. When pressure to the control valve pilot cap is equal to the force applied by the balance spring, the spool moves up until it contacts the plunger. The plunger holds the spool down so the passage through the spool remains open to pilot oil pressure. Oil pressure to the control valve pilot cap now approximately equals pilot oil pressure.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-143

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-5/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=743


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-144

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=744


Theory of Operation

TX1141687 —UN—09SEP13

28

P

A3 A2 A1

T4

T2 T1 T3

37 Y23

Y22

Y25

Y24

HT

PH

B34

B30

9

I

10

J

TR K

101

11

104 41

74

12

K

4

D

SA

117 101 107 95

SN

110

97

SP

3

108

C

2 B

171

SB

46

118 SK

47

B31 1

77

56

94

A

SH SL

90

85

81

76 75

120

44

93

SE

73 B33

85

B45

149

45 42

8

H

7

G

6

F

S3

E

5 13

M

148 SM N

604

14

609 TX1141687 Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Operation of Control Valve (auxiliary spool shown shifted) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-145

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=745

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-6/9


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-146

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=746


Theory of Operation 28— Pilot Pump 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 75— Right Travel Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 76— Bucket Spool 42— Boom Down Shockless 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (port SL) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 45— Swing Park Brake Release Valve (valve and check Pilot Valve (port SH) valve) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool (port SK) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SB) 95— Swing Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 148— Auxiliary Pilot Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pilot Pressure reducing Valve 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 604— Return Oil

609— Pilot Oil B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (marked SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid (marked SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (marked SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SI)

DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-7/9

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Operation- When auxiliary solenoid valve (148) is shifted, pilot oil (609) is sent to pilot signal manifold port M (221). Pilot signal manifold port 13 outputs pilot oil to the control valve auxiliary valve spool. This shifts control valve auxiliary spool and high-pressure oil is output on port B7 of the control valve to the auxiliary attachment.

220

221

TX1136522 —UN—08AUG13

148

149 141— From Pilot Shutoff Valve 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure Reducing Valve 220— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port N

221— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port M 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

141

604

609

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Operation DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-8/9

When auxiliary solenoid valve (148) is shifted, pilot oil (609) is sent to pilot signal manifold port N (220). Pilot signal manifold port 14 outputs pilot oil to the control valve auxiliary valve spool. This shifts control valve auxiliary spool and high-pressure oil is output on port A7 of control valve to the auxiliary attachment. 221— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port M 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

221 148

149

141

604

609

TX1136519 —UN—08AUG13

141— From Pilot Shutoff Valve 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure Reducing Valve 220— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port N

220

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Operation DF89619,00B552D -19-02OCT13-9/9

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-147

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=747


Theory of Operation

Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation 41B 93 118

The function of the flow rate select solenoid valve (156) is to allow for combined oil flow from pump 1 and pump 2, and to provide more or less priority to the functions under the following conditions:

41A

• Two-speed on (combined flow on) • Pressure on attachment pressure sensor (B45)

108

Y44

Y43

Combined with any of these inputs:

• Pressure on arm out pressure sensor (B46) • Pressure on arm out pressure sensor (B46) and boom up pressure sensor (B30)

37

• Pressure on swing pressure sensor (B33) • Pressure on travel pressure sensor (B34)

TX1135894 —UN—21AUG13

219

For more information on sensors, see System Functional Schematic. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: Two-Speed control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

156

When energized, solenoid valve (Y43) sends pilot oil from pilot signal manifold port SM (41A), to pilot signal manifold port SP (41B), to bypass shutoff valve (93), and to auxiliary function flow combiner valve (118). Pilot oil sent to auxiliary function flow combiner valve allows for combined oil flow from pump 1 and pump 2 to operate the attachment. Pilot oil to pilot signal manifold port SP shifts the pump 1 flow rate pilot valve to send full control pressure to pump 1 and bypass shutoff valve allowing pump 1 pressure to increase. When de-energized, 2-speed activation solenoid valve spring tension shifts the valve allowing the circuit to drain to hydraulic oil tank (219).

Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Schematic (2-speed solenoid energized)

When energized, the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve (Y44) routes pilot oil from solenoid valve manifold port PE (37) to auxiliary flow rate control valve (108). This adjusts the auxiliary flow rate control valve to provide more or less priority to the swing and travel functions over the attachment function. The main controller varies the signal to the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve to vary the pilot oil pressure at the auxiliary flow rate control valve. This

37— From Solenoid Valve Manifold Port PE 41A— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SM 41B— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port SP 93— To Bypass Shutoff Valve 108— To Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve

118— To Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve 156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve

allows for adjustment of the priority of the attachment function over arm out, arm out and boom up, swing, and travel using the monitor. For information on adjusting flow rate and priority level, see Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-16.) and see Pump 2 Flow Rate Adjustment. (Operator’s Manual.) When de-energized, the flow rate adjustment solenoid valve spring tension shifts the valve allowing the circuit to drain to hydraulic oil tank. DF89619,00B55EC -19-22SEP15-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-148

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=748


Theory of Operation

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operation

74

The function of the flow rate reducing valve (157) is to control the amount of pump 1 flow that is directed to the auxiliary spool when combining auxiliary with a pump 1 function. Pilot pressure is sent from pilot signal manifold port SN (41) when a pump 1 function is activated. The pilot oil is then routed through the flow rate pressure reducing valve (157) to control valve port SN (74). This shifts the auxiliary flow combiner valve to stop the flow of pump 1 high-pressure oil to the auxiliary spool, “de-combining” the flow. Flow rate reducing valve is adjustable, turn counterclockwise to give auxiliary priority flow over pump 1 functions or clockwise to give pump 1 functions priority over auxiliary. When pilot oil pressure to control valve port SN exceeds set pressure of flow rate reducing valve, the valve shifts allowing pilot oil to control valve port SN to flow to hydraulic oil tank (219) allowing the auxiliary flow combiner valve to shift combining pump 1 and pump 2 high-pressure oil flow. For more information, see Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

157

TX1135893 —UN—22MAY13

219

41

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Schematic 157— Flow Rate Reducing Valve 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank

41— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SN 74— To Control Valve Port SN

JJ03229,000087D -19-05SEP13-1/1

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve Operation

158

The secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve is controlled by settings in MP Dr and Service ADVISOR™. See Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) When the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (158) is activated, valve is shifted and pilot oil from solenoid valve manifold port PE (218) is sent to secondary auxiliary relief control valve (160). This shifts the secondary auxiliary relief control valve to route high-pressure oil to the secondary auxiliary relief valve. When the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve is deactivated, spring tension shifts the valve. Pilot oil to secondary auxiliary relief control valve is sent to hydraulic oil tank (219). This shifts the secondary auxiliary relief control valve to stop routing high-pressure oil to the secondary auxiliary relief valve.

TX1136497 —UN—16MAY13

160

The function of the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (158) is to shift secondary auxiliary relief control valve to open or close high-pressure oil flow to secondary auxiliary relief valve.

218

219

Secondary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve 158— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve 160— To Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve

218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold Port PE 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank

For more information, see Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JJ03229,000087E -19-02JUL13-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-149

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=749


Theory of Operation

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve Operation

217

TX1136498 —UN—16MAY13

The function of the secondary auxiliary relief control valve (160) is to open or close flow of high-pressure oil from head end auxiliary cylinder (217) to secondary auxiliary relief valve (159). When secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve energizes, pilot oil is sent from secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (158) shifting secondary auxiliary relief control valve to open the circuit allowing high-pressure oil flow to secondary auxiliary relief valve. When secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve de-energizes, pilot oil from secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve is routed to hydraulic oil tank and spring tension closes secondary auxiliary relief control valve circuit. For more information, see Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

158

159

160 Secondary Pilot Relief Control Valve 158— From Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve 159— To Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve

160— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve 217— From Head End Auxiliary Cylinder

JJ03229,000087F -19-14JUN13-1/1

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Operation

At pressures below the circuit relief setting, spring tension in the secondary auxiliary relief valve closes flow of auxiliary high-pressure oil from auxiliary attachment to hydraulic oil tank. When pressure exceeds the secondary auxiliary relief valve setting, auxiliary high-pressure oil overcomes spring tension and shifts secondary auxiliary relief valve, opening flow of auxiliary high-pressure oil from auxiliary attachment (160) to hydraulic oil tank. For more information, see Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

TX1136501 —UN—16AUG13

159

The function of the secondary auxiliary relief valve (159) is to limit the auxiliary hydraulic pressure on the work port side of an attachment.

150

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Operation 159— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve

150— From Auxiliary Attachment JJ03229,0000880 -19-16AUG13-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-150

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=750


Theory of Operation

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Operation 155

154

TX1136973 —UN—23MAY13

The function of the selector valve solenoid valve (154) is to shift the selector valve for attachment flow to return to the control valve or directly to hydraulic oil tank (219). NOTE: Selector valve control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine. The selector valve solenoid valve is controlled by MPDr or Service ADVISOR™ . See Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) When the selector valve solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil from solenoid valve manifold port PE (218) is directed to selector valve (155). When the selector valve is de-energized spring tension shifts the spool and pilot oil to the selector will flow to hydraulic oil tank (219). For more information, see Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

218

219

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Schematic 218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold Port PE 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank

154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve 155— To Selector Valve

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company JJ03229,00008A0 -19-16AUG13-1/1

Selector Valve Operation

NOTE: Selector valve control will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

154

222

A

P

One-Way Flow Operation

T

Pilot oil from selector valve solenoid valve (154) shifts selector valve (155) allowing high-pressure oil from auxiliary cylinder rod end (222) to flow directly to hydraulic oil tank (219).

219

DR

TX1136970 —UN—16AUG13

155

The function of the selector valve (155) is to allow the attachment to operate in one-way flow or two-way flow.

37

B

74

Selector Valve Operation

Two-Way Flow Operation Without pilot oil from selector valve solenoid valve, spring tension shifts selector valve allowing high-pressure oil to and from control valve port A7 (74). High-pressure oil is directed to front attachment to operate two modes of use. For example, up-down, in-out, left-right. Return oil then passes through the control valve auxiliary spool to the hydraulic oil tank.

37— To Solenoid Valve Manifold Port DM 74— Control Valve Port A7 154— From Selector Valve Solenoid Valve

155— Selector Valve 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 222— From Auxiliary Cylinder Rod End

For more information, see Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) JJ03229,0000882 -19-14AUG13-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-151

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=751


Theory of Operation

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Operation 156

118

157

150

75 110

13 107

TX1136621 —UN—20AUG13

14 108 76

600

16

TX1136621

604

609

15

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Schematic (auxiliary spool shifted by auxiliary (pilot) (13) and 2 speed active) 13— Auxiliary (pilot) 14— Auxiliary (pilot) 15— Pump 1 16— Pump 2 75— Right Travel Spool 76— Bucket Spool

107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve

150— Auxiliary Cylinder 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— To Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve

The function of auxiliary function flow combiner valve spool (118) is to combine high-pressure oil from pump 1 (15) with high-pressure oil from pump 2 (16) for operation of auxiliary functions.

NOTE: Auxiliary flow combiner valve will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

9025-05-152

JJ03229,0000883 -19-04SEP13-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=752


Theory of Operation

Combined Flow Operation: When the 2-speed activation solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil is sent from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) to left control valve (5-spool) (74) port SM. Pilot oil pressure from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) overcomes tension on spring (3), shifting auxiliary function flow combiner valve spool (118) allowing high-pressure oil from pump 1 (15) and high-pressure oil from pump 2 (16) to combine, creating pump 1 and pump 2 combined flow (17). Check valve (2) prevents back flow of pump 1 high-pressure oil to pump 2 power passages.

74 156

16 15 2

118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve Spool 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— From Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

118 3 600 604 609

157

TX1136622 —UN—25JUN13

2— Check Valve 3— Spring 15— From Pump 1 16— From Pump 2 17— Pump 1 and Pump 2 Combined Flow 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool)

17

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Pump 1 and Pump 2 Combined Flow JJ03229,0000883 -19-04SEP13-2/3

2— Check Valve 3— Spring 15— From Pump 1 16— From Pump 2 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool)

118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve Spool 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— From Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 609— Pilot Oil

16 74 156 16 15 2 118 3

600 609 157

TX1136623 —UN—12JUN13

Decombined Flow Operation (pump 1 priority control): When the 2-speed activation solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil is sent from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) to left control valve (5-spool) (74) port SM. Flow rate pressure reducing valve shifts to allow pilot oil from flow rate pressure reducing valve (157) port SN to flow to auxiliary function flow combiner valve spool (118) port SN. Pilot oil pressure from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) and from flow rate pressure reducing valve (157) being approximately equal, tension in spring (3) shifts spool (118) closing the passage between high-pressure oil from pump 1 (15) and high-pressure oil from pump 2 (16) decombining pump 1 and pump 2 high-pressure oil.

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve No Combined Flow JJ03229,0000883 -19-04SEP13-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-153

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=753


Theory of Operation

Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Operation

93

74

41

The auxiliary shuttle valve (143) allows pilot oil from flow rate select solenoid valve (156) or from boom lower meter cut-in valve (87) to shift bypass shutoff valve (93). Pilot oil from flow rate select solenoid valve port A1 or boom lower meter-in cut valve, via control valve port P19, is sent to bypass shutoff valve, via control valve port SJ2, without backfeeding between the circuits. For more information, see Control Valve Operation and see Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 104— To Boom 2 Spool 109— Plug 143— Auxiliary Shuttle Valve 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve (port A1)

87

156 143

TX1141531 —UN—06AUG13

41— To Pilot Signal Manifold (port SP) 74— To Control Valve (port SM) 87— From Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve (port P19) 93— To Bypass Shutoff Valve (port SJ2)

104

Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Schematic

156

109

143

104

74

93

TX1141532 —UN—06AUG13

87

Auxiliary Shuttle Valve DF89619,00B553C -19-06AUG13-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-154

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=754


Theory of Operation

Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation TX1141686 —UN—20AUG13

74

73

150 110

155

75

76 13

14

154

107

104

81

97

37

90

95 28

124 16

15

600

604

609

TX1141686 Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Schematic (auxiliary spool shifted by auxiliary pilot oil 13) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-155

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=755

DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-1/6


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-156

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=756


Theory of Operation

13— Auxiliary (pilot) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 14— Auxiliary (pilot) 75— Right Travel Spool 15— Pump 1 76— Bucket Spool 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 28— Pilot Pump 90— Arm 2 Spool 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 95— Swing Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool

The function of the auxiliary high flow line kit is to operate auxiliary function in one-way flow operation or two-way flow operation. NOTE: Auxiliary attachments will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 124— Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 150— Auxiliary Cylinder 154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve

155— Selector Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

The selector valve solenoid valve (154) is controlled by Settings in the monitor. See Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation for more information. (Group 9015-15.) DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-2/6

154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve 155— To Selector Valve 218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold Port PE

155

154

219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

604 218

219

609

TX1138748 —UN—17JUN13

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve De-Energized— For operation of selector valve solenoid valve (154) see Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve De-Energized DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-3/6

154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve 155— To Selector Valve 218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold Port PE

155

154

219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

604 218

219

609

TX1138751 —UN—05AUG13

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Energized—For operation of selector valve solenoid valve (154) see Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Energized Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-157

DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=757


Theory of Operation

37— To Solenoid Valve Manifold Port DM 74— Control Valve Port A7 154— From Selector Valve Solenoid Valve 155— Selector Valve

219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 222— From Auxiliary Cylinder Rod End 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

222

155 A

P

154

T

DR

37

B

604 74 219

609

TX1138757 —UN—20AUG13

Selector Valve One-Way Operation— For operation of the selector valve see Selector Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Selector Valve One-Way Operation DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-5/6

37— To Solenoid Valve Manifold Port DM 74— Control Valve Port A7 154— From Selector Valve Solenoid Valve 155— Selector Valve

219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 222— From Auxiliary Cylinder Rod End 604— Return Oil

155

154

222

A

P T

DR

37

B

74 219

604

TX1138756 —UN—20AUG13

Selector Valve Two-Way Operation— For operation of the selector valve see Selector Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Selector Valve Two-Way Operation DF89619,00B5537 -19-01AUG13-6/6

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-158

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=758


Theory of Operation

Two Way Solenoid Kit Operation TX1141687 —UN—09SEP13

28

P

A3 A2 A1

T4

T2 T1 T3

37 Y23

Y22

Y25

Y24

HT

PH

B34

B30

9

I

10

J

TR K

101

11

104 41

74

12

K

4

D

SA

117 101 107 95

SN

110

97

SP

3

108

C

2 B

171

SB

46

118 SK

47

B31 1

77

56

94

A

SH SL

90

85

81

76 75

120

44

93

SE

73 B33

85

B45

149

45 42

8

H

7

G

6

F

S3

E

5 13

M

148 SM N

604

14

609 TX1141687 Two-Way Solenoid Auxiliary Pilot Operation of Control Valve (auxiliary spool shown shifted) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-159

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=759

DF89619,00B5538 -19-02OCT13-1/4


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-160

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=760


Theory of Operation 28— Pilot Pump 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 75— Right Travel Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 76— Bucket Spool 42— Boom Down Shockless 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (port SL) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 45— Swing Park Brake Release Valve (valve and check Pilot Valve (port SH) valve) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool (port SK) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SB) 95— Swing Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

NOTE: Two way solenoid kit can be used on auxiliary high flow and auxiliary low flow. The function of two way solenoid kit is to operate the auxiliary function from the left or right pilot control lever momentary and proportional switches.

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 148— Auxiliary Pilot Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pilot Pressure reducing Valve 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 604— Return Oil

609— Pilot Oil B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (marked SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid (marked SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (marked SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SI)

Pressure Reducing Valve— The auxiliary pressure reducing valve (149) reduces the pressure to the auxiliary solenoid valve (148) to limit the control valve auxiliary spool movement. The pressure reducing valve is adjustable, turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure and counterclockwise to decrease pressure.

NOTE: The right pilot control lever switches are standard from the factory, left pilot control lever switches are a field kit installation. DF89619,00B5538 -19-02OCT13-2/4

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve— When the auxiliary solenoid valve (148) is shifted, pilot oil (609) is sent to pilot signal manifold port M (221), pilot signal manifold port 13 outputs pilot oil to the control valve auxiliary valve spool. This shifts the control valve auxiliary valve spool and high-pressure oil is output on port B7 of the control valve to the auxiliary attachment.

220

221

TX1136522 —UN—08AUG13

148

149 141— From Pilot Shutoff Valve 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure reducing Valve 220— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port N

221— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port M 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

141

604

609

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Schematic DF89619,00B5538 -19-02OCT13-3/4

When the auxiliary solenoid valve (148) is shifted, pilot oil (609) is sent to pilot signal manifold port N (220), pilot signal manifold port 14 outputs pilot oil to the control valve auxiliary valve spool. This shifts the control valve auxiliary valve spool and high-pressure oil is output on port A7 of the control valve to the auxiliary attachment. 221— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port M 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

221 148

149

141

604

609

TX1136519 —UN—08AUG13

141— From Pilot Shutoff Valve 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure reducing Valve 220— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port N

220

Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Schematic DF89619,00B5538 -19-02OCT13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-161

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=761


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-162

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=762


Theory of Operation

Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation TX1141533 —UN—25SEP13

B46 Y44 157 156

143

Y43

B45

73

28 93 75

90 76

81 171 56 172 14

SM

13 5 S3

6

7

8

SE

SL SH

1

SK

SB

2

15

118

41

3

SP

SN

SA

4

12

D

K

11

TR 10

9

J

I

48

47 45

119

107

108 16

117 108 N

M

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

K

74

95

110 104

600

97

604 609 TX1141533 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Schematic (Y43 energized and Y44 de-energized) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-163

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=763

DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-1/7


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-164

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=764


Theory of Operation 15— Pump 1 75— Right Travel Spool 16— Pump 2 76— Bucket Spool 28— Pilot Pump 81— Boom 1 Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 90— Arm 2 Spool 45— Swing Park Brake Release 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve Pilot Valve 95— Swing Spool 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve 97— Arm 1 Spool 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 107— Auxiliary Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Control Valve (valve and poppet) 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief and Power Dig Valve

118— Auxiliary Function Flow 600— High-Pressure Oil Combiner Valve 604— Return Oil 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 609— Pilot Oil Flow Combiner Valve B45— Attachment Pressure Circuit Sensor 143— Auxiliary Shuttle Valve B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor 156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Y43— 2-Speed Activation Valve Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Select Reducing Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Valve Solenoid Valve 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 172— To Torque Control Solenoid Valve

NOTE: Two pump combined flow kit will not work properly unless appropriate kits are installed on machine.

flow rate control valve (valve and poppet) (108) when multiple function are used with auxiliary attachments.

The function of the two pump combined flow kit is to control auxiliary function flow combiner valve (118) and auxiliary DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-2/7

Auxiliary Shuttle Valve— For more information, see Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) 41— To Pilot Signal Manifold (port SP) 74— To Control Valve (port SM) 87— From Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve (port P19) 93— To Bypass Shutoff Valve (port SJ2)

93

74

41

104— To Boom 2 Spool 143— Auxiliary Shuttle Valve 156— From Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve (port A1)

87

156 143

TX1141531 —UN—06AUG13

104

Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Schematic Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-165

DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=765


Theory of Operation

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operating Below Set Pressure— For more information, see Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

74B

156 143

156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Select Reducing Valve 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve

74A

Y44

157

Y43

B45 28 41A 41B

604

609

TX1142564 —UN—20AUG13

28— Pilot Pump 41A— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SM 41B— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SN 41C— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port SP 74A— To Control Valve Port SY 74B— To Control Valve Port SN 143— To Auxiliary Shuttle Valve

41C

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operating Below Set Pressure DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-4/7

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Above Set Pressure— For more information, see Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

156 143

156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Reducing Valve 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve

74A

Y44

157

Y43

B45 28 41A 41B

604

609

TX1142566 —UN—20AUG13

28— Pilot Pump 41A— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SM 41B— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SN 41C— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port SP 74A— To Control Valve Port SY 74B— To Control Valve Port SN 143— To Auxiliary Shuttle Valve

41C 74B

Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operating Above Set Pressure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-166

DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-5/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=766


Theory of Operation

Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Energized— For more information, see Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

74B

156 143

156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Reducing Valve 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve

74A

Y44

157

Y43

B45 28 41A 41B

604

609

TX1142567 —UN—20AUG13

28— Pilot Pump 41A— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SM 41B— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SN 41C— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port SP 74A— To Control Valve Port SY 74B— To Control Valve Port SN 143— To Auxiliary Shuttle Valve

41C

Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Energized DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-6/7

Flow Rate Solenoid Valve De-Energized— For more information, see Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

156 143

156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Reducing Valve 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y43— 2-Speed Activation Solenoid Valve Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Solenoid Valve

Y43

157

74A

Y44

B45 28 41A 41B

604

609

TX1142569 —UN—20AUG13

28— Pilot Pump 41A— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SM 41B— From Pilot Signal Manifold Port SN 41C— To Pilot Signal Manifold Port SP 74A— To Control Valve Port SY 74B— To Control Valve Port SN 143— To Auxiliary Shuttle Valve

41C 74B

Flow Rate Solenoid Valve De-Energized DF89619,00B5539 -19-09SEP13-7/7

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-167

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=767


Theory of Operation

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Operation

150

110 74

136

107 14

137 108

13 159

160 158

104

Y41

37

95

28

16 600

604

TX1141685

609

TX1141685 —UN—23AUG13

97

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Schematic (auxiliary spool shifted by auxiliary (pilot) (13))

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-168

DF89619,00B553A -19-22AUG13-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=768


Theory of Operation 13— Auxiliary (pilot) 14— Auxiliary (pilot) 16— Pump 2 28— Pilot Pump 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 95— Swing Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool

104— Boom 2 Spool 137— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and 160— Secondary Auxiliary Relief 107— Auxiliary Spool Anticavitation Valve Control Valve 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate 150— Auxiliary Cylinder 600— High-Pressure Oil Control Valve (valve and 158— Secondary Auxiliary Relief 604— Return Oil poppet) Valve Solenoid Valve 609— Pilot Oil 110— Left Travel Spool 159— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid 136— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Valve Valve Anticavitation Valve

Secondary auxiliary relief kit is used when optional attachments are installed on the machine needing work port pressure relief.

line of attachments. The secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (158) is controlled by the main controller and is turned on or off through settings in MPDr or Service ADVISOR™. For more information See Attachment Control Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

NOTE: Secondary auxiliary relief will not work properly unless secondary auxiliary relief kit is installed on machine. The function of the secondary auxiliary relief kit is to give pressure relief to high-pressure oil (600) work side Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

DF89619,00B553A -19-22AUG13-2/4

Auxiliary Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve De-Energized— When the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (158) is de-energized, spring tension shifts secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve to allow pilot oil (609) from secondary auxiliary relief control valve (160) to flow to hydraulic oil tank (219). With no pilot oil pressure to secondary auxiliary relief control valve (160) spring tension shifts secondary auxiliary relief control valve, blocking high-pressure oil (600) from auxiliary attachment work port (217) to secondary auxiliary relief valve (159). 219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

158

160 218

219

600

606

604

609

Auxiliary Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve De-Energized

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

217 TX1135787 —UN—15MAY13

158— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve 159— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve 160— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve 217— From Auxiliary Attachment Work Port 218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold

159

9025-05-169

DF89619,00B553A -19-22AUG13-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=769


Theory of Operation

158— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Solenoid Valve 159— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve 160— Secondary Auxiliary Relief Control Valve 217— From Auxiliary Attachment Work Port 218— From Solenoid Valve Manifold

159 158

217

600 160 218

219— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

219

604 609

TX1136506 —UN—19AUG13

Auxiliary Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Energized— When the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve (159) is energized, the secondary auxiliary relief valve solenoid valve shifts to allow pilot oil (609) to flow to secondary auxiliary relief control valve (160). Pilot oil shifts secondary auxiliary relief control valve, allowing high-pressure oil (600) from auxiliary attachment work port (217) to secondary auxiliary relief valve (159). When pressure from auxiliary attachment work port (217) exceeds set point, secondary auxiliary relief valve (159) opens to allow high-pressure oil (600) to flow to hydraulic oil tank (219).

Auxiliary Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve Energized

DF89619,00B553A -19-22AUG13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-170

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=770


Theory of Operation

Low Flow Kit Operation TX1139037 —UN—20AUG13

LEFT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

RIGHT FORWARD

10

9

11

RIGHT REVERSE

ARM OUT

ARM IN

3

4

12

BOOM DOWN

SWING LEFT

SWING RIGHT

6

5

BUCKET DUMP

BOOM UP

1

2

8

BUCKET CURL

7

R1

144

M P

3

T

P

T

4

2

1

2

P

T

4 1

3

2

P

T

4

1

AUX B1

AUX A1

14

13

3

B1

141

A3

A2

T2

A1

A4

TA

T1

T3 HT

41

PA

145 PD

PC

PG

PD

DH

PF

P

T4

I

J

9

10

K

L

D

12

4

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

M

8

7

6

S3 5 13

N

PH

PE

DE

PE

DP

DK DY

DN DS

DZ PF TR

B34

11

SA

SN

SP

3

2

SB

SK

1

SH SL

SE

SM

14

B33 37

DM

DD SC

SF

SI

56

SG

600

604

606

609

TX1139037 Low Flow Kit Schematic (foot pedal operated) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-171

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=771

DF89619,00B55F4 -19-12SEP13-1/4


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-172

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=772


Theory of Operation

1— Boom Up (pilot) 2— Boom Down (pilot) 3— Arm Out (pilot) 4— Arm In (pilot) 5— Swing Left (pilot) 6— Swing Right (pilot) 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 8— Bucket Dump (pilot)

9— Left Travel Forward (pilot) 10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 13— Auxiliary A1 (pilot) 14— Auxiliary B1 (pilot)

37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 56— To Swing Park Brake 141— Pilot Shutoff Valve 144— Low Flow Control Valve 145— Pilot Low Flow Pump B33— Swing Pressure Sensor

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-173

B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

DF89619,00B55F4 -19-12SEP13-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=773


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-174

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=774


Theory of Operation

TX1139385 —UN—20AUG13

LEFT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

RIGHT FORWARD

10

9

11

RIGHT REVERSE

ARM OUT

ARM IN

3

4

12

BOOM DOWN

SWING LEFT

SWING RIGHT

6

5

BUCKET DUMP

BOOM UP

1

2

8

BUCKET CURL

AUX B1

AUX A1

14

13

7 148

R1

144

M P

3

T

P

T

4

2

1

2

P

T

4 1

3

2

P

T

4

1

3

149 B1

141

A3

A2

T2

A1

A4

TA

T1

T3 HT

41

PA

145 PD

PC

PG

PD

DH

PF

P

T4

I

J

9

10

K

L

D

12

4

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

M

8

7

6

S3 5 13

N

PH

PE

DE

PE

DP

DK DY

DN DS

DZ PF TR

B34

11

SA

SN

SP

3

2

SB

SK

1

SH SL

SE

SM

14

B33 37

DM

DD SC

SF

SI

56

SG

600

604

606

609

TX1139385 Low Flow Kit Schematic (solenoid operated) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-175

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=775

DF89619,00B55F4 -19-12SEP13-3/4


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-176

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=776


Theory of Operation

1— Boom Up (pilot) 2— Boom Down (pilot) 3— Arm Out (pilot) 4— Arm In (pilot) 5— Swing Left (pilot) 6— Swing Right (pilot) 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 8— Bucket Dump (pilot) 9— Left Travel Forward (pilot)

10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 13— Auxiliary A1 (pilot) 14— Auxiliary B1 (pilot) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold

NOTE: The low flow kit will not work properly unless appropriate supporting kits are installed on machine. The function of the low flow kit is to operate auxiliary attachments requiring lower hydraulic flow for operation.

41— Pilot Signal Manifold 56— To Swing Park Brake 141— Pilot Shutoff Valve 144— Low Flow Control Valve 145— Pilot Low Flow Pump 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure Reducing Valve

B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

to the low flow control valve (144). The low flow control valve is operated by pilot control valve, see Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05) High pressure oil flows through the low flow control valve to operate auxiliary attachments requiring reduced pump flow.

A pilot low flow pump (145) is installed to replace the existing pilot pump, this sends high-pressure oil (600) DF89619,00B55F4 -19-12SEP13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-177

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=777


Theory of Operation

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-05-178

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=778


Group 15

Diagnostic Information All Hydraulic Functions Slow DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-1/10

All Hydraulic Functions Slow Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-2/10

• 1

Machine Operation

Verify machine operation. See Cycle Times Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do cycle times meet specification?

NO: Go to Low Pilot Oil Pressure. DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-3/10

• 2

Low Pilot Oil Pressure Check pilot oil pressure. See Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) Does pilot oil pressure meet specification?

YES: Go to Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Low. NO: Adjust, repair, or replace pilot pressure regulating valve. See Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve and Filter Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-4/10

• 3

Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Low

Check pump control pilot pressure. Perform Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Pilot Circuit Obstruction.

Does pump control pilot pressure meet specification?

NO: Check pump 1 or pump 2 flow rate pilot valve. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-5/10

• 4

Pilot Circuit Obstruction

Check pilot circuit for obstructions. See Pilot System Diagram and Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Main Relief Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning.

Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition; not kinked, worn from rubbing, or NO: Repair or replace pilot weather checked? circuit. DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-6/10

• 5

Main Relief Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning

Verify proper main relief valve setting and operation. See Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Restricted Hydraulic Oil Tank Suction Screen.

Do main relief valve settings meet specification?

NO: Adjust, repair, or replace main relief valve. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-1

DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-7/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=779


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Restricted Hydraulic Oil Tank Suction Screen

Inspect hydraulic oil tank suction screen. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

YES: Go to Torque Control Solenoid Malfunction.

Is hydraulic oil tank suction screen free of restriction?

NO: Clean or replace hydraulic oil tank suction screen. DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-8/10

• 7

Torque Control Solenoid Malfunction

Check torque control solenoid connection. Check torque control solenoid. See Proportional Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

Check torque control solenoid valve. See Torque Control Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Worn Pump.

Do torque control solenoid and solenoid valve operate correctly?

NO: Repair or replace torque control solenoid and solenoid valve. DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-9/10

• 8

Worn Pump

Check pump flow. See Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does pump flow meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace pump. See Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B579B -19-28APR16-10/10

Hydraulic Oil Overheats DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-1/11

Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-2/11

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Tank Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

YES: Go to Cooling Package Check.

Is hydraulic oil at proper level?

NO: Fill hydraulic tank to proper level. DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-3/11

• 2

Cooling Package Check

Inspect cooling package for missing or damaged baffles or seals.

YES: Repair or replace parts.

Are baffles or seals missing or damaged?

NO: Go to Restricted Hydraulic Oil Cooler.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-2

DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-4/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=780


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Restricted Hydraulic Oil Cooler

Inspect cooling package.

YES: Go to Fan Drive Malfunction.

Is cooling package free of debris?

NO: Clear debris from cooling package. DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-5/11

• 4

Fan Drive Malfunction

Inspect fan drive.

YES: Go to Machine Lift Capacity Exceeded.

Does fan drive operate properly?

NO: Repair or replace fan drive. See Fan, Fan Guard, and Fan Shroud Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-6/11

• 5

Machine Lift Capacity Exceeded

Check machine lift capacity. See Miscellaneous—Specifications. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Go to Main Relief Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning.

Is amount of weight being lifted within machine lifting capacity?

NO: Reduce amount of weight being lifted. DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-7/11

• 6

Main Relief Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning

Verify proper main relief valve setting and operation. See Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Restricted Hydraulic Oil Return Filter.

Do main relief valve settings meet specification?

NO: Adjust, repair, or replace main relief valve. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-8/11

• 7

Restricted Hydraulic Oil Return Filter

Check hydraulic oil return filter for restriction. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

YES: Replace hydraulic oil tank return filter.

Is hydraulic oil tank return filter restricted?

NO: Go to Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Stuck Open. DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-9/11

• 8

Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Stuck Open

Inspect oil cooler bypass valve. See Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

YES: Go to Restriction Valve Stuck Closed.

Does oil cooler bypass valve operate correctly?

NO: Replace oil cooler bypass valve.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-3

DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-10/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=781


Diagnostic Information

• 9

Restriction Valve Stuck Closed

Inspect oil cooler restriction valve in outlet of hydraulic oil cooler.

YES: Checks complete.

Does restriction valve operate correctly?

NO: Replace restriction valve. DF89619,00B579C -19-28APR16-11/11

No Hydraulic Functions DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-1/8

No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-2/8

• 1

Pilot Shutoff Lever Position

Check position of pilot shutoff lever.

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Malfunction.

Is pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position?

NO: Place pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position. DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-3/8

• 2

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Malfunction

Check pilot shutoff solenoid. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Voltage Check.

Does pilot shutoff solenoid operate correctly?

NO: Repair or replace solenoid. See Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-4/8

• 3

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Voltage Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect pilot shutoff solenoid. Key switch ON. Pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position. Measure voltage at pin 1 and pin 2 of pilot shutoff solenoid connector.

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Valve Pilot Pressure.

Is approximately 24 volts indicated?

NO: See No Hydraulic Functions—Electrical Checks. (Group 9025-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-4

DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-5/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=782


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Pilot Shutoff Valve Pilot Pressure

Measure pressure from solenoid valve manifold port PF to pilot shutoff valve at port P.

• For pilot shutoff solenoid valve port identification, see Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

• For pilot shutoff solenoid valve line identification, see Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Excavator Pattern. (Group 9025-15.)

• For pilot pressure specification, see Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does pressure meet specification?

NO: Verify proper operation of pilot pressure regulating valve. See Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position. Measure pressure at pilot shutoff valve port A4.

• For pilot shutoff solenoid valve port identification, see Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

• For pilot pressure specification, see Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and

YES: Go to Restricted Hydraulic Oil Tank Suction Screen.

Does pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect pilot shutoff valve. See Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Repair or replace as necessary. DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-6/8

• 5

Restricted Hydraulic Oil Tank Suction Screen

Inspect hydraulic oil tank suction screen. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter. (Operator’s Manual.)

YES: Go to Pump Drive Malfunction.

Is hydraulic oil tank suction screen free of restriction?

NO: Clean or replace hydraulic oil tank suction screen. DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-7/8

• 6

Pump Drive Malfunction

Check damper drive (flex coupling). See Damper Drive (Flex Coupling) Remove and Install. (Group 0752.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does damper drive (flex coupling) operate correctly?

NO: Repair or replace damper drive (flex coupling). DF89619,00B579D -19-18MAR16-8/8

No Hydraulic Functions—Electrical Checks DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-1/9

No Hydraulic Functions—Electrical Checks Diagnostic Procedure For more information, see Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-5

DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-2/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=783


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using monitor, Service ADVISOR™, or MPDr.

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

• See MPDr Application.

YES: Diagnose DTC. See specific diagnostic procedure in Group 9001.

Are any DTCs present?

NO: Go to Fuse Check.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-3/9

• 2

Fuse Check

Remove solenoid 20 A fuse (marked SOLENOID) (F4) from fuse block. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse F4 for continuity.

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Switch Malfunction.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Replace fuse. DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-4/9

• 3

Pilot Shutoff Switch Malfunction

View pilot control shut-off lever switch position in Service ADVISOR™ or MPDr. See Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) Move pilot shutoff lever to locked (UP) position and unlocked (DOWN) position.

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay Malfunction.

Does lever position match monitor status?

NO: Inspect and repair pilot shutoff switch harness (W17). See Pilot Shutoff Switch Harness (W17) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-5/9

• 4

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Relay Malfunction

Test pilot shutoff solenoid relay (K2). See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Malfunction.

Is pilot shutoff solenoid relay OK?

NO: Replace pilot shutoff solenoid relay. DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-6/9

• 5

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Malfunction

Check pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Voltage Check.

Does pilot shutoff solenoid operate correctly?

NO: Replace pilot shutoff solenoid. See Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-6

DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-7/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=784


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Voltage Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10). Key switch ON. Pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position. Measure voltage at pin 1 and pin 2 of pilot shutoff solenoid connector.

YES: Repair or replace pilot shutoff valve. See Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Is approximately 24 volts indicated?

NO: Go to Pilot Shutoff Circuit Check. DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-8/9

• 7

Pilot Shutoff Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect pilot shutoff solenoid (Y10). Key switch ON. Pilot shutoff lever in unlocked (DOWN) position. Measure voltage at pin 1 and machine ground.

YES: Inspect pilot shutoff valve harness on cab harness (W1) for open ground circuit. See Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is approximately 24 volts indicated?

NO: Inspect pilot shutoff valve harness on cab harness (W1) for open power circuit. See Pilot Shutoff Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) DF89619,00B57E3 -19-17MAR16-9/9

Function Does Not Stop When Control Lever Released DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-1/8

Function Does Not Stop When Control Lever Released Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-2/8

• 1

Cold Hydraulic Oil

Check hydraulic oil temperature. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Mechanical Control Lever Pattern Selector (if equipped).

Does hydraulic oil temperature meet specification?

NO: Perform hydraulic system warm-up procedure.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-7

DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-3/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=785


Diagnostic Information

• 2

Mechanical Control Verify mechanical control lever pattern selector (if equipped) is properly positioned. Lever Pattern Selector (if equipped)

YES: Go to Pilot Circuit Obstruction.

Is mechanical control lever pattern selector properly positioned?

NO: Adjust mechanical control lever pattern selector position. DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-4/8

• 3

Pilot Circuit Obstruction

Check pilot circuit for obstructions. See Pilot System Diagram and Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Pilot Control Valve Malfunction.

Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition; not kinked, worn from rubbing, or NO: Repair or replace pilot weather checked? circuit. DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-5/8

• 4

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Spool Stuck.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Go to Pilot Control Valve Spool Malfunction. DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-6/8

• 5

Pilot Control Valve Spool Malfunction

Inspect pilot control valve spools. See Left and Right Pilot Valve Remove and Install or YES: Go to Control Valve see Travel Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Spool Stuck.

Do pilot control valve spools move freely?

NO: Repair or replace pilot control valve. DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-7/8

• 6

Control Valve Spool Stuck

Inspect control valve for stuck spool. See Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do control valve spools move freely?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A0 -19-21APR16-8/8

Load Drifts Down When Control Lever is in Neutral Position DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-1/8

Load Drifts Down When Control Lever is in Neutral Position Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-8

DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=786


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Cylinder Drift

Verify proper operation of machine cylinders. See Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does cylinder drift meet specification?

NO: Go to Boom Manual Lower Screw Loose. DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-3/8

• 2

Boom Manual Lower Screw Loose

Inspect boom manual lower screw. See Lower Boom With Engine Stopped. (Operator’s YES: Go to Circuit Relief Manual.) Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning. Is boom manual lower screw tightened to specification?

NO: Tighten boom manual lower screw to specification. DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-4/8

• 3

Circuit Relief Valve Setting Too Low or Malfunctioning

Check circuit relief valve drifting function. Swap circuit relief valves for a particular function.

YES: Go to Reduced Leakage Valve.

Does cylinder drift continue on same function?

NO: Adjust, repair, or replace circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-5/8

• 4

Reduced Leakage Valve

NOTE: Reduced leakage valve check should only be completed on machines showing symptoms of arm in or boom down cylinder drift.

Inspect reduced leakage valve pilot valve and poppet. For component identification, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Replace reduced leakage valve pilot valve or poppet.

Is reduced leakage valve pilot valve or poppet scored or sticking?

NO: Go to Control Valve Leakage. DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-6/8

• 5

Control Valve Leakage Inspect control valve for leakage. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) Is control valve free of leaks?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

YES: Go to Cylinder Leakage.

9025-15-9

DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-7/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=787


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Cylinder Leakage

Inspect machine cylinders. See Boom Cylinder Remove and Install, see Arm Cylinder Remove and Install, and see Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Are machine cylinders in proper working condition?

NO: Repair or replace cylinder. DF89619,00B57A6 -19-01FEB16-8/8

Load Falls When Control Valve is Actuated To Raise Load DF89619,00B57A7 -19-18MAR16-1/3

Load Falls When Control Valve is Actuated to Raise Load Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57A7 -19-18MAR16-2/3

• 1

Lift Check Valve Leakage

Inspect control valve check valves and flow rate control valve poppets for leakage. See Control Valve Check Valves Identification And Operation and see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Checks complete.

Are check valve and flow rate control valve poppets operating correctly?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A7 -19-18MAR16-3/3

H/P (High Power) Function Does Not Operate, PWR (Power) Mode is Normal DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-1/7

H/P (High Power) Function Does Not Operate, PWR (Power) Mode is Normal Diagnostic Procedure For more information, see Engine Speed Control System Operation. (Group 9010-05.) DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-2/7

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using monitor, Service ADVISOR™, or MPDr.

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

• See MPDr Application.

YES: Diagnose DTC. See specific diagnostic procedure in Group 9001.

Are any DTCs present?

NO: Go to Work Mode.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-10

DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=788


Diagnostic Information

• 2

Work Mode

Check work mode setting. See Monitor Functions. (Operator’s Manual.)

YES: Go to Machine Settings.

Is bucket mode enabled?

NO: Change work mode setting to bucket mode. DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-4/7

• 3

Machine Settings

Verify H/P mode is enabled using Service ADVISOR™ or MPDr. See Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.) NOTE: H/P mode option can be disabled using MPDr, causing H/P mode selection to be disabled in monitor.

YES: Go to Slow Engine Speed.

Is H/P mode enabled?

NO: Change machine setting using monitor or MPDr. DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-5/7

• 4

Slow Engine Speed

Verify engine speed meets H/P mode requirements. See Engine Speed Control System YES: Go to Pressure Operation. (Group 9010-05.) Sensor Malfunction. Does engine speed meet specification?

NO: Select correct engine speed. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-11

DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=789


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Pressure Sensor Malfunction

Check pressure readings of the following pressure sensors:

• Pump 1 Delivery Pressure • Pump 2 Delivery Pressure • Boom Raise Pilot Pressure • Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure Pressure readings can be viewed using the monitor service menu. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

• Actuate arm in or boom up function to view reading.

YES: Checks complete.

Do pressure readings meet specification?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

- Compare pump 1 and pump 2 pressure readings to main relief valve specification. See Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment and see Travel Speed Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.) - Compare boom up and arm in pressure readings to control valve spool actuating pilot pressure specification. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

Install gauges to verify sensor readings. See Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment and see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.) Operate boom up and arm in functions.

YES: Inspect hydraulic plumbing. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

Do gauge readings match pressure sensor readings?

NO: Verify proper operation of sensors and harnesses. See 11200.04—Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low, see 11202.04—Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor Voltage Low, see 11302.04—Boom Up Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low, or see 11303.04—Arm In Pilot Pressure Sensor Voltage Low. (Group 9001-10.) DF89619,00B57C4 -19-28APR16-7/7

Boom Down Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal DF89619,00B57BE -19-18MAR16-1/3

Boom Down Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal Diagnostic Procedure If machine shows these characteristics repeatedly, submit a fluid sample to a designated regional lab for testing. See Location of Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-12

DF89619,00B57BE -19-18MAR16-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=790


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Reduced Leakage Valve

Remove and set aside boom reduced leakage valve poppet and spring. See Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) Install boom reduced leakage valve pilot valve only. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Boom down drift will increase with reduced leakage valve poppet removed. Keep work area clear of bystanders. Operate machine.

YES: Replace boom reduced leakage valve components.

Does boom down function operate properly?

NO: Checks complete. DF89619,00B57BE -19-18MAR16-3/3

Arm In Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-1/6

Arm In Does Not Function, Moves Slowly, or is Erratic, All Other Functions Normal Diagnostic Procedure If machine shows these characteristics repeatedly, submit a fluid sample to a designated regional lab for testing. See Location of Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-2/6

• 1

System Check

View pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure in monitor. See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) Perform controlled arm in function. Monitor pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure while arm is in motion.

YES: Go to Reduced Leakage Valve.

Are both pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressures near main relief specification? For specification, see Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Perform controlled arm in function. Monitor pump 1 and pump 2 delivery pressure while arm is in motion.

YES: Go to Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve.

Is only pump 1 delivery pressure near main relief specification? For specification, see Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

NO: Go to Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve. DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-3/6

• 2

Reduced Leakage Valve

Remove and set aside arm reduced leakage valve poppet and spring. See Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) Install arm reduced leakage valve pilot valve only. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Arm in drift will increase with reduced leakage valve poppet removed. Keep work area clear of bystanders. Operate machine.

YES: Replace arm reduced leakage valve components.

Does arm in function operate properly?

NO: Checks complete. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-13

DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-4/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=791


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve

Inspect arm 1 flow rate control valve components. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Repair or replace arm 1 flow rate control valve components.

Are arm 1 flow rate control valve components scored or sticking?

NO: Checks complete. DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-5/6

• 4

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve

Inspect arm 2 flow rate control valve components. See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Repair or replace arm 2 flow rate control valve components.

Are arm 2 flow rate control valve components scored or sticking?

NO: Checks complete. DF89619,00B57D0 -19-28APR16-6/6

Swing Speed Slow During Arm In Function DF89619,00B57D7 -19-18MAR16-1/4

Swing Speed Slow During Arm In Function Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57D7 -19-18MAR16-2/4

• 1

Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve

Measure pressure from arm 1 flow rate pilot valve (port SE) during swing and arm in over relief.

• For pressure specification, see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

• For port identification, see Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) • For line identification, see Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.)

Does pilot pressure meet specification?

YES: Go to Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve. NO: Repair or replace arm 1 flow rate pilot valve. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57D7 -19-18MAR16-3/4

• 2

Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve

Inspect arm 1 flow rate control valve components. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Are arm 1 flow rate control valve components scored or sticking?

NO: Repair or replace arm 1 flow rate control valve components. DF89619,00B57D7 -19-18MAR16-4/4

Boom Cannot Raise Track Off Ground DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-1/8

Boom Cannot Raise Track Off Ground Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-14

DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-2/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=792


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Function Test CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Machine could slide and cause personal injury. Keep angle between boom and arm at 90—110°. YES: Checks complete.

TX1152721 —UN—13FEB14

Machine Position Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to raise track off ground. Keep angle between boom and arm at 90—110°. Using boom down function, can track be raised?

NO: Go to Pilot Circuit Obstruction. DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-3/8

• 2

Pilot Circuit Obstruction

Check pilot circuit for obstructions. See Pilot System Diagram and Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Pilot Control Valve Malfunction.

Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition; not kinked, worn from rubbing, or NO: Repair or replace pilot weather checked? circuit. DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-4/8

• 3

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Cylinder Drift.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Left and Right Pilot Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-5/8

• 4

Cylinder Drift

Verify proper operation of machine cylinders. See Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Circuit.

Does cylinder drift meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace boom cylinders. See Boom Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-15

DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-6/8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=793


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve Circuit

Install pressure gauge and measure boom down pilot pressure to boom lower meter-in cut valve during boom down operation.

• For pressure specification, see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

• For component identification, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • For port identification, See Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) • For more information, See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect pilot circuit for obstruction.

Install pressure gauge and measure boom down pilot pressure from boom lower meter-in cut valve during boom down operation.

• For pressure specification, see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

• For component identification, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • For port identification, see Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) • For more information, see Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)

YES: Go to Bypass Shutoff Valve Circuit Check.

Does pressure meet specification?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Inspect boom lower meter-in cut valve. See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble YES: Repair or replace and Assemble. (Group 3360.) boom lower meter-in cut valve. Is boom lower meter-in cut pilot valve scored or sticking?

NO: Inspect pilot circuit for obstruction. DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-7/8

• 6

Bypass Shutoff Valve Circuit Check

Install pressure gauge and measure boom down pilot pressure from boom lower meter-in cut valve to bypass shutoff valve during boom down operation.

• For pressure specification, see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

• For component identification, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • For port identification, see Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) • For more information, see Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect pilot circuit for obstruction.

Inspect bypass shutoff valve. See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Repair or replace bypass shutoff valve.

Is bypass shutoff valve scored or sticking?

NO: Checks complete. DF89619,00B57D3 -19-24MAY16-8/8

Swing Function Does Not Operate in Both Directions DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-1/9

Swing Function Does Not Operate in Both Directions Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-16

DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-2/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=794


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Isolation Check Valve

Perform combined operation of bucket curl and swing.

YES: Repair or replace main relief isolation check valve (4-spool). See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Does swing function operate?

NO: Go to Left Travel Power Passage Check Valve. DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-3/9

• 2

Left Travel Power Passage Check Valve

Perform combined operation of left travel and swing.

YES: Repair or replace left travel power passage check valve. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Does swing function operate?

NO: Go to Pilot Control Valve Malfunction. DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-4/9

• 3

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Spool Stuck.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Left and Right Pilot Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-5/9

• 4

Control Valve Spool Stuck

Inspect control valve for stuck spool. For component location, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Swing Park Brake Pilot Valve.

Does swing valve spool move freely?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components as necessary. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-6/9

• 5

Swing Park Brake Pilot Valve

View front attachment pressure sensor value in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) Actuate a dig function.

YES: Go to Case Drain Leakage.

Does front attachment pressure sensor value change?

NO: Repair or replace swing park brake pilot valve spool. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-17

DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-7/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=795


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Case Drain Leakage

Inspect swing motor for leakage. See Swing Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Swing Park Brake Not Fully Released.

Does observed leakage meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor and park brake. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-8/9

• 7

Swing Park Brake Not Fully Released

Inspect swing park brake. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is swing park brake OK?

NO: Repair or replace swing park brake. DF89619,00B57DF -19-17MAR16-9/9

Swing Speed Slow in Both Directions DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-1/9

Swing Speed Slow in Both Directions Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-2/9

• 1

Machine Operation

Verify machine operation. See Cycle Times Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do swing cycle times meet specification?

NO: Go to Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve. DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-3/9

• 2

Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve

Check pump control pilot pressure. See Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Pilot Control Valve Malfunction.

Does pump control pilot pressure meet specification?

NO: Check pump 2 flow rate pilot valve. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-4/9

• 3

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Isolation Check Valve.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Left and Right Pilot Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-18

DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-5/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=796


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Isolation Check Valve

Perform combined operation of bucket curl and swing.

YES: Repair or replace main relief isolation check valve (4-spool). See Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Does swing speed increase?

NO: Go to Left Travel Neutral Passage Check Valve. DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-6/9

• 5

Left Travel Neutral Passage Check Valve

Perform combined operation of left travel and swing.

YES: Repair or replace left travel neutral passage check valve. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

Does swing speed increase?

NO: Go to Swing Motor Leakage. DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-7/9

• 6

Swing Motor Leakage

Inspect swing motor for leakage. See Swing Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Pump 2 Worn.

Does swing motor meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-8/9

• 7

Pump 2 Worn

Slow travel cycle times may indicate worn pump. Check travel cycle times. See Cycle Times Check. (Group 9005-10.) If travel cycle times do not meet specification, check pump flow. See Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do travel cycle times and pump flow meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace pump. See Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A8 -19-26JUL16-9/9

Swing Speed Slow or Does Not Operate in One Direction DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-1/6

Swing Speed Slow or Does Not Operate in One Direction Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-19

DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-2/6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=797


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Malfunction.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Left and Right Pilot Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-3/6

• 2

Swing Motor Swap right swing motor crossover relief valve with left swing motor crossover relief Crossover Relief Valve valve. See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. Malfunction (Group 4360.)

YES: Go to Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve Leakage.

Is swing speed slow in same direction?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor crossover relief valve. See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-4/6

• 3

Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve Leakage

Inspect swing motor make-up check valves. See Swing Motor, Crossover Relief Valve, and Make-Up Check Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Sticking.

Are swing motor make-up check valves OK?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor make-up check valve. See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-5/6

• 4

Control Valve Sticking

Inspect control valve for sticking spool. For component location, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does control valve spool move freely?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components as necessary. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57A9 -19-20AUG15-6/6

Upperstructure Drift With Swing Valve in Neutral DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-1/10

Upperstructure Drift With Swing Valve in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-20

DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-2/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=798


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Upperstructure Drift Check

Measure upperstructure drift. See Swing Park Brake and Circuit Drift Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is upperstructure drift within specification?

NO: Go to Park Brake Operation. DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-3/10

• 2

Park Brake Operation

Inspect swing motor and park brake for proper application and release. See Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Swing Park Brake Pilot Valve.

Does swing continue to drift after releasing controller for 10 seconds?

NO: Go to Drift Direction. DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-4/10

• 3

Drift Direction

Operate machine and check for drift in both directions.

YES: Go to Case Drain Leakage.

Does drift occur in both directions?

NO: Go to Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve Leakage. DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-5/10

• 4

Case Drain Leakage

Inspect swing motor for leakage. See Swing Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve Leakage.

Does observed leakage meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor and park brake. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-6/10

• 5

Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve Leakage

Inspect swing motor make-up check valves. See Swing Motor, Crossover Relief Valve, and Make-Up Check Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Malfunction.

Are swing motor make-up check valves OK?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor make-up check valves. See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-7/10

• 6

Swing Motor Remove crossover relief valves and install in opposite ports in park brake housing. See YES: Repair or replace Crossover Relief Valve Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) crossover relief valves. Malfunction See Crossover Relief Valve and Make-Up Check Valve Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) Does swing drift change directions?

NO: Checks complete. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-21

DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-8/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=799


Diagnostic Information

• 7

Swing Park Brake Pilot Valve

View front attachment pressure sensor value in monitor. See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) Actuate a dig function.

YES: Go to Swing Park Brake Not Fully Engaging.

Does front attachment pressure sensor value change?

NO: Repair or replace swing park brake pilot valve spool. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-9/10

• 8

Swing Park Brake Not Engaging

Inspect swing motor and park brake. See Swing Motor Park Brake Release Circuit Operation. (Group 9025-05.) See Swing Motor and Park Brake Inspection. (Group 4360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Are swing motor and park brake OK?

NO: Repair or replace swing motor and park brake. See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57AA -19-28APR16-10/10

Machine Freewheels Down an Incline DF89619,00B57E1 -19-06AUG14-1/4

Machine Freewheels Down an Incline Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57E1 -19-06AUG14-2/4

• 1

Park Brake Housing

Swap park brake housing with other travel motor. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) Operate travel functions.

YES: Go to Mechanical Malfunction of Travel Motor and Gear Case.

Does same track freewheel?

NO: Replace park brake housing. See Travel Motor Cover Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DF89619,00B57E1 -19-06AUG14-3/4

• 2

Mechanical Malfunction of Travel Motor and Gear Case

Check travel motor leakage. See Travel Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does motor leakage meet specification?

NO: Inspect gear case components. If no issues are found, repair or replace travel motor. See Travel Gearbox Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) DF89619,00B57E1 -19-06AUG14-4/4

Track Will Not Move in Either Direction Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-22

DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-1/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=800


Diagnostic Information Track Will Not Move in Either Direction Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-2/9

• 1

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Stuck.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Travel Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-3/9

• 2

Control Valve Stuck

Inspect control valve for stuck travel valve spool. For component location, see Control Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Travel Motor Leakage.

Does travel valve spool move freely?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components as necessary. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-4/9

• 3

Travel Motor Leakage

Check travel motor leakage. See Travel Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Counterbalance Valve Spool Stuck.

Does motor leakage meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace travel motor. See Travel Gearbox Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-5/9

• 4

Counterbalance Valve Spool Stuck

Inspect counterbalance valve.

YES: Go to Park Brake Housing.

Does counterbalance valve spool move freely?

NO: Repair or replace counterbalance valve. See Travel Motor Cover Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-6/9

• 5

Park Brake Housing

Swap park brake housing with other travel motor. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.)

YES: Go to Mechanical Malfunction of Travel Motor or Gear Case.

Operate travel functions. Does same track not move in either direction?

NO: Replace park brake housing.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-23

DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-7/9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=801


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Mechanical Malfunction of Travel Motor or Gear Case

Inspect travel motor and gear case for mechanical malfunction. See Travel Gearbox Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

YES: Go to Center Joint Leakage.

Is travel motor and gear case OK?

NO: Repair or replace travel motor or gear case. DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-8/9

• 7

Center Joint Leakage

Inspect center joint for leakage. See Center Joint Air Test. (Group 4360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is center joint OK?

NO: Repair or replace center joint. See Center Joint Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57AE -19-24JUL14-9/9

Machine Mistracks DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-1/11

Machine Mistracks Diagnostic Procedure DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-2/11

• 1

Machine Tracking

Check machine tracking. See Travel System Tracking Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does tracking meet specification?

NO: Go to Incorrect Track Sag Adjustment. DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-3/11

• 2

Incorrect Track Sag Adjustment

Check track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Go to Fast Travel Check.

Is track sag within specification?

NO: Adjust track sag. DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-4/11

• 3

Fast Travel Check

Operate machine in fast and slow travel speeds.

YES: Go to Travel System Check.

Does machine mistrack at both speeds?

NO: Inspect travel speed change components. See Travel Motor Cover Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0260.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-5/11

• 4

Travel System Check

Swap left travel hoses with right travel hoses at top of center joint. See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.) Operate travel functions.

YES: Go to Travel Motor Leakage.

Does machine mistrack in same direction?

NO: Go to Pilot Control Valve Malfunction.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-24

DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-6/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=802


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Travel Motor Leakage

Check travel motor leakage. See Travel Motor Leakage Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Center Joint Leakage.

Does motor leakage meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace travel motor. See Travel Gearbox Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-7/11

• 6

Center Joint Leakage

Inspect center joint for leakage. See Center Joint Air Test. (Group 4360.)

YES: Repair or replace travel motor. See Travel Gearbox Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Is center joint OK?

NO: Repair or replace center joint. See Center Joint Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-8/11

• 7

Pilot Control Valve Malfunction

Check control valve spool actuating pressure. See Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal.

Does control valve spool actuating pressure meet specification?

NO: Inspect, repair, or replace pilot control valve. See Travel Pilot Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-9/11

• 8

Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal

Check pump control pilot pressure. Perform Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Worn Pump.

Does pump control pilot pressure meet specification?

NO: Check pump 1 or pump 2 flow rate pilot valve. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-10/11

• 9

Worn Pump

Slow cycle times may indicate a worn pump. Check cycle times. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.) If cycle times do not meet specification, check pump flow. See Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Replace pump 1 or pump 2 regulator. See Pump 1 and 2 Regulator Remove and Install. (Group 3360.)

Do cycle times and pump flow meet specification?

NO: Repair or replace pump. See Pump 1 and 2 Remove and Install. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57AF -19-02FEB16-11/11

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-25

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=803


Diagnostic Information

Machine Mistracks Left During Combined Travel and Dig Functions DF89619,00B57E0 -19-18MAR16-1/4

Machine Mistracks Left During Combined Travel and Dig Functions Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: During combined travel and dig functions, hydraulic functions will be slow, but machine should not mistrack. DF89619,00B57E0 -19-18MAR16-2/4

• 1

Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve Stuck

Measure pressure from travel flow combiner pilot valve (port SL) during combined travel and dig functions.

• For pressure specification, see Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. (Group 9025-25.)

• For port identification, see Control Valve Line Identification. (Group 9025-15.) • For line identification, see Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection. (Group 9025-15.)

Does pilot pressure meet specification?

YES: Go to Travel Flow Combiner Valve and Check Valves Stuck. NO: Repair or replace travel flow combiner pilot valve. See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.) DF89619,00B57E0 -19-18MAR16-3/4

• 2

Travel Flow Combiner Valve and Check Valves Stuck

Inspect travel flow combiner valve and check valves. See Left Control Valve (5-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble and see Right Control Valve (4-Spool) Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3360.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do travel flow combiner valve and check valves move freely?

NO: Repair or replace control valve components. DF89619,00B57E0 -19-18MAR16-4/4

Machine Will Not Shift Into Fast (Rabbit) Speed DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-1/13

Machine Will Not Shift Into Fast (rabbit) Speed Diagnostic Procedure For more information, see Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation (S.N. 501493— ) or see Travel Motor Speed Circuit Operation (S.N. —501492). (Group 9025-05.) Also see Main Controller (MCF) Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-26

DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-2/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=804


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Check for active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) using monitor, Service ADVISOR™, or MPDr.

• See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Monitor Display. (Group 9015-20.) • See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes with Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Application. (Group 9015-20.)

• See MPDr Application.

YES: Diagnose DTC. See specific diagnostic procedure in Group 9001.

Are any DTCs present?

NO: Go to Fuse Check.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-3/13

• 2

Fuse Check

Remove solenoid 20 A fuse (marked SOLENOID) (F4) from fuse block. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse F4 for continuity.

YES: Go to Travel Speed Function.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Replace fuse. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-4/13

• 3

Travel Speed Function NOTE: Fast (rabbit) travel speed function will not be enabled if travel functions are held over relief. Travel mode switch in fast (rabbit) position. View travel mode control pressure in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) Fully actuate travel functions.

YES: Go to Solenoid Check.

Is travel control pressure approximately 3.0 MPa?

NO: Go to Travel Mode Switch Check. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-5/13

• 4

Solenoid Check

Verify proper operation of travel speed solenoid (marked SI) (Y25). See Travel Speed Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Travel Speed Circuit Check.

Does power dig valve pressure meet specification?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Test power dig solenoid (marked SG) (Y24). See Proportional Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is solenoid within specification?

NO: Replace solenoid.

Test travel speed solenoid (marked SI) (Y25). See Proportional Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is solenoid within specification?

NO: Replace solenoid.

Inspect travel speed solenoid valve for scoring or debris.

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Is travel speed solenoid valve OK?

NO: Repair or replace power dig/travel speed solenoid valve. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-27

DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-6/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=805


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Harness Check

Check harness and harness connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris.

YES: Go to Travel Speed Circuit Check.

Are harness and harness connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or repair harness as necessary. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-7/13

• 6

Travel Speed Circuit Check

Inspect travel speed circuit.

• See Hydraulic System Schematic. (Group 9025-15.) • See Center Joint Operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Travel Hydraulic System Line Connection (S.N. 501493— ) or see Travel

YES: Checks complete.

Hydraulic System Line Connection (S.N. —501492). (Group 9025-15.)

Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition; not kinked, worn from rubbing, or NO: Repair or replace lines weather checked? or hoses as necessary. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-8/13

• 7

Travel Mode Switch Check

View travel mode switch in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

Move travel mode switch to fast (rabbit) position and slow (turtle) position.

YES: Go to Front Attachment Pressure Sensor Check.

Do switch positions match monitor status?

NO: Repair or replace travel mode switch or harness. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-9/13

• 8

Front Attachment Pressure Sensor Check

View front attachment control pilot pressure in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

Fully actuate dig function and return pilot control levers to neutral to view reading.

YES: Go to Travel Pressure Sensor Check.

Does indicated pressure rise above 3.0 MPa and return to 0.0 MPa?

NO: Test front attachment pressure sensor. See Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.) DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-10/13

• 9

Travel Pressure Sensor Check

View travel control pilot pressure in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

Fully actuate travel function and return pilot control valve to neutral to view reading.

YES: Go to Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor Check.

Does indicated pressure rise above 3.0 MPa and return to 0.0 MPa?

NO: Test travel pressure sensor. See Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-28

DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-11/13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=806


Diagnostic Information

10 Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor Check

View pump 1 delivery pressure and pump 2 delivery pressure in monitor. See Monitor Service Menu Operation. (Group 9015-16.) See Monitor Data Items. (Group 9015-20.)

Actuate arm in or boom up function to view reading. Compare pump 1 and pump 2 pressure readings to main relief and power dig valve specification. See Main Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Pump Control Pressure Sensor Check.

Do pressure readings meet specification?

NO: Replace pump delivery pressure sensor. DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-12/13

11 Pump Control Pressure Sensor Check

Verify proper operation of pump control pressure sensors. See Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Checks complete.

Do pump control pilot pressure readings meet specification?

NO: Test pump control pressure sensors. See Pressure Sensor Test. (Group 9015-20.) DF89619,00B5889 -19-14MAR17-13/13

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-29

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=807


Diagnostic Information

Pump 1, Pump 2, and Pilot Pump Line Identification

3

4

16

5

6

7 15

8

2 28 1 128

9

29 12

10

TX1016994 —UN—27JAN07

11

TX1016994 Pump 1, Pump 2, and Pilot Pump Line Identification 1— From Pilot Filter -to-Pump 2 5— From Pilot Signal Manifold Regulator (port SB) -to-Pump 2 2— From Pilot Filter -to-Return Regulator Manifold 6— From Pump 2 -to-Control 3— From Pilot Filter -to-Solenoid Valve (5 spool) Valve Manifold (port PD) 7— From Pilot Signal Manifold 4— Pilot Pump Suction (port SA) -to-Pump 1 Regulator

8— From Pump 1 -to-Control Valve (4 spool) 9— Pump 1 Attenuator 10— Pump 1, Pump 2 Suction 11— Pump 2 Attenuator 12— From Pilot Pump -to-Pilot Filter 15— Pump 1 (right, 4 spool)

16— Pump 2 (left, 5 spool) 28— Pilot Pump 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 128— Hydraulic Oil Sampling Port

TP97644,00000A5 -19-19DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-30

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=808


Diagnostic Information

Control Valve Line Identification

3

4 5

2 1

6 7

57 56

25 9

23 10 11 12

22 13 14

54

21 18

TX1001309 —UN—07JAN06

19 20

53

17 16

15

TX1001309 Left Control Valve (5-spool) 1— From Power Digging Solenoid 7— From Pilot Signal Manifold 16— To Arm Cylinder Head End Valve (port SG) Arm In (port 4) 17— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 2— From Pilot Signal Manifold 9— From Pilot Signal Manifold (port DE) Left Travel Reverse (port 10) Swing Right (port 6) 18— From Pilot Signal Manifold 3— From Pilot Signal Manifold 10— To Oil Cooler (port SE) Right Travel Reverse (port 12) 11— From Boom Lower Meter-In 19— To Arm Cylinder Rod End 4— From Pilot Signal Manifold Cut Valve 20— To Solenoid Valve Manifold Bucket Curl (port 7) 12— From Boom 2 Spool (port DY) 5— To Bypass Shutoff Valve 13— To Swing Motor Swing Left 21— To Center Joint Rear Left 6— From Pilot Signal Manifold (port B) Port—Left Travel Reverse Boom Down (port 2) 14— From Pump 2 22— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 15— To Swing Motor Swing Right (port DY) (port A) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-31

23— To Center Joint Front Left Port—Left Travel Forward 25— To Arm In Pressure Sensor (B31) 53— Left Control Valve (5-Spool) 54— Right Control Valve (4-Spool) 56— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 57— To Swing Motor

TP97644,00000A6 -19-14AUG17-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=809


Diagnostic Information

52

26

27

28

25

29

30 54

31

24

32 58 53

33

51

50 34

14

35 36 37

48 44 43

47

42

41

TX1001308 —UN—03JAN06

49

38

46 45 39 40

TX1001308 Right Control Valve (4-spool) 14— From Pump 2 33— To Pilot Signal Manifold 24— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DS) (port DH) 34— From Pump 1 25— To Arm In Pressure Sensor 35— To Center Joint Front Right (B31) Port—Right Travel Forward 26— To Boom Cylinder Head End 36— To Bucket Cylinder Head 27— To Bypass Shutoff Valve End 28— To Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 37— To Boom Cylinder Rod End Valve 38— From Pilot Signal Manifold 29— From Boom Spool 1 (port SL) 30— To Bucket Cylinder Rod End 39— From Pilot Signal Manifold 31— From Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Right Travel Forward Pilot Valve (port SK) (port 11) 32— To Center Joint Rear Right 40— To Solenoid Valve Manifold Port—Right Travel Reverse (port DN)

41— From Pilot Signal Manifold Left Travel Forward Pilot (port 9) 42— Bucket Dump Pilot (port 8) 43— Boom Up Pilot (port 1) 44— To Boom Up Pressure Sensor (B30) 45— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DZ) 46— From Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) 47— Arm Out Pilot (port 3) 48— Swing Left Pilot (port 5)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-32

49— Plug 50— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 51— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DD) 52— To Arm Regenerative Valve 53— Left Control Valve (5-Spool) 54— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 58— From Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC)

TP97644,00000A6 -19-14AUG17-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=810


Diagnostic Information

55— To Solenoid Valve Manifold (port DN)

TX1001924 —UN—03JAN06

53— Left Control Valve (5-Spool) 54— Right Control Valve (4-spool)

Control Valve Line Identification (Front) TP97644,00000A6 -19-14AUG17-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-33

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=811


Diagnostic Information

Swing Motor Line Identification 3 2

4

1

5

B32

TX1016991 —UN—16JAN07

51

TX1016991 Swing Motor Line Identification 1— From Pilot Signal Manifold (port SH) 2— To Control Valve

3— To Return Manifold 4— From Control Valve Swing Right

5— From Control Valve Swing Left 51— Swing Device B32— Front Attachment Pressure Sensor TP97644,00000A7 -19-19DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-34

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=812


Diagnostic Information

Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Excavator Pattern TX1073414 —UN—30APR10

C 7

5

PORT A E D H B

F

G

PI

P 3

T 1 4 2

2

8 9 11 P 3

T

10 1

TX1073414

4

2 Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Excavator Pattern Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-35

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=813

TP97644,00000A8 -19-01DEC06-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-36

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=814


Diagnostic Information 1— Port 1 2— Port 2 3— Port 3 4— Port 4 5— Right Pilot Control Valve 6— Left Pilot Control Valve

7— Pilot Signal Manifold 11— From Solenoid Valve 8— Pilot Control Shutoff Valve Manifold 9— To Travel Pilot Controller A—Port A 10— From Travel Pilot Controller B—Port B C—Port C D—Port D E—Port E F— Port F

G—Port G H—Port H P—Port P T— Port T PI— Port PI

Excavator Pattern

Right

Functions

Pilot Control Valve Ports

Bucket Dump

1

Control Valve Side

H

8

Boom Down

2

B

2

Bucket Curl

3

G

7

4

A

Boom Up

Left

Pilot Signal Manifold Pilot Control Valve Side

1

P

Pilot Shutoff Valve A2

T

Pilot Shutoff Valve T2

Swing Right

1

F

6

Arm Out

2

C

3

Swing Left

3

E

5

Arm In

4

D

4

P

Pilot Shutoff Valve A3

T

Pilot Shutoff Valve T3

NOTE: Letters and numbers are on the housings next to the ports. TP97644,00000A8 -19-01DEC06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-37

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=815


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-38

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=816


Diagnostic Information

Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Backhoe Pattern TX1073415 —UN—30APR10

A

C 7

5 E D

B

H F

G

PI

P

3

T 1 4 2 6

8 9 11

P 3

10

T 1 TX1073415

4

2 Pilot Control Valve-to-Pilot Signal Manifold Component Location—Backhoe Pattern Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-39

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=817

TP97644,00000A9 -19-01DEC06-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-40

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=818


Diagnostic Information 1— Port 1 2— Port 2 3— Port 3 4— Port 4 5— Right Pilot Control Valve 6— Left Pilot Control Valve

7— Pilot Signal Manifold 11— From Solenoid Valve 8— Pilot Control Shutoff Valve Manifold 9— To Travel Pilot Controller A—Port A 10— From Travel Pilot Controller B—Port B C—Port C D—Port D E—Port E F— Port F

G—Port G H—Port H P—Port P T— Port T PI— Port PI

Backhoe Pattern

Right

Functions

Pilot Control Valve Ports

Bucket Dump

1

Control Valve Side

H

8

Arm Out

2

C

3

Bucket Curl

3

G

7

4

D

Arm In

Left

Pilot Signal Manifold Pilot Control Valve Side

4

P

Pilot Shutoff Valve A2

T

Pilot Shutoff Valve T2

Swing Right

1

F

6

Boom Down

2

B

2

Swing Left

3

E

5

Boom Up

4

A

1

P

Pilot Shutoff Valve A3

T

Pilot Shutoff Valve T3

NOTE: Letters and numbers are on the housings next to the ports. TP97644,00000A9 -19-01DEC06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-41

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=819


Diagnostic Information

Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection

15

2 4

SK 7

SE

6 12 10

TX1002361 —UN—07FEB06

73

TX1002361 Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection—Top

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-42

TP97644,00000AA -19-01DEC06-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=820


Diagnostic Information 2— Port 2 to Boom Down Pilot 10— Port 10 to Left Travel Cap Reverse Pilot Cap 4— Port 4 to Arm In Pilot Cap 12— Port 12 to Right Travel 6— Port 6 to Swing Right Pilot Reverse Pilot Cap Cap 15— Control Valve Side of Pilot 7— Port 7 to Bucket Curl Pilot Cap Signal Manifold

73— Control Valve SE—Port (SE) to Arm 1 (Swing Priority) Flow Rate Control Valve SK—Port (SK) to Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-43

TP97644,00000AA -19-01DEC06-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=821


Diagnostic Information

3

15

1 5

8 11 9

TX1002362 —UN—07FEB06

SL

74

TX1002362 Pilot Signal Manifold-to-Control Valve Line Connection—Bottom

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-44

TP97644,00000AA -19-01DEC06-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=822


Diagnostic Information 1— Port 1 to Boom Up Pilot Cap 8— Port 8 to Bucket Dump Pilot Cap 3— Port 3 to Arm Out Pilot Cap 5— Port 5 to Swing Left Pilot Cap 9— Port 9 to Left Travel Forward Pilot Cap 11— Port 11 to Right Travel Forward

15— Control Valve Side of Pilot Signal Manifold 74— Control Valve (bottom) SL—Port (SL) to Travel Flow Combiner Valve TP97644,00000AA -19-01DEC06-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-45

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=823


Diagnostic Information

TX1002232 —UN—07JAN06

Travel System Component Location

Travel System Component Location 15— Pump 1 (right) 16— Pump 2 (left) 28— Pilot Pump 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank

38— Travel Pilot Control Valve 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 60— Right Travel Device

62— Left Travel Device 72— Center Joint 75— Right Travel Spool 110— Left Travel Spool

Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid

TP97644,00000AC -19-05DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=824


Diagnostic Information

Travel Hydraulic System Line Connection TX1026196 —UN—09AUG07

41 41

73

75

74

PI K

9 10 I L

110

J 12

11

110

75 73

Y25

74

37

72 60

164 38

Y10 163 162

160 161

62

TX1026196 Travel Hydraulic System Line Connection Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-47

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=825

TP97644,00000AB -19-05SEP07-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-48

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=826


Diagnostic Information

9— Left Travel Forward (pilot) 10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 38— Travel Pilot Control Valve 41— Pilot Signal Manifold

60— Right Travel Device 161— Right Travel Forward 62— Left Travel Device 162— Left Travel Reverse 72— Center Joint 163— Right Travel Reverse 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 164— Return Line to Hydraulic 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Oil Tank 75— Right Travel Spool Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 110— Left Travel Spool Valve 160— Left Travel Forward Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (SI) I— Left Travel Forward (pilot)

J— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) K—Right Travel Forward (pilot) L— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) PI— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

TP97644,00000AB -19-05SEP07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-49

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=827


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-50

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=828


Diagnostic Information

Auxiliary Attachment Schematic TX1142562 —UN—09SEP13

28

P

A3 A2 A1

T4

T2 T1 T3

PH

37 Y23

Y22

Y25

Y24

604

HT

B34

B30

609

9

I

10

J

TR K

101

11

104 41

74

12

K

4

D

SA

117 101 107 95

SN

110

97

3

108

SP

C

2 B SB

171 118

46 47

B31

SK 1

77 94

90

81

85

56

A

SH

44

76 75

120

SL

93

45

42

SE

73 85

B33

B45

8

H

7

G

6

F

S3

E

5 13

M

SM N 14

TX1142562 Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Schematic (auxiliary spool shown shifted) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-51

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=829

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-1/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-52

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=830


Diagnostic Information 28— Pilot Pump 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 75— Right Travel Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 76— Bucket Spool 42— Boom Down Shockless 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (port SL) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 45— Swing Park Brake Release Valve (valve and check Pilot Valve (port SH) valve) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool (port SK) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SB) 95— Swing Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

104— Boom 2 Spool B33— Swing Pressure Sensor 107— Auxiliary Spool B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate B45— Attachment Pressure Control Valve Sensor 110— Left Travel Spool Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid 117— Main Relief (marked SF) 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Y23— Arm Regenerative Combiner Valve Solenoid (marked SC) 120— Travel Flow Combiner Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (marked SG) 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Solenoid Valve (marked SI) 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-53

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-2/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=831


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-54

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=832


Diagnostic Information

TX1141687 —UN—09SEP13

28

P

A3 A2 A1

T4

T2 T1 T3

37 Y23

Y22

Y25

Y24

HT

PH

B34

B30

9

I

10

J

TR K

101

11

104 41

74

12

K

4

D

SA

117 101 107 95

SN

110

97

SP

3

108

C

2 B

171

SB

46

118 SK

47

B31 1

77

56

94

A

SH SL

90

85

81

76 75

120

44

93

SE

73 B33

85

B45

149

45 42

8

H

7

G

6

F

S3

E

5 13

M

148 SM N

604

14

609 TX1141687 Auxiliary Solenoid Valve Operation of Control Valve (auxiliary spool shown shifted) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-55

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=833

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-3/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-56

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=834


Diagnostic Information 28— Pilot Pump 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 75— Right Travel Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 76— Bucket Spool 42— Boom Down Shockless 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (port SL) 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 45— Swing Park Brake Release Valve (valve and check Pilot Valve (port SH) valve) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve 90— Arm 2 Spool (port SK) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 94— Arm Regenerative Valve Valve (port SB) 95— Swing Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 97— Arm 1 Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Valve (valve and poppet)

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief 118— Auxiliary Function Flow Combiner Valve 120— Travel Flow Combiner Valve 148— Auxiliary Pilot Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pilot Pressure reducing Valve 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 604— Return Oil

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-57

609— Pilot Oil B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor B45— Attachment Pressure Sensor Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid (marked SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid (marked SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (marked SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SI)

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-4/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=835


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-58

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=836


Diagnostic Information

TX1141686 —UN—20AUG13

74

73

150 110

155

75

76 13

14

154

107

104

81

97

37

90

95 28

124 16

15

600

604

609

TX1141686 Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Schematic (auxiliary spool shifted by auxiliary (pilot) (13)) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-59

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=837

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-5/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-60

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=838


Diagnostic Information

13— Auxiliary (pilot) 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 14— Auxiliary (pilot) 75— Right Travel Spool 15— Pump 1 76— Bucket Spool 16— Pump 2 81— Boom 1 Spool 28— Pilot Pump 90— Arm 2 Spool 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 95— Swing Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool

104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool 110— Left Travel Spool 124— Oil Cooler Bypass Valve 150— Auxiliary Cylinder 154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-61

155— Selector Valve 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-6/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=839


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-62

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=840


Diagnostic Information

TX1141533 —UN—25SEP13

B46 Y44 157 156

143

Y43

B45

73

28 93 75

90 76

81 171 56 172 14

SM

13 5 S3

6

7

8

SE

SL SH

1

SK

SB

2

15

118

41

3

SP

SN

SA

4

12

D

K

11

TR 10

9

J

I

48

47 45

119

107

108 16

117 108 N

M

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

K

74

95

110 104

600

97

604 609 TX1141533 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Schematic (Y43 energized and Y44 de-energized) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-63

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=841

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-7/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-64

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=842


Diagnostic Information 15— Pump 1 75— Right Travel Spool 16— Pump 2 76— Bucket Spool 28— Pilot Pump 81— Boom 1 Spool 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 90— Arm 2 Spool 45— Swing Park Brake Release 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve Pilot Valve 95— Swing Spool 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Valve 97— Arm 1 Spool 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve 104— Boom 2 Spool 56— To Swing Park Brake 107— Auxiliary Spool 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Control Valve (valve and poppet) 110— Left Travel Spool 117— Main Relief and Power Dig Valve

118— Auxiliary Function Flow 600— High-Pressure Oil Combiner Valve 604— Return Oil 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 609— Pilot Oil Flow Combiner Valve B45— Attachment Pressure Circuit Sensor 143— Auxiliary Shuttle Valve B46— Arm Out Pressure Sensor 156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid Y43— 2-Speed Activation Valve Solenoid Valve 157— Flow Rate Select Reducing Y44— Flow Rate Adjustment Valve Solenoid Valve 171— To Pump 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 172— To Torque Control Solenoid Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-65

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-8/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=843


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-66

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=844


Diagnostic Information

TX1139037 —UN—20AUG13

LEFT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

RIGHT FORWARD

10

9

11

RIGHT REVERSE

ARM OUT

ARM IN

3

4

12

BOOM DOWN

SWING LEFT

SWING RIGHT

6

5

BUCKET DUMP

BOOM UP

1

2

8

BUCKET CURL

7

R1

144

M P

3

T

P

T

4

2

1

2

P

T

4 1

3

2

P

T

4

1

AUX B1

AUX A1

14

13

3

B1

141

A3

A2

T2

A1

A4

TA

T1

T3 HT

41

PA

145 PD

PC

PG

PD

DH

PF

P

T4

I

J

9

10

K

L

D

12

4

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

M

8

7

6

S3 5 13

N

PH

PE

DE

PE

DP

DK DY

DN DS

DZ PF TR

B34

11

SA

SN

SP

3

2

SB

SK

1

SH SL

SE

SM

14

B33 37

DM

DD SC

SF

SI

56

SG

600

604

606

609

TX1139037 Low Flow Kit Schematic (foot pedal operated) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-67

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=845

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-9/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-68

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=846


Diagnostic Information

1— Boom Up (pilot) 2— Boom Down (pilot) 3— Arm Out (pilot) 4— Arm In (pilot) 5— Swing Left (pilot) 6— Swing Right (pilot) 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 8— Bucket Dump (pilot)

9— Left Travel Forward (pilot) 10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 13— Auxiliary A1 (pilot) 14— Auxiliary B1 (pilot)

37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 56— To Swing Park Brake 141— Pilot Shutoff Valve 144— Low Flow Control Valve 145— Pilot Low Flow Pump B33— Swing Pressure Sensor

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-69

B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-10/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=847


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-70

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=848


Diagnostic Information

TX1139385 —UN—20AUG13

LEFT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

RIGHT FORWARD

10

9

11

RIGHT REVERSE

ARM OUT

ARM IN

3

4

12

BOOM DOWN

SWING LEFT

SWING RIGHT

6

5

BUCKET DUMP

BOOM UP

1

2

8

BUCKET CURL

AUX B1

AUX A1

14

13

7 148

R1

144

M P

3

T

P

T

4

2

1

2

P

T

4 1

3

2

P

T

4

1

3

149 B1

141

A3

A2

T2

A1

A4

TA

T1

T3 HT

41

PA

145 PD

PC

PG

PD

DH

PF

P

T4

I

J

9

10

K

L

D

12

4

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

M

8

7

6

S3 5 13

N

PH

PE

DE

PE

DP

DK DY

DN DS

DZ PF TR

B34

11

SA

SN

SP

3

2

SB

SK

1

SH SL

SE

SM

14

B33 37

DM

DD SC

SF

SI

56

SG

600

604

606

609

TX1139385 Low Flow Kit Schematic (solenoid operated) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-71

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=849

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-11/14


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-72

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=850


Diagnostic Information

1— Boom Up (pilot) 2— Boom Down (pilot) 3— Arm Out (pilot) 4— Arm In (pilot) 5— Swing Left (pilot) 6— Swing Right (pilot) 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) 8— Bucket Dump (pilot) 9— Left Travel Forward (pilot)

10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 13— Auxiliary A1 (pilot) 14— Auxiliary B1 (pilot) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold

41— Pilot Signal Manifold 56— To Swing Park Brake 141— Pilot Shutoff Valve 144— Low Flow Control Valve 145— Pilot Low Flow Pump 148— Auxiliary Solenoid Valve 149— Auxiliary Pressure Reducing Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-73

B33— Swing Pressure Sensor B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-12/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=851


Diagnostic Information

150

110 74

136

107 14

137 108

13 159

160 158

104

Y41

37

95

28

16 600

TX1141685

604

609

TX1141685 —UN—23AUG13

97

Secondary Auxiliary Relief Kit Schematic

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-74

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-13/14

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=852


Diagnostic Information 16— Pump 2 28— Pilot Pump 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 95— Swing Spool 97— Arm 1 Spool 104— Boom 2 Spool 107— Auxiliary Spool

108— Auxiliary Flow Rate 150— Auxiliary Cylinder Control Valve (valve and 158— Secondary Auxiliary Relief poppet) Valve Solenoid Valve 110— Left Travel Spool 159— Secondary Auxiliary Relief 136— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Valve Anticavitation Valve 160— Secondary Auxiliary Relief 137— Auxiliary Circuit Relief and Control Valve Anticavitation Valve

600— High-Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 609— Pilot Oil Y41— Secondary Relief Solenoid Valve

DF89619,00B552A -19-02OCT13-14/14

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-75

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=853


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-76

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=854


Diagnostic Information

Auxiliary System Line Connections TX1141691 —UN—02AUG13

74

31

150

155

29

154

37

28

TX1141691 High Flow Line Connections Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-77

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=855

DF89619,00B552B -19-14AUG13-1/4


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-78

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=856


Diagnostic Information 28— Pilot Pump 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank

150— Auxiliary Attachment 154— Selector Valve Solenoid Valve

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-79

155— Selector Valve

DF89619,00B552B -19-14AUG13-2/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=857


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-80

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=858


Diagnostic Information

TX1141692 —UN—14AUG13

41

73 74 156

31

73 74

143

29

37 157

28

TX1141692 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Line Connections Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-81

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=859

DF89619,00B552B -19-14AUG13-3/4


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-82

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=860


Diagnostic Information 28— Pilot Pump 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 143— Auxiliary Shuttle Valve 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 156— Flow Rate Select Solenoid 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) Valve 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 157— Flow Rate Select Reducing Valve DF89619,00B552B -19-14AUG13-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-83

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=861


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-84

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=862


Diagnostic Information

Hydraulic System Schematic TX1077077 —UN—30APR10

PILOT FILTER AND BYPASS VALVE 29

147 PILOT OIL

PILOT 28 PUMP

TA

PC

PG

PF

3

PE

30

9

10

P

T

A3 DE

PE

DP

DK

DY

A2

T2

A1

SWING RIGHT

SWING LEFT

BOOM DOWN

BOOM UP

BUCKET DUMP

BUCKET CURL

12

3

4

6

5

2

1

8

7

11

4

2

2

1

P

T

4

1

3

2

T1

J

K

L

D

C

B

P

T

A

4

1

H

3

G

F

E

M

N

49

PH

T3

DN

42 A4

DZ

84 FROM DIG REGENERATIVE VALVE

ARM IN

PILOT SIGNAL 41 MANIFOLD

I

DH

ARM OUT

PILOT SHUTOFF SOLENOID Y10

FROM BYPASS 93 SHUTOFF

PD

RIGHT REVERSE

118 FROM AUXILIARY FLOW COMBINER VALVE

FROM AUXILIARY FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE 108

TO PUMP 1 17 18 AND PUMP 2 REGULATORS

FROM BUCKET FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE 77

RIGHT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

NOTE: NUMBERS 1-14 ARE USED TO SHOW THE PILOT LINE CONNECTIONS FROM THE PILOT SIGNAL MANIFOLD TO THE CONTROL VALVE PILOT CAPS. THE NUMBERS APPEAR ON THE PILOT SIGNAL MANIFOLD BUT ARE NOT USED ON THE PILOT CAPS.

PA PD

LEFT FORWARD

40 RIGHT PILOT CONTROL VALVE

39 LEFT PILOT CONTROL VALVE

38 TRAVEL PILOT CONTROL VALVE

149 RETURN OR PRESSURE-FREE OIL

129

HT

DS

50

PF P

T4

DF

98 FROM ARM 1 FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE 37 SOLENOID VALVE MANIFOLD

1 45 PI

DD

SC

SF

SI

SG

DM 9

1 91 83 Y23 FROM BOOM ARM AND ARM 2 REGENERATIVE FLOW RATE SOLENOID CONTROL VALVES

1 43

1 47

1 48

POWER TRAVEL Y25 SPEED Y24 DIG SOLENOID SOLENOID Y22 DIG REGENERATIVE SOLENOID

10 TR

11

12

4

SA

SN

SP

1 46

B34 3

2

SB

SK

1

SH

SL

1 44

SE

8

7

6

S3

5

13

SM

14

B33

TX1077077 Pilot Control Valves and Pilot Signal Manifold Schematic—Excavator Pattern Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-85

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=863

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-1/11


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-86

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=864


Diagnostic Information 30— Pilot Pressure Regulating 118— From Auxiliary Flow 1— Boom Up (pilot) 49— Filter Screen (17 used) Valve Combiner Valve 2— Boom Down (pilot) 50— Shuttle Valve (17 used) 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 129— Orifice—Boom Down 3— Arm Out (pilot) 77— From Bucket Flow Rate 38— Travel Pilot Control Valve Shockless Valve 4— Arm In (pilot) Control Valve (switch valve 39— Left Pilot Control Valve 147 — Pilot Oil 5— Swing Left (pilot) and poppet) 40— Right Pilot Control Valve 149— Return or Pressure-Free 6— Swing Right (pilot) 83— From Boom Flow Rate 41— Pilot Signal Manifold Oil 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) Control Valve (switch valve 42— Boom Down Shockless B33— Swing Pressure Sensor 8— Bucket Dump (pilot) and poppet) Valve (port S3) 9— Left Travel Forward (pilot) 84— From Dig Regenerative 43— Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot Valve B34— Travel Pressure Sensor 10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) Valve (port SE) (port TR) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) 91— From Arm 2 Flow Rate 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Control Valve (switch valve Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve (port SL) Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid 13— Plug—Auxiliary (pilot) and poppet) 45— Swing Park Brake Release 93— From Bypass Shutoff Valve (port SF) 14— Plug—Auxiliary( pilot) Pilot Valve (port SH) Y23— Arm Regenerative 17— To Pump 1 Regulator 98— From Arm 1 Flow Rate 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve Solenoid (port SC) 18— To Pump 2 Regulator Control Valve (switch valve (port SK) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid (port 28— Pilot Pump and poppet) SG) 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Valve (port SB) Control Valve (switch valve Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot (port SI) and poppet) Valve (port SA) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-87

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-2/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=865


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-88

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=866


Diagnostic Information

TX1077079 —UN—30APR10

PILOT FILTER AND BYPASS VALVE 29

147 PILOT OIL

PILOT 28 PUMP

TA

PC

PG

PF

3

PE

TO PUMP 1 AND PUMP 2 17 18 REGULATORS AND SERVO PISTONS

30 FROM BUCKET FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE 77

9

10

P

T

DE

PE

DP

DK

BOOM UP

SWING RIGHT

SWING LEFT

ARM OUT

ARM IN

BUCKET DUMP

BUCKET CURL

12

3

4

6

5

2

1

8

7

11

4

2

2

1

P

T

4

1

3

2

P

T

4

1

3

PILOT SIGNAL 41 MANIFOLD

DY

A2

T2

A1

T1

J

K

L

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

M

N

49

PH

T3

DN

42 A4

DZ

84 FROM DIG REGENERATIVE VALVE

BOOM DOWN

PILOT SHUTOFF SOLENOID VALVE Y10

FROM BYPASS SHUTOFF 93 VALVE

A3 DH

RIGHT REVERSE

118 FROM AUXILIARY FLOW COMBINER VAVLE

FROM AUXILIARY FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE 108

I

PD

RIGHT FORWARD

LEFT REVERSE

NOTE: NUMBERS 1-14 ARE USED TO SHOW THE PILOT LINE CONNECTIONS FROM THE PILOT SIGNAL MANIFOLD TO THE CONTROL VALVE PILOT CAPS. THE NUMBERS APPEAR ON THE PILOT SIGNAL MANIFOLD BUT ARE NOT USED ON THE PILOT CAPS.

PA PD

LEFT FORWARD

40 RIGHT PILOT CONTROL VALVE

39 LEFT PILOT CONTROL VALVE

38 TRAVEL PILOT CONTROL VAVLE

149 RETURN OR PRESSURE-FREE OIL

129

HT

DS

50

PF P

T4

DF

98 FROM ARM 1 FLOW RATE CONTROL VAVLE 37 SOLENIOD VALVE MANIFOLD

1 45 PI

DD

SC

SF

SI

SG

DM 9

1 91 83 FROM BOOM AND ARM 2 FLOW RATE CONTROL VALVE

1 43

1 47

1 48

POWER TRAVEL Y23 Y25 SPEED Y24 DIGGING ARM SOLENIOD SOLENIOD REGENERATIVE VALVE Y22 VALVE SOLENIOD VALVE DIG REGENERATIVE SOLENIOD VALVE

10 TR

11

12

4

SA

SN

SP

1 46

B34 3

2

SB

SK

1

SH

SL

1 44

SE

8

7

6

S3

5

13

SM

14

B33

TX1077079 Pilot Control Valves and Pilot Signal Manifold Schematic—Backhoe Pattern Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-89

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=867

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-3/11


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-90

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=868


Diagnostic Information 30— Pilot Pressure Regulating 1— Boom Up (pilot) 49— Filter Screen (17 used) 129— Orifice—Boom Down Valve 2— Boom Down (pilot) 50— Shuttle Valve (17 used) Shockless Valve 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 3— Arm Out (pilot) 77— From Bucket Flow Rate 147 — Pilot Oil 38— Travel Pilot Control Valve 4— Arm In (pilot) Control Valve (switch valve 149— Return or Pressure-Free 39— Left Pilot Control Valve 5— Swing Left (pilot) and poppet) Oil 40— Right Pilot Control Valve 6— Swing Right (pilot) 83— From Boom Flow Rate B33— Swing Pressure Sensor 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) Control Valve (switch valve (port S3) 42— Boom Down Shockless 8— Bucket Dump (pilot) and poppet) B34— Travel Pressure Sensor Valve 9— Left Forward (pilot) 84— From Dig Regenerative Valve (port TR) 43— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control 10— Left Reverse (pilot) (switch valve and poppet) Y10— Pilot Control Shutoff Pilot Valve (port SE) 11— Right Forward (pilot) 91— From Arm 2 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve 44— Travel Flow Combiner Pilot 12— Right Reverse (pilot) Control Valve (switch valve Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SL) 13— Plug—Auxiliary (pilot) and poppet) Valve (port SF) 45— Swing Park Brake Release 93— From Bypass Shutoff Valve Y23— Arm Regenerative 14— Plug—Auxiliary( pilot) Pilot Valve (port SH) 17— To Pump 1 Regulator and 98— From Arm 1 Flow Rate Solenoid Valve (port SC) 46— Bucket Flow Rate Pilot Valve Servo Piston Control Valve Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (port SK) 18— To Pump 2 Regulator and 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate (port SG) 47— Pump 2 Flow Rate Pilot Servo Piston Control Valve (valve and Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SB) 28— Pilot Pump poppet) Valve (port SI) 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 48— Pump 1 Flow Rate Pilot 118— From Auxiliary Flow Valve (port SA) Combiner Valve Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-91

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-4/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=869


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-92

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=870


Diagnostic Information

TX1077080 —UN—30APR10

RIGHT TRAVEL MOTOR 61

37B 1

37A 8

11

37C

80

79

88

37D

37E

37F 126 BUCKET CYLINDER

89

FROM BUCKET FLOW RATE 46 PILOT VALVE PORT SK

90 85

87

FROM TRAVEL 44 FLOW COMBINER PILOT VALVE PORT SL

86

116

15 PUMP 1

77

75

125 BOOM CYLINDER

91

83 82

78

124 OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE

93

81

76 120 121

RIGHT CONTROL 73 VALVE TO SWING MOTOR MAKE-UP PORT 52

92

122

84

145 SUPPLY OIL 94

123

10

B31

2

7

12

36 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER 136

14

4

6

148 TRAPPED OIL 149 RETURN OR PRESSUREFREE OIL

37K

37L

118

16 PUMP 2

119 114 117 63 LEFT TRAVEL MOTOR

115

112

110

108

107

114

95

98

105

111 113

74

100

97

96

101

52 SWING MOTOR

43 FROM ARM 1 FLOW RATE PILOT VALVE PORT SE

99

104 106 9

37J

13

109

5

3

37I

37H

B30

103

102

127 ARM CYLINDER

37G

TX1077080 Control Valve Schematic Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-93

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=871

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-5/11


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-94

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=872


Diagnostic Information 37L— From Power Digging 109— Plug 1— Boom Up (pilot) 86— Orifice Solenoid Valve (port SG) 110— Left Travel Spool 2— Boom Down (pilot) 87— Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 43— From Arm 1 Flow Rate Pilot 111— Check Valve (lift 3— Arm Out (pilot) Valve Valve (pilot signal manifold 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and check)—Left Travel Neutral 4— Arm In (pilot) port SE) Passage 5— Swing Left (pilot) Anticavitation Valve 44— From Travel Flow Combiner 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief 112— Check Valve (lift 6— Swing Right (pilot) Pilot Valve (pilot signal check)—Left Travel Power 7— Bucket Curl (pilot) and Anticavitation Valve manifold port SL) Passage 8— Bucket Dump (pilot) 90— Arm 2 Spool 46— From Bucket Flow Rate Pilot 91— Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 113— Orifice—Left Travel Power 9— Left Travel Forward (pilot) Valve (pilot signal manifold Passage 10— Left Travel Reverse (pilot) Valve (switch valve and port SK) 114— Orifice—Air Bleed (9 used) 11— Right Travel Forward (pilot) poppet) 115— Main Relief Valve Isolation 12— Right Travel Reverse (pilot) 52— Swing Motor 92— Check Valve (lift — To Swing Motor Make-Up Port Check Valve—5-Spool 13— Plug—Auxiliary (pilot) check)—Arm 2 Neutral 61— Right Travel Motor 116— Main Relief Valve Isolation 14— Plug—Auxiliary( pilot) Passage (port A—reverse, port Check Valve—4-Spool 15— Pump 1 (right, 4-spool) 93— Bypass Shutoff Valve B—forward) 117— Main Relief and Power 16— Pump 2 (left, 5-spool) 94— Arm Regenerative Valve 63— Left Travel Motor Digging Valve 36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 95— Swing Spool (port B—reverse, port 118— Auxiliary Function Flow 37A— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 96— Check Valve (lift A—forward) Combiner Valve (port DH) check)—Swing Neutral 119— Check Valve—Auxiliary 37B— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool) Passage 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 97— Arm 1 Spool Function Combiner Valve (port DZ) 75— Right Travel Spool Circuit 37C— From Dig Regenerative 98— Arm 1 Flow Rate Control 76— Bucket Spool 120— Travel Flow Combiner Solenoid Valve (port SF) Valve (switch valve and Valve 37D— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 77— Bucket Flow Rate Control poppet) Valve (switch valve and 121— Check Valve—Travel Flow (port DD) 99— Check Valve (lift poppet) Combiner Valve Circuit 37E— To Solenoid Valve Manifold check)—Arm 1 Regenerative 78— Bucket Regenerative Valve 122— Check Valve (lift (port DK) Circuit 79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief 100— Check Valve (lift check)—Bucket 37F— From Arm Regenerative and Anticavitation Valve Solenoid Valve (port SC) check)—Dig Regenerative 123— Orifice—Bucket Power Circuit 37G— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief Circuit and Anticavitation Valve 124— Hydraulic Oil Cooler (port DE) 101— Arm Reduced Leakage Bypass Valve 37H— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 81— Boom 1 Spool Valve (switch valve and 82— Boom Regenerative Valve 125— Boom Cylinder (2 used) (port DY) poppet) 37I— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 83— Boom Flow Rate Control 102— Arm In Circuit Relief and 126— Bucket Cylinder Valve (switch valve and 127— Arm Cylinder (port DY) Anticavitation Valve poppet) 37J— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and 136— Restriction Valve 84— Dig Regenerative Valve 145— Supply Oil (port DN) Anticavitation Valve 148— Trapped Oil 37K— To Solenoid Valve Manifold 85— Boom Reduced Leakage 104— Boom 2 Spool Valve (switch valve and 149— Return or Pressure-Free (port DN) 105— Check Valve (lift check valve) Oil check)—Boom 2 Power B30— Boom Up Pressure Sensor Circuit B31— Arm In Pressure Sensor 106— Check Valve—Dig Regenerative Circuit 107— Auxiliary Spool 108— Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (switch valve and poppet) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-95

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-6/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=873


Diagnostic Information

53 52 SWING MOTOR

73

FROM RIGHT CONTROL VALVE RETURN PASSAGE 54

55 SWING DAMPENER VALVE

51 SWING DEVICE 56

95A

SWING PARK BRAKE 57

58 B32 TX1077081

TX1077081 —UN—30APR10

95B

149 RETURN OR PRESSURE FREE OIL FRONT ATTACHMENT PRESSURE SENSOR

45 FROM SWING PARK BRAKE RELEASE PILOT VALVE (PORT SH) Swing Motor Schematic

45— From Swing Park Release 54— Swing Crossover Relief Pilot Valve (Port SH) Valve 51— Swing Device 55— Swing Dampener Valve 52— Swing Motor 56— Swing Park Brake 53— Swing Motor Make-Up Check 57— Orifice Valve 58— Check Valve

149— Return or Pressure-Free 73— From Right Control Valve Oil Return Passage B32— Front Attachment Pressure 95A— From Swing Spool Top Sensor Port-Right Swing 95B— From Swing Spool Bottom Port-Left Swing Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-96

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-7/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=874


Diagnostic Information

60

61 75B

B

75A

A

37

72

64

64 B

110A

A 63

65

66

67

110B

68 71

70

604 606 TX1085865

TX1085865 —UN—29FEB12

69

62

Travel Motor and Brake Valve Schematic

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-97

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-8/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=875


Diagnostic Information 37— From Solenoid Valve Manifold—Travel Speed Solenoid (marked SI) 60— Right Travel Device 61— Right Travel Motor 62— Left Travel Device 63— Left Travel Motor

64— Travel Park Brake 65— Servo Piston 66— Travel Speed Change Valve 67— Shuttle Valve 68— Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve 69— Check Valve 70— Orifice

71— Counterbalance Valve 72— Center Joint 75A— From Right Travel Spool Bottom Port—Reverse 75B— From Right Travel Spool Top Port—Forward 110A— From Left Travel Spool Top Port—Forward

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-98

110B— From Left Travel Spool Bottom Port—Reverse 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-9/11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=876


Diagnostic Information

TX1077082 —UN—30APR10

37M TO SOLENOID VALVE MANIFOLD PORT PD

47

145 SUPPLY OIL

FROM PUMP 2 FLOW RATE PILOT VALVE PORT SB

FROM PUMP 1 48 FLOW RATE PILOT VALVE PORT SA

138 FROM LEFT CONTROL VALVE

147 PILOT OIL

ATTENUATOR HOSE 27

FROM PILOT CIRCUIT ORIFICE AIR BLEED 114 TO RIGHT FROM PILOT 73 CONTROL SHUTOFF VALVE Y10 (4 SPOOL) SOLENOID PORT T4 27

149 RETURN OIL OR PRESSURE FREE OIL 74 TO LEFT CONTROL VALVE (5 SPOOL)

FROM SOLENOID 37N VALVE MANIFOLD PORT DS 41 FROM PILOT SIGNAL MANIFOLD PORT DF

PUMP 1 DELIVERY PRESSURE SENSOR B35

PUMP 2 DELIVERY PRESSURE SENSOR B37 36 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER PUMP 2

PUMP 1 15

16

FROM SWING MOTOR 52 FROM CENTER JOINT 72 HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLING PORT 128 124

RETURN 32 FILTER

PILOT PUMP 28 SUCTION SCREEN 35

HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE

29 PILOT FILTER AND BYPASS VAVLE

FILTER 34 BYPASS

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 31

PUMP 2 FLOW RATE LIMIT TORQUE CONTROL SOLENOID SOLENOID VALVE Y21 Y20

PILOT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE 30

136

18 PUMP 2 REGULATOR

17 PUMP 1 REGULATOR

PUMP 1 B36 CONTROL PRESSURE B38 PUMP 2 SENSOR CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR

TX1077082 Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulators Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-99

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=877

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-10/11


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-100

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=878


Diagnostic Information

15— Pump 1 (right, 4-spool) 36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 73— To Right Control Valve (4 16— Pump 2 (right, 5-spool) 37M— To Solenoid Valve Manifold spool) 17— Pump 1 Regulator (port PD) 74— To Left Control Valve (5 18— Pump 2 Regulator 37N— From Solenoid Valve spool) 27— Attenuator Hose (2 used) Manifold (port DS) 114— From Pilot Circuit Orifice 28— Pilot Pump 41— From Pilot Signal Manifold Air Bleed 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve (port DF) 124— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 30— Pilot Pressure Regulating 47— From Pump 2 Flow Rate Bypass Valve Valve Pilot Valve (port SB) 128— Hydraulic Oil Sampling 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 48— From Pump 2 Flow Rate Port 32— Return Filter Pilot Valve (port SA) 136— Restriction Valve 34— Filter Bypass 52— From Swing Motor 138— From Left Control Valve 35— Suction Screen 72— From Center Joint B35— Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor B36— Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor

B37— Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor B38— Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor Y10— From Pilot Shutoff Solenoid (port T4) Y20— Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Y21— Torque Control Solenoid Valve 145— Supply Oil 147— Pilot Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil

TP97644,00000A4 -19-24SEP18-11/11

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-101

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=879


Diagnostic Information

Hydraulic System Component Location

31 40

15

39

16

51

28

41 72 37 38

30

73 Y10

74 36

TX1003088 —UN—30JAN06

29

TX1003088 Hydraulic System Component Location Y10— Pilot Shutoff Solenoid 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 15— Pump 1 36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 16— Pump 2 37— Solenoid Valve Manifold 28— Pilot Pump 38— Travel Pilot Control Valve 29— Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve 39— Left Pilot Control Valve 30— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve

40— Right Pilot Control Valve 74— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 41— Pilot Signal Manifold 51— Swing Device 72— Center Joint 73— Right Control Valve (4-spool)

TP97644,00000AD -19-06DEC06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-102

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=880


Diagnostic Information

Hydraulic System Line Connections TX1016254 —UN—08JAN07

6 5

4

2

3

7 1

10

11

14 12 13

9 8

TX1016254 Hydraulic System Line Connections Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-103

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=881

TP97644,00000AE -19-06DEC06-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-104

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=882


Diagnostic Information

1— Bucket Cylinder 2— Arm Cylinder 3— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 4— Hydraulic Oil Tank

5— Left Control Valve (5-spool) 8— Swing Motor 6— Right Control Valve (4-spool) 9— Center Joint 7— Pilot Signal Manifold 10— Pump 1 11— Pump 2 12— Pilot Pump 13— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve, Pilot Filter and Bypass Valve

14— Hydraulic Oil Cooler

TP97644,00000AE -19-06DEC06-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-105

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=883


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-106

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=884


Diagnostic Information

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location TX1015973 —UN—10JAN07

31

132

2

1

133

136 3 4

5

6 3 4

6

Y9

Y8 134

TX1015973

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location—Standard Fan Speed Control Valve (If Equipped) Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-107

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=885

Y8

5 135 TX04577,000011A -19-01JUL08-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-108

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=886


Diagnostic Information

1— Case Drain Line—Fan Motor-to-Hydraulic Tank 2— Sump Line—Hydraulic Tank-to-Fan Drive Pump 3— Supply Pressure—Fan Pump-to-Fan Speed Control Valve

4— Return line—Fan Motor-to-Fan Speed Control Valve 5— Supply Pressure—Fan Speed Control Valve-to-Fan Motor 6— Return Line—Fan Speed Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Cooler

31— Hydraulic Oil Tank Y8— Proportional Speed 132— Fan Drive Pump Solenoid 133— Fan Drive Motor Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid 134— Fan Speed Control Valve 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve 136— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve Connections TX04577,000011A -19-01JUL08-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-109

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=887


Diagnostic Information

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic (S.N. 511304— )

133

134

Y8

B

A

36

132

32

TX1113333 —UN—22MAY12

34

145

35 31

149

TX1113333 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—If Equipped 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor

134— Fan Speed Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-110

Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

MB00333,000008B -19-18MAY12-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=888


Diagnostic Information

135 133

Y9

A

PUMP

B TANK

Y8

132

36

32

TX1113341 —UN—22MAY12

34 145

35 149 TX1113341

31 Fan Drive System Hydraulic Schematic—Reversing (if equipped)

31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

Y9— Reversing Fan Solenoid Valve

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) MB00333,000008B -19-18MAY12-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-111

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=889


Diagnostic Information

Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic (S.N. —511303)

133

134

Y8

B

A

36

132

32

TX1113333 —UN—22MAY12

34

145

35 31

149

TX1113333 Fan Drive Hydraulic System Schematic—If Equipped 31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor

134— Fan Speed Control Valve 145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-112

Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

TX04577,0000119 -19-18MAY12-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=890


Diagnostic Information

135 133

Y9

A

PUMP

B TANK

Y8

132

36

32

TX1113341 —UN—22MAY12

34 145

35 149 TX1113341

31 Fan Drive System Hydraulic Schematic—Reversing (if equipped)

31— Hydraulic Oil Tank 32— Return Filter 34— Filter Bypass 35— Suction Screen

36— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 132— Fan Drive Pump 133— Fan Drive Motor 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

145— Supply Oil 149— Return or Pressure-Free Oil Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve

Y9— Reversing Fan Solenoid Valve

See Fan Drive Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.) TX04577,0000119 -19-18MAY12-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-113

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=891


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-15-114

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=892


Group 25

Tests JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05800 Digital Thermometer

T6808CE —UN—28FEB89

1. Fasten temperature probe (A) to a bare metal hydraulic line using a tie band. 2. Wrap temperature probe and line with a shop towel. A—Temperature Probe B—Cable

C—JT05800 Digital Thermometer

CED,TX08227,2895 -19-19NOV97-1/1

JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Installation SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer T8543AI —UN—25AUG95

JT02158 Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02159 20 ft Cable with Couplers JT02161 500 psi Transducer JT02162 5000 psi Transducer JT05969 Thermo-Coupler 312883 Carry Case JT02160 10,000 psi Transducer (Optional, Order Separately)

Use the digital pressure/temperature analyzer (A), and transducers (B) in place of analog gauges and a separate temperature reader. Transducers are temperature sensitive. Allow transducer to warm to system temperature. After transducer is warmed and no pressure applied, push sensor zero button for one second to set the true zero point.

A—Digital Pressure/Tempera- 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) ture Analyzer Transducer B—3 400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi Transducer Transducer

When using for different pressures, turn selector to OFF for two seconds and then to the pressure range. Readings are inaccurate if proper range for transducer is not used. CED,TX08227,2896 -19-02JUL01-1/1

Hydraulic Oil Cleanup Procedure With Portable Filter Caddy For cleanup instructions using portable filter caddy, see Hydraulic Oil Cleanup Procedure Using Portable Filter Caddy. (Group 3360.) TP97644,0000052 -19-28APR16-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=893


Tests

Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed

1300—1400 rpm if below -18°C 1300—1400 rpm if below 0°F 1750—1850 rpm if above -18°C 1750—1850 rpm if above 0°F

Power Mode Switch Position

E (Economy) Mode if below -18°C E (Economy) Mode if below 0°F HP (High Power) Mode if above -18°C HP (High Power) Mode if above 0°F

CAUTION: Avoid possible serious injury from machine movement during warm-up procedure. Clear the area of all bystanders before doing the warm-up procedure. 2. Clear the area of all bystanders to allow for machine movement.

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

3. Start engine. Run engine at approximately 1300 rpm for approximately 5 minutes before operating any functions.

Travel Speed Switch Position

Slow (Turtle)

4. Run machine at specification.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

IMPORTANT: If machine temperature is below -18°C (0°F), start procedure in the E (Economy) mode . Failure to do this could cause pump cavitation. Once oil temperature is above -18°C (0°F), the power mode can be switched to HP (High Power) mode . Below -18°C (0°F) an extended warm-up period may be necessary. Hydraulic functions will move slowly and lubrication of parts may not be adequate with cold oil. Do not attempt normal machine operation until hydraulic functions move at or close to normal cycle times. Operate functions slowly and avoid sudden movements until engine and hydraulic oils are thoroughly warmed. Operate a function by moving it a short distance in each direction. Continue operating the function increasing the distance traveled in each cycle until full stroke is reached. For faster warm-up, restrict air flow through oil cooler using cardboard or other similar material. Use correct viscosity oil to minimize warm-up period. See Hydraulic Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

Specification Engine—Speed...................................... 1300—1400 rpm if below -18°C 1300—1400 rpm if below 0°F 1750—1850 rpm if above -18°C 1750—1850 rpm if above 0°F Power Mode Switch—Position................................ E (Economy) Mode if below -18°C E (Economy) Mode if below 0°F HP (High Power) Mode if above -18°C HP (High Power) Mode if above 0°F Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position.................................................................. Slow (Turtle)

5. Slowly turn upperstructure so boom is to the side. CAUTION: Avoid possible serious injury from machine sliding backwards. Keep angle between boom and arm at 90—110°. 6. Keeping the angle between boom and arm at 90—110°, lower boom to raise track off the ground.

1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the coolant temperature, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

7. Operate travel function (side with track off ground) for approximately 5 minutes.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

8. When oil temperature is above -18°C (0°F), increase engine speed to 1750—1850 rpm and turn power mode switch to HP (high power).

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Coolant Temperature - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application.See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Hydraulic Warm-Up Or select the following items from the menu: - Coolant Temperature - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

IMPORTANT: Holding a function over relief for more than 10 seconds can cause damage due to hot spots in the control valve. 9. Operate the travel function (side with track off the ground). Also operate the bucket curl function over relief for 10 seconds and then stop for 5 seconds. Repeat the cycle until oil is heated to specifications. 10. Stop periodically and operate all hydraulic functions to distribute the heated oil.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-2

TP97644,0000053 -19-12MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=894


Tests

11. Continue procedure until oil temperature is within specifications.

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000053 -19-12MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=895


Tests

Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm and 750—850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Pressure

3.3—4.8 MPa at 750—850 rpm 3309—4826 kPa at 750—850 rpm 33.1—48.3 bar at 750—850 rpm 480—700 psi at 750—850 rpm 3.5—5.0 MPa at 1750—1850 rpm 3509—5012 kPa at 1750—1850 rpm 35.1—50.1 bar at 1750—1850 rpm 509—727 psi at 1750—1850 rpm

Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Shim Pressure Change

0.078 MPa approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 78 kPa approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 0.78 bar approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 11 psi approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 0.160 MPa approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 160 kPa approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 1.6 bar approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 22 psi approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 0.31 MPa approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 304 kPa approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 3.1 bar approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 44 psi approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.)

Plug to Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Housing Torque

TX1001996A —UN—04JAN06

SPECIFICATIONS

1— Test Port Plug

NOTE: The monitor can be used to make a quick check of the pilot system pressure using the arm in function. Monitor arm in pilot pressure with the engine at 1750—1850 rpm and then actuate arm in function over relief. The pressure reading displayed is from the arm in pressure sensor located in the pilot cap. Before making any adjustments, check the pilot pressure at the test port using a pressure gauge. For pilot filter and pressure regulating valve location see Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-15.)

25 N·m 220 lb-in.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter

3. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to ensure there is enough pilot pressure to operate all the pilot system functions and to adjust the pressure as necessary. The pilot pressure regulating valve is used to regulate the pilot system pressure. 1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 2. Connect a gauge to test port. Remove test port plug (1). Install 4200465 Adapter. Connect the JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge.

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Arm In Pilot Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Arm In Pilot Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

2— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve

9025-25-4

TP97644,0000063 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=896


Tests

4. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

6. Compare pressure readings to specifications. Make adjustments as necessary.

5. Run machine at specification:

Specification Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve—Pressure..................................... 3.3—4.8 MPa at 750—850 rpm 3309—4826 kPa at 750—850 rpm 33.1—48.3 bar at 750—850 rpm 480—700 psi at 750—850 rpm 3.5—5.0 MPa at 1750—1850 rpm 3509—5012 kPa at 1750—1850 rpm 35.1—50.1 bar at 1750—1850 rpm 509—727 psi at 1750—1850 rpm

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed...............................1750—1850 rpm and 750—850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

7. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000063 -19-12MAY10-2/3

8. Remove pilot pressure regulating valve (2). Add shims to increase pressure. Remove shims to decrease pressure.

TX1001996A —UN—04JAN06

Specification Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Shim—Pressure Change....................................................................................0.078 MPa approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 78 kPa approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 0.78 bar approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 11 psi approximate per 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 0.160 MPa approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 160 kPa approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 1.6 bar approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 22 psi approximate per 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) 0.31 MPa approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 304 kPa approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 3.1 bar approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.) 44 psi approximate per 1.00 mm (0.040 in.)

9. Tighten plug to specification. Specification Plug to Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Housing—Torque...........................................................................25 N·m 220 lb-in.

1— Test Port Plug

2— Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve

10. Check the pressure settings again. TP97644,0000063 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=897


Tests

Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm and 750—850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Fast (Rabbit)

Control Valve Spool Actuating Pressure

3.4—4.0 MPa 3432—4021 kPa 34.3—40.2 bar 495—583 psi

TX1002098A —UN—07JAN06

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 203836 (9/16-18 F Sw 37° x 7/16-20 M 37° x 9/16-18 M 37° ) Tee Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test

Purpose of test is to ensure that the pilot pressure to the valve spools is enough to completely shift the spools.

1— 203836 Tee

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

5. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

NOTE: Spool actuating pressure can be checked for each function by installing a tee and gauge in pilot line and then actuating that function.

6. Run machine at specifications.

2. Install 203836 Tee in pilot line for function being tested. 3. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge. NOTE: Spool actuating pressure for boom up, arm in, left and right swing, and all travel functions can also be measured with the monitor. 4. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pressure reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Arm In Pilot Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Control Valve Spool Actuating Pilot Pressure Test. Or select the following items from the menu: - Arm In Pilot Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed...............................1750—1850 rpm and 750—850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position................................................................. Fast (Rabbit)

7. Actuate the function to be checked to full stroke. Record pressure. 8. Compare pressure to specifications. Specification Control Valve Spool Actuating—Pressure.......................................................... 3.4—4.0 MPa 3432—4021 kPa 34.3—40.2 bar 495—583 psi

If valve spool actuating pressure is not to specification check pilot system pressure. See Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

2— JT02162 Transducer

9025-25-6

TP97644,0000064 -19-12MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=898


Tests

If pilot system pressure is to specification then check pressure at the solenoid valve manifold, pilot control

shutoff solenoid valve, pilot controllers, and pilot signal manifold.

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000064 -19-12MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=899


Tests

Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) Pressure

Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw Pressure Change

0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut Length

2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut Torque

3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

TX1000227 —UN—01DEC05

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Solenoid Valve Manifold 18— To Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 19— To Travel Motors 20— To Dig Regenerative Valve 21— To Arm Regenerative Valve

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT03464 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37° x M14-1.5 M 45°) Tee JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the output pressure for the dig regenerative solenoid valve is within specification.

• SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Digging Regenerative Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 2. Remove the elbow (20) for dig regenerative solenoid valve (Y22). 3. Install JT03464 Tee. 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge.

6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 7. Run machine at specification.

NOTE: Pressure reading displayed on the monitor is calculated from an electrical signal in the main controller (MCF). The reading does not change when valve adjustment is made. 5. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the digging regenerative valve reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Digging Regenerative Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

8. Operate arm in over relief. Record monitor and gauge pressure readings. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (port SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

9025-25-8

TP97644,0000065 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=900


Tests Example of Calculated Reading From Monitor

9. Calculate the pressure range using calculated reading from monitor and specify tolerance. Check that actual reading from gauge is within the pressure range.

Example Monitor Reading

Actuated

Non Actuated

3.19 MPa 3190 kPa 31.9 bar 463 psi

0.03 MPa 30 kPa 0.3 bar 4 psi

Specification Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF)—Pressure.............................................. Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000065 -19-12MAY10-2/3

10. Adjust the solenoid valve (H) as needed. IMPORTANT: Turning adjusting screw out too far may cause oil leakage because the O-ring has come off its seat. T101709 —UN—20JUN96

a. Loosen nut (J). b. Turn adjusting screw (I) IN to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw OUT to decrease pressure setting. The length from end of adjusting screw to nut must not exceed 4 mm (0.157 in.). Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw—Pressure Change............................................0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut—Length.....................................................2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

c. Hold adjusting screw and tighten nut.

H—Solenoid Valve I— Adjusting Screw

J— Nut

Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut—Torque.................................................................................3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

11. Check the pressure setting again. TP97644,0000065 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=901


Tests

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) Pressure

Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw Pressure Change

0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut Length

2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut Torque

3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

TX1000227 —UN—01DEC05

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Solenoid Valve Manifold 18— To Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 19— To Travel Motors 20— To Dig Regenerative Valve 21— To Arm Regenerative Valve

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT03464 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37° x M14-1.5 M 45°) Tee JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the output pressure for the arm regenerative solenoid valve is within specification.

• SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE

ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Arm Regeneration Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 2. Remove the elbow (21) for arm regenerative solenoid valve (Y23). 3. Install JT03464 Tee. 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge.

6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 7. Run machine at specification.

NOTE: Pressure reading displayed on the monitor is calculated from an electrical signal in the main controller (MCF). The reading does not change when valve adjustment is made. 5. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the arm regeneration proportional valve reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Arm Regeneration Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

8. Operate boom up and arm in at the same time. Record monitor and gauge pressure readings. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (port SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

9025-25-10

TP97644,0000066 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=902


Tests Example of Calculated Reading From Monitor

9. Calculate the pressure range using calculated reading from monitor and specify tolerance. Check that the actual reading from gauge is within the pressure range.

Example Monitor Reading

Actuated

Non Actuated

2.74 MPa 2740 kPa 27.4 bar 397 psi

1.19 MPa 1190 kPa 11.9 bar 173 psi

Specification Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC)—Pressure............................................. Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000066 -19-12MAY10-2/3

10. Adjust the solenoid valve (H) as needed. IMPORTANT: Turning adjusting screw out too far may cause oil leakage because the O-ring has come off its seat. T101709 —UN—20JUN96

a. Loosen nut (J). b. Turn adjusting screw (I) IN to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw OUT to decrease pressure setting. The length from end of adjusting screw to nut must not exceed specification. Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw—Pressure Change............................................0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut—Length.....................................................2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

c. Hold adjusting screw and tighten nut.

H—Solenoid Valve I— Adjusting Screw

J— Nut

Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut—Torque.................................................................................3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

11. Check the pressure setting again. TP97644,0000066 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=903


Tests

Power Digging Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG) Pressure

Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw Pressure Change

0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut Length

2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut Torque

3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

TX1000227 —UN—01DEC05

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Solenoid Valve Manifold 18— To Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 19— To Travel Motors 20— To Dig Regenerative Valve 21— To Arm Regenerative Valve

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT03464 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37° x M14-1.5 M 45°) Tee JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the output pressure from the power digging solenoid valve is within specification.

• SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Power Digging Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: Select the following items from the menu: - Power Digging Control Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 2. Remove the elbow (18) for power dig solenoid valve (Y24). 3. Install JT03464 Tee. 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge.

6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

NOTE: Pressure reading displayed on the monitor is calculated from an electrical signal in the main controller (MCF). The reading does not change when valve adjustment is made.

7. Run machine at specification.

5. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the power digging control pressure reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Power Digging Control Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

8. Push the power digging button. Record monitor and gauge pressure readings. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (port SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

9025-25-12

TP97644,0000067 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=904


Tests Example of Calculated Reading From Monitor

9. Calculate the pressure range using calculated reading from monitor and specify tolerance. Check that the actual reading from gauge is within the pressure range.

Example Monitor Reading

Actuated

Non Actuated

2.99 MPa 2990 kPa 29.9 bar 434 psi

0.71 MPa 710 kPa 7.1 bar 103 psi

Specification Power Digging Solenoid Valve (port SG)—Pressure............................................. Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000067 -19-12MAY10-2/3

10. Adjust the solenoid valve (H) as needed. IMPORTANT: Turning adjusting screw out too far may cause oil leakage because the O-ring has come off its seat. T101709 —UN—20JUN96

a. Loosen nut (J). b. Turn adjusting screw (I) IN to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw OUT to decrease pressure setting. The length from end of adjusting screw to nut must not exceed 4 mm (0.157 in.). Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw—Pressure Change............................................0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut—Length.....................................................2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

c. Hold adjusting screw and tighten nut.

H—Solenoid Valve I— Adjusting Screw

J— Nut

Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut—Torque.................................................................................3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

11. Check the pressure setting again. TP97644,0000067 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-13

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=905


Tests

Travel Speed Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Fast (Rabbit)

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw Pressure Change

0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut Length

2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut Torque

3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT03191 (7/16-20 M 37° x 7/16-20 F 37° x 7/16-20 M 37°) Tee

TX1000227 —UN—01DEC05

Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa SI) Pressure Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

Solenoid Valve Manifold 18— To Main Relief and Power Digging Valve 19— To Travel Motors 20— To Dig Regenerative Valve 21— To Arm Regenerative Valve

JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

Y22— Dig Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SF) Y23— Arm Regenerative Solenoid Valve (port SC) Y24— Power Dig Solenoid Valve (port SG) Y25— Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)

Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the output pressure from the travel speed solenoid valve is within specification.

5. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the travel mode proportional valve reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Travel Mode Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Travel Speed Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Travel Mode Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

2. Disconnect hose from elbow (19) for travel speed solenoid valve (Y25). NOTE: Tee fitting may be installed at opposite end of hose from solenoid valve manifold, at connection near center joint. 3. Install JT03191 Tee. 4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge. NOTE: Pressure reading displayed on the monitor is calculated from an electrical signal in the main controller (MCF). The reading does not change when valve adjustment is made.

6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-14

TP97644,0000068 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=906


Tests

7. Run machine at specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position................................................................. Fast (Rabbit)

8. Push both travel levers to FORWARD at full speed. Record monitor and gauge pressure readings.

Check that the actual reading from gauge is within the pressure range. Specification Travel Speed Solenoid Valve (port SI)—Pressure............................................... Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance Example of Calculated Reading From Monitor Example Monitor Reading

9. Calculate the pressure range using calculated reading from monitor and specify tolerance.

Actuated

Non Actuated

2.99 MPa 2990 kPa 29.9 bar 434 psi

0.50 MPa 500 kPa 5.0 bar 73 psi

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000068 -19-12MAY10-2/3

10. Adjust the solenoid valve (H) as needed. IMPORTANT: Turning adjusting screw out too far may cause oil leakage because the O-ring has come off its seat. T101709 —UN—20JUN96

a. Loosen nut (J). b. Turn adjusting screw (I) IN to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw OUT to decrease pressure setting. The length from end of adjusting screw to nut must not exceed 4 mm (0.157 in.). Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw—Pressure Change............................................0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut—Length.....................................................2 mm maximum 0.079 in. maximum

c. Hold adjusting screw and tighten nut.

H—Solenoid Valve I— Adjusting Screw

J— Nut

Specification Solenoid Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut—Torque.................................................................................3.0 N·m 27 lb-in.

11. Check the pressure setting again. TP97644,0000068 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-15

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=907


Tests

Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test SPECIFICATIONS

2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

3. Run machine at specification.

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Pump Control 1.03 MPa approximate 1030 kPa approximate Pressure in Neutral Pressure 10.3 bar approximate 149 psi approximate Pump 1 and Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure at Full Actuation Pressure

3.64 MPa approximate 3640 kPa approximate 36.4 bar approximate 529 psi approximate

The function of the pump 1 and pump 2 flow rate pilot valves (port SA and SB) is to send a regulated pilot control pressure signal to its respective pump regulator to change pump flow in response to the actuation of pilot control valves to shift the control valve spools. The purpose of test is to check that the regulated pump control pilot pressure signal from the flow rate pilot valves to the remote control spool in pump 1 and pump 2 regulators increases as a function is actuated and decreases when function is returned to neutral. The pressure signals are checked by monitoring the pump 1 and pump 2 control pressure sensors. See Pilot Signal Manifold Operation for the flow rate pilot valves. (Group 9025-05.) See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation for the remote control spools. (Group 9025-05.) 1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 1 and pump 2 control pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Pump Control Pressure - Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Pump Control Pressure - Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

4. Return all control levers and pedals to the neutral position. Check that pilot shutoff lever is forward in the unlock position. 5. Record the pressure readings from monitor. Specification Pump 1 and Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure in Neutral—Pressure............................................ 1.03 MPa approximate 1030 kPa approximate 10.3 bar approximate 149 psi approximate

6. Slowly actuate the control lever for boom up to full stroke while observing the monitor. The pressures must increase smoothly and evenly as function is actuated to full stroke. 7. Hold the control lever at full stroke. Record the pressure readings from monitor. Specification Pump 1 and Pump 2 Pump Control Pressure at Full Actuation—Pressure............................................ 3.64 MPa approximate 3640 kPa approximate 36.4 bar approximate 529 psi approximate

8. Check the following if the pressure signal does not increase smoothly and evenly or is not to specification.

• Check the hoses from the pilot signal manifold to the pump 1 and pump 2 regulators for damage.

• Perform Pressure Sensor Test to check pump 1 and pump 2 control pressure sensors. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Pilot Signal Manifold Disassemble and

Assemble for instruction to remove and inspect the pump 1 and pump 2 flow rate pilot valves. (Group 3360.)

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000069 -19-12MAY10-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-16

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=908


Tests

Torque Control Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Torque Control Solenoid Valve Pressure

Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

TX1001576A —UN—21DEC05

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Adjusting Screw Pressure Change 0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut Length

2 mm or less 0.079 in. or less

Adjusting Screw-to-Housing Nut Torque

3 N·m 27 lb-in.

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulators 1— Pump 1 Regulator 2— Test Port

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

3— Torque Control Solenoid Valve 4— Pump 2 Regulator

4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter JT02162 Transducer 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi)

• SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE

JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Torque Control Solenoid Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump Torque Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Gauge 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the output pressure from the torque control solenoid valve is within specification. 1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 2. Remove the plug from test port (2) in pump 1 regulator (1). 3. Install the 4200465 Adapter.

7. Run machine at specification.

4. Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02162 Transducer or 7000 kPa (70 bar) (1000 psi) gauge. NOTE: Pressure reading displayed on the monitor is calculated from an electrical signal in the main controller (MCF). The reading does not change when valve adjustment is made. 5. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor the pump torque proportional valve pressure reading, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump Torque Proportional Valve - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

8. Return all control levers and pedals to the neutral position. Record the pressure readings from monitor and gauge. 9. Calculate the pressure range using calculated reading from monitor and specify tolerance. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-17

TP97644,000006A -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=909


Tests

When a function is actuated, the readings starts to decrease. The reading will vary depending on the load on the function.

Check that the actual reading from gauge is within the pressure range. Specification Torque Control Solenoid Valve—Pressure........................................... Monitor Reading ± 0.2 MPa Monitor Reading ± 200 kPa Monitor Reading ± 2.0 bar Monitor Reading ± 29.0 psi Actual Reading From Gauge Must Be Within Pressure Range of Monitor Reading and Tolerance

Example of Calculated Reading From Monitor

Example Monitor Reading

Neutral (Non Actuated)

Actuated

3.48 MPa 3480 kPa 34.8 bar 508 psi

0.33 MPa 330 kPa 3.3 bar 48 psi

NOTE: An example of monitor reading is given in the chart below for the pump torque proportional valve (torque control solenoid valve). SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,000006A -19-12MAY10-2/3

10. Adjust the solenoid valve (H) as needed. IMPORTANT: Turning adjusting screw out too far may cause oil leakage because the O-ring has come off its seat. T101709 —UN—20JUN96

a. Loosen nut (J). b. Turn adjusting screw (I) in to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw out to decrease pressure setting. The length from end of adjusting screw to nut must not exceed specification. Specification Adjusting Screw—Pressure Change............................................0.069 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 69 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 0.69 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 10 psi approximate per 1/4 turn End of Adjusting Screw-to-Nut—Length..........................................................2 mm or less 0.079 in. or less

c. Hold adjusting screw. Tighten nut.

H—Solenoid Valve I— Adjusting Screw

J— Nut

Specification Adjusting Screw-toHousing Nut—Torque......................................................................3 N·m 27 lb-in. TP97644,000006A -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-18

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=910


Tests

Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Main Relief Valve Pressure

33.8—36.2 MPa 33 833—36 285 kPa 338—362 bar 4910—5260 psi

Power Digging Valve Pressure

35.3—38.2 MPa 35 304—38 246 kPa 353—382 bar 5120—5550 psi

Second Adjusting Plug Pressure Change

7.1 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 7100 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 71 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 1030 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

32 mm Nut Torque

83 N·m 60 lb-ft

First Adjusting Plug Pressure Change

5.3 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 5300 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 53 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 770 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

27 mm Nut Torque

64 N·m 47 lb-ft

T101614 —UN—18JUN96

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Test Ports A—4200465 Adapter B—Pump 2

C—Pump 1

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • Connect a gauge to test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. - Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. - Remove the plug from test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. Install the 4200465 Adapter. - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02160 Transducer or 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) gauge.

4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter Gauge 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02160 Transducer, 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) 17, 27, and 32 mm Combination Wrenches

The purpose of main relief valve is to limit the maximum hydraulic system pressure. Power digging is a temporary increase of the system pressure. The valve is checked and adjusted to protect components from damage caused by excessive pressures. 1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure

2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Run machine at specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

4. Actuate arm out function over relief. Record main relief pressure reading. Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-19

TP97644,000006B -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=911


Tests

5. Actuate arm out function over relief while pushing power digging switch. Record power digging pressure reading. SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-20

TP97644,000006B -19-12MAY10-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=912


Tests

NOTE: If pressure setting cannot be raised by adjusting main relief and power digging valve, arm out circuit relief valve pressure setting may be low. See Circuit Relief Valve Test and Adjustment before continuing. (Group 9025-25.)

1 2

6. Adjust the main relief and power digging valve (7) pressures as needed.

3

Specification Main Relief Valve—Pressure............................................................. 33.8—36.2 MPa 33 833—36 285 kPa 338—362 bar 4910—5260 psi Power Digging Valve—Pressure............................................................. 35.3—38.2 MPa 35 304—38 246 kPa 353—382 bar 5120—5550 psi

4

5 6

7

TX1000964 —UN—01DEC05

7. Loosen 17 mm nut (1) to prevent twisting power digging pilot line. Tighten nut before starting engine. 8. Loosen 27 mm nut (3). 9. Turn first adjusting plug (2) in until piston (6) is against bottom of bore in second adjusting plug (4). Tighten nut finger tight. 10. Loosen 32 mm nut (5). TX1000964

11. Start the engine.

Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

12. Actuate arm in function over relief. 13. Turn second adjusting plug (4) in to increase power digging relief pressure; turn adjusting plug out to decrease pressure. Specification Second Adjusting Plug—Pressure Change......................7.1 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 7100 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 71 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 1030 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

Hold second adjusting plug. Tighten 32 mm nut to specification. Specification 32 mm Nut—Torque......................................................................83 N·m 60 lb-ft

14. Loosen 27 mm nut (3). 15. Actuate the arm in function over relief. 16. Turn the first adjusting plug (2) out to decrease pressure to get the specified pressure for main relief valve.

1— 17 mm Nut 2— First Adjusting Plug 3— 27 mm Nut 4— Second Adjusting Plug

5— 32 mm Nut 6— Piston 7— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

Specification First Adjusting Plug—Pressure Change......................5.3 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 5300 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 53 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 770 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

17. Hold first adjusting plug. Tighten 27 mm nut to specification. Specification 27 mm Nut—Torque......................................................................64 N·m 47 lb-ft

18. Tighten 17 mm nut (1) on the elbow. 19. Check the pressures again. TP97644,000006B -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-21

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=913


Tests

Circuit Relief Valve Test and Adjustment Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed Dial Position

1300 rpm approximate

Work Mode Switch Preload

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Bucket Curl Pressure

37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi

Bucket Dump Pressure

39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi

Arm In Pressure

37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi

Arm Out Pressure

39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi

Boom Up Pressure

39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi

Boom Down Pressure

T101614 —UN—18JUN96

SPECIFICATIONS

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Test Ports A—4200465 Adapter B—Pump 2

37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi

Circuit Relief Valve Pressure Change

5.2 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 5200 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 52 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 770 psi approximate per 1/4 turn

Circuit Relief Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Plug Nut Torque

29.5 N·m 22 lb-ft

- Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Circuit Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • Connect a gauge to test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. - Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. - Remove the plug from test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. Install the 4200465 Adapter. - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02160 Transducer or 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) gauge.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter Gauge 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02160 Transducer, 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi)

The purpose of circuit relief valves is to relieve high pressure spikes caused by external forces when functions are in neutral. The valves are checked and adjusted to specification to protect components from damage. 1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure

2. Turn second adjusting plug of main relief and power digging valve in 1/2 turn to increase pressure setting. See Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Test and Adjustment for adjustment procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

C—Pump 1

9025-25-22

TP97644,000006C -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=914


Tests

4. Run machine at specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine Speed Dial—Position....................................................... 1300 rpm approximate

Work Mode Switch—Preload........................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-23

TP97644,000006C -19-12MAY10-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=915


Tests

103

117

Specification Bucket Curl—Pressure................................................... 37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi Bucket Dump—Pressure................................................................................ 39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi Arm In—Pressure........................................................... 37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi Arm Out—Pressure........................................................ 39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi Boom Up—Pressure...................................................... 39.3—40.3 MPa 39 300—40 300 kPa 393—403 bar 5700—5845 psi Boom Down—Pressure.................................................. 37.2—38.3 MPa 37 232—38 266 kPa 372—383 bar 5400—5550 psi

TX1001113 —UN—03DEC05

5. Actuate the function over relief for circuit relief valve (79, 80, 88, 89, 102, and 103) being checked. Record pressure reading.

102 5-Spool Side Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

88

79 117

Specification Circuit Relief Valve—Pressure Change................................................5.2 MPa approximate per 1/4 turn 5200 kPa approximate per 1/4 turn 52 bar approximate per 1/4 turn 770 psi approximate per 1/4 turn Circuit Relief Valve Adjusting Screw-to-Plug Nut—Torque...............................................................................29.5 N·m 22 lb-ft

TX1001112 —UN—03DEC05

6. Adjust the circuit relief valve as needed. Turn adjusting screw in to increase pressure setting; turn adjusting screw out to decrease pressure setting. Hold screw and tighten nut to specification.

89 80

4-Spool Side Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

7. Check pressures again. 8. Turn second adjusting plug of main relief and power digging valve out to its original setting. Check main pressure setting. See Main Relief and Power Digging Valve Test and Adjustment for adjustment procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

79— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 80— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 88— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 89— Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

102— Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 103— Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 117— Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

TP97644,000006C -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-24

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=916


Tests

Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1300 rpm approximate

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode OFF

Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Pressure

32.8—35.1 MPa 32 852—35 108 kPa 328—351 bar 4765—5090 psi

Crossover Relief Valve Shim Pressure Change

0.62 MPa per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 620 kPa per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 6.2 bar per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 90 psi per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)

Crossover Relief Valve Plug Torque

118 N·m 90 lb-ft

T101614 —UN—18JUN96

Auto-Idle Switch Position

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter Gauge 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Test Ports

JT02160 Transducer, 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi)

Purpose of test is to check that the swing motor crossover relief valve pressures are within specification.

A—4200465 Adapter B—Pump 2

The swing motor crossover relief valves limit system pressure in the swing circuit. They protect swing components from high stresses generated during the starting and stopping of upperstructure. They also protect the components from pressure spikes from external forces when the control valve is in neutral. 1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 2 delivery pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • Connect a gauge to test port in pump 2. - Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

- Remove the plug from test port in pump 2. Install the 4200465 Adapter. - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02160 Transducer or 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) gauge. 2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Run machine at specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed.................................................... 1300 rpm approximate Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

4. Actuate the swing function over relief. Record pressure reading. Repeat for opposite direction. Make adjustments as necessary. Specification Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve—Pressure.................................................. 32.8—35.1 MPa 32 852—35 108 kPa 328—351 bar 4765—5090 psi

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

C—Pump 1

9025-25-25

TP97644,0000070 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=917


Tests SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000070 -19-12MAY10-2/3

5. Stop machine. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. Add or remove shims (5) by removing plug (8), sleeve (7), and piston (6) to increase or decrease pressure.

1 2

Specification Crossover Relief Valve Shim—Pressure Change................................................. 0.62 MPa per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 620 kPa per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 6.2 bar per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) 90 psi per 0.1 mm (0.004 in.) TX1012649 —UN—05OCT06

6. Tighten plug (8) to specification. Specification Crossover Relief Valve Plug—Torque............................................................................... 118 N·m 90 lb-ft

7. Actuate the swing function over relief to check adjustment. Crossover Relief Valve Location

5— Shims 6— Piston 7— Sleeve 8— Plug

T143550 —UN—02JUL01

1— Left Swing Crossover Relief Valve 2— Right Swing Crossover Relief Valve 3— Spring 4— Spring Seat

Swing Crossover Relief Valve Shims TP97644,0000070 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-26

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=918


Tests

Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1300 rpm approximate

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode OFF

Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve Pressure

34.9—36.3 MPa 34 855—36 300 kPa 349—363 bar 5055—5265 psi

Crossover Relief Valve Shim Pressure Change

0.9 MPa per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 900 kPa per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 9 bar per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 130 psi per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

Crossover Relief Valve Torque

310 N·m 230 lb-ft

T101614 —UN—18JUN96

Auto-Idle Switch Position

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter Gauge 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Test Ports

JT02160 Transducer, 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) 76.2 mm (3 in.) OD Pin or Round Bar Stock (2 used)

Purpose of test is to check that the travel motor crossover relief valve pressure is within specification.

A—4200465 Adapter B—Pump 2

Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • Connect a gauge to test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. - Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. - Remove the plug from test port in pump 1 and/or pump 2. Install the 4200465 Adapter. - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02160 Transducer or 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) gauge.

1. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment.

C—Pump 1

2. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-27

TP97644,0000071 -19-12MAY10-1/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=919


Tests

3. Install 76.2 mm (3 in.) OD pins or round bar stock between the sprockets and track frames to stall travel motors.

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed.................................................... 1300 rpm approximate Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

T101856 —UN—02JUL96

4. Run machine at specification.

Travel Motor Stalled Using Pin D—76.2 mm (3 in.) OD Pin TP97644,0000071 -19-12MAY10-2/4

5. Hold power dig switch. Slowly actuate the travel function for the crossover relief valve (20 or 21) being checked. Record the pressure reading. Make adjustments as necessary. Specification Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve—Pressure.................................................. 34.9—36.3 MPa 34 855—36 300 kPa 349—363 bar 5055—5265 psi

20— Forward Crossover Relief Valve

TX1000688 —UN—28NOV05

6. Stop engine. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 21— Reverse Crossover Relief Valve

Travel Motor Crossover Relief Locations Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-28

TP97644,0000071 -19-12MAY10-3/4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=920


Tests

23

24

25

TX1000689 —UN—29NOV05

22

TX1000689 22— Poppet 23— Spring Seat

24— Shim 25— Spring

7. Remove crossover relief valve. Add or remove shims (24) to adjust pressure. Specification Crossover Relief Valve Shim—Pressure Change..................................................... 0.9 MPa per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 900 kPa per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 9 bar per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 130 psi per 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)

8. Install crossover relief valve. Tighten to specification. Specification Crossover Relief Valve—Torque.............................................................................310 N·m 230 lb-ft

9. Hold power dig switch. Actuate the travel function at stall to check adjustment. TP97644,0000071 -19-12MAY10-4/4

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-29

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=921


Tests

Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Minimum Flow

3

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

2

1

4

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Slow (Turtle)

One Revolution of Raised Track Cycle Time

34.7—36.7 seconds with pump regulator pilot line disconnected

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS T143794 —UN—09JUL01

7/16-20 M 37° (Parker No. 03CP-4) Plug (2 used) Stop Watch 17 mm Combination Wrench Flat Blade Screwdriver

The purpose of test is to check and adjust the minimum flow rate of pump 1 and 2 using the cycle time for travel as an indicator of pump flow rate. 1. Check and adjust track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.)

1— Hydraulic Pump 1 Pilot Line 2— Hydraulic Pump 2 Pilot Line

2. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

3— Hydraulic Pump 1 Regulator 4— Hydraulic Pump 2 Regulator

the fittings on regulator open. Lay a shop towel over the fittings.

to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Pump Regulator Test and AdjustmentMinimum Flow. Or select the following items from the menu: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

6. Run machine at specifications: Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position.................................................................. Slow (Turtle)

3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

7. Raise the left track off ground for pump 2 or the right track for pump 1.

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

8. Actuate travel function to full speed. Record the cycle time for one revolution.

Stop engine. 4. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. 5. Disconnect pump regulator pilot lines (1 and 2) at pump regulators (3 and 4). Install plugs in lines. Leave SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-30

TP97644,0000072 -19-12MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=922


Tests

IMPORTANT: Do not turn adjusting screw more than two turns. 9. Adjust the minimum flow adjusting screw (E) as needed to obtain the specified cycle time. Turn screw in to decrease the cycle time (flow rate increases); turn screw out to increase the cycle time (flow rate decreases). Hold the screw and tighten the 17 mm nut (F). Specification One Revolution of Raised Track—Cycle Time..................................34.7—36.7 seconds with pump regulator pilot line disconnected

10. Repeat procedure for other pump. Adjust regulators so cycle times are approximately the same. F— 17 mm Nut T103502 —UN—24AUG98

E—Minimum Flow Adjusting Screw

TP97644,0000072 -19-12MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-31

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=923


Tests

Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Maximum Flow SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

End of Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw to 13 mm Nut Distance

3 mm 0.125 in. (1/8 in.)

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Fast (Rabbit)

Track Raised—3 Revolutions From a Running Start Cycle Time

17.1—21.1 seconds

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 13 mm Combination Wrench Flat Blade Screwdriver Stop Watch T143804 —UN—10JUL01

30 mm Combination Wrench

Purpose of test is to check and adjust the maximum flow rate of pump 1 and 2 using the cycle time for travel are approximately the same. Maximum flow rate cannot be significantly increased by turning out the flow adjusting cartridge. 1. Check and adjust track sag. See Check and Adjust Track Sag. (Operator's Manual.) 2. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

1— Distance 2— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— 13 mm Nut

4— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (track cycle time) 5— 30 mm Nut

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Pump Regulator Test and AdjustmentMaximum Flow. Or select the following items from the menu: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Specification End of Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw to 13 mm Nut—Distance.......................................................................... 3 mm 0.125 in. (1/8 in.)

5. Run machine at specifications:

3. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

4. Check the distance from the end of maximum flow adjusting screw (2) to the 13 mm nut (3) for both pump 1 and pump 2 regulators. Adjust screw to specification as needed.

Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position................................................. HP (High Power) Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position................................................................. Fast (Rabbit)

6. Raise the left track off ground for pump 2 or the right track for pump 1. 7. Actuate travel function to full speed. Record track cycle time for three revolutions. Repeat procedure for the other pump.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-32

TP97644,0000073 -19-12MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=924


Tests

8. Adjust flow adjusting cartridge (track cycle time) (4) on pump 1 and pump 2 regulators so track cycle times are within the specification and approximately the same. Specification Track Raised—3 Revolutions From a Running Start—Cycle Time.......................................................................... 17.1—21.1 seconds

Loosen 30 mm nut (5). Turn flow adjusting cartridge in for a slower track cycle time (decrease flow rate); turn flow adjusting cartridge out for a faster track cycle time (increase flow rate). Do not turn flow adjusting cartridge more than one turn. Tighten 30 mm nut after adjustment.

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TP97644,0000073 -19-12MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-33

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=925


Tests

Pump Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Slow (Turtle)

Pump 1 or Pump 2 Flow Rate—New

144—156 L/min at 20.6 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm 144—156 L/min at 20 600 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm 144—156 L/min at 206 bar and 1750—1850 rpm 38.4—41.6 gpm at 3000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

Pump 1 or Pump 2 Flow Rate—New

207—213 L/min at 13.8 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm 207—213 L/min at 13 800 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm 207—213 L/min at 138 bar and 1750—1850 rpm 54.2—55.8 gpm at 2000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

Pump 1 or Pump 2 Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable

109—119 L/min at 20.6 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm 109—119 L/min at 20 600 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm 109—119 L/min at 206 bar and 1750—1850 rpm 29—32 gpm at 3000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

Pump 1 or Pump 2 Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable

157—162 L/min at 13.8 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm 157—162 L/min at 13 800 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm 157—162 L/min at 138 bar and 1750—1850 rpm 41—42 gpm at 2000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

Minimum Flow Adjusting Screw Turn

1/4 turn clockwise increases minimum pump flow rate approximately 11.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases minimum pump flow rate approximately 3.1 gpm

Minimum Flow Rate Adjusting Screw 17 mm Nut Torque

19.6 N·m 174 lb-in.

Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw Turn

1/4 turn clockwise decreases maximum pump flow rate approximately 14.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise decreases maximum pump flow rate approximately 3.9 gpm

Maximum Flow Rate Adjusting Screw 13 mm Nut Torque

9.8 N·m 87 lb-in.

Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) Turn

1/4 turn clockwise decreases flow rate approximately 20.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise decreases flow rate approximately 5.5 gpm

Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 30 mm Nut Torque

29.4 N·m 260 lb-in.

Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) Turn

1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 27.3 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 7.2 gpm

Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) Torque

29.4 N·m 260 lb-in.

Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) Turn

1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 6.5 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 1.7 gpm

Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) Torque

19.6 N·m 174 lb-in.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-34

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-1/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=926


Tests machine cycle times to specified cycle times indicates low pump flow. Do the following appropriate procedures before continuing test:

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Vacuum Pump JT03452 Split Flange Connector Plate Kit

• See Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Minimum

DFT1218 Split Flange Hose Cap

Flow. (Group 9025-25.)

4198799 (-16 M BSPP ORB x -16 M ORFS) Elbow Fitting

• See Pump Regulator Test and Adjustment—Maximum

Flowmeter

Flow. (Group 9025-25.)

T107068 Flange Fitting Split Clamp Half (Code 62)

• See Pump 1 and Pump 2 Regulator Operation for

1020 mm (40 in.) x 1 in. hose with 90° flange fitting end (Code 62)

information on pump control pressure operation. (Group 9025-05.) • See Pump Control Pilot Pressure Signal Test. (Group 9025-25.)

4200465 (1/4 M BSPP ORB x 7/16-20 M 37°) Adapter Gauge 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02160 Transducer, 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi)

Purpose of test is to determine the pump condition and should be performed only if a comparison of actual

5 4 A

A

2

3

3 TX1014633 —UN—27NOV06

1

TX1014633 1— Pump 2 Delivery Port 2— Pump 1 Delivery Port

3— Pump 1 and 2 Regulators 4— 4198799 Elbow Fitting

5— Return Manifold

1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

NOTE: Both pumps can be connected as shown but only one pump at a time can be checked when only one return line is used.

2. Connect vacuum pump to hydraulic oil tank to minimize oil loss.

An alternate method is to connect pump-to-control valve lines to outlet of flowmeters. Return oil then flows through the control valve and hydraulic oil cooler to the hydraulic oil tank.

3. Disconnect pump-to-control valve line from pump 2 delivery port (1) and/or pump 1 delivery port (2). Close end of line using plate from JT03452 Split Flange Connector Plate Kit or DFT1218 Split Flange Hose Caps. See DFT1218 Split Flange Hose Cap for instruction. (Group 9900.)

4. Connect the flowmeter. If available, connect flowmeters to both pumps as shown.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-35

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-2/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=927


Tests

5. Disconnect the pilot lines (9 and 11) for left and right travel forward. Install plugs in the lines. Leave fitting in pilot caps open. Cover with shop towel to avoid contamination. NOTE: Pilot lines are disconnected so travel function can be used to put pump 1 or pump 2 into stroke and not turn the tracks. 6. Disconnect vacuum pump. 7. Check that the flowmeter loading valve is open. 41— Pilot Signal Manifold TX1014918 —UN—29DEC06

9— Left Travel Forward Line 11— Right Travel Forward Line

Travel Forward Pilot Lines Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-36

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-3/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=928


Tests

8. Connect one of the following test equipment to monitor pump 1 and 2 delivery pressure, hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed. to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Pump Flow Test. Or select the following items from the menu: - Pump 1 Delivery Pressure - Pump 2 Delivery Pressure - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed • Connect gauge to test port in pump 1 or pump 2. - Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank. - Remove the plug from test port in pump 1 or pump 2. Install the 4200465 Adapter. - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer and JT02160 Transducer or 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10,000 psi) gauge. 9. Warm the hydraulic oil to specification by closing flowmeter loading valve to increase pressure. 10. Operate the machine at specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position.................................................................. Slow (Turtle)

11. Actuate right travel for pump 1 or left travel for pump 2 to full actuation and hold throughout test. 12. Slowly close the loading valve on flowmeter to obtain the specified pressures. Record flow rate at each pressure.

T101614 —UN—18JUN96

• See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction

Pump 1 and Pump 2 Test Ports A—4200465 Adapter B—Pump 2

New—Specification Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New..................................................................144—156 L/min at 20.6 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New.............................................................144—156 L/min at 20 600 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New......................................................................144—156 L/min at 206 bar and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New................................................................. 38.4—41.6 gpm at 3000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New..................................................................207—213 L/min at 13.8 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New.............................................................207—213 L/min at 13 800 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New......................................................................207—213 L/min at 138 bar and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—New..................................................................54.2—55.8 gpm at 2000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

C—Pump 1

9025-25-37

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-4/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=929


Tests

Minimum Allowable—Specification Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable..................................................................... 109—119 L/min at 20.6 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable................................................................ 109—119 L/min at 20 600 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable......................................................................... 109—119 L/min at 206 bar and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable...........................................................................29—32 gpm at 3000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable.....................................................................157—162 L/min at 13.8 MPa and 1750—1850 rpm

Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable................................................................157—162 L/min at 13 800 kPa and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable.........................................................................157—162 L/min at 138 bar and 1750—1850 rpm Pump 1 or Pump 2—Flow Rate—Minimum Allowable...........................................................................41—42 gpm at 2000 psi and 1750—1850 rpm

13. Open loading valve. Stop the engine. Pump flow rate can be increased some by adjusting pump 1 or pump 2 regulators.

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-38

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-5/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=930


Tests

10

1

9

2 8 7

3 4 5 6 12

12

12

8

12 TX1014480 —UN—10JAN07

12

2 5 4

9 11

11

11

11

11

TX1014480 1— 17 mm Nut 2— Minimum Flow Adjusting Screw 3— 17 mm Nut 4— Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment)

7— 13 mm Nut 8— Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw 9— Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 10— 30 mm Nut

5— Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) 6— 30 mm Nut

IMPORTANT: Do not turn adjusting screw more than two turns. Pump damage can occur.

11— Hydraulic Oil Pressure 12— Hydraulic Oil Flow Rate

Do not turn adjusting screw more than two turns. Pump damage can occur.

14. Minimum flow rate:

15. Maximum flow rate:

a. Loosen 17 mm nut (1).

a. Loosen 13 mm nut (7).

b. Turn adjusting screw (2) clockwise 1/4 turn to increase minimum pump flow.

b. Turn adjusting screw (8) clockwise 1/4 turn to decrease maximum pump flow.

Specification Minimum Flow Adjusting Screw—Turn.......................1/4 turn clockwise increases minimum pump flow rate approximately 11.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases minimum pump flow rate approximately 3.1 gpm

Specification Maximum Flow Adjusting Screw—Turn.............................. 1/4 turn clockwise decreases maximum pump flow rate approximately 14.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise decreases maximum pump flow rate approximately 3.9 gpm

c. Hold adjusting screw. Tighten 17 mm nut to specification.

c. Hold adjusting screw. Tighten 13 mm nut to specification.

Specification Minimum Flow Rate Adjusting Screw 17 mm Nut—Torque...............................................................................19.6 N·m 174 lb-in.

IMPORTANT: Do not increase the maximum pump flow rate over maximum flow specifications.

Specification Maximum Flow Rate Adjusting Screw 13 mm Nut—Torque.................................................................................9.8 N·m 87 lb-in.

16. Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time): a. Loosen 30 mm nut (10). Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-39

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-6/7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=931


Tests

b. Turn adjusting cartridge (9) clockwise 1/4 turn to decrease flow rate.

c. Hold adjusting cartridge. Tighten 30 mm nut to specification.

Specification Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time)—Turn............................................... 1/4 turn clockwise decreases flow rate approximately 20.8 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise decreases flow rate approximately 5.5 gpm

Specification Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment)—Torque..................................................................29.4 N·m 260 lb-in.

c. When adjusting cartridge (9) is turned clockwise, the maximum flow rate also decreases. To maintain the maximum flow rate unchanged, turn adjusting screw (8) counterclockwise twice as much as adjusting cartridge was turned clockwise.

IMPORTANT: Do not turn adjusting screw more than one turn. Pump damage can occur. 18. Load Adjusting Cartridge (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment): a. Loosen 17 mm nut (3).

d. Hold adjusting cartridge. Tighten 30 mm nut to specification. Specification Flow Adjusting Cartridge (Track Cycle Time) 30 mm Nut—Torque........................................................................29.4 N·m 260 lb-in.

IMPORTANT: Do not turn adjusting cartridge more than one turn. Pump damage can occur.

b. Turn adjusting screw (4) clockwise 1/4 turn to increase flow rate. Specification Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment)—Turn...................................... 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 6.5 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 1.7 gpm

17. Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment): a. Loosen 30 mm nut (6). b. Turn adjusting cartridge (5) clockwise 1/4 turn to increase flow rate. Specification Load Adjusting Cartridge (Outer Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment) —Turn..................................... 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 27.3 L/min 1/4 turn clockwise increases flow rate approximately 7.2 gpm

c. Hold adjusting screw. Tighten 17 mm nut to specification. Specification Load Adjusting Screw (Inner Spring), (Pressure to Flow Control-Torque Adjustment)—Torque..................................................................19.6 N·m 174 lb-in.

TP97644,0000074 -19-22JUN10-7/7

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-40

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=932


Tests

Swing Motor Leakage Test Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Swing Motor Swinging Leakage

0.2—0.3 L/min 0.05—0.08 gpm

Swing Motor Stalled Leakage

2.0—5.0 L/min 0.5—1.3 gpm

T144086 —UN—16JUL01

SPECIFICATIONS

1

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

Swing Motor Drain Line

JT03023 (9/16-18 F 37°) (Parker No. 06CP-6) Cap Calibrated Container

1— Swing Motor Drain Line

1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.)

Compare amount of leakage for each direction to specification.

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button on top of hydraulic oil tank. 3. Disconnect drain line (1) from the return manifold. Install a JT03023 Cap on fitting in return manifold. Put drain line in a calibrated container.

Specification Swing Motor Swinging—Leakage..........................................................0.2—0.3 L/min 0.05—0.08 gpm

7. Stall swing function for one minute. Record the amount of leakage. Repeat procedure by stalling the motor in several different positions. Record the amount of leakage for each position.

4. Run machine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

CAUTION: To avoid personal injury, clear area of all bystanders before doing test. Slowly swing through one complete revolution to ensure that the area is clear of objects before doing test.

Repeat procedure in the opposite direction. Take an average of the readings. Compare amount of leakage to specification. Specification Swing Motor Stalled—Leakage..............................................................2.0—5.0 L/min 0.5—1.3 gpm

8. Swing motor leakage over specified allowable amount can be caused by a malfunction in the swing motor crossover relief valves. See Swing Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

5. Raise and lower boom to pressurize hydraulic oil tank. 6. Operate swing function for one minute. Record amount of leakage.

9. Repair or replace swing motor if the leakage is over specified amount and crossover relief valves are OK.

Repeat for swing in opposite direction. Record amount of leakage.

See Swing Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 4360.) TP97644,0000075 -19-09JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-41

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=933


Tests

Travel Motor Leakage Test SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto-Idle Position

OFF

Travel Speed Switch Position

Fast (Rabbit)

Travel Motor with Track Raised Leakage

10.0 L/min or less 2.6 gpm or less

Travel Motor Stalled Leakage

15.0 L/min or less 4.0 gpm or less

5

3

T144139 —UN—19JUL01

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

1

2

4 Center Joint and Return Manifold

1— 45° Elbow Fitting 2— JT03025 Cap 3— Travel Motor Drain Line

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT03025 (3/4-16 F 37°) (Parker No. 06CP—8) Cap

4— Calibrated Container 5— Center Joint

Calibrated Container 76.2 mm (3 in.) OD Pin or Round Bar Stock (2 used) JT03221 (3/4-16 M 37°) (Parker No. 03CP—8) Plug

1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

2. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button on top of hydraulic oil tank.

Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto-Idle—Position............................................................................ OFF Travel Speed Switch—Position................................................................. Fast (Rabbit)

6. For travel motor being checked, actuate travel forward function at full speed for one minute. Record amount of leakage. Repeat procedure for reverse. Compare leakage to specification. Repair or replace travel motor as necessary.

3. Disconnect the drain line (3) at return manifold. Put line in a calibrated container (4). Install a JT03025 Cap (2) on fitting (1).

Specification Travel Motor with Track Raised—Leakage.........................................................10.0 L/min or less 2.6 gpm or less

4. Raise track off the ground for side being checked. 5. Run machine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm

TP97644,000006D -19-09JAN07-1/3

7. To check travel motor for leakage at stall, install pin (D) or round bar stock between the sprocket and track frame on the side being tested.

T101856 —UN—02JUL96

8. Actuate the forward travel function being checked to full stroke for one minute. Record the amount of leakage. Repeat procedure by stalling the motor in several different positions and then take an average of readings. Repeat procedure for reverse. Specification Travel Motor Stalled—Leakage.........................................................15.0 L/min or less 4.0 gpm or less

Travel Motor Stalled Using Pin

D—76.2 mm (3 in.) OD Pin Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-42

TP97644,000006D -19-09JAN07-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=934


Tests

9. For leakage that is substantially more in one direction than the other, a seal in the center joint may be leaking. To isolate leakage in travel motor or center joint, check leakage at the travel motor. Disconnect travel motor drain line (6) at travel motor. Install JT03221 Plug in the line.

T144148 —UN—19JUL01

6

7

Connect a line (7) to fitting on travel motor. Put line in a calibrated container (8).

8

Repeat test. 10. Travel motor leakage over specified allowable amount can be caused by a malfunction in travel motor crossover relief valve. See Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve Test and Adjustment. (Group 9025-25.)

Travel Motor Drain Line 6— Travel Motor Drain Line 7— Line

8— Calibrated Container

11. Repair or replace travel motor if leakage is over specified amount and the crossover relief valves are OK. See Travel Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 0260.) TP97644,000006D -19-09JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-43

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=935


Tests

Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature

45—55°C 110—130°F

Bucket Load Weight

1050 kg approximate 2315 lb approximate

Boom Cylinder Drift

5 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.20 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes

Arm Cylinder Drift

10 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.39 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes

Bucket Cylinder Drift

15 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.59 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes

Bottom of Bucket-to-Ground Drift

100 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 3.94 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tape Measure

Procedure is used to check the leakage past the cylinder piston seals, control valve spools, circuit relief valves, boom reduced leakage valve, and arm reduced leakage valve. 1. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

T6904AG —UN—06DEC88

Cylinder Drift Test—Boom, Arm, and Bucket

4. Position bucket cylinder so rod is retracted 50 mm (2.00 in.) from the extended position. 5. Position the boom cylinders so bucket pivot pin is at the same height as the boom-to-main frame pin. 6. After 5 minutes, measure the amount of movement for boom, arm and bucket cylinders and from bottom of bucket to the ground. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift................. 5 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.20 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes Arm Cylinder—Drift................. 10 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.39 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes Bucket Cylinder—Drift............. 15 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 0.59 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes Bottom of Bucket-toGround—Drift........................ 100 mm maximum allowable for 5 minutes 3.94 in. maximum allowable for 5 minutes

2. Fill the bucket or load it with specified weight. Specification Bucket Load—Weight..............................................1050 kg approximate 2315 lb approximate

3. Position arm cylinder so rod is extended approximately 50 mm (2.00 in.) from the retracted position. TP97644,000006F -19-30OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-44

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=936


Tests

Fan Drive Pump Flow Test SPECIFICATIONS 45—55°C 110—130°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

New, Typical Flow Rate

42 L/min 11 gpm

Used, Minimum Flow Rate

36 L/min 9.5 gpm

Fan Drive Circuit Pressure

20.7—21.0 MPa 20 700—21 000 kPa 207—210 bar 3000—3050 psi

TX1013458A —UN—26OCT06

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Fan Speed Control Valve

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TX1013499A —UN—28OCT06

JT05984 Flow Meter -12 ORFS Female Ends Test Hose (2 used)

Use this procedure when diagnosing system overheating problems. See Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) 1. Release hydraulic oil tank pressure by pushing pressure release button at top of hydraulic oil tank.

Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve (optional)

2. Open the center access door on the left side of machine. 3. Remove bottom plate from the compartment to access the fan speed control valve and proportional fan speed solenoid wire connector. 4. Disconnect pressure line (1) coming from fan drive pump and connect JT05984 flow meter in-line using hoses containing —12 ORFS Female ends. 5. Connect one of the following test equipment to display hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed. 1. See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed 2. SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Fan Drive Pump Flow Test. Or select the following items from the menu: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed 6. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................45—55°C 110—130°F

1— Pump Pressure Line 2— Return Line (Fan Control Valve-To-Cooler) 3— Tee 134— Fan Speed Control Valve

NOTE: When the proportional fan speed solenoid (Y8) is disconnected all hydraulic oil is forced through fan motor with the exception of a small portion is sent over circuit relief to tank. This non adjustable circuit relief valve is built into the proportional solenoid. 7. Disconnect wire connector to proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8 ). Be aware of the hydraulic oil temperature will cool rapidly due to high fan speed, so it is important to have this test done quickly and with proper hydraulic test temperatures. 8. Run engine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve (optional) Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid

9025-25-45

TX04577,000013B -19-02AUG11-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=937


Tests

9. Record fan drive pump flow and compare to specification. Specification New, Typical—Flow Rate............................................................................................ 42 L/min 11 gpm Used, Minimum—Flow Rate............................................................................................ 36 L/min 9.5 gpm Fan Drive Circuit—Pressure........................................................... 20.7—21.0 MPa 20 700—21 000 kPa 207—210 bar 3000—3050 psi

10. If fan drive circuit testing pressure is not to specifications change proportional solenoid (Y8) which contains a built in relief valve. If pump flow is below minimum specification, replace cooling fan drive pump. If pump flow is within specification and overheating persists, perform the following:

• Check proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8). • Check hydraulic lines to and from fan drive motor. • Replace fan drive motor. 11. Install bottom plate removed from compartment. 12. Close left side access door.

SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company TX04577,000013B -19-02AUG11-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-46

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=938


Tests

Fan Speed Test SPECIFICATIONS 50—60°C 122—140°F

Engine Speed

1750—1850 rpm

Work Mode Switch Position

Dig Mode

Power Mode Switch Position

P (Standard) Mode

Auto Idle Switch Position

OFF

Cooling Fan Speed

1700—1880 rpm

TX1013450A —UN—28OCT06

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05709 Reflective Tape JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer

NOTE: The fan speed control valve is located inside the left side access door which also contains the air cleaner. The bottom compartment plate must be removed for access to the fan proportional solenoid which is located on the fan speed control valve.

1— Fan Blade 2— Reflective Tape

Select the following items from Monitoring list: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed 2. SERVICE ADVISOR™ application. See SERVICE ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure for instruction. (Group 9015-20.) Access Fan Speed Test. Or select the following items from the menu: - Hydraulic Oil Temperature - Actual Engine Speed

Use this procedure when diagnosing system overheating problems. See Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions. (Group 9025-15.) 1. Open engine hood and install JT05709 Reflective Tape (2) on one fan blade (1). 2. Open the center access door on the left side of machine. 3. Remove bottom plate from the compartment to access the fan speed control valve and proportional fan speed solenoid wire connector. 4. Connect one of the following test equipment to display hydraulic oil temperature and actual engine speed.

133— Fan Drive Motor

5. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure. (Group 9025-25.) Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature......................................................................50—60°C 122—140°F

1. See Monitor Service Menu Operation for instruction to actuate the service menu on monitor in cab. (Group 9015-16.) SERVICE ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-47

TX04577,000013A -19-29JUL13-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=939


Tests

6. Disconnect wire connector to proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8). This will allow maximum oil flow through fan drive motor. TX1013449A —UN—28OCT06

7. Operate engine at specification. Specification Engine—Speed............................................................. 1750—1850 rpm Work Mode Switch—Position.......................................................................Dig Mode Power Mode Switch—Position........................................................P (Standard) Mode Auto Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Fan Speed Control Valve

8. Measure fan speed with JT05719 Handheld Digital Tachometer. Record result. 9. Compare reading to specification. TX1013500A —UN—28OCT06

Specification Cooling Fan—Speed..................................................... 1700—1880 rpm

10. If fan speed is below specification:

• See Fan Drive Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) If fan drive pump flow is in specification, check proportional fan speed solenoid valve (Y8). 11. Install bottom plate in side compartment.

Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve (if equipped)

12. Close the center access door on the left side of machine.

134— Fan Speed Control Valve 135— Fan Speed and Reversing Control Valve

Y8— Proportional Fan Speed Solenoid Valve Y9— Fan Reversing Solenoid TX04577,000013A -19-29JUL13-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9025-25-48

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=940


Section 9031 Heating and Air Conditioning Contents Page

Group 05—Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation............................................... 9031-05-1 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Air Conditioning System Malfunctions .......................................... 9031-15-1 Diagnose Heating System Malfunctions .......................................... 9031-15-4 Heater and Air Conditioner Diagnostic Trouble Code Check .................................................... 9031-15-6 Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location ............................. 9031-15-9 Group 25—Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 9031-25-1 Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks ............................... 9031-25-1 Visual Inspection of Components .....................................................9031-25-1 R134a Air Conditioning System Test ........................................................ 9031-25-4 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test ........................................................ 9031-25-5 Refrigerant Leak Test ................................ 9031-25-5 Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection .............................................. 9031-25-6 Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-7 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test ............................................ 9031-25-8 Air Conditioning System Test..................... 9031-25-9 Air Conditioner Compressor Belt Check and Adjustment ........................ 9031-25-10 Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart.................................................... 9031-25-11

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 05

Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle of Operation

2

1

5

4

3

7 6

T142307 —UN—28JUN13

8 9 10 11 T142307 1— Evaporator 2— Compressor 3— Condenser 4— Circulation Fan Motor

5— Expansion Valve 6— Receiver-Dryer 7— High Pressure Liquid

8— High Pressure Gas 9— Low Pressure Liquid 10— Low Pressure Gas

The compressor is belt driven and engaged by an electro-magnetic clutch. The air conditioning circuit automatically controls compressor engagement or disengagement when system is in operation.

indicates moisture is present. Should moisture be combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are very corrosive to metal surfaces and leakage will eventually develop. Receiver-dryer also stores refrigerant allowing a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. Refrigerant hoses will allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls.

Compressor draws low pressure gas from evaporator and compresses it into high pressure gas. This causes temperature of refrigerant to rise higher than that of outside air. High pressure gas leaves compressor and flows through condenser where heat is removed and transferred to outside air being drawn through condenser core by engine fan. Cooling refrigerant causes it to condense and refrigerant leaves condenser as high pressure liquid. High pressure liquid flows into receiver-dryer where moisture and contaminants (acid, solids, etc.) are removed. Receiver-dryer contains a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates no moisture is present. (Pink)

Refrigerant flows from receiver-dryer through expansion valve to evaporator. Expansion valve senses refrigerant temperature and pressure to modulate refrigerant flow. Expansion valve changes refrigerant to low pressure liquid entering evaporator. Actual cooling and drying of cab air takes place at evaporator. Heat absorbed by evaporator and transferred to refrigerant causes refrigerant to vaporize into low pressure gas. Low pressure gas is drawn from evaporator by compressor and cycle is repeated.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

11— Air Flow

9031-05-1

MT89988,0000052 -19-16NOV17-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=943


Theory of Operation

A freeze control switch (early design) or sensor (late design) senses the temperature of evaporator coil through a capillary tube. This prevents the evaporator from becoming cold enough to freeze moisture that condenses on evaporator coil. Condensed moisture is drained away through drain tubes connected to drain pan under evaporator. Air conditioner freeze control switch (B41) (early design)—When the air conditioning system is turned on and the evaporator is not too cold, the air conditioner and heater controller (A7) provides ground to the air conditioner freeze control switch (B41), which passes the ground to the air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K11). The air conditioner compressor clutch relay is energized, and if the system pressure is not too high or too low, the electromagnetic clutch is engaged and the compressor is started.

Air conditioner freeze control sensor (B47) (late design)—When the air conditioning system is turned on and the evaporator is not too cold, the air conditioner freeze control sensor (B47) sends a signal to the air conditioner and heater controller (A7). The air conditioner and heater controller sends a ground signal to the air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K11). The air conditioner compressor clutch relay is energized, and if the system pressure is not too high or too low, the electromagnetic clutch is engaged and the compressor is started. System pressure is monitored by the high and low pressure switch, located at the receiver-dryer. If pressure becomes too high or too low the switch opens and stops compressor, interrupting the cycle.

MT89988,0000052 -19-16NOV17-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-05-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=944


Group 15

Diagnostic Information Diagnose Air Conditioning System Malfunctions

NOTE: Prior to diagnosis and component tests Perform Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.) These conditions may affect diagnostic and test results.

NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify. Symptom

Problem

Solution

Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate

Heater and Air Conditioner 5 A Fuse (Marked AIRCON) (F15)

Replace fuse. See Replacing Fuses. (Operator's Manual.) See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Heater and Air Conditioner 20 A Fuse Replace fuse. See Replacing Fuses. (Operator's Manual.) See Fuse (Marked HEATER) (F3) and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Fan motor failed or operating too slow Check blower motor resistor and thermofuse (R16). See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Check fan motor. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) Air conditioner high/low pressure switch malfunction

See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-15.) See Machine Harness (W2) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Compressor clutch

See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.)

Air conditioner freeze control switch malfunction

See Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Air conditioner and heater mixer servomotor door open

Check door for obstructions and test servo motor. See Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Wiring harness

Check cab harness wiring and air conditioner wiring. See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-1

MT89988,0000053 -19-12MAY10-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=945


Diagnostic Information Symptom

Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab

Problem

Solution

Heater and air conditioner controller malfunction

Replace controller. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Fresh air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.)

Recirculating air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.)

Condenser fins restricted with debris

Clean condenser fins. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-15.)

Compressor belt loose

Check compressor belt tension. See Check and Adjust A/C Belt. (Operator's Manual.)

Refrigerant hose kinked, pinched, or collapsed

Re-route or re-index hoses. Replace collapsed hoses. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-15.) See Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection. (Group 9031-25.)

Heater or evaporator fins restricted with dirt or dust

Clean heater or evaporator fins. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-15.) See Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Air conditioner and heater mixer servomotor door open

Check door for obstructions and test servomotor. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Compressor clutch slipping or failed

Inspect and replace compressor clutch if necessary. Perform Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test. (Group 9031-25.)

Warm outside air leaking into cab

Inspect, repair, or replace door and window seals. See Windowpanes Remove and Install. (Group 1810.) See Sliding Windows Remove and Install. (Group 1810.)

System refrigerant (R134a) charge low Perform Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)Perform Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-2

MT89988,0000053 -19-12MAY10-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=946


Diagnostic Information Symptom

Problem

Solution

Evaporator fins frosting or freezing

Freeze control switch not positioned correctly in evaporator core. Reposition switch in evaporator core. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.)

Heater and air conditioner controller malfunction

Replace air conditioner controller. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold

Freeze control switch not positioned in evaporator properly

Reposition freeze control switch in evaporator core. See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-25.)

Interior Windows Continue to Fog

Air conditioning system off

Push A/C switch to turn air conditioning on. See Cab Heater And Air Conditioner. (Operator's Manual.)

Fresh air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.) MT89988,0000053 -19-12MAY10-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=947


Diagnostic Information

Diagnose Heating System Malfunctions NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely more difficult to verify.

NOTE: Prior to diagnosis and component tests Perform Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks. (Group 9031-25.) These conditions may affect diagnostic and test results.

Symptom

Problem

Solution

Heater System Does Not Operate

Heater and Air Conditioner 5 A Fuse (Marked AIRCON) (F15)

Replace fuse. See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) See Replacing Fuses. (Operator's Manual.)

Heater and Air Conditioner 20 A Fuse Replace fuse. (Marked HEATER) (F3) See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) See Replacing Fuses. (Operator's Manual.) Fan motor failed or operating too slowly

Check blower motor resistor and thermofuse (R16). See Fuse and Relay Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Check fan motor. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) See Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Wiring harness

Check cab harness wiring and heater harness wiring. See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)See Cab Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab

Heater and air conditioner controller malfunction

Replace air conditioner controller.

Fresh air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

See Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) See Right Console Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

9031-15-4

MT89988,0000054 -19-12MAY10-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=948


Diagnostic Information Symptom

Problem

Solution

Recirculating air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.)

Heater hose kinked, pinched or collapsed

Re-route or re-index hoses. Replace collapsed hoses. See Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection. (Group 9031-25.) See Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location. (Group 9031-15.)

Interior Windows Continue to Fog

Heater core fins clogged with dirt or dust

Clean heater fins.

Air conditioning system OFF

Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch to A/C position.

See Right Console Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9031-15.)

See Cab Heater and Air Conditioner. (Operator's Manual.) Fresh air filter restricted

Clean or replace filter. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculation Air Filters. (Operator's Manual.) MT89988,0000054 -19-12MAY10-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=949


Diagnostic Information

1

The air conditioning system has a six-step self-diagnosing function.

2 FULL AUTO A/C

3 -ZEXEL-

AUTO

A/C

Step 0 Model Number

T144464 —UN—28AUG01

Heater and Air Conditioner Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

TEMP

Step 1 Display Check

OFF

MODE

Step 2 Active Diagnostic Trouble Codes Step 3 Inactive Diagnostic Trouble Codes

6

5

4

Step 4 Sensor Temperature Step 5 Component Operation Check

1— Fan Speed Increase Switch 2— Monitor Display 3— Air Conditioner (A/C) Switch

Step 6 Selection of Celsius or Fahrenheit Temperature Indication To activate self diagnosis system, turn key switch to ON while pressing air conditioner (A/C) switch (3) and mode switch (5). To advance to next step, press fan speed increase switch (1).

4— OFF Switch 5— Mode Switch 6— Fan Speed Decrease Switch

NOTE: If no active diagnostic trouble codes exist, “20” will be displayed. Diagnostic Trouble Code

To return to previous step, press fan speed decrease switch (6).

Open Circuit

Short Circuit

To exit, press OFF Switch (4) for three seconds.

Mix Door

21

Step 0 Model Number—Upon activation, “Sd” will appear in the monitor display (2), indicating model number.

Mode Encoder

22

-21 —

In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor

23

-23

Outdoor Ambient Air Temperature Sensor

24

-24

Coolant Temperature Sensor

25

-25

a

-26

NOTE: The system will automatically advance to Step 1 Display Check after five seconds.

Solar Sensor

26

a

Step 1 Display Check—The monitor display, display backlight and switch indicators should illuminate.

When solar radiation sensor is in the shade, sensor indicates the service code for open circuit.

Step 2 Active Diagnostic Trouble Codes—The monitor display will show active diagnostic trouble codes. If more than one active diagnostic trouble code is present they will be displayed in sequence.

For detail information on diagnostic trouble codes See Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-40.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-6

MT89988,0000055 -19-03JAN07-1/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=950


Diagnostic Information

1

2 FULL AUTO A/C

3 -ZEXEL-

NOTE: If no inactive diagnostic trouble codes exist, “30” will be displayed.

A/C TEMP

Mix Door

21

Mode Encoder

22

-21 —

In-Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor

23

-23

Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor

24

-24

Coolant Temperature Sensor

25 —

-25

Solar Sensor

6

5

4

1— Fan Speed Increase Switch 2— Monitor Display 3— Air Conditioner (A/C) Switch

-26

To clear inactive diagnostic trouble codes press air conditioner (A/C) switch for three seconds. Air conditioner (A/C) switch indicator will flash five times to indicate inactive diagnostic trouble codes are deleted. Normal operation will resume after deleting diagnostic trouble codes.

1

4— OFF Switch 5— Mode Switch 6— Fan Speed Decrease Switch

2 FULL AUTO A/C

-ZEXEL-

A/C

AUTO

TEMP

For detail information on diagnostic trouble codes See Air Conditioner Controller (ACF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9001-40.)

OFF

MODE

NOTE: The sensor temperature can be displayed in either Celsius or Fahrenheit. See Step 6 to change display type.

3

1— Fan Blade Indicator (4 used) 2— Monitor Display

Step 4 Sensor Temperature—Temperature at the in-cab ambient temperature sensor (cab air temperature sensor B42), outdoor ambient temperature sensor (ambient air temperature sensor B22), and engine coolant temperature sensor (B4) will be indicated in the monitor display (2). Sensor temperatures automatically appear in the display in sequence at three second intervals. To stop automatic display, press fresh air vent switch (3).

1

3— Fresh Air Vent Switch

2 FULL AUTO A/C

-ZEXEL-

A/C

In-cab ambient temperature is displayed when one fan blade indicator (1) is illuminated.

AUTO

T144489 —UN—28AUG01

Short Circuit

OFF

MODE

T144489 —UN—28AUG01

Diagnostic Trouble Code Open Circuit

AUTO

T144464 —UN—28AUG01

Step 3 Inactive Diagnostic Trouble Codes—The monitor display will show inactive diagnostic trouble codes. If more than one past inactive diagnostic trouble code exists, they will be displayed in sequence.

TEMP

OFF

MODE

Outdoor ambient temperature is displayed when two fan blade indicators (1) are illuminated.

3

Engine coolant temperature is displayed when three fan blade indicators (1) are illuminated. Temperature is displayed as “H” when engine coolant temperature is above 21°C (70°F) or “L” when engine coolant temperature is below 21°C (70°F). Step 5 Component Operation Check—The system performs five checks to verify component operation (see table below). Code indicated in monitor display (2) corresponds to component being checked. During each check, the system will cycle through the operational sequence at ten second intervals. To go to next check, press fresh air vent switch (3).

1— Fan Blade Indicator (4 used) 2— Monitor Display

If air conditioner does not operate properly, a malfunction exists, and air conditioner must be replaced. See Heater and Air Conditioner Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

3— Fresh Air Vent Switch

9031-15-7

MT89988,0000055 -19-03JAN07-2/3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=951


Diagnostic Information Component

Display Code

Operational Sequence

Comments

Air Mix Damper

51

0% (Fully Closed) 50%a 100% (Fully Opened)

Fan

52

Low Low Mediuma High Medium High

One, two, three and four fan blades are illuminated for the four fan speed settings.

Air Vent Location

53

Fronta Front / Rear Front / Foot Foot

Indicator corresponding to air vent selected illuminates.

Fresh / Circulation

54

Circulationa Fresh Air

Indicator corresponding to mode selected illuminates.

Air Conditioner

55

Air conditioning ONa Air conditioning OFF.

Indicator illuminates when air conditioning is ON and is extinguished when air conditioning is OFF

For damper positions, 0%, 50% and 100%, “C”, “5” and “H” are displayed to the right of decimal point respectively.

a

These are default settings in effect during air conditioning component checks.

1

2 FULL AUTO A/C

Step 6 Selection of Celsius or Fahrenheit Temperature Indication—Press and hold the air conditioner (A/C) switch (2) and fan speed increase switch (1) for one second to access step 6.

-ZEXEL-

A/C TEMP

OFF

MODE

The system can be set to display temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit. Press the fresh air vent switch (3) to alternate between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Press and hold the A/C switch and fan speed decrease switch (4) to return to step 5.

AUTO TX1014855 —UN—18DEC06

NOTE: Step 6 is accessed through special key sequence from step 5.

4

3

TX1014855 Air Conditioner Display 1— Fan Speed Increase Switch 2— Air Conditioner (A/C) Switch

3— Fresh Air Vent Switch 4— Fan Speed Decrease Switch

MT89988,0000055 -19-03JAN07-3/3

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=952


Diagnostic Information

Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location TX1016584 —UN—09JAN07

9 14

6

16

11

15

12

1 5

2

3

14 7

13 10 8

5 6

7

8

4

TX1016584 Heater and Air Conditioner Component Location Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=953

MT89988,0000056 -19-09JAN07-1/2


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=954


Diagnostic Information

1— Air Conditioner and Heater 7— Evaporator-to-Compressor Controller Low Pressure Line 2— Heater Core 8— Receiver-Dryer-to-Evaporator 3— Evaporator High Pressure Line 4— Blower Motor 9— Condenser 5— Heater Hot Water Return Line 10— Receiver-Dryer 6— Heater Hot Water Supply Line

11— High/Low Pressure Switch 12— Ambient Air Temperature Sensor 13— Condenser-to-ReceiverDryer High Pressure Line 14— Compressor-to-Condenser High Pressure Line

15— Air Conditioner Compressor 16— Solar Sensor

MT89988,0000056 -19-09JAN07-2/2

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=955


Diagnostic Information

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-15-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=956


Group 25

Tests R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations.

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils.

DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials.

Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling or charging of system. JT02167A refrigerant test instrument should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.

DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure, which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

MT89988,0000057 -19-05JUL18-1/2

Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument.. JT02167A

To safely identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling and recharging of A/C systems. MT89988,0000057 -19-05JUL18-2/2

Heater and Air Conditioner Operational Checks NOTE: Perform Visual Inspection of Components (Group 9031-25.) prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions may affect diagnostic and test results. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-1/10

• 1

Visual Inspection of Components

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-1

MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-2/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=957


Tests Lines and Hoses Check

Inspect all lines and hoses. LOOK/FEEL: Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition, NOT kinked, worn from rubbing, or “weather checked”? LOOK/FEEL: Are hose and line connections clean and NOT showing signs of leakage, YES: Go to next check. such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? LOOK/FEEL: Are all hose and line clamps in place and tight, with cushions or rubber inserts in place to prevent crushing or scuffing of hoses or lines?

NO: Reposition hoses and lines as necessary. Replace, adjust, and tighten clamps as necessary. Note any hoses or lines that will require replacement. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-3/10

Air Conditioner Compressor Check

Inspect compressor. LOOK/FEEL: Is belt properly tensioned on pulley? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt in good condition, NOT frayed, worn, or glazed? LOOK/FEEL: Is belt tensioner in good condition, NOT worn or damaged? LOOK/FEEL: Is compressor pulley in good condition and properly aligned with belt drive pulley on engine? LOOK/FEEL: Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and is mounting hardware properly tightened?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/FEEL: Are electrical connections to compressor clean and tight? Is wiring in good condition?

NO: Note any components that will require repair or replacement. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-4/10

Condenser Check

Inspect condenser core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? YES: Go to next check. LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged?

NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-5/10

Engine Fan Check

Inspect engine fan. LOOK/FEEL: Are fan blades in good condition, NOT worn, bent, broken, or missing?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/FEEL: Is fan securely installed?

NO: Note any components that will require repair or replacement. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-6/10

Heater/Evaporator Core Check

Inspect heater/evaporator core. LOOK/FEEL: Is core free of dirt and debris? LOOK/FEEL: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? LOOK/FEEL: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/FEEL: Is condensation drain tube attached and in good condition, NOT kinked, damaged, or clogged?

NO: Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement.

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-2

MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-7/10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=958


Tests Freeze Control Switch Capillary Tube Check

Inspect freeze control switch capillary tube.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/FEEL: Is capillary tube straight, NOT kinked or broken?

NO: If capillary tube is kinked or broken, replace freeze control switch.

LOOK/FEEL: Is capillary tube properly positioned and securely inserted in evaporator core?

NO: If capillary tube is improperly positioned, check freeze control switch. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-8/10

Cab Air Filter Check

Inspect cab air filter.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/FEEL: Is filter clean and free of debris?

NO: Replace cab air filter. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-9/10

Cab Door and Window Seal Check

Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. LOOK/FEEL: Are seals present, properly installed, and in good condition?

YES: Check complete.

LOOK/FEEL: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?

NO: Adjust door and windows if necessary. Replace components as necessary. MT89988,0000058 -19-11JAN07-10/10

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=959


Tests

R134a Air Conditioning System Test

6. Open cab door and windows.

SPECIFICATIONS

7. Follow manufacturer's instructions when using the refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging system.

Engine Speed Dial

H (fast idle)

Auto-Idle Switch

A/I Off

Power Mode Switch

P (power) mode

8. Start engine and run at specification.

Temperature Decrease Control Switch Position

Maximum Cooling, “FC” will appear on display

Fan Speed

High

Specification Engine Speed Dial—Position.........................................................................H (fast idle) Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................ A/I Off Power Mode Switch—Position.............................................................P (power) mode

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02045 R134A Deluxe Recovery/Recycling and Charging Station JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument

9. Press A/C switch ON. See Cab Heater and Air Conditioner. (Operator's Manual.)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Thermometer

10. Press lower half of temperature control switch until “FC” appears on the display.

CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing.

11. Press upper half of temperature control switch until fan is running at high speed.

IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. Never use refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils intended for R12 refrigerant systems. Identify refrigerant before recovering, recycling and charging system.

12. Check sight glass (if equipped) in receiver-dryer. Recharge air conditioning system if bubbles are seen in the sight glass. 13. Run machine for at least 5 minutes. 14. Measure and record air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in air conditioning unit.

1. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Stop the engine.

15. Observe low-side pressure and high-side pressure on gauges.

3. Identify refrigerant type using JT02167A Refrigerant Identification Instrument.

16. Compare pressures and air duct temperature readings to specifications shown.

4. Connect refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

NOTE: Because low pressure switch is located on high pressure side of expansion valve, the low pressure gauge readings shown do not affect the low pressure switch operating range.

5. Open both low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery/recycling and charging station. Ambient Temperature

Air Duct Temperature

Low Pressure Gauge

High Pressure Gauge

10°C 50°F

5—11°C 41—52°F

58—278 kPa 0.58—2.78 bar 8—40 psi

213—758 kPa 2.13—7.58 bar 31—110 psi

13°C 55°F

5—11°C 41—52°F

38—258 kPa 0.38—2.58 bar 6—37 psi

312—857 kPa 3.12—8.57 bar 45—124 psi

16°C 60°F

5—11°C 41—52°F

36—256 kPa 0.36—2.56 bar 5—37 psi

371—916 kPa 3.71—9.16 bar 54—133 psi

18°C 65°F

5—11°C 41—52°F

44—264 kPa 0.44—2.64 bar 6—38 psi

414—959 kPa 4.14—9.59 bar 60—139 psi

21°C 70°F

5—11°C 41—52°F

55—275 kPa 0.55—2.75 bar 8—40 psi

461—1006 kPa 4.61—10.06 bar 67—146 psi

24C 75°F

6—12°C 43—54°F

63—283 kPa 0.63—2.83 bar 9—41 psi

525—1070 kPa 5.25—10.70 bar 76—155 psi

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-4

MT89988,0000059 -19-05JUL18-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=960


Tests Ambient Temperature

Air Duct Temperature

Low Pressure Gauge

High Pressure Gauge

27°C 80°F

7—13°C 45—55°F

66—286 kPa 0.66—2.86 bar 10—42 psi

617—1162 kPa 6.17—11.62 bar 90—169 psi

29°C 85°F

8—14°C 46—57°F

64—284 kPa 0.64—2.84 bar 9—41 psi

693—1288 kPa 6.93—12.88 bar 101—187 psi

32°C 90°F

9—15°C 48—59°F

58—278 kPa 0.58—2.78 bar 8—40 psi

803—1448 kPa 8.03—14.48 bar 116—210 psi

35°C 95°F

9—15°C 48—59°F

51—271 kPa 0.51—2.71 bar 7—39 psi

945—1640 kPa 9.45—16.40 bar 137—238 psi

38°C 100°F

9—15°C 48—59°F

51—271 kPa 0.51—2.71 bar 7—39 psi

1109—1854 kPa 11.09—18.54 bar 161—269 psi

41°C 105°F

9—15°C 48—59°F

64—284 kPa 0.64—2.84 bar 9—41 psi

1434—2079 kPa 14.34—20.79 bar 208—302 psi

17. Diagnose malfunction using Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) MT89988,0000059 -19-05JUL18-2/2

Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test 1

1. Disconnect connector (1) from clutch.

T144993 —UN—28AUG01

2. Connect battery voltage to clutch connector pin with green wire. 3. Clutch solenoid should engage and will “click”. 4. If clutch solenoid does not engage, replace compressor. See Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 5. If clutch solenoid engages, check harness. 1— Connector MT89988,000005A -19-28AUG06-1/1

Refrigerant Leak Test 1. Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from the system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. 2. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on the components in the system to form bubbles at the source of the leak.

3. If a leak detector is used, move the leak detector probe under the hoses and around the connections at a rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second. 4. Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection. MT89988,000005B -19-28AUG06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=961


Tests

Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas. DO NOT use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use ONLY certified hose meeting SAE J2064 requirements. When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses,

tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts. Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. To assist in making leak-proof joints, use a small amount of clean correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling. MT89988,000005C -19-15MAR17-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=962


Tests

Air Conditioner High/Low-Pressure Switch Test

Specification Switch Closes—Low Pressure............................................................................ 177—206 kPa 1.77—2.06 bar 26—29 psi

SPECIFICATIONS Switch Closes—Low Pressure

177—206 kPa 1.77—2.06 bar 26—29 psi

Switch Opens—Low Pressure

177—206 kPa 1.77—2.06 bar 26—29 psi

Switch Opens—High Pressure

2350—2940 kPa 23.5—29.4 bar 341—426 psi

Switch Closes—High Pressure

2350—2940 kPa 23.5—29.4 bar 341—426 psi

between terminals until pressure increases to switch closing (low) pressure specification.

11. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening (low) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—Low Pressure............................................................................ 177—206 kPa 1.77—2.06 bar 26—29 psi

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02148 Straight Connector SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter

NOTE: Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch is normally open when removed from machine. When installed, the switch becomes closed due to normal system pressure. 1. Power machine ON, but do not start engine. 2. Turn blower motor speed switch to ON position. 3. Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. 4. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch (B20). Air conditioner compressor clutch (Y11) must disengage (“click”). 5. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Air conditioner compressor clutch must engage (“click”). 6. Disconnect harness from air conditioner high/low-pressure switch.

12. Slowly increase pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch opening (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Opens—High Pressure........................................................................ 2350—2940 kPa 23.5—29.4 bar 341—426 psi

13. Slowly release pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing (high) pressure specification. Specification Switch Closes—High Pressure........................................................................ 2350—2940 kPa 23.5—29.4 bar 341—426 psi

NOTE: The air conditioner high/low-pressure switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system; however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification.

NOTE: Refrigerant line is equipped with valve at the air conditioner high/low-pressure switch port to prevent system from discharging when switch is removed.

a. Connect an air conditioner gauge set to service fittings at compressor.

7. Remove high/low-pressure switch from refrigerant line.

b. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow.

8. Connect harness to air conditioner high/low-pressure switch. Air conditioner compressor clutch must not engage (“click”). 9. Connect air conditioner high/low-pressure switch to regulated air supply or dry nitrogen using JT02148 Straight Connector.

c. Operate air conditioning on maximum cooling. d. Note high side pressure when high-pressure switch opens and then closes. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace air conditioner high/low-pressure switch.

10. Slowly apply pressure. Air conditioner high/low-pressure switch must not have continuity DF89619,00B680D -19-24AUG17-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=963


Tests

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test SPECIFICATIONS Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Resistance (approximate) at 6.0°C (43°F)

4.8 kΩ

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Resistance (approximate) at 1.5°C (35°F)

5.8 kΩ

Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Resistance (approximate) at 6.0°C (43°F).............................................................................................4.8 kΩ

4. Measure resistance of air conditioner freeze control switch at specification.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter

1. Disconnect and remove air conditioner freeze control switch (B41). 2. Connect terminals to multimeter and test for resistance between terminals. 3. Measure resistance of air conditioner freeze control switch at specification.

Specification Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch—Resistance (approximate) at 1.5°C (35°F).............................................................................................5.8 kΩ

5. Compare resistance readings to specification. If measured resistance is not within specification, replace switch. DF89619,00B680E -19-27SEP17-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=964


Tests

Air Conditioning System Test

NOTE: Follow manufacturer's instructions when operating refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed

Fast Idle

Auto-Idle Switch Position

OFF

Power Mode Button Setting

PWR (power) Mode

Auto Fan Reversing (if equipped) Position

OFF

6. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 7. Open both low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Thermometer

IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils to avoid air conditioning system contamination. Identify refrigerant before recovering, recycling, and charging system. 1. Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 9000-01.) 2. Clean the cooling package compartment access door and fins of hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, condenser, and evaporator to ensure proper air flow. 3. Clean and inspect cab fresh air filter. Replace if necessary. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Cab Recirculating Air Filters. (Operator’s Manual.) CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

8. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5208). See Engine Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 9. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle Auto-Idle Switch—Position............................................................................... OFF Power Mode Button—Setting.........................................................PWR (power) Mode Auto Fan Reversing (if equipped)—Position.......................................................................... OFF

10. Press the blower motor speed switch to turn the air conditioner ON. See Cab Heater and Air Conditioner. (Operator's Manual.) 11. Turn the temperature control/mode switch to maximum cooling position. 12. Turn blower motor speed switch to high. 13. Open cab door and windows.

4. Follow refrigerant cautions and proper handling procedures. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 9031-25.) 5. Identify refrigerant type using refrigerant identifier.

14. Run machine for at least 5 minutes. 15. Measure and record air temperature at condenser air inlet and at air ducts in cab. Compare to specifications.

Ambient Air Temperature

Expected Air Duct Temperature

16—18°C 61—64°F

8—12°C 46—54°F

19—21°C 66—70°F

9—13°C 48—55°F

22—24°C 72—76°F

9—13°C 48—55°F

25—26°C 77—79°F

10—14°C 50—57°F

27—29°C 81—85°F

10—14°C 50—57°F

30—32°C 86—90°F

12—16°C 54—61°F

33—35°C 92—95°F

14—18°C 57—64°F

36—38°C 97—101°F

17—21°C 63—70°F

39—40°C 103—104°F

19—23°C 66—73°F

41—43°C 106—110°F

22—26°C 72—79°F Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-9

DF89619,00B6810 -19-05JUL18-1/2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=965


Tests 16. Observe low side pressure and high side pressure on gauges.

17. Compare pressures to specifications shown.

Ambient Air Temperature

Low Side Pressure

High Side Pressure

16—18°C 61—64°F

138—201 kPa 1.38—2.01 bar 20—29 psi

649—951 kPa 6.49—9.51 bar 94—138 psi

19—21°C 66—70°F

102—150 kPa 1.02—1.50 bar 15—22 psi

782—1147 kPa 7.82—11.47 bar 113—166 psi

22—24°C 72—76°F

100—146 kPa 1.00—1.46 bar 15—21 psi

867—1270 kPa 8.67—12.70 bar 126—184 psi

25—26°C 77—79°F

85—125 kPa 0.85—1.25 bar 12—18 psi

972—1426 kPa 9.72—14.26 bar 141—207 psi

27—29°C 81—85°F

69—102 kPa 0.69—1.02 bar 10—15 psi

1105—1619 kPa 11.05—16.19 bar 160—235 psi

30—32°C 86—90°F

77—114 kPa 0.77—1.14 bar 11—17 psi

1256—1841 kPa 12.56—18.41 bar 182—267 psi

33—35°C 92—95°F

91—133 kPa 0.91—1.33 bar 13—19 psi

1377—2017 kPa 13.77—20.17 bar 200—293 psi

36—38°C 97—101°F

110—160 kPa 1.10—1.60 bar 16—23 psi

1527—2237 kPa 15.27—23.37 bar 221—324 psi

39—40°C 103—104°F

126—185 kPa 1.26—1.85 bar 18—27 psi

1672—2450 kPa 16.72—24.50 bar 243—355 psi

41—43°C 106—110°F

143—210 kPa 1.43—2.10 bar 21—30 psi

1819—2666 kPa 18.19—26.66 bar 264—387 psi

18. If measurements do not meet specifications, diagnose malfunction. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart. (Group 9031-25.) DF89619,00B6810 -19-05JUL18-2/2

Air Conditioner Compressor Belt Check and Adjustment See Check and Adjust A/C Belt. (Operator's Manual.) MT89988,000005E -19-25AUG06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=966


Tests

Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart Condition

Low-side kPa High-side kPa Sight Glass (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi)

Suction Line

ReceiverDryer

Liquid Line

Lack of Refrigerant

Very Low

Very Low

Clear

Slightly Cool

Slightly Warm

Slightly Warm Slightly Warm

Warm

Loss of Refrigerant

Low

Low

Bubbles

Cool

Warm to Hot

Warm

Slightly Cool

High-side Restriction

Low

Low

Clear

Cool

Cool, Sweating Cool, or Frosting Sweating or Frosting

Expansion Valve Closed

Low

Low

Clear

Cold, Sweating Warm or Frosting Heavily at Valve Outlet

Warm

Hot

Slightly Cool

Loose Belt or Compressor Failure

High

Low

Clear

Cool

Warm

Warm

Warm

Slightly Cool

Condenser Malfunction

High

High

Clear to Occasional Bubbles

Slightly Cool to Hot Warm

Hot

Hot

Warm

High Refrigerant Contaminated and Air in System

High

Bubbles

Warm to Hot

Warm

Warm

Hot

Warm

Expansion Valve Open

High

Clear

Cold, Sweating Warm or Frosting Heavily

Warm

Hot

Slightly Cool

Plugged Normal Condenser, Overcharge of Refrigerant

High

Clear

Cool

Warm

Warm

Hot

Slightly Cool

Moisture in System

Normal (May Drop)

Normal (May Drop)

Clear

Cool

Warm

Warm

Hot

Cool to Warm

Heater Valve Stuck Open

Normal

Normal

Clear

Cool

Warm

Warm

Hot

Warm

Lack of Refrigerant and Air in System

Normal (No Drop)

Normal

Occasional Bubbles

Warm to Hot

Warm

Warm

Warm

Slightly Cool

High

Discharge Line

Warm to Hot

Discharge Air

Hot to Point of Slightly Cool Restriction

MT89988,000005F -19-25AUG06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=967


Tests

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9031-25-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=968


Contents

Section 9050 Reference Material

Page

Group 05—Terminology Cross Reference Chart Terminology Cross Reference Chart...................................................... 9050-05-1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9050-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9050-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 05

Terminology Cross Reference Chart Terminology Cross Reference Chart Terminology Cross Reference Chart John Deere Service Information Term

Alternate Term Used

Air Filter Restriction Switch

Air Cleaner Restriction Switch

Ambient Air Temperature Sensor

Outdoor Ambient Temperature Sensor

Arm In Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Arm: Bottom Side)

Arm Out Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Arm: Rod Side)

Attenuator Hose

Tail Hose

Boom Down Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Boom: Rod Side)

Boom Down Shockless Valve

Shockless Valve

Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Boom: Bottom Side)

Boom Up Pressure Sensor

Boom Raise Pressure Sensor

Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Bucket: Bottom Side)

Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

Overload Relief Valve with Make-Up Function (Bucket: Rod Side)

Cab Air Temperature Sensor

In Cab Ambient Temperature Sensor

Center Joint

Rotary Manifold

Check Valve (lift check)

Load Check Valve

Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Error Codes, Fault Codes, Failure Codes

Engine Control Unit (ECU)

Engine Control Module (ECM)

Engine Speed Dial

Engine Control Dial or Engine RPM Dial

Front Attachment Pressure Sensor

Dig and Swing Pressure Sensor

Hydraulic Pumps (pump 1, pump 2, pilot pump)

Pump Device

Information Controller (ICF)

ICX or ICF

Intercooler

Charge Air Cooler

Light

Lamp

Main Controller (MCF)

MC, MCX

Main Relief and Power Digging Valve

Main Relief Valve, System Relief Valve

Pilot Control Lever, Right/Left

Control Lever, Right/Left

Pilot Shutoff Lever

Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever

Pilot Pressure Regulating Valve

Relief Valve, Pilot Relief Valve

Pilot Shutoff Solenoid Valve

Pilot Shut-off Valve

Pilot Signal Manifold

Power Boost Switch, Signal Control Valve

Power Dig Switch

Power Digging Switch

Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Solenoid Valve

Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate Control Solenoid

Solar Sensor

Solar Radiation Sensor

Solenoid Valve Manifold

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

Starter Relay

Starter Cut Relay

Swing Gearbox and Swing Motor

Swing Device, Swing Reduction Gear

Swing Motor Make-Up Check Valve

Make-Up Valve (Swing Device)

Switch Panel

Switch Box

Travel Flow Combiner Pilot Valve

Flow Combiner Valve Spool

Travel Motor Crossover Relief Valve

Overload Relief Valve (Travel)

Travel Motor, Travel Park Brake, Travel Device

Travel Device

Travel Park Brake

Parking Brake

Travel Speed Switch

Propel Speed Switch LD30992,00005EC -19-22JAN07-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9050-05-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=971


Terminology Cross Reference Chart

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9050-05-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=972


Contents

Section 9900 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Page

Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools DFT1218 Split Flange Hose Cap............... 9900-99-1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9900-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Contents

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9900-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Group 99

Dealer Fabricated Tools

T142036 —UN—10MAY01

DFT1218 Split Flange Hose Cap

Split Flange Hose Cap is used with split clamp halves to close 1 in. split flange.

Material required is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) steel plate. TP97644,00000A0 -19-27OCT06-1/1

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9900-99-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=975


Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM10076 (20AUG19)

9900-99-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=976


Index Page Page

A A/I (Auto Idle) mode Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 A/I (auto-idle) circuit Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-17 Air conditioner Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9031-15-6 Freeze control switch test .............................. 9031-25-8 Heater and, component location .................... 9031-15-9 Operating pressure diagnostic chart ........................................................... 9031-25-11 Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-1 Air conditioner compressor clutch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-5 Air conditioning Binary pressure switch test ............................ 9031-25-7 Diagnose, system malfunctions ..................... 9031-15-1 Hoses and tubing inspection.......................... 9031-25-6 R134a system test .......................9031-25-4, 9031-25-9 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 9031-25-1 Refrigerant leak test....................................... 9031-25-5 System cycle of operation.............................. 9031-05-1 Air suspension seat harness (W12) Component location ................................... 9015-10-172 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-174 Alarm Travel, remove and install............................ 9015-20-30 Alternator Test .............................................................. 9015-20-17 Ambient air temperature sensor Test .............................................................. 9015-20-16 Anticavitation valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-67 Arm 1 flow rate control valve circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-93 Arm 1 flow rate pilot valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Arm 2 flow rate control valve circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-97 Arm and boom reduced leakage valves Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-90 Arm cylinder Drift test........................................................ 9025-25-44 Operation ................................................... 9025-05-135 Arm regenerative Solenoid operation ....................................... 9015-15-26 Arm regenerative solenoid valve Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-10 Arm regenerative valve Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-28 Arm regenerative valve circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-82 Attachemt Control circuit theory of operation ................ 9015-15-49 Attachment harness (W20) Component location ................................... 9015-10-185

Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-189 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 9000-01-10 Operating safely........................................... 9000-01-10 Auto idle control Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Auto-idle switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Auto-warming up control Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Auxiliary Control circuit theory of operation ................ 9015-15-49 System Operation ...................................... 9025-05-137 Auxiliary Attachment Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-51 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-152 Auxiliary flow rate control valve circuit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-108 Auxiliary fuse box harness (W9) Component location ................................... 9015-10-162 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-165 Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-155 Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve Operation<indxflag/>.................................. 9025-05-137 Auxiliary Shuttle Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-154 Auxiliary solenoid harness (W61) Component location ................................... 9015-10-206 Auxiliary System Line Connections ......................................... 9025-15-77 Operation ................................................... 9025-05-137

B Backover accidents Avoiding ......................................................... 9000-01-9 Battery Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-24 Battery explosions Prevent........................................................... 9000-01-5 Battery relay Check........................................................... 9015-20-20 Battery voltage Check........................................................... 9015-20-20 Bearing Swing, measure wear .................................... 9020-15-5 Boom Regenerative valve operation check.......................................................... 9005-10-27 Up, arm in, and bucket combined function check.......................................................... 9005-10-26 Boom and arm reduced leakage valves Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-90 Boom cylinder Drift test........................................................ 9025-25-44 Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-1

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=1


Index

Page

Page

Operation ................................................... 9025-05-135 Boom down shockless valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Boom flow rate control valve circuit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-105 Boom light switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Boom lower meter-in cut valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-71 Boom mode switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Boom regenerative valve circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-74 Bucket cylinder Drift test........................................................ 9025-25-44 Operation ................................................... 9025-05-135 Bucket flow rate control valve circuit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-101 Bucket flow rate pilot valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Bucket regenerative valve Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-28 Bucket regenerative valve circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-86 Bypass valve Return filter, operation................................ 9025-05-136

Circuit relief valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-67 Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-22 Cold weather Starting aid..................................................... 9010-05-4 Component location 2-Speed harness (W21)............................. 9015-10-191 Air suspension seat harness (W12) ........... 9015-10-172 Attachment harness (W20) ........................ 9015-10-185 Auxiliary fuse box harness (W9) ................ 9015-10-162 Auxiliary solenoid harness (W61) .............. 9015-10-206 Cab harness (W1)........................................ 9015-10-47 Electrical, GlobalTRACS® terminal (GTT) harness (W51).......................................... 9015-10-209 Electrical, JDLink™ CAN harness (W52) ....................................................... 9015-10-209 Electrical, JDLink™ jumper harness (W54) ....................................................... 9015-10-209 Electrical, JDLink™ power harness (W53) ....................................................... 9015-10-209 Electrical, machine information gateway (MIG) harness (W50) ............................... 9015-10-209 Engine cooling system ................................... 9010-05-3 Engine harness (W4) ................................. 9015-10-110 Engine interface harness (W5) .................. 9015-10-135 Fan reversing switch harness (W16) ....................................................... 9015-10-181 Heater and air conditioner.............................. 9031-15-9 Hydraulic system........................................ 9025-15-102 Information ..................................................... 9015-05-1 Machine harness (W2)................................. 9015-10-67 Monitor harness (W3) ................................ 9015-10-102 Multi-function pilot control lever harness (W14) ....................................................... 9015-10-178 Pilot shutoff switch harness (W11)............. 9015-10-168 Pilot shutoff valve harness (W17) .............. 9015-10-183 Pump harness (W8) ................................... 9015-10-158 Right console harness (W7)....................... 9015-10-146 Seat heater switch harness (W13)............. 9015-10-175 Starter harness (W27)................................ 9015-10-196 Travel alarm cancel switch harness (W15) ....................................................... 9015-10-181 Travel system............................................... 9025-15-46 Component location—MTG/SAT JDLink™ modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness ......................................... 9015-10-214 Compressor clutch Air conditioner, test ........................................ 9031-25-5 Connection Procedure JDLink™ ........................................................ 9015-20-7 Control area network (CAN) Theory of operation........................................ 9015-15-1 Control switches and indicators Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-10 Control valve Arm 1 flow rate, circuit operation ................. 9025-05-93 Arm 2 flow rate, circuit operation ................. 9025-05-97 Auxiliary flow rate, circuit operation ........... 9025-05-108

C Cab Rear cover remove and install ..................... 9015-20-25 Cab guarding ..................................................... 9000-01-2 Cab harness (W1) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-47 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-51 CAN bus terminator Check........................................................... 9015-20-23 Center joint Operation ................................................... 9025-05-124 Charging circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-15-4 Check valve Control valve, identification and operation .................................................... 9025-05-60 Travel motor, operation .............................. 9025-05-126 Chemical products Handling......................................................... 9000-01-5 Cinch connector Install contact ...........................9015-20-40, 9015-20-41 Cinch connector (32 and 48 Way) Repair .......................................................... 9015-20-41 Cinch connectors Replace Connector ...................................... 9015-20-38 Circuit Pilot shutoff, theory of operation .................. 9015-15-46 Windshield wiper and washer, theory of operation .................................................... 9015-15-42

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-2

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=2


Index

Page

Page

Boom flow rate, circuit operation................ 9025-05-105 Bucket flow rate, circuit operation .............. 9025-05-101 Check valves identification and operation .................................................... 9025-05-60 Circuit relief and anticavitation valve operation .................................................... 9025-05-67 Line identification, 4-spool ........................... 9025-15-31 Line identification, 5-spool ........................... 9025-15-31 Line identification, front ................................ 9025-15-31 Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-47 Pilot operation .............................................. 9025-05-21 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Spool, actuating pilot pressure test................ 9025-25-6 Control valve lift check valve Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-26 Controller Engine, circuit theory of operation ............... 9015-15-18 Information (ICF), remove and install .......................................................... 9015-20-26 Controller main (MCF) Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-25 Cooling fan motor Component location ................................... 9025-15-107 Cooling system Service safely............................................... 9000-01-11 Counterbalance valve Travel motor, operation .............................. 9025-05-126 Cover Cab rear, remove and install ........................ 9015-20-25 Crossover relief valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-112 Swing motor, test and adjustment................ 9025-25-25 Travel motor, operation .............................. 9025-05-126 Travel motor, test and adjustment................ 9025-25-27 Cycle times check 200DLC Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-34 Cylinder Boom, arm, and bucket, operation............. 9025-05-135 Cylinder drift Boom, arm, and bucket................................ 9025-25-44

Reading, monitor display ............................... 9015-20-2 Reading, Service ADVISOR .......................... 9015-20-9 Trouble codes check...................................... 9005-10-1 Diagnostic Trouble Codes Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-20-7 Diagnostic trouble codes main controller (MCF) Main controller (MCF) diagnostic trouble codes............................................................ 9001-10-1 Diagram fan drive system Fan system diagram ................9025-05-3, 9025-05-6, 9025-15-110, 9025-15-112 Dig function drift 200DLC Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-24 Dig regenerative Solenoid valve test and adjustment ............... 9025-25-8 Valve operation ............................................ 9025-05-77 Digital pressure/temperature analyzer Installation...................................................... 9025-25-1 Digital thermometer installation ......................... 9025-25-1 Diode Check........................................................... 9015-20-21 Display Monitor, remove and install .......................... 9015-20-27 Drive gearbox, pump 1 and pump 2 Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-34 Driving metal pins ............................................ 9000-01-12

D Dampener valve Swing motor, operation .............................. 9025-05-115 Diagnose Air conditioning system malfunctions.............................................................. 9031-15-1 Heating system malfunctions ......................... 9031-15-4 Undercarriage components malfunctions ................................................. 9020-15-1 Diagnostic connection Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-20-8 Diagnostic trouble codes Air conditioner ................................................ 9031-15-6 Display and clear trouble codes..................... 9005-10-1 Heater ............................................................ 9031-15-6 Information controller ..................................... 9001-30-1

E E (economy) mode and P (power) mode Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-15 Economy mode Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 ECU Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-26 Electrical Fuse and relay specifications......................... 9015-10-1 Monitor data items ......................................... 9015-20-1 Schematic, wiring diagram, and component location information ................... 9015-05-1 Spring wire retainer connector ..................... 9015-20-31 Tab retainer connector ................................. 9015-20-30 Electrical component check............................. 9015-20-19 Electrical diagnostic procedures Key switch check ......................................... 9015-20-19 Emergency preparation ..................................... 9000-01-6 Engine Power test using turbocharger boost pressure ....................................................... 9010-25-3 Engine control unit Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-18 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-26 Engine cooling system Component location ....................................... 9010-05-3 Engine fluid level switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-3

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=3


Index

Page

Page

Engine harness (W4) Component location ................................... 9015-10-110 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-119 Engine interface harness (W5) Component location ................................... 9015-10-135 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-142 Engine speed Specifcations.................................................. 9010-05-5 Engine speed control System operation ........................................... 9010-05-5 Engine speed dial Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-14 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Engine speed sensing control circuit Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-45 Engine warm-up Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-18 Exhaust fumes................................................... 9000-01-4 Explosion Battery............................................................ 9000-01-5

Fuse Specification................................................... 9015-10-1 Fuse box harness (W9) Auxiliary, component location .................... 9015-10-162 Fuse test.......................................................... 9015-20-11 Fusible link Check........................................................... 9015-20-21

F Fan Fan speed test ............................................. 9025-25-47 Pump flow .................................................... 9025-25-45 Fan drive system Component Location.................................. 9025-15-107 Fan operation...........................9025-05-3, 9025-05-6, 9025-15-110, 9025-15-112 Fan reversing switch Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-13 Fan reversing switch harness (W16) Component location ................................... 9015-10-181 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-182 Fast idle speed heater control Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Filter Pilot, operation ............................................. 9025-05-12 Return, operation ....................................... 9025-05-136 Fire prevention................................................... 9000-01-5 Flow rate control valve Arm 1, circuit operation ................................ 9025-05-93 Arm 2, circuit operation ................................ 9025-05-97 Auxiliary, circuit operation .......................... 9025-05-108 Boom, circuit operation .............................. 9025-05-105 Bucket, circuit operation............................. 9025-05-101 Flow Rate Pressure Reducing Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-149 Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-148 Flow test Pump............................................................ 9025-25-34 Fuel gauge Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-3 Fuel system Component location ....................................... 9010-05-1

G Gearbox Pump 1, pump 2 and drive, operation .................................................... 9025-05-34 Swing reduction, operation .........................9025-05-111 Travel operation ............................................. 9020-05-2 GlobalTRACS® terminal (GTT) harness (W51) Component location ................................... 9015-10-209 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-215

H Handhold use .................................................... 9000-01-6 Harness Starter, (W27) component location ............ 9015-10-196 Hazards Avoiding ......................................................... 9000-01-8 Heated seat switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Heater Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9031-15-6 Operational checks ........................................ 9031-25-1 Heater and air conditioner Component location ....................................... 9031-15-9 Controls check ............................................. 9005-10-36 Heater and air conditioning Circuit check ................................................ 9005-10-36 Heating system Diagnose, malfunctions.................................. 9031-15-4 High power mode Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 High/low-pressure switch Test ................................................................ 9031-25-7 High-pressure oils Avoid .............................................................. 9000-01-4 Horn circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-2 Hoses and tubing inspection Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-6 Hour meter Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-3 Hour meter and gauges Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-10 HP (high power) mode Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-16 Hydraulic fan Component location ................................... 9025-15-107 Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-4

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=4


Index

Page

Page

Hydraulic oil Cleanup procedure with portable filter caddy............................................................ 9025-25-1 Warm-up procedure ....................................... 9025-25-2 Hydraulic oil tank pressurization Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-20 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor Test .............................................................. 9015-20-16 Hydraulic pump Control by engine speed sensing................. 9025-05-43 Control by flow rate pilot valve ..................... 9025-05-39 Control by supply oil pressure...................... 9025-05-41 Regulator minimum flow test........................ 9025-25-30 Regulator operation ..................................... 9025-05-37 Hydraulic system Component location ................................... 9025-15-102 Diagram and operation .................................. 9025-05-1 Line connections ........................................ 9025-15-103 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85

GlobalTRACS® terminal (GTT) harness (W51) wiring diagram ............................... 9015-10-215 Identification................................................... 9015-20-4 JDLink™ CAN harness (W52) wiring diagram .................................................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ jumper harness (W54) wiring diagram .................................................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ power harness (W53) wiring diagram .................................................... 9015-10-215 Machine information gateway (MIG) harness (W50) wiring diagram ................. 9015-10-215 JT02156A digital pressure/temperature analyzer Installation...................................................... 9025-25-1 JT05800 digital thermometer installation........................................................ 9025-25-1

I Idle speed up control Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Information controller Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9001-30-1 Information controller (ICF) Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-36 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-26 Inspect machine ................................................ 9000-01-3

J JDLink™ Component location—MTG/SAT................ 9015-10-214 Wiring diagram—MTG/SAT ....................... 9015-10-231 JDLink™ CAN harness (W52) Component location ................................... 9015-10-209 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-53 JDLink™ jumper harness (W54) Component location ................................... 9015-10-209 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness Component location ................................... 9015-10-214 JDLink™ modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-231 JDLink™ power harness (W53) Component location ................................... 9015-10-209 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ system Component location—MIG/GTT ................ 9015-10-209 Connection procedure.................................... 9015-20-7

K Key switch Check........................................................... 9015-20-19 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-28 Switch off, engine off, checks ........................ 9005-10-1 Switch on, engine off, check .......................... 9005-10-3 Switch on, engine on, checks ........................ 9005-10-9 Kit Auxiliary High Flow .................................... 9025-05-155

L Leakage test Swing motor ................................................. 9025-25-41 Travel motor................................................. 9025-25-42 Leakage valves Boom and arm reduced, operation .............. 9025-05-90 Left console switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Lifting objects Special care ................................................. 9000-01-10 Light circuit Operational check .......................................... 9005-10-7 Line connection Pilot signal manifold to control valve........................................................... 9025-15-42 Travel system............................................... 9025-15-47 Line connections Hydraulic system........................................ 9025-15-103 Line Connections Auxiliary System .......................................... 9025-15-77 Line identification Pump 1, pump 2, and pilot pump ................. 9025-15-30 Swing motor ................................................. 9025-15-34 Load dump circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-15-4 Low Flow Kit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-171

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-5

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=5


Index

Page

Page

M Machine harness (W2) Component location ..................................... 9015-10-67 Wiring diagram............................................. 9015-10-79 Machine information gateway (MIG) harness (W50) Component location ................................... 9015-10-209 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-215 Machine inspection............................................ 9000-01-3 Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 9000-01-2 Machine movement Unintended..................................................... 9000-01-7 Machine tip over Avoiding ......................................................... 9000-01-9 Main controller (MCF) Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-25 Main controller (MCF) diagnostics trouble codes Diagnostic trouble codes main controller (MCF) ........................................................... 9001-10-1 Main controller circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-26 Main controller sensors Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Main controller solenoids Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Main relief and power digging valve Circuit operation........................................... 9025-05-63 Main relief valve Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-19 Make-up check valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-112 Malfunctions Diagnose air conditioning system .................. 9031-15-1 Diagnose heating system............................... 9031-15-4 Manifold Pilot signal, operation................................... 9025-05-24 Manual boom lower screw Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-90 Metal pins ........................................................ 9000-01-12 Modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness (W6002) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-231 Monitor Data items...................................................... 9015-20-1 Gauge circuit checks.................................... 9005-10-10 Gauges and battery disconnect relay checks .......................................................... 9005-10-5 Menu operation .............................................. 9015-16-1 Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-20-2 Service menu operation ................................. 9015-16-1 Start up check ................................................ 9005-10-4 Monitor controller Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-10 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-27

Monitor harness (W3) Component location ................................... 9015-10-102 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-103 Motor Swing crossover relief valve test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-25 Swing, leakage test...................................... 9025-25-41 Swing, operation ........................................ 9025-05-112 Travel, leakage test...................................... 9025-25-42 Travel, operation ........................................ 9025-05-126 Travel, speed circuit operation................... 9025-05-133 Moving parts Safety............................................................. 9000-01-3 Servicing ........................................................ 9000-01-3 Multi-function pilot control lever harness (W14) Component location ................................... 9015-10-178 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-179 Multi-function pilot control lever harness (W15) Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-208

O Operating pressure diagnostic chart Air conditioner .............................................. 9031-25-11 Operation Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve .................. 9025-05-152 Auxiliary High Flow Line Kit ....................... 9025-05-155 Auxiliary Pilot Control Valve ....................... 9025-05-137 Auxiliary Shuttle Valve ............................... 9025-05-154 Auxiliary System ........................................ 9025-05-137 Flow Rate Select Solenoid Valve ............... 9025-05-148 Low Flow Kit............................................... 9025-05-171 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve ............... 9025-05-150 Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure Control Solenoid Valve ......................................... 9025-05-149 Selector Valve ............................................ 9025-05-151 Selector Valve Solenoid Valve ................... 9025-05-151 Operation qualification....................................... 9000-01-1 Operational check A/I (auto-idle) circuit ..................................... 9005-10-17 Arm regenerative valve ................................ 9005-10-28 Boom regenerative valve ............................. 9005-10-27 Boom up, arm in, and bucket combined function....................................................... 9005-10-26 Bucket regenerative valve............................ 9005-10-28 Control valve lift check valve........................ 9005-10-26 Cycle times check 200DLC.......................... 9005-10-34 Diagnostic trouble codes................................ 9005-10-1 Dig function drift 200DLC............................. 9005-10-24 Display and clear trouble codes..................... 9005-10-1 E (economy) mode and P (power) mode .......................................................... 9005-10-15 Engine speed dial ........................................ 9005-10-14 Fan reversing switch .................................... 9005-10-13 Fuel gauge ..................................................... 9005-10-3 Heater and air conditioner controls .............. 9005-10-36 Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-6

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=6


Index

Page

Page

Heater and air conditioning circuit................ 9005-10-36 Horn circuit..................................................... 9005-10-2 Hour meter ..................................................... 9005-10-3 HP (high power) mode ................................. 9005-10-16 Hydraulic oil tank pressurization .................. 9005-10-20 Key switch off, engine off ............................... 9005-10-1 Key switch on, engine off ............................... 9005-10-3 Key switch on, engine on ............................... 9005-10-9 Light circuit..................................................... 9005-10-7 Monitor and gauge circuit............................. 9005-10-10 Monitor start up .............................................. 9005-10-4 Monitor, gauges, and battery disconnect relay ............................................................. 9005-10-5 Pilot control shutoff circuit ............................ 9005-10-11 Swing dynamic braking ................................ 9005-10-21 Swing park brake and circuit drift................. 9005-10-22 Swing power ................................................ 9005-10-23 Swing priority circuit ..................................... 9005-10-25 Travel alarm ................................................. 9005-10-18 Travel alarm cancel switch circuit ................ 9005-10-19 Travel lever and pedal neutral checks .......................................................... 9005-10-6 Travel speed selection ................................. 9005-10-29 Travel system maneuverability .................... 9005-10-33 Travel system tracking ................................. 9005-10-30 Travel system tracking while operating a dig function................................................. 9005-10-32 Windshield washer circuit .............................. 9005-10-9 Windshield wiper controls .............................. 9005-10-8

Pilot shutoff Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-46 Pilot shutoff solenoid valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-13 Pilot shutoff switch harness (W11) Component location ................................... 9015-10-168 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-169 Pilot shutoff valve harness (W17) Component location ................................... 9015-10-183 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-183 Pilot signal manifold Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Port identification ......................................... 9025-05-24 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Pilot signal manifold-to-control valve Line connection............................................ 9025-15-42 Pilot signal manifold-to-pilot control valve Line identification backhoe pattern .............. 9025-15-39 Line identification excavator pattern ........................................................ 9025-15-35 Pilot system Diagram and operation ................................ 9025-05-10 Portable filter caddy Hydraulic oil cleanup procedure..................... 9025-25-1 Power dig solenoid Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Power digging Valve test and adjustment............................ 9025-25-19 Power digging and main relief valve Circuit operation........................................... 9025-05-63 Power digging solenoid valve Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-12 Power limiting Engine, circuit theory of operation ............... 9015-15-18 Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Power mode switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Pressure Reducing Valve Operation Flow Rate................................................... 9025-05-149 Pressure sensor Test .............................................................. 9015-20-15 Proportional Solenoid test ................................................ 9015-20-16 Protective equipment......................................... 9000-01-2 Pump Control by engine speed sensing................. 9025-05-43 Control by flow rate pilot valve ..................... 9025-05-39 Control by supply oil pressure...................... 9025-05-41 Fan, flow ...................................................... 9025-25-45 Flow test....................................................... 9025-25-34 Hydraulic, regulator minimum flow test ............................................................. 9025-25-30 Hydraulic, regulator operation...................... 9025-05-37 Pilot, operation ............................................. 9025-05-12 Regulator test, maximum flow...................... 9025-25-32 Pump 1, pump 2 and drive gearbox Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-34

P Park brake Swing motor, release circuit operation .................................................. 9025-05-123 Park brake valve and travel motor Operation ................................................... 9025-05-126 Pilot control shut-off lever .................................. 9000-01-7 Pilot control shutoff circuit Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-11 Pilot control valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-16 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Travel operation ........................................... 9025-05-18 Pilot control valve-to-pilot signal mainifold component location Excavator pattern......................................... 9025-15-35 Pilot control valve-to-pilot signal mainifold component location Backhoe pattern........................................... 9025-15-39 Pilot filter Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-12 Pilot pressure regulating valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-12 Test and adjustment....................................... 9025-25-4 Pilot pump Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-12

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-7

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=7


Index

Page

Page

Pump 1, pump 2, and pilot pump Line identification ......................................... 9025-15-30 Pump and regulator Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Pump control pilot pressure Signal test .................................................... 9025-25-16 Pump flow rate pilot valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Pump harness (W8) Component location ................................... 9015-10-158 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-159 Pump regulator Test maximum flow ...................................... 9025-25-32

Safety instructions ............................................. 9000-01-1 Safety symbols .................................................. 9000-01-1 Safety, Avoid High-Pressure Fluids Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ........................... 9000-01-3 Schematic Auxiliary Attachment .................................... 9025-15-51 Information ..................................................... 9015-05-1 Seat belt Use and maintenance .................................... 9000-01-7 Seat heater switch harness (W13) Component location ................................... 9015-10-175 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-176 Secondary Auxiliary Relief Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-150 Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure Control Valve Operation ............. 9025-05-150 Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-149 Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure Control Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-150 Selector Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-151 Selector Valve Solenoid Valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-151 Sensor test Ambient air temperature sensor................... 9015-20-16 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor ................. 9015-20-16 Pressure....................................................... 9015-20-15 Service ADVISOR Connection procedure.................................... 9015-20-8 Overview ........................................................ 9015-20-7 Reading diagnostic trouble codes.................. 9015-20-9 Service menu Monitor, operation .......................................... 9015-16-1 Servicing machine safely................................. 9000-01-10 Shuttle valve Pilot signal manifold operation ..................... 9025-05-24 Slow speed sensing Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-45 Solenoid Pilot shutoff valve, operation........................ 9025-05-13 Proportional, test.......................................... 9015-20-16 Solenoid valve Arm regenerative, test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-10 Dig regenerative, test and adjustment ............................................................. 9025-25-8 Engine speed sensing control circuit.......................................................... 9025-05-45 Power digging, test and adjustment ........................................................... 9025-25-12 Torque control, test ...................................... 9025-25-17 Travel speed, test and adjustment............... 9025-25-14 Specification Fuse ............................................................... 9015-10-1 Relay.............................................................. 9015-10-1

R R134a air conditioning System test ..................................9031-25-4, 9031-25-9 Radiator Temperature differential check....................... 9010-25-1 Reading diagnostic trouble codes Service ADVISOR.......................................... 9015-20-9 Rear cover Remove and install rear cover ..................... 9015-20-25 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-25-1 Regulator Control by engine speed sensing................. 9025-05-43 Control by flow rate pilot valve ..................... 9025-05-39 Control by supply oil pressure...................... 9025-05-41 Hydraulic pump, operation ........................... 9025-05-37 Minimum flow test, hydraulic pump.............. 9025-25-30 Pump, test maximum flow............................ 9025-25-32 Relay Battery, check .............................................. 9015-20-20 Specification................................................... 9015-10-1 Test .............................................................. 9015-20-14 Relief valve Circuit, test and adjustment ......................... 9025-25-22 Return filter Operation ................................................... 9025-05-136 Reversing fan switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Reversing variable speed fan Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-18 Riding machine.................................................. 9000-01-8 Right console harness (W7) Component location ................................... 9015-10-146 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-151

S Safety Operator's seat .............................................. 9000-01-6 Safety equipment............................................... 9000-01-2 Safety information Recognizing ................................................... 9000-01-1

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-8

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=8


Index

Page

Page

Spool Valve, actuating pilot pressure test ................ 9025-25-6 Standard mode Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Starter Harness (W27) component location..................................................... 9015-10-196 Starter harness (W27) Component location ................................... 9015-10-196 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-199 Starting aid Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-4 Starting circuit Theory of operation........................................ 9015-15-4 Steps use........................................................... 9000-01-6 Swing Dynamic braking check................................ 9005-10-21 Park brake and circuit drift check................. 9005-10-22 Power check ................................................ 9005-10-23 Priority circuit check ..................................... 9005-10-25 Swing bearing Measure wear ................................................ 9020-15-5 Swing motor Crossover relief valve test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-25 Dampener valve operation......................... 9025-05-115 Leakage test ................................................ 9025-25-41 Line identification ......................................... 9025-15-34 Operation ................................................... 9025-05-112 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Swing motor park brake release circuit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-123 Swing park brake release pilot valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Swing reduction gearbox Operation ....................................................9025-05-111 Switch Binary pressure, test ...................................... 9031-25-7 Key, remove and install................................ 9015-20-28 Switch panel Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 System cycle of operation Air conditioning .............................................. 9031-05-1 System functional schematic Information ..................................................... 9015-05-1

Temperature sensor ..................................... 9015-20-16 Theory of operation Charge circuit................................................. 9015-15-4 Control area network (CAN)........................... 9015-15-1 Control switches and indicators ................... 9015-15-10 Hour meter and gauges ............................... 9015-15-10 Information controller (ICF) circuit................ 9015-15-36 JDLink™ circuit ............................................ 9015-15-53 Load dump circuit........................................... 9015-15-4 Main controller circuit ................................... 9015-15-26 Monitor controller circuit............................... 9015-15-10 Pilot shutoff circuit........................................ 9015-15-46 Starting circuit ................................................ 9015-15-4 Travel alarm circuit....................................... 9015-15-39 Windshield wiper and washer circuit.......................................................... 9015-15-42 Thermometer installation, digital........................ 9025-25-1 Tip over Avoiding ......................................................... 9000-01-9 Torque control solenoid Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Torque control solenoid valve Control circuit operation ............................... 9025-05-45 Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-17 Track Adjuster and recoil spring operation ............................................................... 9020-05-1 Track adjuster and recoil spring Operation ....................................................... 9020-05-1 Travel Alarm cancel switch circuit check ................ 9005-10-19 Lever and pedal neutral checks ..................... 9005-10-6 Speed selection check ................................. 9005-10-29 System maneuverability check .................... 9005-10-33 System tracking check ................................. 9005-10-30 System tracking checks while operating a dig function................................................. 9005-10-32 Travel alarm Check........................................................... 9015-20-22 Operational check ........................................ 9005-10-18 Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Travel alarm cancel switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-30 Travel alarm cancel switch harness (W15) Component location ................................... 9015-10-181 Wiring diagram........................................... 9015-10-181 Travel alarm circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-39 Travel flow combiner pilot valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-24 Travel flow combiner valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-68 Travel gearbox Operation ....................................................... 9020-05-2 Travel high power mode Operation ....................................................... 9010-05-5 Travel motor Check valve operation ............................... 9025-05-126

T Temperature differential check Radiator ......................................................... 9010-25-1 Temperature sensor test.................................. 9015-20-16 Test Alternator ..................................................... 9015-20-17 Binary pressure switch................................... 9031-25-7 Engine power using turbocharger boost pressure ....................................................... 9010-25-3 Fuse ............................................................. 9015-20-11 Relay............................................................ 9015-20-14

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-9

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=9


Index

Page

Page

Counterbalance valve operation ................ 9025-05-126 Crossover relief valve operation ................ 9025-05-126 Crossover relief valve test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-27 Leakage test ................................................ 9025-25-42 Schematic .................................................... 9025-15-85 Travel motor and park brake valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-126 Travel motor speed circuit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-133 Travel pilot control valve Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-18 Travel speed solenoid valve Operation ................................................... 9025-05-133 Test and adjustment..................................... 9025-25-14 Travel speed switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Travel system Component location ..................................... 9025-15-46 Line connection............................................ 9025-15-47 Travel torque-up control Operation ..................................................... 9025-05-45 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit............................................................... 9025-05-163 Kit Operation .............................................. 9025-05-163 Two Pump Combined Flow Kit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-163 Two Way Solenoid Operation ................................................... 9025-05-159 Two Way Solenoid Kit Operation ................................................... 9025-05-159

Boom lower meter-in cut, operation ............................................................. 9025-05-71 Boom regenerative, circuit operation ............................................................. 9025-05-74 Bucket flow rate control, circuit operation .................................................. 9025-05-101 Bucket flow rate pilot, operation................... 9025-05-24 Bucket regenerative, circuit operation .................................................... 9025-05-86 Circuit relief and anticavitation, operation .................................................... 9025-05-67 Circuit relief, test and adjustment................. 9025-25-22 Control, check valves identification and operation .................................................... 9025-05-60 Control, operation ........................................ 9025-05-47 Crossover relief, operation......................... 9025-05-112 Dig regenerative operation........................... 9025-05-77 Dig regenerative solenoid test and adjustment.................................................... 9025-25-8 Main relief and power digging, circuit operation .................................................... 9025-05-63 Main relief and power digging, test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-19 Make-up check, operation.......................... 9025-05-112 Pilot control, operation ................................. 9025-05-16 Pilot operation of control .............................. 9025-05-21 Pilot pressure regulating, operation ............................................................. 9025-05-12 Pilot pressure regulating, test and adjustment.................................................... 9025-25-4 Pilot shutoff solenoid, operation................... 9025-05-13 Power digging solenoid test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-12 Pump flow rate pilot, operation .................... 9025-05-24 Return filter bypass, operation ................... 9025-05-136 Shuttle, pilot signal manifold operation .................................................... 9025-05-24 Swing motor crossover relief, test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-25 Swing motor dampener, operation ............. 9025-05-115 Swing park brake release pilot, operation .................................................... 9025-05-24 Torque control solenoid, test ........................ 9025-25-17 Travel flow combiner pilot, operation ............................................................. 9025-05-24 Travel flow combiner, operation ................... 9025-05-68 Travel motor and park brake, operation .................................................. 9025-05-126 Travel motor check, operation ................... 9025-05-126 Travel motor counterbalance, operation .................................................. 9025-05-126 Travel motor crossover relief, operation .................................................. 9025-05-126 Travel motor crossover relief, test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-27 Travel pilot control, operation....................... 9025-05-18 Travel speed solenoid test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-14

U Undercarriage Diagnose components malfunctions.............................................................. 9020-15-1

V Valve Arm 1 flow rate control, circuit operation .................................................... 9025-05-93 Arm 1 flow rate pilot, operation .................... 9025-05-24 Arm 2 flow rate control, circuit operation .................................................... 9025-05-97 Arm regenerative solenoid test and adjustment.................................................. 9025-25-10 Arm regenerative, circuit operation .............. 9025-05-82 Auxiliary flow rate control, circuit operation .................................................. 9025-05-108 Boom and arm reduced leakage, operation .................................................... 9025-05-90 Boom down shockless, operation ................ 9025-05-24 Boom flow rate control, circuit operation .................................................. 9025-05-105

Continued on next page

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-10

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=10


Index

Page

Page

Travel speed solenoid, operation............... 9025-05-133 Valve spool Actuating pilot pressure test........................... 9025-25-6 Variable speed fan Circuit theory of operation............................ 9015-15-18 Voltage Battery, check .............................................. 9015-20-20

GlobalTRACS® terminal (GTT) harness (W51) ....................................................... 9015-10-215 Information ..................................................... 9015-05-1 JDLink™ CAN harness (W52) ................... 9015-10-215 JDLink™ jumper harness (W54)................ 9015-10-215 JDLink™ modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness ......................................... 9015-10-231 JDLink™ power harness (W53) ................. 9015-10-215 Machine harness (W2)................................. 9015-10-79 Machine information gateway (MIG) harness (W50).......................................... 9015-10-215 Modular telematics gateway (MTG) harness (W6002)...................................... 9015-10-231 Monitor harness (W3) ................................ 9015-10-103 Multi-function pilot control lever harness (W14) ....................................................... 9015-10-179 Multi-function pilot control lever harness (W15) ....................................................... 9015-10-208 Pilot shutoff switch harness (W11)............. 9015-10-169 Pilot shutoff valve harness (W17) .............. 9015-10-183 Pump harness (W8) ................................... 9015-10-159 Right console harness (W7)....................... 9015-10-151 Seat heater switch harness (W13)............. 9015-10-176 Starter harness (W27)................................ 9015-10-199 Travel alarm cancel switch harness (W15) ....................................................... 9015-10-181 Wiring diagram—MTG/SAT JDLink™ .................................................... 9015-10-231 Work light switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Work modes Operation ..................................................... 9015-15-26 Worksite hazards Avoid .............................................................. 9000-01-8

W Warm-up procedure Hydraulic oil ................................................... 9025-25-2 Waste disposal .................................................. 9000-01-6 Welding repairs................................................ 9000-01-11 Windshield Washer circuit check...................................... 9005-10-9 Wiper controls check...................................... 9005-10-8 Windshield washer switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Windshield wiper and washer circuit Theory of operation...................................... 9015-15-42 Windshield wiper switch Remove and install ...................................... 9015-20-29 Wire markings.................................................... 9015-10-1 Wiring diagram 2-Speed harness (W21)............................. 9015-10-192 Air suspension seat harness (W12) ........... 9015-10-174 Attachment harness (W20) ........................ 9015-10-189 Auxiliary fuse box harness (W9) ................ 9015-10-165 Cab harness (W1)........................................ 9015-10-51 Engine harness (W4) ................................. 9015-10-119 Engine interface harness (W5) .................. 9015-10-142 Fan reversing switch harness (W16) ....................................................... 9015-10-182

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-11

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=11


Index

TM10076 (20AUG19)

Index-12

200D and 200DLC Excavator 082019 PN=12


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.